HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP INC
SB-2, 1996-12-11
Previous: BISHOP CAPITAL CORP, 10SB12G, 1996-12-11
Next: CTC COMMUNICATIONS GROUP INC, S-8, 1996-12-11




    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 11, 1996

                                                 Registration No. 333-

================================================================================


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                  ------------

                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                  ------------

                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
        (Exact name of Small Business Issuer as specified in its charter)

                                  ------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                        <C>                                        <C>       
           Delaware                                   7371                                  95-4491750
        (State or other                    (Primary standard industrial                  (I.R.S. employer
jurisdiction of incorporation)              classification code number)               identification number)
</TABLE>


                           17575 Pacific Coast Highway
                       Pacific Palisades, California 90272
                                 (310) 230-3394
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices
                        and principal place of business)

                                  ------------

                   Jonathan W. Seybold, Chairman of the Board
                        Heuristic Development Group, Inc.
                           17575 Pacific Coast Highway
                       Pacific Palisades, California 90272
                                 (310) 230-3394
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                                  ------------

                                   Copies to:
        Fran M. Stoller, Esq.                          C. David Selengut, Esq.
Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP                    Singer Zamansky LLP
         380 Madison Avenue                               40 Exchange Place
      New York, New York 10017                        New York, New York 10005
           (212) 687-7000                                  (212) 809-8550


Approximate date of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as  practicable  after
     this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities  being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or  continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under
the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box.                |X|

     If this Form is filed to register  additional  securities  for an
offering  pursuant to Rule 462(b)  under the  Securities  Act,  please
check  the  following  box and list the  Securities  Act  registration
statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement for
the same offering.                                                         | |

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
462(c) under the Securities  Act, check the following box and list the
Securities   Act   registration   statement   number  of  the  earlier
registration statement for the same offering.                              | |

     If the delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant
to Rule 434, please check the following box.                               | |

================================================================================


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Proposed       Maximum
                                                                                         Maximum      Aggregate      Amount of
                      Title of Each Class of                        Amount to        Offering Price   Offering     Registration
                    Securities to be Registered                   be Registered       Per Unit (1)    Price (1)         Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>                    <C>        <C>              <C>
Units, each consisting of  one share of Common Stock,
  $.01 par value, one Class A Warrant and one
  Class B Warrant..............................................   1,380,000(2)           $5.00      $ 6,900,000      $ 2,091
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units, each consisting of  one share of Common Stock,
  $.01 par value, and one Class B Warrant (3)..................   1,380,000(3)            6.50        8,970,000        2,718
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock,  $.01 par value (4)..............................   2,760,000               8.75       24,150,000        7,318
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit Purchase Option (5) ......................................     120,000                .001             120          --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units, each consisting of one share of Common Stock,
  $.01 par value, one Class A Warrant and one
  Class B Warrant(6) ..........................................     120,000               6.00          720,000          218
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units, each consisting of one share of Common Stock,
  $.01 par value, and Class B Warrant(6).......................     120,000               6.50          780,000          236
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock,  $.01 par value(6)...............................     240,000               8.75        2,100,000          636
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class A Warrants (7) ..........................................     500,000                --             --             --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units, each consisting of one share of Common Stock,
  $.01 par value, and one Class B Warrant (8)..................     500,000               6.50        3,250,000          985
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock,  $.01 par value (9)..............................     500,000               8.75        4,375,000        1,326
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total .........................................................                                     $51,245,120      $15,528
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


(1)  Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.

(2)  Includes 180,000 Units subject to the Underwriter's over-allotment option.

(3)  Issuable upon exercise of the Class A Warrants.

(4)  Issuable upon exercise of the Class B Warrants.

(5)  To be issued to the Underwriter.

(6)  Issuable  upon  exercise of the Unit  Purchase  Option  and/or the Warrants
     issuable thereunder.

(7)  Registered for resale by selling security holders.

(8)  Issuable upon exercise of the Class A Warrants registered for resale by the
     selling securityholders.

(9)  Issuable  upon  exercise  of the Class B  Warrants  underlying  the Class A
     Warrants registered for resale by the selling securityholders.

     Pursuant to Rule 416 under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  there
are also being  registered such additional  shares of Common Stock as may become
issuable pursuant to anti-dilution  provisions upon exercise of the Warrants and
the Unit Purchase Option.

                                  ------------

     The Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

                                       ii


<PAGE>

                                EXPLANATORY NOTE

     This Registration  Statement covers the registration of (i) up to 1,380,000
units  ("Units"),  including Units to cover  over-allotments,  if any, each Unit
consisting of one share of Common Stock,  $.01 par value  ("Common  Stock"),  of
Heuristic  Development Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  one
redeemable  Class A  Warrant  ("Class A  Warrant")  and one  redeemable  Class B
Warrant ("Class B Warrant"),  for sale by the Company in an underwritten  public
offering  and  (ii)  an  additional  500,000  Class  A  Warrants  (the  "Selling
Securityholder  Warrants"),  for  sale  by the  holders  thereof  (the  "Selling
Securityholders"), 500,000 Class B Warrants (the "Selling Securityholder Class B
Warrants") underlying the Selling  Securityholder  Warrants and 1,000,000 shares
of Common Stock (the  "Selling  Securityholder  Stock")  underlying  the Selling
Securityholder Warrants and the Selling Securityholder Class B Warrants, all for
resale  from  time  to  time  by  the  Selling  Securityholders  subject  to the
contractual  restriction  that  the  Selling  Securityholders  may not  sell the
Selling  Securityholder  Warrants for specified periods after the closing of the
underwritten  offering.   The  Selling  Securityholder   Warrants,  the  Selling
Securityholder  Class  B  Warrants  and the  Selling  Securityholder  Stock  are
sometimes  collectively  referred  to  herein  as  the  "Selling  Securityholder
Securities."

     The  complete  Prospectus  relating to the  underwritten  offering  follows
immediately  after this  Explanatory  Note.  Following  the  Prospectus  for the
underwritten offering are pages of the Prospectus relating solely to the Selling
Securityholder Securities,  including alternative front and back cover pages and
sections entitled  "Concurrent  Public  Offering," "Plan of  Distribution,"  and
"Selling   Securityholders"  to  be  used  in  lieu  of  the  sections  entitled
"Concurrent  Offering"  and  "Underwriting"  in the  Prospectus  relating to the
underwritten  offering.  Certain sections of the Prospectus for the underwritten
offering  will  not  be  used  in  the   Prospectus   relating  to  the  Selling
Securityholder  Securities  such as "Use of Proceeds and Plan of Operations" and
"Dilution."

                                      iii


<PAGE>


Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.


                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION -- DATED DECEMBER 11, 1996

PROSPECTUS
                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                1,200,000 Units Consisting of 1,200,000 Shares of
                   Common Stock, 1,200,000 Redeemable Class A
               Warrants and 1,200,000 Redeemable Class B Warrants

     Each unit  ("Unit")  offered by  Heuristic  Development  Group,  Inc.  (the
"Company")  consists  of one share of  common  stock,  $.01 par  value  ("Common
Stock"),  one redeemable class A warrant ("Class A Warrants") and one redeemable
class B warrant  ("Class  B  Warrants").  The  components  of the Units  will be
transferable separately immediately upon issuance. Each Class A Warrant entitles
the holder to purchase  one share of Common  Stock and one Class B Warrant at an
exercise  price of $6.50,  subject  to  adjustment,  at any time until the fifth
anniversary of the date of this  Prospectus.  Each Class B Warrant  entitles the
holder to  purchase  one share of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $8.75,
subject to  adjustment,  at any time until the fifth  anniversary of the date of
this Prospectus.  Commencing one year from the date hereof, the Class A Warrants
and Class B Warrants (collectively, the "Warrants") are subject to redemption by
the  Company  at a  redemption  price of $.05 per  Warrant  on 30 days'  written
notice, provided the closing bid price of the Common Stock averages in excess of
$9.10 and $12.25 per share,  respectively,  for any 30 consecutive  trading days
ending  within  15  days  of the  notice  of  redemption.  See  "Description  of
Securities."

     Prior to this  offering (the  "Offering"),  there has been no public market
for the Units,  Common Stock or Warrants and there can be no assurance that such
a market will  develop.  The Company  has  applied for  quotation  of the Units,
Common  Stock,  Class A  Warrants  and Class B Warrants  on the Nasdaq  SmallCap
Market ("Nasdaq") under the symbols IFITU, IFIT, IFITW and IFITZ,  respectively.
It is anticipated that the initial public offering price will be $5.00 per Unit.
See  "Underwriting"  for a discussion of factors  considered in determining  the
initial  public  offering  price.  For  information  concerning a Securities and
Exchange  Commission  investigation  relating  to  the  Underwriter,  see  "Risk
Factors" and "Underwriting." 

                                  ------------

             THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF
               RISK AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION. SEE "RISK
                  FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 AND "DILUTION."

                                  ------------

          THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
            COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
           OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
               OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================

                                                                  Underwriting Discounts
                                                                           and
                                             Price to Public          Commissions (1)    Proceeds to Company (2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>                  <C>                    <C>    

Per Unit ...............................            $                       $                      $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total (3) ..............................            $                       $                      $
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

                         (footnotes on following page)

                                  ------------

     The Units are being offered on a "firm commitment" basis by the Underwriter
when,  as and if delivered to and  accepted by the  Underwriter,  subject to its
right  to  reject  orders  in  whole or in part and  subject  to  certain  other
conditions.  It is expected that the delivery of the  certificates  representing
the Units will be made against  payment at the offices of D.H. Blair  Investment
Banking Corp., 44 Wall Street, New York, New York on or about __________ , 1997.

                                  ------------

                       D.H. BLAIR INVESTMENT BANKING CORP.

                The date of this Prospectus is_____________, 1997

<PAGE>

(footnotes from previous page)

(1)  Does not include additional  compensation to be received by the Underwriter
     in the form of (i) a non-accountable  expense allowance of $____ , or $____
     per Unit ($____ if the  over-allotment  option is exercised  in full);  and
     (ii) an option, exercisable over a period of four years commencing one year
     from the date of this Prospectus,  to purchase up to 120,000 Units at $____
     per Unit (the "Unit  Purchase  Option").  The  Company  has also  agreed to
     indemnify the Underwriter  against certain liabilities under the Securities
     Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."

(2)  Before deducting  estimated expenses of $__________ payable by the Company,
     including the Underwriter' s non-accountable expense allowance.

(3)  The Company has granted to the  Underwriter  a 30-day option to purchase up
     to 180,000  additional  Units on the same terms and conditions as set forth
     above,  solely  to cover  over-allotments,  if any.  If the  over-allotment
     option is  exercised  in full,  the  total  Price to  Public,  Underwriting
     Discounts and  Commissions  and Proceeds to Company will be $_____ , $_____
     and $____ , respectively. See "Underwriting."

                                  ------------

     The  registration  statement of which this Prospectus is a part also covers
the   offering   for   resale   by   certain   securityholders   (the   "Selling
Securityholders")  of 500,000  Class A  Warrants  (the  "Selling  Securityholder
Warrants"),  and the Common  Stock and Class B Warrants  underlying  the Selling
Securityholder  Warrants and the Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of such
Class B Warrants. See "Concurrent Offering." The Selling Securityholder Warrants
and the securities underlying such Warrants are sometimes  collectively referred
to as  the  "Selling  Securityholder  Securities."  The  Selling  Securityholder
Warrants   are   issuable  on  the  closing  of  the  Offering  to  the  Selling
Securityholders   upon  the  automatic   conversion  of  warrants  (the  "Bridge
Warrants")  acquired by them in the Company's private placement in December 1996
(the "Bridge  Financing").  The Selling  Securityholders  have agreed not to (i)
exercise the Selling  Securityholder  Warrants for one year after the closing of
the  Offering  and (ii) sell any of the Selling  Securityholder  Warrants for at
least 90 days after the closing of the Offering and, for the period expiring 270
days after such closing,  have agreed to certain resale  restrictions.  Sales of
the  Selling  Securityholder  Warrants  or  the  underlying  securities,  or the
potential of such sales,  may have an adverse  effect on the market price of the
securities offered hereby.




                                    [Picture]








     The  Company  intends to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing financial statements audited by its independent auditors.

                                  ------------

     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE UNITS,  COMMON
STOCK AND/OR THE WARRANTS AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH  STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED AT ANY
TIME.


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  summary is qualified  in its entirety by reference  to, and
should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed  information and financial
statements (including the notes thereto) appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Except as otherwise  noted,  all  information in this  Prospectus (i) reflects a
1,339.4362-for-one  stock  split  effected  in  October  1996;  (ii)  assumes no
exercise of (a) the Underwriter's  over-allotment  option; (b) the Warrants; (c)
the Selling  Securityholder  Warrants; (d) the Unit Purchase Option; (e) options
granted or available  for grant under the  Company's  stock option plan;  or (f)
options  granted  outside of the  Company's  stock option plan;  and (iii) gives
effect to the conversion,  on effectiveness  of the Offering,  of (a) the Bridge
Warrants into the Selling Securityholder Warrants; (b) all outstanding shares of
the  Company's  Series A preferred  stock,  $.01 par value  ("Series A Preferred
Stock"), into Common Stock; and (c) certain outstanding indebtedness into equity
of the Company.  See "Management -- Stock Option Plan,"  "Certain  Transactions"
and "Description of Securities."


                                   The Company

     The  Company  is  engaged  in the  development,  marketing  and sale of the
IntelliFit System, a computerized system which generates  personalized  exercise
prescriptions  based on, among other things,  an individual's  weight,  ability,
medical history,  goals,  fitness level and exercise  preferences and tracks and
records  fitness  progress.  The  IntelliFit  System  interacts  with a user  by
applying  algorithms to an individual's  personal profile and adjusting a user's
exercise  prescription  based on  progress,  frequency  of  workouts  and  other
variables.  The Company  believes that this  interactive  feature helps motivate
users to  continue  exercising,  and  allows  users to reach  their  goals  more
quickly.

     The  IntelliFit  System  operates  from a  freestanding  kiosk which houses
off-the-shelf  computer hardware  purchased from major equipment  manufacturers,
including a computer with a touch screen  display,  a modem used to  communicate
with a central database, a motorized smart card reader, a scanner and a printer.
The IntelliFit  System is accessed by a smart card,  similar in size to a credit
card, which contains a microprocessor chip which is able to store information in
memory (the "IntelliCard").

     The  Company's  strategy  is to  market  and  sell  the  IntelliFit  System
initially in selected United States markets.  The Company's first target markets
are  military  facilities,  commercial  clubs,  hospital  facilities,  corporate
facilities,  insurance  companies  and  health  maintenance  organizations.  The
Company believes that these markets have the greater user concentration and that
penetration of these markets would help  establish the Company's  credibility in
other  markets.   Subsequent  target  markets  include  universities,   schools,
government  facilities and resorts.  The Company expects to add  enhancements to
the IntelliFit System to enable the System to serve the  rehabilitation  market.
This will enable patients who exercise as part of their  rehabilitation  program
to use the System to follow their exercise program in a local fitness center. In
addition,  the  Company  intends to explore  other  markets  for the  IntelliFit
software, including selling the software as an individually packaged product for
use on personal computers and providing the software to Internet users.

     The  original  computer  source  programs  and  related  documentation  and
computerized  services  and  instructional  material  (collectively,   the  "EIS
System") on which the  IntelliFit  System is based was  developed  for  Nautilus
Group Japan,  Ltd.  ("NGJ Ltd."),  a Delaware  company  operating in Japan.  The
Company  acquired  the rights to the EIS System from NGJ Ltd. in August 1994 and
spent  approximately  two years  modifying and expanding  upon the EIS System in
order to create the IntelliFit System. NGJ Ltd. has advised the Company that the
EIS System is currently  installed in nine facilities in Japan and has generated
over 7 million individualized exercise prescriptions.

     To date, the Company has been engaged primarily in research and development
activities and has conducted only limited marketing activities.  The Company has
generated only nominal revenues from product sales and there can be no assurance
that the Company will successfully commercialize the IntelliFit System, generate
any significant revenues or ever achieve profitable operations.

     The  Company was  incorporated  in  Delaware  in July 1994.  The  Company's
executive offices are located at 17575 Pacific Coast Highway, Pacific Palisades,
California 90272 and its telephone number is (310) 230-3394.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       3
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  The Offering

Securities Offered...................   1,200,000 Units, each Unit consisting of
                                        one share of Common  Stock,  one Class A
                                        Warrant  and one Class B  Warrant.  Each
                                        Class A Warrant  entitles  the holder to
                                        purchase  one share of Common  Stock and
                                        one Class B Warrant at an exercise price
                                        of $6.50, subject to adjustment,  at any
                                        time until the fifth  anniversary of the
                                        date of this  Prospectus.  Each  Class B
                                        Warrant  entitles the holder to purchase
                                        one share of Common Stock at an exercise
                                        price of $8.75,  subject to  adjustment,
                                        at any time until the fifth  anniversary
                                        of the  date  of  this  Prospectus.  The
                                        Warrants  are subject to  redemption  in
                                        certain circumstances.  See "Description
                                        of Securities."

Securities Offered Concurrently
  by Selling Securityholders.........   500,000 Class A Warrants;  500,000 Class
                                        B Warrants  issuable  upon  exercise  of
                                        these  Class A  Warrants  and  1,000,000
                                        shares of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon
                                        exercise of these  Class A Warrants  and
                                        Class  B   Warrants.   See   "Concurrent
                                        Offering."

Common Stock Outstanding Before
  Offering...........................   800,000 shares (1)

Common Stock Outstanding After
  Offering...........................   2,000,000 shares (1)

Use of Proceeds and Plan of
  Operations.........................   To repay $1,000,000  principal amount of
                                        10%   promissory   notes  (the   "Bridge
                                        Notes") issued in the Bridge  Financing;
                                        to    repay    approximately    $170,000
                                        principal   amount  of  working  capital
                                        advances   from   stockholders   of  the
                                        Company,  including  executive  officers
                                        and  directors  of  the  Company,   (the
                                        "Stockholder  Advances");   for  capital
                                        expenditures;     for    research    and
                                        development;  for sales  and  marketing;
                                        and for  working  capital.  See  "Use of
                                        Proceeds and Plan of Operations."

Proposed Nasdaq Symbols (2)
Units ...............................   IFITU
Common Stock: .......................   IFIT
Class A Warrants: ...................   IFITW
Class B Warrants: ...................   IFITZ
Risk Factors.........................   The  Offering  involves a high degree of
                                        risk and immediate substantial dilution.
                                        See "Risk Factors" and "Dilution."


- --------

(1)  Includes  349,370 shares of Common Stock (the "Escrow  Shares") and options
     to  purchase  78,674  shares of Common  Stock at $.50 per  share,  of which
     options to purchase  50,630 shares  ("Escrow  Options") have been deposited
     into escrow by the holders  thereof.  The Escrow Shares and Escrow  Options
     are subject to  cancellation  and will be contributed to the capital of the
     Company if the  Company  does not  attain  certain  earnings  levels or the
     market price of the Company's Common Stock does not achieve certain levels.
     If such  earnings or market price levels are met, the Company will record a
     substantial non-cash charge to earnings,  for financial reporting purposes,
     as  compensation  expense  relating  to the value of the Escrow  Shares and
     Escrow  Options  released  to Company  officers  and  employees.  See "Risk
     Factors-Charge  to Income in the Event of  Release of  Escrowed  Shares and
     Options  and as a Result of  Issuance  of  Options,"  "Capitalization"  and
     "Principal Stockholders."

(2)  Notwithstanding  quotation  on Nasdaq,  there can be no  assurance  that an
     active  trading  market for the  Company's  securities  will develop or, if
     developed, that it will be sustained. See "Risk Factors -- No Public Market
     for   Securities;   Possible   Volatility   of  Market   Price;   Arbitrary
     Determination of Offering Price."

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       4
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                          Summary Financial Information
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  July 20, 1994
                                                             Nine Months         (Commencement
                                     Year Ended                Ended         of Operations) through
                                    December 31, 1995        September 30,      September 30, 1996
                                    -----------------        -------------      ------------------
                                    
                                                          1995           1996
                                                          ----           ----
                                                          
<S>                                   <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>        
Statement of Operations Data:
Research and development expenses .   $   397,000    $   227,000    $      --      $   475,000
General and administrative expenses       466,000        418,000        808,000      1,433,000
Net loss ..........................      (876,000)      (647,000)      (850,000)    (1,956,000)
Pro forma net loss per share(1) ...   $     (2.31)                  $     (2.17)
Shares used in computing pro forma
net loss per share(1) .............       371,956                       371,956

<CAPTION>
                                                                           At September 30, 1996
                                                             -------------------------------------------------
                                                              Actual Pro       Forma(2)        As Adjusted(3)
                                                             -------------   ------------     ----------------
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>               <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital (deficit) ........................          $  (413,000)     $   845,000       $
Total assets .....................................              571,000        1,711,000
Total current liabilities ........................              436,000          158,000
Deficit accumulated
  during development stage .......................           (1,956,000)      (2,078,000)
Total stockholders' equity
  (capital deficiency) ...........................          $  (701,000)     $ 1,133,000       $
</TABLE>

- --------

(1)  The pro forma net loss per share computation  gives  retroactive  effect to
     the  conversion  on  effectiveness  of the  Offering of (i)  $1,083,713  of
     outstanding  indebtedness at August 31, 1996, plus accrued interest thereon
     (the "Stockholder  Debt") into 263,921 shares of the Company's Common Stock
     and (ii)  the  Series A  Preferred  Stock  and  accrued  dividends  thereon
     aggregating  $722,000  into 175,793  shares of Common  Stock,  excludes the
     Escrow Shares and Escrow Options.  See "Certain  Transactions" and Notes A,
     B(4) and I of Notes to Financial Statements.

(2)  Gives pro forma  effect to (i) the  issuance  of the  Bridge  Notes and the
     Bridge  Warrants  subsequent  to September 30, 1996;  (ii) working  capital
     advances from stockholders aggregating $140,000 subsequent to September 30,
     1996;  and (iii) the  conversion of the  Stockholder  Debt and the Series A
     Preferred  Stock to Common Stock upon  effectiveness  of the Offering.  See
     "Capitalization-Bridge Financing," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Certain Transactions."

(3)  Adjusted to give effect to the sale of the 1,200,000  Units offered  hereby
     at an  assumed  offering  price of $5.00 per Unit,  the  receipt of the net
     proceeds  therefrom  and the use of a portion of the net  proceeds to repay
     the Stockholder  Advances and the Bridge Notes and the corresponding charge
     to operations through the date of repayment of $910,000,  representing debt
     discount and debt issuance costs associated with the Bridge Financing.  See
     "Use of Proceeds and Plan of Operations" and  "Management's  Discussion and
     Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     The Units offered hereby are speculative in nature and an investment in the
Units offered hereby involves a high degree of risk.  Prospective  investors are
cautioned that the statements in this Prospectus  that are not historical  facts
may be  forward-looking  statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties,
including those set forth below. In addition to the other information  contained
in  this  Prospectus,   prospective  investors  should  carefully  consider  the
following  risk  factors in  evaluating  whether to purchase  the Units  offered
hereby.

     History of Operating Losses; Need for Additional Financing. The Company has
experienced  significant  operating losses since it commenced operations in July
1994.  As  of  September  30,  1996,  the  Company's   accumulated  deficit  was
$(1,956,000).  The Company  anticipates  incurring  substantial  and  increasing
operating  losses over the near term and possibly  over the next several  years.
Such losses  have been and will  continue  to be  principally  the result of the
various costs  associated with the Company's  research and development and sales
and marketing  activities.  In addition,  the Company's business is very capital
intensive,  requiring  substantial  outlays  for  the  purchase  of  kiosks  and
hardware. The Company believes that the net proceeds from the Offering, together
with its existing capital  resources,  will enable it to fund its operations for
approximately 18 months following  completion of the Offering.  The Company will
be required to seek additional financing to continue its research,  development,
design, sales and marketing activities beyond such time and to commercialize the
IntelliFit  System on a large  scale.  The  Company has no  commitments  for any
future  funding and there can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to
obtain additional financing in the future from either debt or equity financings,
bank loans,  collaborative arrangements or other sources on acceptable terms. If
the Company is unable to obtain the necessary financing,  it will be required to
significantly  curtail its  activities or cease  operations.  See  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     Early Stage of Company.  Although  the Company was  organized in July 1994,
management  has focused on research and  development  activities  and on limited
sales and marketing  activities and has generated only nominal  revenues to date
from product sales. The Company may experience many of the delays, uncertainties
and complications typically encountered by newly established businesses, many of
which may be beyond the Company's  control.  These include,  but are not limited
to,   unanticipated   problems   relating  to  product   development,   testing,
manufacturing, marketing and competition, and additional costs and expenses that
may exceed  current  estimates.  There can be no assurance that the Company will
successfully  commercialize  its product,  generate any significant  revenues or
ever achieve profitable  operations.  See "Business --General" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     Dependence Upon One Product.  The Company's business is currently dependent
upon sales of one  product.  Innovative  products are often not  successful  and
successful  products are often  displaced  by the  introduction  of  competitive
products.  In the event that the Company is not able to successfully  market and
sell the  IntelliFit  System,  this would have a material  adverse effect on the
Company. See "Business -- General."

     Going Concern  Qualification in Independent  Auditors' Report.  The Company
has received a report from its independent auditors that includes an explanatory
paragraph that describes the substantial  doubt as to the ability of the Company
to continue as a going concern. See "Report of Independent Auditors."

     Uncertainty of Market Acceptance of IntelliFit  System.  The success of the
Company's business is dependent upon acceptance of the IntelliFit System by both
the Company's potential customers and the actual users of the system.  There can
be no assurance that acceptance by any of the Company's potential customers will
occur.  In  addition,  even if the  IntelliFit  System is installed in a fitness
center, ultimate success for the Company depends on whether individuals actually
use the system on a regular  basis.  The  Company  does not  market its  product
directly  to these  users and has  limited  ability  to  monitor  the manner and
frequency with which fitness center staff introduce the IntelliFit System to new
members or renewing members or stimulate  current members' interest in using and
continuing  to use the  IntelliFit  System.  A number  of  companies  that  have
developed  computer-based  fitness systems which prescribe personalized exercise
programs  have either had  limited  success or have  failed.  See  "Business  --
Marketing."

     Potential  Development  Problems;  Potential Hardware Problems. To date the
Company has installed kiosks in only six fitness centers on a test basis.  There
can be no assurance that the IntelliFit  System will perform as anticipated.  In
addition,  the software  embodied in the  IntelliFit  System may contain  errors
which  only  become  apparent  subsequent  to  widespread  commercial  use.  The
IntelliFit  System may require  improvements  and  refinements.  Difficulties in
improving and refining the IntelliFit  System could delay further  introductions
and installations of the


                                       6
<PAGE>


System and could cause the Company to incur additional  costs. In addition,  the
guidelines and parameters  allowing safe  progression  and improvement for users
which form the basis for the  IntelliFit  System may be changed or updated which
would require a change in the software embodied in the system. This could have a
material  adverse effect on the Company.  In addition,  technical  problems with
computer hardware could cause operation of the IntelliFit System at any location
to  be  temporarily  suspended.   See   "Business-Marketing"  and  "Business  --
Services."

     Competition.  The  Company  competes  with  companies  that have  developed
computer-based  fitness systems which prescribe  personalized exercise programs.
The Company will attempt to compete on the basis of cost, features offered, ease
of use,  time spent at the kiosks and  service;  however,  there is no assurance
that the  Company  will be able to compete  successfully  with its  competitors.
Certain of the  Company's  competitors  have  substantially  greater  financial,
marketing,  technical,   distribution  and  other  resources  and  greater  name
recognition  than  the  Company.  In  addition,   unlike  the  Company,  certain
competitors  have  a  relationship  with  companies  that  manufacture  exercise
equipment. The Company may also face competition from new companies that develop
similar  products  to the  IntelliFit  System.  There can be no  assurance  that
enhancements  to or  future  generations  of  competitive  products  will not be
developed  which offer superior  prices,  more attractive  features,  easier use
and/or better service than the Company's products. See "Business-Competition."

     Dependence  on Sole or Limited  Sources of Supply.  The  IntelliFit  System
operates from a freestanding kiosk which houses off-the-shelf  computer hardware
purchased  from major  equipment  manufacturers.  The Company does not intend to
manufacture  the  kiosks or any of the  hardware  components  of the  IntelliFit
System. The kiosks are off-the-shelf products with certain modifications and are
currently  manufactured  for the  Company by one  manufacturer.  There can be no
assurance that future  deliveries of kiosks will be completed on a timely basis.
Failure by the  manufacturer  to supply the Company with high  quality  finished
products on  commercially  reasonable  terms,  or at all,  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.

     The Company purchases its hardware from several  suppliers.  The failure or
delay of current or  alternate  suppliers  in  supplying  product to the Company
could result in delays in marketing or operation of the IntelliFit System, which
would have a material  adverse effect on the Company.  In addition,  a change in
certain pieces of hardware  could require  revisions to the software which could
have a material  adverse effect on the Company.  The Company  currently has only
one written  contract  with a software  developer  for the  provision  of future
development services.  Currently,  the Company has limited capability internally
to  perform  upgrades  or  modifications  to the  software  and  there can be no
assurance  that any required  upgrades or  modifications  to the software can be
successfully made. This could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See
"Business-Manufacturing     and    Development,"    "Principal    Stockholders,"
"Management-Executive Officers and Directors."

     Dependence  on Key  Personnel.  The  Company  is  highly  dependent  on the
principal  members of its  management,  including  Steven R.  Gumins,  the Chief
Executive  Officer of the Company and Deborah E.  Griffin,  the Chief  Operating
Officer of the Company. The Company has an employment agreement with each of Mr.
Gumins and Ms.  Griffin and has obtained a $2,000,000  key person life insurance
policy  covering Mr. Gumins' life.  The Company is the sole  beneficiary of such
life  insurance  policy.  The Company will not be able to obtain key person life
insurance on Deborah  Griffin's  life in view of health  problems  affecting Ms.
Griffin.  The  future  success  of the  Company  depends  in large part upon its
ability to attract and retain highly qualified  personnel.  Competition for such
personnel is intense and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to hire  sufficient  qualified  personnel  on a  timely  basis  or  retain  such
personnel  in the future.  The loss of such  personnel or the failure to recruit
additional key personnel by the Company could have a material  adverse effect on
the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of  operations.  See
"Business-Employees" and "Management."

     Potential  Product  Liability  Claims;   Insufficiency  of  Insurance.  The
provision of personalized exercise programs may subject the Company to liability
claims of bodily injury and/or property damage to its customers and the ultimate
users of the  IntelliFit  System and there can be no assurance  that the Company
will be able to maintain insurance sufficient to cover any or all claims against
the Company which may arise. If the Company's  insurance is  insufficient,  this
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company.  See  "Business  --
Insurance."

     Use of Proceeds to Benefit Insiders. An aggregate of approximately $175,000
of the  proceeds of the  Offering  will be used to repay  principal  and accrued
interest on the Stockholder  Advances made by Steven R. Gumins,  Chief Executive
Officer of the  Company,  Deborah E.  Griffin,  Chief  Operating  Officer of the
Company, Jonathan W. Seybold, Chairman of the Board of the Company, NGJ, Ltd., a
principal stockholder of the Company, and Dr. William


                                       7
<PAGE>


Blase,  a  director  of  the  Company.  See  "Use  of  Proceeds,"  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
"Certain Transactions."

     Charges Arising from Debt Issuance  Costs.  Upon completion of the Offering
and repayment of the Bridge  Notes,  a  non-recurring  charge  representing  the
unamortized  debt discount and debt issuance costs  incurred in connection  with
the Bridge  Financing  will be charged to operations in the quarter in which the
Offering  is  completed.  The  aggregate  debt  discount  and debt  issue  costs
associated with the Bridge Notes is $910,000.  See "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     Charge to Earnings  in the Event of Release of Escrowed  Shares and Options
and as a Result of Issuance of Options.  The Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission")  has taken the position with respect to escrow  arrangements
such as that entered into by the Company and its stockholders  that in the event
any shares are released from escrow to the holders who are officers,  directors,
employees or consultants of the Company, a compensation expense will be recorded
for financial  reporting purposes.  Accordingly,  in the event of the release of
the Escrow  Shares and Escrow  Options,  the Company will  recognize  during the
period in which the earnings  thresholds are probable of being met or such stock
levels  achieved,  a substantial  noncash  charge to earnings  equal to the fair
market value of such shares on the date of their  release,  which would have the
effect of significantly increasing the Company's loss or reducing or eliminating
earnings, if any, at such time. The recognition of such compensation expense may
have a depressive effect on the market price of the Company's  securities.  Such
charge  will not be  deductible  for income tax  purposes.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing discussion, there can be no assurance that the Company will attain the
targets which would enable the Escrow  Shares and Escrow  Options to be released
from escrow. In addition, commencing during the quarter ended December 31, 1996,
the Company will recognize  compensation expense relating to the issuance by the
Company of options  (including  the Escrow  Options) to purchase an aggregate of
78,674 shares of Common Stock to certain executive officers of the Company.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations, Management -- Stock Option Plan" and "Description of Securities."

     Immediate Dilution.  The purchasers of the Units in the Offering will incur
an immediate  dilution of approximately  $2.50 or 50% in the pro forma per share
net tangible book value of their Common Stock ($2.34 or 47% if the Underwriter's
over-allotment  option is  exercised  in full).  Additional  dilution  to public
investors, if any, may result to the extent that the Warrants, the Underwriter's
Unit Purchase Option and/or outstanding options are exercised at a time when the
net tangible book value per share of Common Stock exceeds the exercise  price of
any such securities. See "Dilution."

     Potential Adverse Effects of Preferred Stock. The Company's  Certificate of
Incorporation  authorizes  the  issuance  of shares of "blank  check"  preferred
stock,  which  will have such  designations,  rights and  preferences  as may be
determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Accordingly,  the Board
of Directors  will be empowered,  without  stockholder  approval (but subject to
applicable  government regulatory  restrictions),  to issue preferred stock with
dividend, liquidation,  conversion, voting or other rights which could adversely
affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the Common  Stock.  In
the event of such issuance, the preferred stock could be utilized, under certain
circumstances,  as a method of discouraging,  delaying or preventing a change in
control of the Company.  Although the Company has no present  intention to issue
any shares of preferred  stock,  there can be no assurance that the Company will
not do so in the future. See "Description of Securities -- Preferred Stock."

     No  Dividends.  The Company has not paid any cash  dividends  on its Common
Stock and does not expect to declare or pay any cash or other  dividends  in the
foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."

     No Public  Market for  Securities;  Possible  Volatility  of Market  Price;
Arbitrary Determination of Offering Price. Prior to the Offering,  there has not
been  any  market  for any of the  Company's  securities,  and  there  can be no
assurance that an active  trading market will develop or be sustained  after the
Offering. The initial public offering price of the Units and the exercise prices
and other terms of the Warrants have been determined by negotiation  between the
Company  and the  Underwriter  pursuant to Schedule E of the By-laws of the NASD
and are not necessarily related to the Company's asset value, net worth, results
of  operations  or any other  criteria of value and may not be indicative of the
prices that may prevail in the public  market.  The market  prices of the Units,
Common Stock and Warrants could also be subject to significant  fluctuations  in
response  to  variations  in the  Company's  development  efforts,  intellectual
property position,  government  regulations,  general trends in the industry and
other factors,


                                       8
<PAGE>


including extreme price and volume  fluctuations  which have been experienced by
the securities markets from time to time. See "Underwriting."

     Outstanding  Warrants and Options;  Exercise of Registration  Rights.  Upon
completion  of the  Offering,  the Company will have  outstanding  (i) 1,200,000
Class A Warrants to purchase an aggregate  of  1,200,000  shares of Common Stock
and  1,200,000  Class B Warrants;  (ii)  1,200,000  Class B Warrants to purchase
1,200,000 shares of Common Stock; (iii) the Selling  Securityholder  Warrants to
purchase  500,000 shares of Common Stock and 500,000 Class B Warrants;  (iv) the
Unit Purchase Option to purchase an aggregate of 480,000 shares of Common Stock,
assuming  exercise  of the  underlying  Warrants;  and (v)  outstanding  options
(including the Escrow Options) to purchase 78,674 shares of Common Stock granted
outside of the  Company's  1996 Stock Option Plan.  The Company also has 250,000
shares of Common Stock  reserved for issuance upon exercise of options under its
1996 Stock  Option  Plan,  200,000 of which have been  granted.  Holders of such
warrants and options are likely to exercise  them when, in all  likelihood,  the
Company  could  obtain  additional  capital on terms more  favorable  than those
provided by warrants and options.  Further, while these warrants and options are
outstanding,  the Company's ability to obtain additional  financing on favorable
terms may be adversely  affected.  The holders of the Unit Purchase  Option have
certain  demand  and  "piggy-back"  registration  rights  with  respect to their
securities.  Exercise of such rights could  involve  substantial  expense to the
Company.   See   "Management-Stock   Option  Plan,"  "Principal   Stockholders,"
"Description of Securities" and "Underwriting."

     Potential  Adverse  Effect of Redemption of Warrants.  Commencing  one year
from the date of this Prospectus, the Warrants may be redeemed by the Company at
a redemption price of $.05 per Warrant upon not less than 30 days' prior written
notice if, with  respect to the Class A  Warrants,  the closing bid price of the
Common Stock shall have  averaged in excess of $9.10 per share and, with respect
to the Class B Warrants,  $12.25 per share,  in each instance for 30 consecutive
trading  days ending  within 15 days of the notice.  Redemption  of the Warrants
could force the holders (i) to exercise the Warrants and pay the exercise  price
therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for the holders to do so, (ii)
to sell the Warrants at the then current market price when they might  otherwise
wish to hold the  Warrants,  or (iii) to accept  the  nominal  redemption  price
which,  at the time the  Warrants  are  called for  redemption,  is likely to be
substantially  less than the market value of the Warrants.  See  "Description of
Securities-Redeemable Warrants."

     Current Prospectus and State Registration to Exercise Warrants.  Holders of
Warrants will be able to exercise the Warrants only if (i) a current  prospectus
under the Securities  Act relating to the securities  underlying the Warrants is
then in effect and (ii) such  securities  are  qualified for sale or exempt from
qualification  under the applicable  securities  laws of the states in which the
various  holders of Warrants  reside.  Although the Company has  undertaken  and
intends to use its best  efforts to maintain a current  prospectus  covering the
securities  underlying the Warrants following  completion of the Offering to the
extent required by Federal  securities  laws, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to do so. The value of the Warrants may be greatly  reduced
if a  prospectus  covering  the  securities  issuable  upon the  exercise of the
Warrants is not kept current or if the securities  are not qualified,  or exempt
from  qualification,  in the  states in which the  holders of  Warrants  reside.
Persons holding  Warrants who reside in  jurisdictions  in which such securities
are not qualified and in which there is no exemption  will be unable to exercise
their  Warrants and would either have to sell their  Warrants in the open market
or allow them to expire unexercised.  If and when the Warrants become redeemable
by the terms thereof,  the Company may exercise its redemption  right even if it
is unable to qualify the  underlying  securities  for sale under all  applicable
state securities laws. See "Description of Securities-Redeemable Warrants."

     Possible Adverse Effect on Liquidity of the Company's Securities Due to the
Investigation of D.H. Blair Investment  Banking Corp. and D.H. Blair & Co., Inc.
by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  The  Commission  is conducting an
investigation concerning various business activities of the Underwriter and D.H.
Blair & Co., Inc.  ("Blair & Co."), a selling group member which will distribute
substantially all of the Units offered hereby.  The investigation  appears to be
broad in scope,  involving  numerous  aspects of the  Underwriter's  and Blair &
Co.'s  compliance  with the  Federal  securities  laws and  compliance  with the
Federal  securities laws by issuers whose  securities  were  underwritten by the
Underwriter  or Blair & Co.,  or in which the  Underwriter  or Blair & Co.  made
over-the-counter  markets,  persons  associated  with the Underwriter or Blair &
Co.,  such  issuers  and other  persons.  The  Company  has been  advised by the
Underwriter that the investigation has been ongoing since at least 1989 and that
it is cooperating with the investigation. The Underwriter cannot predict whether
this  investigation  will ever result in any type of formal  enforcement  action
against the Underwriter or Blair & Co., or, if so, whether


                                       9
<PAGE>


any  such  action  might  have  an  adverse  effect  on the  Underwriter  or the
securities offered hereby. The Company has been advised that Blair & Co. intends
to make a market  in the  securities  following  the  Offering.  An  unfavorable
resolution of the Commission's  investigation  could have the effect of limiting
such firm's  ability to make a market in the Company's  securities,  which could
adversely affect the liquidity or price of such securities. See "Underwriting."

     Possible Restrictions on Market-Making  Activities in Company's Securities.
The  Underwriter  has  advised the  Company  that Blair & Co.  intends to make a
market in the Company's securities. Rule 10b-6 under the Securities Act of 1934,
as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  may prohibit Blair & Co. from engaging in any
market-making  activities with regard to the Company's securities for the period
from nine  business  days (or such  other  applicable  period as Rule  10b-6 may
provide)  prior  to any  solicitation  by the  Underwriter  of the  exercise  of
Warrants until the later of the termination of such solicitation activity or the
termination  (by waiver or otherwise) of any right that the Underwriter may have
to receive a fee for the exercise of Warrants following such solicitation.  As a
result,  Blair & Co.  may be  unable  to  provide  a  market  for the  Company's
securities  during  certain  periods  while the  Warrants  are  exercisable.  In
addition,  under  applicable  rules and regulations  under the Exchange Act, any
person engaged in the  distribution of the Selling  Securityholder  Warrants may
not  simultaneously  engage in  market-making  activities  with  respect  to any
securities of the Company for the applicable  "cooling off" period (at least two
and possibly nine business days) prior to the commencement of such distribution.
Accordingly,  in the  event  the  Underwriter  or Blair & Co.  is  engaged  in a
distribution of the Selling Securityholder Warrants,  neither of such firms will
be able to make a market  in the  Company's  securities  during  the  applicable
restrictive  period. Any temporary  cessation of such  market-making  activities
could have an adverse  effect on the market price of the  Company's  securities.
See "Underwriting."

     Possible  Delisting of Securities  from the Nasdaq Stock Market.  While the
Company's  Units,  Common Stock,  Class A Warrants and Class B Warrants meet the
current Nasdaq listing requirements and are expected to be initially included on
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, there can be no assurance that the Company will meet
the criteria for  continued  listing.  Continued  inclusion on Nasdaq  generally
requires that (i) the Company  maintain at least  $2,000,000 in total assets and
$1,000,000  in capital  and  surplus,  (ii) the  minimum bid price of the Common
Stock be $1.00 per share,  (iii) there be at least 100,000  shares in the public
float valued at $200,000 or more, (iv) the Common Stock have at least two active
market makers, and (v) the Common Stock be held by at least 300 holders.

     Nasdaq has recently  proposed more  stringent  financial  requirements  for
listing on Nasdaq.  If adopted,  the Company will have to meet and maintain such
new  requirements.  If the  Company  is unable to satisfy  Nasdaq's  maintenance
requirements,  its  securities  may be  delisted  from  Nasdaq.  In such  event,
trading,  if any, in the Units,  Common Stock and Warrants  would  thereafter be
conducted in the  over-the-counter  market in the so-called "pink sheets" or the
NASD's "Electronic Bulletin Board." Consequently, the liquidity of the Company's
securities  could be impaired,  not only in the number of securities which could
be bought  and sold,  but also  through  delays in the  timing of  transactions,
reduction in security analysts' and the news media's coverage of the Company and
lower prices for the Company's securities than might otherwise be attained.

     Risks of Low-Priced  Stock. If the Company's  securities were delisted from
Nasdaq (See "Possible  Delisting of Securities  from the Nasdaq Stock  Market"),
they could become  subject to Rule 15g-9 under the Exchange  Act,  which imposes
additional  sales  practice  requirements  on  broker-dealers  which  sell  such
securities  to  persons  other  than   established   customers  and  "accredited
investors"  (generally,  individuals  with net worths in excess of $1,000,000 or
annual incomes exceeding $200,000, or $300,000 together with their spouses). For
transactions  covered  by  this  rule,  a  broker-dealer  must  make  a  special
suitability  determination  for the purchaser and have received the  purchaser's
written consent to the transaction  prior to sale.  Consequently,  such rule may
adversely affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell the Company's  securities
and may  adversely  affect the ability of  purchasers in the Offering to sell in
the secondary market any of the securities acquired hereby.

     Commission  regulations  define a "penny stock" to be any non-Nasdaq equity
security  that has a market  price (as  therein  defined) of less than $5.00 per
share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain
exceptions.  For any  transaction  involving a penny stock,  unless exempt,  the
rules  require  delivery,  prior  to any  transaction  in a  penny  stock,  of a
disclosure  schedule  prepared  by the  Commission  relating  to the penny stock
market. Disclosure is also required to be made about commissions payable to both
the broker-dealer and the registered  representative  and current quotations for
the securities.  Finally,  monthly statements are required to be sent disclosing
recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information
on the limited market in penny stocks.


                                       10
<PAGE>


     The  foregoing  required  penny  stock  restrictions  will not apply to the
Company's  securities if such  securities  are listed on Nasdaq and have certain
price and volume information  provided on a current and continuing basis or meet
certain minimum net tangible assets or average revenue criteria. There can be no
assurance  that the Company's  securities  will qualify for exemption from these
restrictions.  In any event,  even if the Company's  securities were exempt from
such  restrictions,  it would remain subject to Section 15(b)(6) of the Exchange
Act,  which gives the  Commission  the  authority to prohibit any person that is
engaged in unlawful  conduct while  participating  in a distribution  of a penny
stock from  associating  with a broker-dealer or participating in a distribution
of a penny stock,  if the Commission  finds that such a restriction  would be in
the public  interest.  If the Company's  securities were subject to the rules on
penny  stocks,  the  market  liquidity  for the  Company's  securities  could be
severely adversely affected.

     Shares  Eligible for Future Sale.  Future sales of Common Stock by existing
stockholders  pursuant  to Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act,  pursuant to the
Concurrent  Offering or otherwise,  could have an adverse effect on the price of
the Company's securities.  Pursuant to the Concurrent Offering,  500,000 Selling
Securityholder  Warrants and the underlying  securities have been registered for
resale concurrently with the Offering, subject to a contractual restriction that
the Selling  Securityholders not sell any of the Selling Securityholder Warrants
for at least 90 days from the date of this  Prospectus  and,  during  the period
from 91 to 270 days after the date of this  Prospectus,  may only sell specified
percentages  of such Selling  Securityholder  Warrants.  The shares  outstanding
prior to the Offering  will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 at various times
beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus. An additional 78,674 shares
of Common Stock underlying  vested options issued outside of the Company's stock
option plan will be eligible  for resale  pursuant to Rules 144 and/or 701 under
the Securities Act (subject to the  restrictions  on transfer  applicable to the
Escrow  Shares  and  Escrow  Options)  beginning  90 days after the date of this
Prospectus.  However,  holders of all of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock
and outstanding options prior to the Offering have agreed not to sell any shares
of  Common  Stock for a period  of 13  months  from the date of this  Prospectus
without  the prior  written  consent of the  Underwriter.  The  Underwriter  has
registration  rights  covering its  securities.  Sales of Common  Stock,  or the
possibility of such sales, in the public market may adversely  affect the market
price of the securities offered hereby. See "Concurrent Offering,"  "Description
of Securities" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."


                                       11
<PAGE>


                     USE OF PROCEEDS AND PLAN OF OPERATIONS

     The net  proceeds  to the  Company  from  the sale of the  1,200,000  Units
offered hereby, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other
expenses of the Offering,  are estimated to be approximately $____ ($____ if the
Underwriter's  over-allotment  option is exercised in full). The Company expects
the net proceeds to be utilized approximately as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Approximate Amount
             Application                                                                 of Net Proceeds
              ---------                                                                    -------------
         <S>                                                                               <C>       
         Repayment of Bridge Notes (1) ..............................................      $1,016,500
         Repayment of Stockholder Advances(2) .......................................         175,000
         Capital Expenditures(3) ....................................................       1,000,000
         Research and Development(4) ................................................         500,000
         Sales and Marketing (5) ....................................................         500,000
         Working Capital(6) .........................................................
                                                                                            ---------
         Total ......................................................................       $
                                                                                            =========
</TABLE>

- --------
(1)  Represents the principal amount and accrued interest at the rate of 10% per
     annum  (estimated at  approximately  $ 16,500 through  January 31. 1997) of
     Bridge Notes issued in the Bridge Financing in December, 1996. The proceeds
     of the Bridge  Financing  were and are being  used  primarily  for  working
     capital  purposes.  See  "Capitalization  -- Bridge Financing" and "Certain
     Transactions."

(2)  Represents the principal amount and accrued interest at the rate of 10% per
     annum of notes  issued to  executive  officers,  directors  and a principal
     stockholder  of the Company  between  September  and December 3, 1996.  The
     proceeds of the Stockholder  Advances were and are being used primarily for
     working capital purposes. See "Certain Transactions."

(3)  Includes costs associated with hardware and purchasing office equipment.

(4)  Includes costs associated with  modifications of IntelliFit  System for new
     markets.

(5)  Includes  costs  associated  with creation and updating of customer  lists,
     advertising and attendance at trade shows and other advertising expenses.

(6)  Includes  general  and  administrative  expenses,  including  approximately
     $450,000 for salaries of the current executive  officers during the next 18
     months. See "Management -- Employment Agreements."

The foregoing  represents  the Company's  best estimate of its allocation of the
net proceeds of the Offering  during the next 18 months.  This estimate is based
on certain  assumptions,  including  that no events  occur which would cause the
Company to abandon any particular  efforts,  that competitive  conditions remain
stable, that the success of the Company's research and development and sales and
marketing  activities  will occur as projected,  that the Company does not enter
into  collaborations  to fund a project  separately and that the Company will be
able to obtain  financing to fund the purchase of kiosks.  The amounts  actually
expended  for each  purpose  may vary  significantly  in the  event any of these
assumptions prove  inaccurate.  The Company reserves the right to change its use
of  proceeds  as  unanticipated  events may cause the  Company to  redirect  its
priorities and reallocate the proceeds accordingly.

     Any  additional  proceeds  received  upon  exercise  of the  over-allotment
option,  the Warrants or the Selling  Securityholder  Warrants  will be added to
working capital.  Pending utilization,  the net proceeds of the Offering will be
invested in high-quality short-term, interest-bearing investments.


                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company has never paid cash  dividends on its Common Stock and does not
anticipate  paying  cash  dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future.  The  Company
currently  intends to retain all  earnings,  if any, for use in the expansion of
the Company's business. The declaration and payment of future dividends, if any,
will be at the sole  discretion  of the Board of Directors  and will depend upon
the Company's  profitability,  financial  condition,  cash requirements,  future
prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.


                                       12
<PAGE>


                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth the  capitalization of the Company (i) as of
September  30, 1996 (after  giving  retroactive  effect to a  1,339.4362-for-one
stock split effected in October  1996);  (ii) pro forma as of September 30, 1996
to reflect (a) the sale of the Bridge Notes and Bridge  Warrants  subsequent  to
such date, (b) receipt of a portion of the  Stockholder  Advances  subsequent to
such  date  and  (c) the  conversion  of the  Stockholder  Debt  to  equity  and
outstanding  Series A Preferred Stock to Common Stock upon  effectiveness of the
Offering;  and (iii) as adjusted to reflect the sale of the Units offered hereby
and the application of the net proceeds  therefrom to repay the Bridge Notes and
the  Stockholder  Advances.  This table should be read in  conjunction  with the
Financial   Statements  and  the  Notes  thereto  included   elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          September 30, 1996
                                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                               Actual          Pro Forma        As Adjusted
                                                             ----------       ----------         ---------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>                <C>      
     Bridge Notes, net of discount(1)....................    $    --          $ 250,000              --
     Notes payable and accrued interest 
       stockholders, non-current.........................      836,000          170,000              --
     Stockholders' Equity(2):
       Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 
         5,000,000 shares authorized; 
         600 shares of Series A Preferred  Stock issued 
         and outstanding  actual;  no shares
         issued and  outstanding pro forma
         and as adjusted..................................        --               --                 --
       Common Stock, $.01 par value;
         20,000,000  shares  authorized; 
         281,612 shares issued and  outstanding
         actual;  721,326  shares issued and  
         outstanding  pro forma; 1,921,326
         shares issued and
         outstanding as adjusted (3)(4)..................        3,000            7,000
     Additional paid-in capital .........................    1,252,000        3,204,000
     Deficit accumulated during
       development stage(5)..............................   (1,956,000)      (2,078,000)
                                                            ----------       ---------- 
     Total stockholders' equity
       (capital deficiency)..............................     (701,000)       1,133,000
                                                             ----------       ----------
         Total capitalization ...........................    $ 135,000       $1,553,000
                                                             ==========       ==========
</TABLE>


- --------
(1)  The Bridge  Notes are  payable on the  earlier of  December  2, 1997 or the
     completion of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds and Plan of Operations."
(2)  Authorized amounts give effect to an amendment to the Company's Certificate
     of Incorporation.

(3)  Excludes (i) up to 720,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     the Underwriter's  over-allotment option and the underlying Warrants;  (ii)
     3,600,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the Warrants
     included in or underlying the Units offered hereby;  (iii) 1,000,000 shares
     of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Selling  Securityholder
     Warrants and the underlying  Warrants;  (iv) 480,000 shares of Common Stock
     issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Unit  Purchase  Option  and the  Warrants
     included in or underlying  such option;  (v) 250,000 shares of Common Stock
     reserved for issuance  under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan, of which
     200,000 have been granted and (vi) 78,674  shares of Common Stock  issuable
     upon exercise of outstanding  options granted outside of the Company's 1996
     Stock  Option  Plan.   See   "Management-Stock   Option   Plan,"   "Certain
     Transactions," "Description of Capital Stock" and "Concurrent Offering."
(4)  Includes the 349,370  Escrow Shares.  See "Principal  Stockholders-Escrowed
     Shares and Options."
(5)  Gives effect to  recognition of $910,000 of expense upon the closing of the
     Offering representing debt discount and debt issuance costs relating to the
     Bridge  Financing and  repayment of the Bridge Notes.  See "Use of Proceeds
     and Plan of  Operations"  and  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


                                       13
<PAGE>


Bridge Financing

     In  December,  1996,  the  Company  completed  the Bridge  Financing  of an
aggregate of  $1,000,000  principal  amount of Bridge  Notes and 500,000  Bridge
Warrants in which it received net  proceeds of  approximately  $840,000,  (after
expenses of the offering). The Bridge Notes are payable,  together with interest
at the rate of 10% per annum,  on the earlier of December 2, 1997 or the closing
of the  Offering.  See "Use of  Proceeds  and Plan of  Operations."  The  Bridge
Warrants  entitled  the holders  thereof to purchase  one share of Common  Stock
commencing  December 2, 1997 but will be exchanged  automatically on the closing
of the Offering for the Selling Securityholder  Warrants,  each of which will be
identical  to the Class A Warrants  included in the Units  offered  hereby.  The
Selling  Securityholder  Securities  have  been  registered  for  resale  in the
Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part,  subject to the
contractual  restriction  that the  Selling  Securityholders  have agreed not to
exercise the Selling  Securityholder  Warrants for a period of one year from the
closing of the Offering and not to sell the Securityholder Warrants except after
specified periods commencing 90 days after the closing date of the Offering. See
"Concurrent Offering."

     Upon repayment of the Bridge Notes, the unamortized balance of the $750,000
debt discount attributable to the Bridge Warrants as well as other debt issuance
costs will be charged to the Company's operations.  See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

                                       14

<PAGE>


                                    DILUTION

     The  following  discussion  and tables  allocate  no value to the  Warrants
contained in the Units.

     Dilution  represents  the difference  between the initial  public  offering
price paid by the purchasers in the Offering and the net tangible book value per
share immediately after completion of the Offering.  Net tangible book value per
share  represents  the amount of the Company's  total assets minus the amount of
its intangible assets and liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding.  The pro forma adjustment to the historical net tangible book
value gives effect to the issuance in December 1996 of the Bridge Notes,  net of
debt issue costs and debt  discount,  and the  conversion  on the closing of the
Offering  of the  Stockholder  Debt into  equity and the  outstanding  shares of
Series A Preferred Stock to Common Stock. At September 30, 1996, the Company had
a negative pro forma net tangible  book value of  $(126,000) or $(.17) per share
($(.34)  per  share if the  Escrow  Shares  were  excluded).  See  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations,"
"Concurrent  Offering," "Certain  Transactions" and Notes A, F and I of Notes to
Financial  Statements.  After giving retroactive effect to the sale of 1,200,000
Units offered hereby,  and the Company's  receipt of the net proceeds  therefrom
less underwriting  discounts,  commissions and other estimated offering expenses
(anticipated  to  aggregate  $1,080,000),  the net  tangible  book  value of the
Company, as adjusted,  at September 30, 1996 would have been $4,798,000 or $2.50
per share. This would result in an immediate dilution to the public investors of
$2.50 per share and the  aggregate  increase in the pro forma net tangible  book
value to present  stockholders  would be $2.67 per share ($3.39 per share if the
Escrow Shares were excluded).

     The following table  illustrates the pro forma  information with respect to
dilution to new investors on a per share basis:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                             <C>                 <C>   
     Public offering price per share ..........................................                     $5.00
     Pro forma negative net tangible book
       value per share before Offering........................................     $(.17)
     Increase per share attributable to new investors.........................     $2.67
                                                                                   -----
     Net tangible book value per share after Offering.........................                      $2.50
                                                                                                    -----
     Dilution to new investors(1).............................................                      $2.50
                                                                                                    =====
</TABLE>

- --------
(1)  If the  over-allotment  option is exercised in full,  the net tangible book
     value after the Offering would be approximately $2.66 per share,  resulting
     in dilution to new investors in the Offering of $2.34 per share.

     The  following   table   summarizes  the   differences   between   existing
stockholders  and new  investors  with respect to the number of shares of Common
Stock purchased from the Company,  the total  consideration  paid to the Company
and the  average  price  per  share  paid by  existing  stockholders  and by new
investors:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Total
                                               Shares Purchased             Consideration Paid
                                               ----------------             ------------------
                                                                                                    Average Price
                                              Number       Percent          Amount(1)    Percent      Per Share
                                             --------      -------         ----------    -------     ----------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>         <C>  
   Existing Stockholders ................      721,326(2)    37.5%         $2,174,440      27.0%       $2.72
   New Investors ........................    1,200,000       60.5%         $6,000,000      73.0%       $5.00
                                             ---------      ------         ----------     ------
   Total ................................    1,921,326(2)   100.0%         $8,174,440     100.0%
                                             =========      ======         ==========     ======
</TABLE>


- --------
(1)  Prior to deduction of costs of issuance.
(2)  Includes the 349,370 Escrow Shares. See "Principal  Stockholders-- Escrowed
     Shares and Options."
     The  foregoing  table does not give effect to  exercise of any  outstanding
options or warrants.  To the extent such options or warrants are exercised there
will  be  further   dilution  to  new  investors.   See   "Capitalization-Bridge
Financing," "Management-Stock Option Plan" and "Description of Securities."


                                       15
<PAGE>


                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The selected  financial data  presented  below for the period from July 20,
1994  (commencement  of  operations)  through  December 31, 1994, the year ended
December 31, 1995, the nine month periods ended September 30, 1995 and September
30, 1996 and the period from July 20, 1994 (commencement of operations ) through
September  30, 1996,  respectively  and the balance  sheet data at September 30,
1996 have been derived from the Financial  Statements  of the Company.  The data
for the nine month  periods  ended  September  30, 1995 and  September  30, 1996
include all adjustments  consisting of only normal  recurring  adjustments  that
management  considers necessary to fairly present such data. The results for the
nine months  ended  September  30, 1996 are not  necessarily  indicative  of the
results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 1996. The Financial
Statements  of the Company,  together  with the notes  thereto and the report of
Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP, independent  auditors,  are included elsewhere
in this Prospectus.  The selected  financial data set forth below should be read
in  conjunction  with  the  Financial  Statements  and  Notes  thereto  and with
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           July 20, 1994                                        July 20, 1994
                                          (Commencement                     Nine Months        (Commencement
                                          of Operations)                        Ended           of Operations)
                                             through      Year Ended        September 30,           through
                                           December 31,  December 31,    -------------------     September 30,
                                               1994          1995          1995        1996          1996
                                            ----------    ----------     ---------   --------     ----------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>      
Statement of Operations Data:
Research and development expenses........    $ 78,000      $ 397,000    $ 227,000   $   --        $  475,000
General and administrative expenses .....     159,000        466,000      418,000     808,000      1,433,000
Net loss.................................    (230,000)      (876,000)    (647,000)   (850,000)    (1,956,000)
Pro forma net loss per share(1)..........                  $   (2.31)               $   (2.17)
Shares used in computing pro forma
  net loss per share(1)..................                    371,956                  371,956

<CAPTION>

                                                                   At September 30, 1996
                                                                 ------------------------
                                                                  Actual        Pro Forma(3)
                                                                ----------       ----------
<S>                                                             <C>               <C>      
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital (deficit)....................................   $ (413,000)       $ 845,000
Total assets.................................................      571,000        1,711,000
Total current liabilities....................................      436,000          158,000
Deficit accumulated during development stage.................   (1,956,000)      (2,078,000)
Total stockholders' equity (capital deficiency)..............     (701,000)       1,133,000
</TABLE>


- --------
(1)  The pro forma net loss per share computation  gives  retroactive  effect to
     the  conversion  on  effectiveness  of the  Offering of (i)  $1,083,713  of
     outstanding  indebtedness at August 31, 1996, plus accrued interest thereon
     (the "Stockholder  Debt") into 263,921 shares of the Company's Common Stock
     and (ii)  the  Series A  Preferred  Stock  and  accrued  dividends  thereon
     aggregating  $722,000  into 175,793  shares of Common  Stock,  excludes the
     Escrow Shares and Escrow Options.  See "Certain  Transactions" and Notes A,
     B(4) and I of Notes to Financial Statements.
(2)  Gives pro forma  effect to (i) the  issuance  of the  Bridge  Notes and the
     Bridge  Warrants  subsequent  to September 30, 1996;  (ii) working  capital
     advances from stockholders aggregating $140,000 subsequent to September 30,
     1996;  and (iii) the  conversion of the  Stockholder  Debt and the Series A
     Preferred  Stock to Common Stock upon  effectiveness  of the Offering.  See
     "Capitalization-Bridge Financing," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Certain Transactions."


                                       16


<PAGE>


                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following  discussion and analysis  should be read in conjunction  with
the  financial   statements  and  notes  thereto  appearing  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.


Results of Operations

     The Company is in the development  stage. Since its inception in July 1994,
the Company's efforts have been principally devoted to research, development and
design of products,  marketing  activities and raising capital.  The Company has
generated  only nominal  revenues  from the  placement of test  products and has
incurred substantial operating losses to date, which losses are continuing.

     Since   inception,   the  Company  has  sustained   cumulative   losses  of
$(1,956,000). These losses have resulted primarily from expenditures for general
and administrative  activities,  including salaries,  marketing and professional
fees  which  have   aggregated   $1,433,000   since   inception.   General   and
administrative  expenses  increased  from $418,000  during the nine months ended
September 30, 1995 to $808,000  during the nine months ended September 30, 1996,
an increase of 93%. This increase  reflects the Company's  shift after  December
31, 1995 from research and development activities to the initiation of sales and
marketing efforts aimed at commercializing the IntelliFit System. From inception
through  December  31,  1995,  the  Company  incurred   aggregate  research  and
development  expenses  of  $475,000.  All  development  costs  relating  to  the
IntelliFit  System  incurred prior to December 31, 1995 were expensed.  See Note
B(1) of Notes to Financial Statements. The Company did not have any expenditures
for research and development during the nine months ended September 30, 1996.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The Company has funded its  activities to date through loans from principal
stockholders  and  private  placements  of  equity  and debt  securities.  As of
September 30, 1996, the Company had a working capital deficit of $(413,000).

     In  December,  1996,  the  Company  completed  the Bridge  Financing  which
consisted of $1,000,000  principal amount of Bridge Notes bearing interest at an
annual rate of 10% and warrants to purchase an  aggregate  of 500,000  shares of
Common Stock. See "Capitalization-Bridge  Financing." The proceeds of the Bridge
Financing, which were approximately $840,000 (net of $100,000 in commissions and
a $30,000  expense  allowance paid to the  Underwriter  which acted as placement
agent and other  expenses of the private  placement)  have been  utilized by the
Company for  working  capital  purposes  including  general  and  administrative
expenses  and  expenses  of the  Offering.  The  Company  intends  to repay  the
principal  and  accrued  interest  on the  Bridge  Notes  with a portion  of the
proceeds of the  Offering.  See "Use of  Proceeds  and Plan of  Operations"  and
"Certain Transactions."

     From time to time, the Company's stockholders,  including Steven R. Gumins,
Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company,  Deborah E. Griffin,  Chief  Operating
Officer,  and Jonathan W.  Seybold,  Chairman of the Board of the Company,  have
funded the Company's working capital requirements. All amounts advanced prior to
August  31,  1996  were  contributed  to the  capital  of the  Company.  Between
September 1996 and December 3, 1996,  working capital  advances in the aggregate
principal amount of $170,000 were made to the Company.  The Stockholder Advances
bear  interest at the rate of 10% per annum and will be repaid from the proceeds
of the  Offering.  See "Use of Proceeds  and Plan of  Operations"  and  "Certain
Transactions."

     During the 12-month period following the Offering, the Company is committed
to pay approximately $300,000 in compensation to its current executive officers.
See "Management Employment Agreements" and "Certain  Transactions." In addition,
the Company will be required to obtain financing in order to purchase kiosks.

     The  report  of  the  independent   auditors  on  the  Company's  financial
statements as of December 31, 1995 contains an explanatory  paragraph  regarding
an uncertainty with respect to the ability of the Company to continue as a going
concern.  The Company has  generated  only nominal  revenues and has incurred an
accumulated  deficit through  September 30, 1996 of $(1,956,000).  However,  the
Company believes that upon the completion of the Offering and the receipt of the
proceeds  therefrom,  it will have the necessary liquidity and capital resources
to sustain planned operations for the 18 month period following the Offering. In
the  event  that  the  Company's  internal  estimates  relating  to its  planned
expenditures  prove  materially  inaccurate,  the  Company  may be  required  to
reallocate  funds  among its planned  activities  and  curtail  certain  planned
expenditures.  In any  event,  the  Company  anticipates  that it  will  require
substantial  additional  financing after such time. There can be no assurance as
to the availability or terms of any required additional  financing,  when and if
needed. In the event that the Company fails to raise any

                                       17

<PAGE>


funds it requires,  it may be necessary for the Company to significantly curtail
its  activities  or  cease  operations.   See  "Use  of  Proceeds  and  Plan  of
Operations."


Release of Escrowed Shares and Options

     In connection  with the Offering,  the current  shareholders of the Company
and holders of options are placing a portion of their shares  and/or  options in
escrow  pending the  Company's  attainment  of certain  revenue or market  price
goals. See "Principal  Stockholders." The Commission has taken the position with
respect to the  release of  securities  from escrow that in the event any of the
shares or options are released from escrow to directors,  officers, employees or
consultants of the Company, the release will be treated, for financial reporting
purposes,  as  compensation  expense to the  Company.  In the event the  Company
attains any of the earnings or market price targets  required for the release of
Escrow Shares and Options,  the release of the Escrow Shares and Options to such
individuals  will be deemed  additional  compensation  expense  to the  Company.
Accordingly,  the Company will, in the event of the release of the Escrow Shares
and Options  recognize  during the period in which the  earnings or market price
targets  are met,  what  could be a  substantial  one-time  charge  which  would
substantially  increase the Company's loss or reduce or eliminate  earnings,  if
any, at such time. Such charge to earnings will not be deductible by the Company
for income tax purposes.  The amount of compensation  expense  recognized by the
Company will not affect the Company's total stockholders'  equity. See Note F of
Notes to Financial Statements.

                                    BUSINESS

General

     The Company was formed in July 1994 and  currently  its sole product is the
IntelliFit System, a computerized system which generates  personalized  exercise
prescriptions   and  tracks  and  records   fitness   progress.   The   exercise
prescriptions are based on, among other things, an individual's weight, ability,
medical history,  goals, fitness level and exercise preferences.  The IntelliFit
System interacts with a user by applying algorithms to an individual's  personal
profile  and  adjusting  a  user's  exercise  prescription  based  on  progress,
frequency  of  workouts  and other  variables.  The Company  believes  that this
interactive  feature helps  motivate  users to continue  exercising,  and allows
users to reach their goals more quickly.  The  IntelliFit  System is designed to
accommodate all levels of exercise  experience and all age groups.  The software
embodied in the  IntelliFit  System is based on training  guidelines and circuit
training techniques recommended by the American College of Sports Medicine which
the Company  believes  provide superior results in less time than other training
methods.

     The  IntelliFit  System  operates  from a  freestanding  kiosk which houses
off-the-shelf  computer hardware  purchased from major equipment  manufacturers,
including a computer with a touch screen  display,  a modem used to  communicate
with a central database, a motorized smart card reader, a scanner and a printer.
The IntelliFit  System is accessed by a smart card,  similar in size to a credit
card, which contains a microprocessor chip which is able to store information in
memory (the "IntelliCard").

     The  original  computer  source  programs  and  related  documentation  and
computerized  services  and  instructional  material  (collectively,   the  "EIS
System") on which the  IntelliFit  System is based was  developed  for  Nautilus
Group Japan,  Ltd.  ("NGJ  Ltd."),  an American  company  operating in Japan and
currently  the owner of all of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of Series A
Preferred  Stock of the  Company.  The  Company  acquired  the rights to the EIS
System from NGJ Ltd. in August 1994 in exchange for the Series A Preferred Stock
and spent  approximately  2 years modifying and expanding upon the EIS System in
order to create the IntelliFit System. NGJ Ltd. has advised the Company that the
EIS System is currently  installed in nine facilities in Japan and has generated
over 7 million individualized exercise prescriptions.  EIS System users in Japan
range in age and are  divided  almost  equally  among  males  and  females.  See
"Business-Relationship with NGJ Ltd."

     During the first 18 months of the Company's  existence,  management focused
on  research  and  development  activities  and on limited  sales and  marketing
activities.  Beginning  in  the  spring  of  1996,  the  Company  installed  the
IntelliFit  System  in  selected  facilities  in  different  markets,  including
military,  hospital,  private and  corporate  fitness  centers.  The Company has
refined and improved the IntelliFit  System based on its experience in the trial
markets.  The Company has  recently  begun to focus on  broader-based  marketing
activities.  The Company has generated only nominal  revenues from product sales
as the Company has  concentrated  on  evaluating  acceptance  of the  IntelliFit
System  in a variety  of  markets,  varying  sales and  pricing  approaches  and
modifying installation, training and support

                                       18

<PAGE>

services provided.  There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully
commercialize  its product,  generate any  significant  revenues or ever achieve
profitable operations.


Strategy

     The  Company's  strategy  is to  market  and  sell  the  IntelliFit  System
initially in selected United States markets.  The Company's first target markets
are  military  facilities,  commercial  clubs,  hospital  facilities,  corporate
facilities,  insurance  companies  and  health  maintenance  organizations.  The
Company believes that these markets have the greater user concentration and that
penetration of these markets could help  establish the Company's  credibility in
other  markets.   Subsequent  target  markets  include  universities,   schools,
government   facilities  and  resorts.   The  Company   anticipates   developing
enhancements  to the  IntelliFit  System  to  enable  the  System  to serve  the
rehabilitation  market.  This will enable patients who exercise as part of their
rehabilitation  program to use the System to follow their exercise  program in a
local fitness center. In addition,  the Company intends to explore other markets
for the IntelliFit  software,  including selling the software as an individually
packaged  product for use on personal  computers  and  providing the software to
Internet users.

     The Company  believes  that the potential  benefits to a fitness  center of
installing the IntelliFit System are: (i) membership turnover will be reduced as
use  of  the  IntelliFit   System   increases   member   interest  by  providing
goal-oriented  personalized  training at affordable  prices and reduces the time
spent in the fitness center as a full workout using  IntelliFit can be completed
in 30 minutes;  (ii) since  workouts  based on circuit  training  techniques are
shorter,  overcrowding  in the  fitness  center can be  reduced;  (iii)  fitness
centers can use the continual  information provided on member usage,  interests,
history,  performance and goals for marketing purposes; (iv) fitness centers can
track patterns of facility and equipment use and can incorporate  such knowledge
into scheduling facility hours and determining  staffing  requirements;  (v) the
fitness  facility will be able to standardize  the method by which members train
and thereby eliminate the uncertainties  created by multiple instructors who use
differing techniques;  (vi) fitness centers will be able to reduce the number of
trainers  employed;  and (vi)  fitness  centers  will be  better  positioned  to
integrate  technologies  incorporating  synergistic products relating to health,
wellness and lifestyle.  The Company also believes that insurance  companies and
health  maintenance  organizations  ("HMOs")  can  benefit  from the  IntelliFit
System.  Insurance  companies  and HMOs are  increasingly  searching for ways to
reduce medical costs by helping their insureds lead healthier  lifestyles.  Some
insurance  companies  and  HMOs  have  begun to offer  financial  incentives  to
insureds who exercise regularly;  however, there is a need to monitor compliance
by the insured with any  programs  offered.  The  IntelliFit  System  allows the
insurance companies and HMOs to monitor if, and how frequently, its insureds are
using a fitness center, the types of exercises being done and the progress made.
Weight loss  clinics can  similarly  benefit  from the ability to monitor  their
clients' exercise routines.

     The  Company  believes  that  there are many  benefits  to the users of the
IntelliFit System including, among other things, that it (i) motivates a user by
providing  continual  encouragement  and  information  on a user's  progress  in
reaching  his  goals;  (ii)  provides  interactive   personalized   training  at
affordable prices; and (iii) enables a user to follow his personalized  exercise
program in any fitness center that has the IntelliFit System.


Product

     The  IntelliFit  System  operates  from a  freestanding  kiosk which houses
off-the-shelf  hardware  purchased  from  major  equipment  manufacturers.   The
components  include a  computer  with  touch  screen  display,  a modem  used to
communicate  with a central  database,  a motorized smart card reader, a scanner
and  a  printer.  All  user  information  is  stored  on  the  IntelliCard.  The
IntelliCard can be used at any site which has an IntelliFit System. The software
embodied in the  IntelliFit  System is an expert  system  which  takes  numerous
variables  for  each  individual,  applies  the  variables  to an  equation  and
determines  the best  workout  program for that  specific  individual  using the
exercise  equipment at a particular  facility.  Each time an individual uses the
IntelliFit  System,  an  individual's  variables  are updated and a new exercise
program is generated.

     The  IntelliFit  software  is  written in C++  object-oriented  programming
language  which allows ease of  customization  and  portability  to new hardware
components and platforms.

     The  IntelliFit  software  is  based on  training  guidelines  and  circuit
training  techniques  recommended  by the American  College of Sports  Medicine.
Circuit  training means that a user can perform a single set of  approximately 8
to 12  repetitions  of different  exercises in  approximately  30 minutes.  This
method  contrasts  to the  traditional  multiple  sets  approach  used  by  many
body-builders.  Based on the Company's research, the Company believes that 

                                       19

<PAGE>

users of the IntelliFit  System will be able to attain their goals using circuit
training  techniques  and will be more  inclined  to  exercise  as 30 minutes of
exercise generally  represents a reasonable  commitment for many  time-pressured
individuals.

     The  IntelliFit  System  utilizes an  electronic  medium,  known as digital
insertion  media,  to  display  on each  personalized  workout  sheet a specific
advertising,  promotional  message or  announcement  targeted to that particular
user. The top right quadrant of the workout sheet is currently dedicated to this
application  which the  Company  believes  will become an  additional  source of
revenue. The IntelliFit system also provides  personalized  exercise suggestions
and  motivational  messages on a user's  workout  sheet  based on that  specific
user's performance. The Company believes that these personalized suggestions and
messages serve as important deterrents to exercise termination.

     Fitness  centers  are not  required  to purchase  new  equipment  or modify
existing  equipment to use the IntelliFit System, as the System can be used with
any  type  of  exercise  equipment.  This is  unlike  certain  of the  Company's
competitors'  products which require fitness centers to use one brand of fitness
equipment or to retrofit existing equipment. The IntelliFit System can prescribe
alternative  equipment  in  order  to vary a user's  workout  or to work  around
injuries  or  machines  that  are  being  serviced.  As  part  of the  Company's
preinstallation  procedures,  the  Company  obtains  a  list  of  the  equipment
configuration  for the  fitness  center  where  the  IntelliFit  System is to be
installed. Based on this information,  the IntelliFit System prescribes exercise
programs for users using the equipment in that particular facility. In the event
that a facility changes certain pieces of equipment or in the event that certain
pieces of equipment are being  serviced,  the facility staff is trained to input
such  information into the IntelliFit  System and the System will  automatically
prescribe around such equipment.

     The Company  intends to lease the IntelliFit  System to its customers for a
set  monthly fee and to charge its  customers  an annual fee for each user which
may be paid by the facility or the user. IntelliFit forms, pencils,  clipboards,
cleaning  solutions and instruments  will be provided to the fitness center with
each  installation and additional  supplies will be available to be purchased at
cost.

     Use  of the  IntelliFit  System.  An  individual  who  desires  to use  the
IntelliFit System first completes a new member form which asks the individual to
answer questions about,  among other things,  the individual's  medical history,
activities in which the individual regularly participates, general fitness goals
and current fitness level.  The individual fills in bubbles to answer certain of
the  questions  and hand  writes  answers  to other  questions.  A member of the
fitness  center  staff  then scans the form into the  IntelliFit  System and the
IntelliFit  System prints out a personalized  printed  exercise  program for the
user for that day.  The  Company  suggests to each  fitness  center that a staff
member  accompany  the user the first  time the user  follows  his  personalized
exercise  program  in order to adjust  equipment  seat  heights  and to make any
individualized  changes  which  appear to be  necessary.  An  IntelliCard  which
contains the user's personal  information and the user's  personalized  exercise
program  is issued to the user the next day.  The next time the user goes to the
fitness center,  the user is instructed to insert his IntelliCard into the kiosk
through a simple touch-screen interface on the computer screen in the kiosk. The
IntelliFit System generates the user's personalized  printed workout sheet which
the user carries with him and marks off as he completes his exercises  generally
by filling in bubbles.  When the user finishes his workout, the user inserts the
completed  workout sheet back into the kiosk.  The information  from the workout
sheet is scanned into the computer and the user's  IntelliCard  is updated.  The
IntelliFit  software then adjusts the user's next workout based on the exercises
the user has completed and the progress the user has made. All user  information
is uploaded at the end of each day onto the Company's central database.

     Types of Programs  Offered.  Currently the IntelliFit  System provides over
300  goal-oriented  programs for users to choose from.  The  following  are some
examples:


     Basic Fitness

     Basic fitness is designed as an initial exercise program for individuals
who are beginning an exercise program.


General Fitness

     General  Fitness  provides  exercises  for all the major muscle  groups and
cardiovascular exercise to help strengthen the heart and lungs.

                                       20

<PAGE>


     Active Fitness

     Active Fitness  prescribes  exercise to increase endurance by strengthening
all the major muscle groups.


     Aerobic Protection

     Aerobic  Protection  is designed to strengthen  the specific  muscle groups
used in aerobic fitness exercises.


     CardioFlex

     CardioFlex is a comprehensive  stretching and strengthening program used to
regain flexibility.


     WalkPro

     WalkPro strengthens the muscles of the upper and lower body helping to burn
calories while building strength and endurance.


     Weight Management

     Weight  Management  concentrates on weight loss goals with three phases and
difficulty levels of exercises.


     Corporate Fitness

     Corporate  Fitness is designed to  counteract  the physical  and  emotional
stress of working in an office.


     Body Sculpting

     Body Sculpting  tones and  strengthens  the entire body as well as specific
areas.


     Sports Conditioning

     Sports  conditioning  programs  provide  specialized  workouts  designed to
concentrate on specific muscles used in sporting activities.

Each program is presented as a 20-session  course. By providing varying work-out
course programs,  the Company believes that users will continue to be interested
in and motivated to exercise. Each IntelliFit program accommodates all levels of
experience,  from entry-level to seasoned fitness center veteran to professional
athlete. In addition,  each IntelliFit program can be used by individuals in any
age group.

     Benefits to  IntelliFit  Customer and User.  The Company  believes that the
potential  benefits to a fitness center of installing the IntelliFit System are:
(i)  membership  turnover  will  be  reduced  as use of  the  IntelliFit  System
increases member interest by providing  goal-oriented  personalized  training at
affordable  prices and reduces  the time spent in the  fitness  center as a full
workout using  IntelliFit  can be completed in 30 minutes;  (ii) since  workouts
based on circuit  training  techniques are shorter,  overcrowding in the fitness
center can be reduced;  (iii) fitness centers can use the continual  information
provided  on  member  usage,  interests,  history,  performance  and  goals  for
marketing  purposes;  (iv)  fitness  centers can track  patterns of facility and
equipment use and can incorporate such knowledge into scheduling  facility hours
and determining staffing requirements;  (v) the fitness facility will be able to
standardize  the  method  by which  members  train  and  thereby  eliminate  the
uncertainties created by multiple instructors who use differing techniques; (vi)
fitness centers will be able to reduce the number of trainers employed; and (vi)
fitness   centers  will  be  better   positioned   to   integrate   technologies
incorporating  synergistic products relating to health,  wellness and lifestyle.
The Company also believes that insurance companies and HMOs can benefit from the
IntelliFit System.  Insurance companies and HMOs are increasingly  searching for
ways  to  reduce   medical  costs  by  helping  their  insureds  lead  healthier
lifestyles.  Some  insurance  companies  and HMOs have begun to offer  financial
incentives  to insureds  who  exercise  regularly;  however,  there is a need to
monitor  compliance  by the insured with any programs  offered.  The  IntelliFit
System  allows  the  insurance  companies  and  HMOs  to  monitor  if,  and  how
frequently,  its  insureds  are using a fitness  center,  the types of exercises
being done and the progress made. Weight loss clinics can similarly benefit from
the ability to monitor their clients' exercise routines.

     The  Company  believes  that  there are many  benefits  to the users of the
IntelliFit System including, among other things, that it (i) motivates a user by
providing  continual  encouragement  and  information  on a user's  progress  in

                                       21


<PAGE>

reaching  his  goals;  (ii)  provides  interactive   personalized   training  at
affordable prices; and (iii) enables a user to follow his personalized  exercise
program in any fitness center that has the IntelliFit System.


Marketing

     Currently,  the  Company has only one person  dedicated  to  marketing  the
IntelliFit  System.  As the Company's  business grows,  the Company will require
additional sales and marketing personnel. There is no assurance that the Company
will be able to recruit,  train or retain qualified personnel to sell and market
its product or that it will develop a successful  sales and marketing  strategy.
The Company also has very limited marketing experience. To date, the Company has
marketed the IntelliFit System primarily  through  demonstrations at trade shows
and advertisements in trade journals.  The Company has allocated $500,000 of the
proceeds of the Offering for sales and marketing purposes.  See "Use of Proceeds
and Plan of Operations."  There can be no assurance that any sales and marketing
efforts  undertaken  by the  Company  will be  successful  or will result in any
significant sales of its product.

     The success of the Company's  business is dependent upon  acceptance of the
IntelliFit System by both the Company's potential customers and the actual users
of the System.  The Company  believes that there will be interest in its product
from military  facilities,  commercial  clubs,  hospital  facilities,  corporate
facilities,  insurance companies and health maintenance organizations.  However,
there can be no assurance  that  acceptance  by any of the  Company's  potential
customers will occur. In addition, even if the IntelliFit System is installed in
a  fitness  center,   ultimate  success  for  the  Company  depends  on  whether
individuals  actually  use the System on a regular  basis.  The Company does not
market its product directly to these users.  Instead, the Company trains fitness
center staff to use the  IntelliFit  System,  provides each fitness  center with
brochures on the IntelliFit  System to distribute to users and requires  fitness
center  staff to  introduce  the  IntelliFit  System to its new  members and all
renewing  members.  The Company  has  limited  ability to monitor the manner and
frequency with which fitness center staff introduce the IntelliFit System to its
new members or renewing members or stimulate  current member's interest in using
the IntelliFit System. In addition,  a user must use the IntelliCard in order to
access the IntelliFit  System.  Although the Company believes that acceptance of
smart cards is increasing,  there can be no assurance that such  acceptance will
occur in the near future,  if at all. A number of companies  that have developed
computer-based  fitness systems which prescribe  personalized  exercise programs
have either had limited success or have failed.

     To date, the Company has installed  kiosks in only six fitness centers on a
test basis.  Three of the kiosks have been installed on one military base, three
have been installed in one hospital fitness center, one kiosk has been installed
in a private  fitness  center and one kiosk has been  installed  in a  corporate
fitness center. Two kiosks are currently used for demonstrations at trade shows.
There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  IntelliFit   System  will  perform  as
anticipated.  In addition,  the software  embodied in the IntelliFit  System may
contain errors which only become  apparent  subsequent to widespread  commercial
use.  The  IntelliFit   System  may  require   improvements   and   refinements.
Difficulties in improving and refining the IntelliFit System could delay further
introductions  and  installations  of the System and could  cause the Company to
incur  additional  costs.  This  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company.

Relationship with Nautilus Group Japan, Ltd.

     In August  1994,  pursuant  to an  Assignment  Agreement  (the  "Assignment
Agreement"),  NGJ Ltd.  assigned the EIS System along with  registration for the
trademark "EIS Expert  Instructor  System" (the "Trademark") to the Company as a
contribution  to capital in  consideration  for the  issuance  to NGJ Ltd. of 50
shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock,  $.01 par value (the "Series A
Preferred Stock"). In addition,  in August 1994 the Company issued 550 shares of
Series A Preferred  Stock to NGJ for  $550,000 in cash.  Upon the closing of the
Offering,  NGJ Ltd.  will  convert its shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock into
175,792 shares of Common Stock. See "Principal  Stockholders." The assignment to
the  Company is subject to a Japanese  company's  right to use the EIS System in
Sumitomo  Nautilus Clubs in Japan pursuant to an exclusive  franchise  agreement
(the "NGJ Franchise  Agreement") granted to such company by NGJ Ltd. Pursuant to
the  Assignment   Agreement,   the  Company  granted  NGJ  Ltd.  a  royalty-free
non-exclusive license with respect to any and all improved, updated and enhanced
EIS Systems which may be designed,  developed and  implemented by the Company or
any of the Company's  agents,  employees  and  consultants  (including,  without
limitation,  the right to sublicense such use) exclusively in Sumitomo  Nautilus
Clubs in Japan pursuant to the NGJ Franchise Agreement. In addition, the Company
granted NGJ Ltd. a non-exclusive license with respect to the EIS Systems and the
Trademark and any and all improved,  updated and enhanced EIS Systems (including
the IntelliFit  System) ("New  Products")  which may be designed,  developed and
implemented

                                       22

<PAGE>


by the  Company  or  any of the  Company's  agents,  employees  and  consultants
(including, without limitation, the right to sublicense such use) exclusively in
Japan,  such license to be effective  upon (i)  termination of the NGJ Franchise
Agreement,  provided the NGJ  Franchise  Agreement is not replaced  with another
license or franchise agreement between NGJ Ltd. and the Japanese company or (ii)
the date on which NGJ Ltd. reasonably concludes,  based on an examination of its
quarterly  financial  results,  that its annual  revenue from the NGJ  Franchise
Agreement has fallen below $1,000,000 (the "Termination Conditions").

     In June 1995, the Company  entered into an Exclusive  Distribution  License
Agreement  with NGJ Ltd.  pursuant  to which the Company  granted  NGJ Ltd.  the
exclusive  right and license to market,  use and grant sub licenses to others to
distribute  all  fitness-related   hardware  and  software  products  owned  and
developed  by the  Company  during  the  term of the  Agreement  in  Japan.  The
Agreement is terminable by either party on notice for cause or without cause, on
notice delivered not less than 90 days in advance of and effective on the fifth,
tenth, fifteenth, twentieth, or any subsequent five year anniversary of the date
the product is in a form suitable for sale in Japan (the "Suitability Date"). In
the event that the Company  terminates the Agreement  without cause,  and within
120 days  thereafter  proposes to enter into an agreement  with a third party to
distribute the products in Japan, NGJ Ltd. must be given the right to distribute
the products in Japan on the same terms as are contained in the  agreement  with
the third party.  The Agreement also contains a provision  requiring NGJ Ltd. to
use reasonable  commercial efforts to exploit the products in Japan. As the sole
remedy for NGJ Ltd.'s failure to exploit the products, the Company may terminate
the Agreement on 60 days notice at any time after the third  anniversary  of the
Suitability Date.

     In November 1996, the Company and NGJ Ltd.  entered into a letter agreement
pursuant to which the parties  agreed that (i) in the event that  neither of the
Termination  Conditions  have been met,  royalties  payable  by NGJ Ltd.  to the
Company on  distributions of the EIS System and New Products by NGJ Ltd. outside
of Sumitomo  Nautilus  Clubs in Japan will be  determined  by the parties in the
future,  and (ii) in the event that either of the  Termination  Conditions  have
been met, no  royalties  will be payable by NGJ Ltd. to the Company on the first
$2,000,000  of  revenue  derived  from  distributions  of the EIS System and New
Products  by NGJ Ltd.  outside  of  Sumitomo  Nautilus  Clubs  in Japan  and all
royalties  in excess of such  amount  will be  determined  by the parties in the
future.


Service

     The  Company  employs  a  technical  support  staff of  approximately  five
persons.  The technical support staff's  responsibilities  include being present
on-site when the  IntelliFit  System is delivered to a facility,  unpacking  and
testing  the System and  training  the  facility  staff to use the System and to
correct  problems  with the System.  In addition,  technical  support  staff and
engineers  who are  qualified  to answer more  complex  technical  problems  are
generally  available by telephone during business hours to respond to questions.
In the event that a fitness center has difficulties with its computer  hardware,
the Company contracts with local computer service centers for maintenance of the
hardware.


Manufacturing and Development

     The  IntelliFit  System  operates  from a  freestanding  kiosk which houses
off-the-shelf  computer hardware  purchased from major equipment  manufacturers.
The Company  does not intend to  manufacture  the kiosks or any of the  hardware
components of the IntelliFit System. The kiosks are off-the-shelf  products with
certain  modifications  and are  currently  manufactured  for the Company by one
manufacturer.  To date  kiosks have been  manufactured  on an  as-needed  basis;
however, the Company expects that in the future,  kiosks will be manufactured in
increments  of ten.  The  manufacturer  of the kiosks also  installs  all of the
hardware  in the  kiosk and ships  the  fully-installed  kiosk to the  Company's
customers. Although all kiosks delivered have met Company specifications,  there
can be no  assurance  that future  deliveries  of kiosks will be  completed on a
timely basis. Although the Company believes that additional  alternative sources
are  available,  failure by the  manufacturer  to supply the  Company  with high
quality  finished  products on commercially  reasonable  terms, or at all, could
have a material adverse effect on the Company.

     The Company  purchases  its hardware from several  suppliers.  Although the
Company  does  not  maintain  formal  agreements  with any of its  suppliers  of
hardware, the Company believes that its current supply arrangements will satisfy
the Company's  present and  anticipated  production  requirements,  and that the
Company has suitable  alternative  supply  sources in the event that its current
arrangements  are terminated or that current  suppliers are otherwise  unable to
fulfill its needs.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that such  alternative
suppliers  will be  available.  The  failure  or  delay of  other  suppliers  in
supplying  product  to the  Company  could  result  in delays  in  marketing  or
operation of the IntelliFit  System,  which would have a material adverse effect
on the  Company.  In  addition,  a 

                                       23

<PAGE>

change in certain  pieces of hardware  could  require  revisions to the software
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

     The  software  embodied  in the  IntelliFit  System was  developed  for the
Company by TransPac and a number of other third party  software  developers.  In
August  1994,  the  Company  entered  into a Retainer  Agreement  with  TransPac
pursuant  to which  TransPac  was  retained  in order to assist  the  Company in
developing  the  specification  for an update to the EIS System.  For TransPac's
work under the Retainer Agreement,  the Company paid TransPac a fee of $120,000.
In addition, the Company granted TransPac an option to acquire 10% of the Common
Stock of the Company at an  exercise  price per share equal to the price paid by
the initial  purchasers of the Company's Common Stock.  TransPac  exercised this
option in February 1996. The Retainer Agreement  contains a provision  requiring
TransPac  to  provide  future  development  services  to the  Company  upon  the
Company's request on designated,  scheduled  projects through December 31, 1998.
The first 500 hours of services in a calendar year will be compensated at a rate
of $125 per hour and the second 500 hours of  services  in a calendar  year (and
any additional time) will be compensated at a rate of $150 per hour. Pursuant to
the Retainer  Agreement,  TransPac  shall be entitled to designate one member to
the Company's  Board of Directors  until December 31, 1998.  TransPac's  current
designee to the Board of  Directors  is Kenneth W.  Krugler,  the  President  of
TransPac.  The  Company  does not  have any  written  contracts  with any  other
software developers. Currently, the Company has limited capability internally to
perform  upgrades or modifications to the software and there can be no assurance
that any required  upgrades or modifications to the software can be successfully
made.  This  could  have  a  material   adverse  effect  on  the  Company.   See
"Management-Officers and Directors."


Competition

     The Company  competes with  companies  that have  developed  computer-based
fitness systems which prescribe personalized exercise programs. The Company will
attempt to compete on the basis of cost,  features  offered,  ease of use,  time
spent at the kiosk and service;  however, there is no assurance that the Company
will  be  able  to  compete  with  its  competitors.  Certain  of the  Company's
competitor's  products  require  fitness  centers  to use one  brand of  fitness
equipment or to retrofit existing equipment.  The Company believes that it has a
competitive advantage in this respect as fitness centers do not need to make any
additional  expenditures  for equipment or parts in order to use the  IntelliFit
System.  In  addition,  certain of the  Company's  competitor's  have  developed
products that are not interactive.  The IntelliFit  System interacts with a user
through artificial intelligence and adjusts a user's exercise prescription based
on progress,  frequency of workouts and other  variables.  The Company  believes
that this  interactive  feature  helps  motivate  users to continue  exercising,
reduces  injuries  and  allows  users to reach  their  goals more  quickly.  The
IntelliFit System is simple to use as a user merely inserts his IntelliCard into
the kiosk,  receives an exercise program card, marks off the exercises completed
on the card  generally by filling in bubbles and feeds the  completed  card back
into the kiosk. Certain of the Company's  competitor's products require users to
type information directly onto the computer in the kiosk. This is time consuming
for the  user  and can  create  lines of users  waiting  to use the  kiosk.  The
IntelliFit  System has been  designed  so that a user's  average  length of time
spent at the  kiosk  is under  one  minute.  Finally,  the  Company  intends  to
concentrate  on technical  support in order to provide the fitness  centers with
uninterrupted use of the IntelliFit System.

     Certain of the Company's  competitors have substantially greater financial,
marketing,  technical,   distribution  and  other  resources  and  greater  name
recognition  than  the  Company.   In  addition,   certain  competitors  have  a
relationship with companies that manufacture exercise equipment. The Company may
also face  competition  from new companies that develop similar  products to the
IntelliFit  System.  In addition,  certain  competitors have a relationship with
companies that manufacture  exercise  equipment.  There can be no assurance that
enhancements  to or  future  generations  of  competitive  products  will not be
developed  which offer  superior  prices more  attractive  features,  easier use
and/or better service than the Company's products.


Insurance

     The provision of personalized  exercise programs may subject the Company to
liability to its customers  and/or the ultimate users of the IntelliFit  System.
The Company's $1,000,000 insurance policy currently excludes coverage for bodily
injury.  Although the Company intends to seek appropriate  additional insurance,
there can be no  assurance  that any  insurance  obtained by the Company will be
sufficient to cover any or all claims  against the Company  which may arise.  If
such insurance is insufficient, this could have a material adverse effect on the
Company.

                                       24

<PAGE>

Employees

     The Company  currently  has 11  full-time  employees  and five  independent
contractors.  The Company is highly  dependent on the  principal  members of its
management  including  Steven R.  Gumins,  the Chief  Executive  Officer  of the
Company and Deborah E. Griffin,  the Chief Operating Officer of the Company. The
Company has  employment  agreements  with each of Mr. Gumins and Ms. Griffin and
has obtained a $2,000,000 key person life insurance  policy covering Mr. Gumins'
life.  See   "Management-Employment   Agreements."   The  Company  is  the  sole
beneficiary  of such life  insurance  policy.  The  Company  will not be able to
obtain key person life  insurance  on Deborah  Griffin's  life in view of health
problems  affecting Ms.  Griffin.  The future success of the Company  depends in
large part on its  ability to attract  and retain  highly  qualified  personnel.
Competition for such personnel is intense and there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to hire sufficient qualified personnel on a timely basis or
can retain such  personnel  in the future.  None of the  Company's  employees is
represented by a labor union. The Company has not experienced any work stoppages
and considers its relations with its employees to be good.


Facilities

     The  Company's  corporate  headquarters  are located at 17575 Pacific Coast
Highway,  Pacific  Palisades,   California  90272  where  the  Company  occupies
approximately  2,000 square feet of space under a lease which expires August 18,
1997.  The lease contains an option,  exercisable  by the Company,  to renew for
continual  additional one year terms.  The lease currently  provides for monthly
rental  payments of $2,675.  The monthly rental payment for each  additional one
year term can be  increased  by no more than 7% per year.  The Company  believes
that in the event it does not renew this lease it can enter into a new lease for
equivalent space on commercially reasonable terms. The Company believes that its
existing facility is well maintained,  in good operating  condition and adequate
to meet its current requirements.


Legal Proceedings

     The Company is not involved in any material legal proceedings.


                                       25

<PAGE>


                                   MANAGEMENT


Executive Officers and Directors

     The  following  table  sets  forth the  names,  ages and  positions  of the
executive officers and directors of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Name                                  Age            Position
             ----                                  ---            --------
<S>                                                <C>   <C>
         Jonathan W. Seybold(1)(2) ............    53    Chairman of the Board of Directors
         Gregory L. Zink(2)....................    40    President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
         Steven R. Gumins......................    45    Chief Executive Officer, Vice President-- 
                                                            Sales and Director
         Deborah E. Griffin(2).................    44    Chief Operating Officer, Secretary and Director
         William Blase ........................    45    Director
         Kenneth W. Krugler ...................    35    Director
         M. Caroline Martin(1) ................    56    Director
         Allan Dalfen(1) ......................    53    Director
</TABLE>

- --------
(1)  Member of Compensation Committee.
(2)  Member of Audit Committee.

     JONATHAN  W.  SEYBOLD  has served as a director  of the  Company  since its
inception in July,  1994.  Mr. Seybold has served as Chairman of the Board since
July,  1994.  Mr.  Seybold  also  founded  Seybold  Seminars,   Inc.   ("Seybold
Seminars"),  a company which conducts large scale,  technology-based trade shows
and conferences and Seybold  Publications  ("Seybold  Publications"),  a company
which publishes reports on publishing  systems,  desktop  publishing and digital
data  applications.  Mr.  Seybold  served as President  of Seybold  Seminars and
Seybold Publications from 1981 to 1993.

     GREGORY L. ZINK has served as the Company's  President and Chief  Financial
Officer since July 1994 and a director of the Company since July 1994.  Mr. Zink
is not involved in the day to day management of the Company. Mr. Zink has served
as Chief Operating  Officer and Chief Financial  Officer of Nautilus Group Japan
Ltd. since April 1988. Mr. Zink has also been Vice President of Clark Management
Co. Inc., an investment advisory company,  since January 1989. Mr. Zink holds an
M.B.A. from the Wharton Business School.

     STEVEN R. GUMINS has been the Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer and Vice
President  Sales since  August 1994 and a director of the Company  since  August
1994. From August 1984 to January 1988 Mr. Gumins was the President of Computers
for Education,  a provider of publishing materials to schools. From October 1992
to  October  1993,  Mr.  Gumins  was a  Portfolio  Analyst  of Guild  Investment
Management, Inc., an investment advisory firm. From October 1993 to August 1994,
Mr.  Gumins was a Vice  President  of  Portfolio  Advisory  Services,  Inc.,  an
investment  advisory  firm. Mr. Gumins has a B.A. from the University of Buffalo
and  participated  in a United  Nations  program at the  University  of Chile in
Santiago, Chile.

     DEBORAH E. GRIFFIN has served as the Company's Chief Operating  Officer and
a director since August 1994.  Prior to joining the Company,  from 1982 to 1990,
Ms. Griffin was the Vice President Operations of Seybold Seminars. From November
1990 to July 1994, Ms. Griffin was the Vice President,  Operations at Ziff-Davis
Exposition and Conference Company, Inc., a computer publishing company.

     WILLIAM BLASE has been a director of the Company  since August 1995.  Since
1985, Dr. Blase has served a director of California  Eye Care, an  ophthalmology
practice.  Since  November  1992, Dr. Blase has been a director of Valley Health
Systems California District Hospital.  Dr. Blase has an M.D. from the University
of Virginia School of Medicine and a M.S. from Oxford University in England.

     KENNETH W. KRUGLER has served as a director of the Company since July 1994.
Mr. Krugler has served as President of TransPac  Software Inc. since founding it
in January  1987.  From 1983 to 1987,  Mr.  Krugler was a software  architect at
Apple Computer,  Inc. Mr. Krugler has a B.S. in Computer Science and Engineering
from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

                                       26

<PAGE>
  
     M. CAROLINE  MARTIN has served as a director of the Company since  December
1996.  Since January 1986,  Ms. Martin has served as Executive Vice President of
Riverside Health System, a multi-facility  integrated  healthcare system. She is
currently a member of the board of directors of Signet Bank.

     ALLAN DALFEN has served as a director of the Company since  December  1996.
Mr.  Dalfen  currently  serves as  President of Kent  Spiegel  Direct Inc.,  the
sporting goods and fitness  division of Kent & Spiegel.  Since January 1995, Mr.
Dalfen  has also  served as  President  of  Dalfen  Corporation,  an  investment
corporation.  From October 1992 to December 1994, Mr. Dalfen served as President
and Chief  Executive  Officer of Vestro Foods,  Inc. and from 1979 to 1992,  Mr.
Dalfen  served as President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of Weider  Health and
Fitness. Mr. Dalfen is currently a director of Vestro Foods, Inc.

     Directors  serve until the next  annual  meeting of  shareholders  or until
their successors are elected and qualified.  Officers serve at the discretion of
the  Board  of  Directors,  subject  to  rights,  if  any,  under  contracts  of
employment. See "Management -- Employment Agreements."


Board Committees and Designated Directors

     The  Board  of  Directors  has  a   Compensation   Committee   which  makes
recommendations to the Board concerning salaries and incentive  compensation for
officers and employees of the Company and may  administer  the  Company's  stock
option plan. See  "Management -- Stock Option Plan." The Board of Directors also
has an Audit  Committee  which  reviews  the  results and scope of the audit and
other accounting related matters.

     Pursuant  to  the  Retainer  Agreement  entered  into  by the  Company  and
TransPac,  TransPac  shall be entitled to designate  one member to the Company's
Board of Directors until December 31, 1998.  TransPac's  current designee to the
Board of  Directors  is Kenneth W.  Krugler,  the  President  of  TransPac.  See
"Business-Manufacturing and Development."

     The Company has agreed,  if  requested  by the  Underwriter,  to nominate a
designee of the  Underwriter to the Company's Board of Directors for a period of
five years from the date of this Prospectus. See "Underwriting."


Director Compensation

     Directors are entitled to receive  options  pursuant to the Company's  1996
Stock Option Plan. See  "Management-Stock  Option Plan." On effectiveness of the
Offering,  the Company  will grant  options to purchase  1,000  shares of Common
Stock to each of Jonathan W. Seybold,  Gregory L. Zink, Dr.  William  Blase,  M.
Caroline  Martin,  Allan  Dalfen and Kenneth W.  Krugler.  Such  options will be
exercisable at $5.00 per share commencing one year from the date of grant.


Executive Compensation

     The following Summary Compensation Table sets forth the compensation earned
by Steven Gumins,  the Company's Chief Executive Officer and one other executive
officer of the Company whose total annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

<TABLE>

                           Summary Compensation Table

<CAPTION>
                                                                               
                                                                                Annual Compensation
             Name and                                                   --------------------------------
        Principal Position                                               Year         Salary      Bonus
        ------------------                                               ----         ------      -----

<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>          <C>   
     Steven R. Gumins, Chief ..................................          1995        $100,000     $6,000
       Executive Officer and Vice President-Sales..............          1994        $ 34,722        --

     Deborah E. Griffin, Chief ................................          1995        $100,000     $6,000
       Operating Officer ......................................          1994        $ 34,722        --
</TABLE>

                                       27

<PAGE>

Employment Agreements

     On  December  1, 1996,  the  Company  entered  into  three-year  employment
agreements with each of Mr. Gumins and Ms. Griffin. The agreements provide for a
base annual  salary of $150,00 and bonuses at the  discretion of the Board to be
based on the  achievement  of  performance  objectives,  with a bonus of $25,000
during the first year of the agreement if the Company attains  break-even during
any fiscal quarter of 1997. The agreements  provide for severance  equal to four
months'  base  salary in the event of  termination  other than for  "cause"  (as
defined),  except that in the event of death or disability,  severance  shall be
equal to six months' base salary. All of the agreements also contain a five-year
post-termination  confidentiality  provision  and a six-month  post  termination
non-competition provision.


Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

     The Compensation  Committee of the Company's Board is comprised of Jonathan
W. Seybold, M. Caroline Martin and Allan Dalfen. None of these individuals other
than Mr.  Seybold was at any time during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995
or at any other time,  an officer or employee of the  Company.  No member of the
Compensation  Committee  of the  Company  serves  as a  member  of the  board of
directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive
officers serving as a member of the Company's Board of Directors or Compensation
Committee.


Stock Option Plan

     In  October  1996,  the  Board  of  Directors  adopted  and  the  Company's
stockholders  approved,  the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the Plan") covering 250,000
shares of the Company's Common Stock pursuant to which  employees,  officers and
directors  of, and  consultants  or advisers to, the Company and any  subsidiary
corporations  are  eligible  to  receive  incentive  stock  options  ("incentive
options")  within the meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
1986,  as amended (the "Code")  and/or  options that do not qualify as incentive
options ("non-qualified options"). The Plan, which expires in October 2006, will
be  administered  by the  Board of  Directors  or a  committee  of the  Board of
Directors;  provided,  however, that with respect to "officers" and "directors,"
as such  terms  are  defined  for the  purposes  of Rule  16b-3  ("Rule  16b-3")
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), such
committee shall consist of  "disinterested"  directors as defined in Rule 16b-3,
but  only if at  least  two  directors  meet  the  criteria  of  "disinterested"
directors  as defined in Rule 16b-3.  The purposes of the Plan are to ensure the
retention of existing and future executive personnel, key employees,  directors,
consultants and advisors who are expected to contribute to the Company's  future
growth and  success  and to provide  additional  incentive  by  permitting  such
individuals to participate in the ownership of the Company,  and the criteria to
be utilized  by the Board of  Directors  or the  committee  in granting  options
pursuant to the Plan will be consistent with these  purposes.  The Plan provides
for  automatic  grants of options to certain  directors  in the manner set forth
below.

     Options  granted  under  the  Plan  may  be  either  incentive  options  or
non-qualified options.  Incentive options granted under the Plan are exercisable
for a period of up to 10 years from the date of grant at an exercise price which
is not less than the fair  market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of the
grant,  except that the term of an incentive  option granted under the Plan to a
stockholder  owning more than 10% of the outstanding voting power may not exceed
five years and its  exercise  price may not be less than 110% of the fair market
value of the  Common  Stock on the date of the  grant.  To the  extent  that the
aggregate  fair market value,  as of the date of grant,  of the shares for which
incentive  options become  exercisable  for the first time by an optionee during
the  calendar  year  exceeds  $100,000,  the portion of such option  which is in
excess of the $100,000  limitation  will be treated as a  non-qualified  option.
Options  granted  under the Plan to  officers,  directors  or  employees  of the
Company may be exercised  only while the optionee is employed or retained by the
Company  or  within  90  days  of the  date  of  termination  of the  employment
relationship or directorship. However, options which are exercisable at the time
of termination by reason of death or permanent disability of the optionee may be
exercised  within  12  months  of the  date  of  termination  of the  employment
relationship  or  directorship.  Upon the exercise of an option,  payment may be
made by cash or by any other means that the Board of Directors or the  committee
determines. No option may be granted under the Plan after October 2006.

     Options may be granted only to such  employees,  officers and directors of,
and consultants and advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company as
the Board of  Directors or the  committee  shall select from time to time in its
sole discretion,  provided that only employees of the Company or a subsidiary of
the Company shall be eligible to receive incentive  options.  An optionee may be
granted  more than one  option  under the Plan.  The Board of  Directors  or the
committee will, in its discretion,  determine (subject to the terms of the Plan)
who will be  granted  options,  the time or  times  at  which  options  shall be
granted,  and the number of shares  subject to each option,

                                       28


<PAGE>

whether the options are  incentive  options or  non-qualified  options,  and the
manner  in  which  options  may be  exercised.  In  making  such  determination,
consideration  may  be  given  to the  value  of the  services  rendered  by the
respective individuals, their present and potential contributions to the success
of the Company and its  subsidiaries  and such other factors deemed  relevant in
accomplishing the purpose of the Plan.

     To date,  options to purchase an aggregate of 200,000 shares at an exercise
price of $5.00 per share have been granted under the Plan, 100,000 of which were
issued to each of Deborah E.  Griffin and Steven R.  Gumins.  These  options are
exercisable in four equal annual installments  commencing one year from the date
of grant.


Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

     The  Company's   Certificate   of   Incorporation   eliminates  in  certain
circumstances the liability of directors of the Company for monetary damages for
breach of their  fiduciary duty as directors.  This provision does not eliminate
the liability of a director (i) for breach of the director's  duty of loyalty to
the Company or its stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions by the director not
in good faith or which involve intentional  misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) for willful or negligent  declaration of an unlawful dividend,  stock
purchase or redemption, or (iv) for transactions from which the director derived
an improper personal  benefit.  Such limitation of liability does not affect the
availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

     The Company believes that it is the position of the Securities and Exchange
Commission  that insofar as the  foregoing  provision may be invoked to disclaim
liability for damages arising under the Securities Act, the provision is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Such limitation of liability also does not affect the  availability of equitable
remedies such as injunctive relief or recision.

     The   Company   intends   to   enter   into   indemnification    agreements
("Indemnification  Agreement(s)")  with each of its directors and officers after
the Offering. Each such Indemnification  Agreement will provide that the Company
will indemnify the indemnitee against expenses,  including reasonable attorneys'
fees,  judgments,  penalties,  fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably  incurred by him in connection  with any civil or criminal  action or
administrative  proceeding  arising  out of his  performance  of his duties as a
director or officer, other than an action instituted by the director or officer.
Such indemnification will be available if the indemnitee acted in good faith and
in a matter he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests
of the Company,  and,  with respect to any criminal  action,  had no  reasonable
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The Indemnification  Agreements will
also require that the Company  indemnify  the director or other party thereto in
all  cases  to  the  fullest   extent   permitted  by   applicable   law.   Each
Indemnification  Agreement  will permit the  director  or officer  that is party
thereto to bring suit to seek recovery or amounts due under the  Indemnification
Agreement and to recover the expenses of such a suit if he is successful.

     The  Company's  By-laws  provide  that  the  Company  shall  indemnify  its
directors,  officers,  employees  or agents to the full extent  permitted by the
Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  and the  Company  shall  have the right to
purchase and maintain  insurance on behalf of any such person whether or not the
Company would have the power to indemnify such person against the liability. The
Company has not currently  purchased any such insurance  policy on behalf on any
of its directors, officers, employees or agents.

     At  present,  there is no pending  litigation  or  proceeding  involving  a
director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Company where indemnification will
be required or permitted.  The Company is not aware of any threatened litigation
or proceeding which may result in a claim for indemnification.


                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     In October  1995,  the Company  borrowed an aggregate of $241,666  from NGJ
Ltd., Deborah E. Griffin, Steven R. Gumins, Jonathan W. Seybold and TransPac. In
March 1996, the Company  borrowed an aggregate of $289,579.60  from NGJ Ltd. and
Jonathan  W.  Seybold.  In June 1996,  the  Company  borrowed  an  aggregate  of
$112,810.75  from NGJ Ltd.,  Jonathan W.  Seybold and William  Blase.  In August
1996, the Company borrowed an aggregate of $129,197.14 from NGJ Ltd., Deborah E.
Griffin, Jonathan W. Seybold and William Blase.

     In June 1995, the Company borrowed $250,000 from NGJ Ltd. pursuant to a one
year  promissory  note at an interest rate of 10% per annum.  In September 1996,
NGJ Ltd.  extended  the  repayment  date of the  promissory  note to June  1997.
Repayment  of a portion of the loan was secured by 2,988  shares of Common Stock
held by each of

                                       29


<PAGE>

Deborah E.  Griffin  and Steven R.  Gumins.  NGJ Ltd.  agreed to  eliminate  the
security for repayment of the note in September 1996.

     All of the foregoing  indebtedness will be converted upon  effectiveness of
the Offering into an aggregate of 263,921 shares, representing a conversion rate
of $4.11 per share.

     In August 1996,  the Company  issued  ten-year  options to purchase  40,564
shares of Common Stock to Ms.  Griffin and options to purchase  38,110 shares of
Common Stock to Mr. Gumins,  each at an exercise  price of $.50 per share.  Such
options are currently  exercisable.  See "Management  Employment Agreements" and
"Principal Stockholders -- Escrowed Shares and Options."

     In  addition,  in October  1996,  the  Company  issued  options to purchase
100,000  shares at an  exercise  price of $5.00 per share to each of  Deborah E.
Griffin and Steven R. Gumins under the 1996 Stock Option Plan.  Such options are
exercisable in four equal annual installments  commencing one year from the date
of grant. See "Management-Stock Option Plan."

     From  September to December 3, 1996,  the Company  borrowed an aggregate of
$17,316, $10,221, $47,490, $4,946 and $90,044 from Deborah E. Griffin, Steven R.
Gumins, Jonathan W. Seybold, William Blase and NGJ Ltd., respectively,  pursuant
to promissory notes bearing  interest at the rate of 10% per annum.  Such amount
will be repaid together with accrued interest from the proceeds of the Offering.
See "Use of Proceeds and Plan of Operations."

     During the year ended December 31, 1995 and the nine months ended September
30, 1996, the Company paid approximately $10,000 and $79,000,  respectively,  to
TransPac for services under a Retainer Agreement. Kenneth W. Krugler, a director
of the Company, is the President of TransPac. At September 30, 1996, the Company
had an outstanding payable to Transpac of $61,437.

     The Company believes that all of the transactions set forth above were made
on terms no less  favorable  to the Company than could have been  obtained  from
unaffiliated  third  parties.  The  Company has adopted a policy that all future
transactions,  including loans, between the Company and its officers, directors,
principal  stockholders  and their  affiliates will be approved by a majority of
the  Board  of  Directors,   including  a  majority  of  the   independent   and
disinterested outside directors on the Board of Directors,  and will continue to
be on terms no less  favorable  to the  Company  than  could  be  obtained  from
unaffiliated third parties.

                                       30

<PAGE>


                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth certain information  regarding the ownership
of Common Stock by (i) each person known by the Company to own beneficially more
than 5% of each class of  outstanding  Common  Stock,  (ii) each director of the
Company,  (iii) each  executive  officer  of the  Company  named in the  Summary
Compensation Table, and (iv) all executive officers and directors of the Company
as a group,  (a) prior to the Offering giving pro forma effect to the conversion
of the Stockholder  Debt and the Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon
the effectiveness of the Offering and (b) as adjusted to give effect to the sale
of the 1,200,000 Units offered hereby:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Percent of Shares
                                                                                       Beneficially Owned
                                                                     Shares           -------------------
         Name and Address                                         Beneficially         Before       After
        of Beneficial Owner                                         Owned(1)          Offering    Offering
        -------------------                                         --------           ------      ------
<S>                                                                   <C>                <C>        <C>  
     Nautilus Group Japan, Ltd.(2) ............................       366,514            50.8%      19.1%
     Clark Trust u/t/d 6/30/69 (3) ............................        63,456             8.8        3.3
     Seybold Family Trust (4) .................................       141,464            19.6        7.4
     Jonathan W. Seybold (5) ..................................       141,464            19.6        7.4
     Gregory L. Zink (6) ......................................       379,908            52.7       19.4
     Steven R. Gumins (7) .....................................        47,078             6.2        2.4
     Deborah E. Griffin (8) ...................................        54,182             7.1        2.8
     William Blase (9) ........................................        14,278             2.0         *
     Kenneth W. Krugler (10) ..................................           --               *          *
     M. Caroline Martin (11) ..................................           --               *          *
     Allan Dalfen (12) ........................................           --               *          *
     All executive officers and directors
       as a group (eight persons)..............................       636,910            79.6       31.8
</TABLE>

- --------
* Less than 1%.

     (1)  Includes such  individuals'  Escrow Shares.  See "Escrowed  Shares and
          Options" below. In computing the number of shares  beneficially  owned
          by a person and the percentage ownership of a person, shares of Common
          Stock of the Company,  subject to options held by that person that are
          currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  60  days  are  deemed
          outstanding.  Such shares,  however,  are not deemed  outstanding  for
          purposes of computing the  percentage  ownership of each other person.
          Except as  indicated  in the  footnotes  to this table and pursuant to
          applicable  community  property  laws,  the persons named in the table
          have sole voting and  investment  power with  respect to all shares of
          Common Stock.

     (2)  The address of such company is c/o Clark Management Co. Inc., P.O. Box
          3090, Boynton Beach, Florida 33424.

     (3)  The address of such trust is c/o Clark  Management Co. Inc.,  P.O. Box
          3090, Boynton Beach, Florida 33424.

     (4)  The  address of such  trust is P.O.  Box 1315 East  Sound,  Washington
          98245.

     (5)  Consists  of 141,464  shares  held by the Seybold  Family  Trust.  Mr.
          Seybold is a Trustee of such Trust.  The address of such individual is
          c/o Heuristic  Development  Group,  Inc., 17575 Pacific Coast Highway,
          Pacific Palisades, California 90272.

     (6)  Includes  366,514  shares  held by NGJ  Ltd.  Mr.  Zink  is the  Chief
          Operating  Officer of NGJ Ltd. The address of such  individual  is c/o
          Clark  Management  Co. Inc.,  P.O. Box 3090,  Boynton  Beach,  Florida
          33424.

     (7)  Includes  options to purchase  38,110 shares of Common Stock, a porton
          of which are being held in escrow.  The address of such  individual is
          c/o Heuristic  Development  Group,  Inc., 17575 Pacific Coast Highway,
          Pacific Palisades, California 90272.

                                       31

<PAGE>


     (8)  Includes  options to purchase 40,564 shares of Common Stock, a portion
          of which are being held in escrow.  The address of such  individual is
          c/o Heuristic  Development  Group,  Inc., 17575 Pacific Coast Highway,
          Pacific Palisades, California 90272.

     (9)  Represents  shares held by the Blase Family Trust,  of which Dr. Blase
          is Trustee. The address of such individual is c/o California Eye Care,
          2390 East Florida Avenue, Suite 207, Hemet, California 92544.

     (10) The address of such company is c/o Clark Management Co. Inc., P.O. Box
          3090, Boynton Beach, Florida 33424.

     (11) The address of such  individual is c/o Riverside  Health  System,  606
          Denbigh Boulevard, Suite 604, Newport News, Virginia 23608

     (12) The address of such individual is c/o Kent Spiegel Direct,  Inc., 6133
          Bristol Parkway, Culver City, California 90230.


Escrowed Shares and Options

     In  connection  with the  Offering,  the  holders of 349,370  shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock (the "Escrow  Shares")  and options to purchase  50,630
shares of the Company's Common Stock (the "Escrow Options") have agreed to place
the Escrow Shares and Escrow Options into escrow pursuant to an escrow agreement
(the "Escrow Agreement") with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as escrow
agent.  The Escrow Shares and Escrow Options are not transferable or assignable;
except upon death,  by operation of law, to family  members of the holders or to
any trust for the benefit of the holders;  provided that such transferees  agree
to be bound by the provisions of the Escrow Agreement.  The Escrow Shares may be
voted.  Holders of Escrow  Options may  exercise  their  options  prior to their
release  from escrow;  however,  the shares  issuable  upon such  exercise  will
continue to be held as Escrow Shares pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

     The Escrow  Shares and Escrow  Options will be released from escrow if, and
only if, one or more of the following conditions is/are met:

     (a)  the  Company's  net  income  before  provision  for  income  taxes and
          exclusive  of  any  extraordinary  earnings  (all  as  audited  by the
          Company's   independent  public   accountants)  (the  "Minimum  Pretax
          Income")  amounts to at least $3.3  million for the fiscal year ending
          December 31, 1998;

     (b)  the Minimum  Pretax  Income  amounts to at least $4.5  million for the
          fiscal year ending December 31, 1999;

     (c)  the Minimum  Pretax Income amounts to at least $5.7 million during the
          fiscal year ending December 31, 2000;

     (d)  the Bid Price (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) of the Common Stock
          averages  in excess of $12.50  per share for 30  consecutive  business
          days  during  the  18-month  period  commencing  on the  date  of this
          Prospectus; or

     (e)  the Bid Price of the  Common  Stock  averages  in excess of $16.75 per
          share for 30  consecutive  business  days during the  18-month  period
          commencing with the nineteenth month from the date of this Prospectus.

     The Minimum  Pretax Income  amounts set forth above shall (i) be calculated
exclusively  of any  extraordinary  earnings,  including  any  charge  to income
resulting  from  release of the Escrow  Shares  and Escrow  Options  and (ii) be
increased  proportionately,  with certain  limitations,  in the event additional
shares of Common  Stock or  securities  convertible  into,  exchangeable  for or
exercisable into Common Stock are issued after  completion of the Offering.  The
Bid Price  amounts set forth above are subject to adjustment in the event of any
stock splits, reverse stock splits or other similar events.

     Any money,  securities,  rights or property  distributed  in respect of the
Escrow  Shares  and  Escrow  Options,  including  any  property  distributed  as
dividends or pursuant to any stock split, merger, recapitalization, dissolution,
or total or partial  liquidation  of the Company,  shall be held in escrow until
release of the  Escrow  Shares and  Escrow  Options.  If none of the  applicable
Minimum Pretax Income or Bid Price levels set forth above have been met by March
31, 2001,  the Escrow  Shares and Escrow  Options,  as well as any  dividends or
other distributions made with respect thereto, will be cancelled and contributed
to the  capital of the  Company.  The  Company  expects  that the release of the
Escrow  Shares  and  Escrow  Options  to  officers,  directors,   employees  and
consultants of the Company will be deemed  compensatory and,  accordingly,  will
result in a  substantial  charge to reportable  earnings,  which 

                                       32

<PAGE>

would  equal the fair market  value of such shares on the date of release.  Such
charge  could  substantially  increase  the  loss or  reduce  or  eliminate  the
Company's net income,  if any, for financial  reporting  purposes for the period
during which such shares and options are, or become probable of being,  released
from  escrow.  Although the amount of  compensation  expense  recognized  by the
Company will not affect the Company's total stockholders'  equity, it may have a
negative  effect  on  the  market  price  of  the  Company's   securities.   See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and Note F of Notes to Financial Statements.

     The  Minimum  Pretax  Income  and Bid Price  levels  set forth  above  were
determined by negotiation between the Company and the Underwriter and should not
be  construed  to imply or predict  any future  earnings  by the  Company or any
increase in the market price of its securities.

                                       33

<PAGE>


                               CONCURRENT OFFERING

     The  registration  statement  of which  this  Prospectus  forms a part also
includes  a   prospectus   with   respect  to  an   offering   by  the   Selling
Securityholders.  The Selling Securityholders'  Warrants are being issued to the
Selling  Securityholders  as of the  effective  date of the  Offering  upon  the
automatic conversion of all of the Company's outstanding Bridge Warrants.  These
Selling Securityholders' Warrants are identical to the Class A Warrants included
in the Units offered hereby. All of the Selling  Securityholder  Warrants issued
upon  conversion of the Bridge  Warrants,  the Common Stock and Class B Warrants
issuable  upon  exercise of such Class A Warrants and the Common Stock  issuable
upon  exercise  of the Class B Warrants  will be  registered,  at the  Company's
expense,  under the  Securities  Act and are expected to become  tradeable on or
about the closing of the  Offering,  subject to a contractual  restriction  that
such Class A Warrants and underlying  securities may not be sold for a period of
between 90 and 270 days after the effective  date of the  Offering.  The Selling
Securityholders  have also  agreed not to exercise  the  Selling  Securityholder
Warrants for a period of one year  following the effective date of the Offering;
provided,  however, that purchasers of such Selling Securityholder  Warrants are
not  subject  to such  restrictions  on  exercise.  After  the one  year  period
following the effective date of the Offering,  the Selling  Securityholders  may
exercise  and sell the  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Selling
Securityholder  Warrants without restriction if a current prospectus relating to
such Common Stock is in effect and the  securities  are qualified for sale.  The
Company   will  not  receive  any   proceeds   from  the  sale  of  the  Selling
Securityholder  Warrants.  Sales of Selling Securityholder  Warrants issued upon
conversion  of the Bridge  Warrants or the  securities  underlying  such Class A
Warrants or even the potential of such sales could have an adverse effect on the
market prices of the Units, the Common Stock and the Warrants.

     There  are  no   material   relationships   between   any  of  the  Selling
Securityholders  and the  Company,  nor  have any  such  material  relationships
existed  within the past three  years.  The  Company  has been  informed  by the
Underwriter that there are no agreements between the Underwriter and any Selling
Securityholder regarding the distribution of the Selling Securityholder Warrants
or the underlying securities.

     The sale of the securities by the Selling  Securityholders  may be effected
from time to time in  transactions  (which may include block  transactions by or
for the account of the Selling  Securityholders) in the over-the-counter  market
or in  negotiated  transactions,  a  combination  of  such  methods  of  sale or
otherwise.  Sales may be made at fixed  prices  which may be changed,  at market
prices or in negotiated  transactions,  a combination of such methods of sale or
otherwise.

     Selling  Securityholders  may effect  such  transactions  by selling  their
securities directly to purchasers,  through  broker-dealers acting as agents for
the Selling  Securityholders  or to  broker-dealers  who may purchase  shares as
principals  and  thereafter  sell  the  securities  from  time  to  time  in the
over-the-counter   market,  in  negotiated   transactions  or  otherwise.   Such
broker-dealers,  if any,  may  receive  compensation  in the form of  discounts,
concessions  or  commissions  from  the  Selling   Securityholders   and/or  the
purchasers  from whom such  broker-dealer  may act as agents or to whom they may
sell  as  principals  or  otherwise  (which  compensation  as  to  a  particular
broker-dealer may exceed customary commissions).

     Under applicable  rules and regulations  under the Exchange Act, any person
engaged in the  distribution  of the Selling  Securityholder'  Warrants  may not
simultaneously engage in market-making activities with respect to any securities
of the  Company  during the  applicable  "cooling-off"  period (at least two and
possibly nine business  days) prior to the  commencement  of such  distribution.
Accordingly,  in the  event  the  Underwriter  or Blair & Co.  is  engaged  in a
distribution of the Selling Securityholder Warrants,  neither of such firms will
be able to make a market  in the  Company's  securities  during  the  applicable
restrictive period. However,  neither the Underwriter nor Blair & Co. has agreed
to nor is either of them  obligated to act as  broker-dealer  in the sale of the
Selling Securityholder Warrants and the Selling Securityholders may be required,
and in the event Blair & Co. is a market-maker, will likely be required, to sell
such  securities  through  another  broker-dealer.  In  addition,  each  Selling
Securityholder  desiring  to sell  Warrants  will be subject  to the  applicable
provisions  of the  Exchange  Act  and the  rules  and  regulations  thereunder,
including without  limitation Rules 10b-6 and 10b-7,  which provisions may limit
the timing of the purchases  and sales of shares of the Company's  securities by
such Selling Securityholder.

     The  Selling   Securityholders  and  broker-dealers,   if  any,  acting  in
connection  with such  sales  might be deemed to be  "underwriters"  within  the
meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities  Act and any  commission  received by
them and any  profit  on the  resale  of the  securities  might be  deemed to be
underwriting discount and commissions under the Securities Act.

                                       34

<PAGE>


                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     The following  description of the Company's  securities does not purport to
be complete and is subject in all respects to applicable Delaware law and to the
provisions  of the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and By-laws,  the
Warrant Agreement among the Company, the Underwriter and American Stock Transfer
& Trust Company, as warrant agent, pursuant to which the Warrants will be issued
and the Underwriting  Agreement between the Company and the Underwriter,  copies
of all of  which  have  been  filed  with  the  Commission  as  Exhibits  to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.


General

     The authorized  capital stock of the Company consists of 20,000,000  shares
of Common Stock, $.01 par value, and 5,000,000 shares of "blank check" preferred
stock, $.01 par value ("Preferred Stock").


Units

     Each Unit consists of one share of Common  Stock,  one  redeemable  Class A
Warrant and one redeemable  Class B Warrant.  Each Class A Warrant  entitles the
holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock and one redeemable  Class B
Warrant.  Each Class B Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share
of  Common  Stock.  The  Common  Stock  and  Warrants  comprising  the Units are
separately transferable immediately upon issuance.


Common Stock

     The Company has  outstanding  721,326 shares of Common Stock which includes
(i) an aggregate of 175,793 shares  issuable on the date of this Prospectus upon
the  automatic  conversion  of Preferred  Stock and (ii) an aggregate of 263,921
shares issuable on the date of this Prospectus upon the automatic  conversion of
the  Stockholder  Debt.  Holders of Common Stock have the right to cast one vote
for each share held of record on all matters  submitted  to a vote of holders of
Common Stock, including the election of directors. There is no right to cumulate
votes for the  election  of  directors.  Stockholders  holding a majority of the
voting power of the capital stock issued and  outstanding  and entitled to vote,
represented  in person or by proxy,  are necessary to constitute a quorum at any
meeting of the Company's stockholders, and the vote by the holders of a majority
of such outstanding shares is required to effect certain  fundamental  corporate
changes such as liquidation, merger or amendment of the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation.

     Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends pro rata based on
the number of shares held,  when,  as and if declared by the Board of Directors,
from funds legally available  therefor,  subject to the rights of holders of any
outstanding  preferred  stock. In the event of the  liquidation,  dissolution or
winding up of the  affairs of the  Company,  all assets and funds of the Company
remaining after the payment of all debts and other  liabilities,  subject to the
rights of the holders of any outstanding  preferred stock, shall be distributed,
pro rata, among the holders of the Common Stock. Holders of Common Stock are not
entitled to preemptive or  subscription or conversion  rights,  and there are no
redemption  or sinking  fund  provisions  applicable  to the Common  Stock.  All
outstanding  shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock  offered
hereby will be when issued, fully paid and non-assessable.


Redeemable Warrants

     Class A Warrants.  Each Class A Warrant  entitles the registered  holder to
purchase one share of Common Stock and one Class B Warrant at an exercise  price
of $6.50 at any time until 5:00 P.M.,  New York City time,  on  ________,  2002.
Commencing one year from the date of this  Prospectus,  the Class A Warrants are
redeemable  by the Company on 30 days' written  notice at a redemption  price of
$.05 per Class A Warrant if the "closing  price" of the  Company's  Common Stock
for any 30  consecutive  trading  days  ending  within 15 days of the  notice of
redemption averages in excess of $9.10 per share. "Closing price" shall mean the
closing  bid  price if  listed  in the  over-the-counter  market  on  Nasdaq  or
otherwise or the closing sale price if listed on the Nasdaq National Market or a
national securities  exchange.  All Class A Warrants must be redeemed if any are
redeemed.

     Class B Warrants.  Each Class B Warrant  entitles the registered  holder to
purchase  one share of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $8.75 at any time
after issuance until 5:00 P.M. New York City Time, on ________, 2002. Commencing
one year from the date of this  Prospectus,  the Class B Warrants are redeemable
by the  Company on 30 days'  written  notice at a  redemption  price of $.05 per
Class B Warrant, if the closing price (as defined above)

                                       35

<PAGE>

of the Company's Common Stock for any 30 consecutive  trading days ending within
15 days of the notice of redemption  averages in excess of $12.25 per share. All
Class B Warrants must be redeemed if any are redeemed.

     General.  The Class A Warrants and Class B Warrants will be issued pursuant
to a  warrant  agreement  (the  "Warrant  Agreement")  among  the  Company,  the
Underwriter and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,  New York, New York, as
warrant  agent  (the  "Warrant  Agent"),   and  will  be  evidenced  by  warrant
certificates  in registered  form.  The Warrants  provide for  adjustment of the
exercise  price and for a change in the number of shares  issuable upon exercise
to protect  holders  against  dilution in the event of a stock  dividend,  stock
split,  combination or  reclassification of the Common Stock or upon issuance of
shares of Common  Stock at prices  lower  than the  market  price of the  Common
Stock, with certain exceptions.

     The exercise prices of the Warrants were determined by negotiation  between
the Company and the  Underwriter and should not be construed to be predictive of
or to imply that any price increases in the Company's securities will occur.

     The  Company  has  reserved  from  its  authorized  but  unissued  shares a
sufficient  number of shares of Common Stock for  issuance  upon the exercise of
the Class A Warrants and the Class B Warrants.  A Warrant may be exercised  upon
surrender  of the Warrant  certificate  on or prior to its  expiration  date (or
earlier  redemption date) at the offices of the Warrant Agent,  with the form of
"Election to Purchase" on the reverse side of the Warrant certificate  completed
and executed as indicated, accompanied by payment of the full exercise price (by
certified  or bank check  payable to the order of the Company) for the number of
shares with respect to which the Warrant is being exercised.  Shares issued upon
exercise of Warrants  and payment in  accordance  with the terms of the Warrants
will be fully paid and non-assessable.

     For the life of the Warrants,  the holders  thereof have the opportunity to
profit  from a rise in the market  value of the Common  Stock,  with a resulting
dilution in the interest of all other stockholders.  So long as the Warrants are
outstanding,  the terms on which the Company could obtain additional capital may
be adversely affected. The holders of the Warrants might be expected to exercise
them at a time when the Company would, in all likelihood,  be able to obtain any
needed  capital by a new offering of  securities  on terms more  favorable  than
those provided for by the Warrants.

     The  Warrants  do not  confer  upon the  Warrantholder  any voting or other
rights of a stockholder of the Company.  Upon notice to the Warrantholders,  the
Company has the right to reduce the exercise price or extend the expiration date
of the Warrants.

Unit Purchase Option

     The Company has agreed to grant to the Underwriter, upon the closing of the
Offering,  a Unit Purchase  Option to purchase up to 120,000 Units.  These Units
will be identical to the Units  offered  hereby except that the Class A Warrants
and the  Class B  Warrants  included  in the Unit  Purchase  Option  will not be
subject to redemption by the Company, unless at the time the Warrants are called
for  redemption,  the Unit Purchase Option has been exercised and the underlying
Warrants are outstanding. The Unit Purchase Option cannot be transferred,  sold,
assigned or hypothecated for one year,  except to any officer of the Underwriter
or members of the selling group or their  officers.  The Unit Purchase Option is
exercisable  during the four-year  period  commencing  one year from the date of
this  Prospectus  at an exercise  price of $ _______ per Unit ( % of the initial
public  offering  price)  subject to  adjustment  in  certain  events to protect
against  dilution.  The holders of the Unit Purchase  Option have certain demand
and piggyback registration rights. See "Underwriting."


Preferred Stock

     The  Company  currently  has  outstanding  600 shares of Series A Preferred
Stock,  .01 par value,  all of which are held by NGJ Ltd. NGJ Ltd. has agreed to
convert such shares into 175,793 shares of Common Stock on the  effectiveness of
the Offering.

     After  completion of the Offering,  the class of Preferred Stock designated
as  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  will  be  eliminated  and the  Company  will be
authorized to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of "blank-check" Preferred Stock. The
Board of Directors will have the authority to issue this Preferred  Stock in one
or more  series  and to fix the  number  of  shares  and  the  relative  rights,
conversion rights, voting rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund
provisions) and liquidation  preferences,  without further vote or action by the
stockholders.  If shares of Preferred 

                                       36


<PAGE>

Stock with  voting  rights are issued,  such  issuance  could  affect the voting
rights of the holders of the Company's  Common Stock by increasing the number of
outstanding  shares having voting rights, and by the creation of class or series
voting  rights.  If the Board of Directors  authorizes the issuance of shares of
Preferred  Stock with  conversion  rights,  the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding  could  potentially  be  increased by up to the  authorized  amount.
Issuance of Preferred Stock could, under certain circumstances,  have the effect
of delaying or  preventing a change in control of the Company and may  adversely
affect the rights of holders of Common Stock.  Also,  Preferred Stock could have
preferences  over the Common Stock (and other  series of  preferred  stock) with
respect to dividend and liquidation  rights.  The Company currently has no plans
to issue any Preferred Stock.


Transfer Agent

     American  Stock Transfer & Trust  Company,  New York,  New York,  serves as
Transfer  Agent  for the  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  Warrant  Agent for the
Warrants.


Business Combination Provisions

     The  Company  is  subject  to  a  Delaware  statute  regulating   "business
combinations,"  defined  to  include  a broad  range  of  transactions,  between
Delaware corporations and "interested stockholders," defined as persons who have
acquired at least 15% of a corporation's stock. Under the law, a corporation may
not engage in any business  combination  with any interested  stockholder  for a
period of three years from the date such person became an interested stockholder
unless  certain  conditions  are  satisfied.  The  statute  contains  provisions
enabling a corporation to avoid the statute's restrictions.

     The Company has not sought to "elect  out" of the statute  and,  therefore,
upon closing of the Offering and the  registration of its shares of Common Stock
under the Exchange Act, the  restrictions  imposed by such statute will apply to
the Company.


Registration Rights

     The holders of the Unit  Purchase  Option  will have demand and  piggy-back
registration rights relating to such options and the underlying securities.  See
"Underwriting."


                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Upon completion of the Offering the Company will have outstanding 2,000,000
shares of Common Stock.  Of these shares,  the 1,200,000  shares of Common Stock
offered  hereby  will be freely  transferable  without  restriction  or  further
registration  under the Securities  Act,  unless  purchased by affiliates of the
Company  as that term is  defined  in Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act ("Rule
144") described below. The 721,326 shares of Common Stock currently  outstanding
(giving effect to conversion of the Stockholder  Debt and the Series A Preferred
Stock) are "restricted  securities" or owned by affiliates within the meaning of
Rule 144 and may not be sold  publicly  unless  they are  registered  under  the
Securities  Act or are sold  pursuant  to Rule  144 or  another  exemption  from
registration.  The 721,326 shares of Common Stock currently  outstanding will be
eligible  for sale in the public  market  pursuant to Rule 144 at various  times
beginning  90 days after the date of this  Prospectus.  However,  holders of the
outstanding shares have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock without the Underwriter's  prior written consent for a period of 13
months after the date of this  Prospectus.  In addition,  349,370 of such shares
are Escrow  Shares  subject to the  restrictions  on  transfer  set forth in the
Escrow  Agreement.  See "Principal  Stockholders -- Escrowed Shares and Options"
and "Underwriting."

     In  general,  under  Rule  144  a  person  (or  persons  whose  shares  are
aggregated),  including  persons  who may be  deemed to be  "affiliates"  of the
Company as that term is defined  under the  Securities  Act, is entitled to sell
within any three-month  period a number of restricted shares  beneficially owned
for at least two years that does not  exceed  the  greater of (i) 1% of the then
outstanding shares of Common Stock or (ii) an amount equal to the average weekly
trading volume in the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such
sale.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain  requirements  as to the
manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public  information about
the  Company.  However,  a  person  who is  not  deemed  an  affiliate  and  has
beneficially owned such shares for at least three years is entitled to sell such
shares without regard to the volume or other resale requirements.

     Under Rule 701 of the  Securities  Act,  persons who  purchase  shares upon
exercise of options granted prior to the date of this Prospectus are entitled to
sell such shares after the 90th day  following  the date of this  Prospectus  in

                                       37

<PAGE>

reliance  on Rule  144,  without  having  to  comply  with  the  holding  period
requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of  non-affiliates,  without having to
comply with the public  information,  volume  limitation or notice provisions of
Rule 144.  Affiliates are subject to all Rule 144 restrictions after this 90-day
period,  but without a holding period.  If all the  requirements of Rule 701 are
met,  an  aggregate  of 78,674  shares  subject to  outstanding  vested  options
(including  the Escrow  Options) may be sold pursuant to such rule at the end of
this 90-day  period,  subject to (i) an agreement  by all option  holders not to
sell or  otherwise  dispose  of any  shares of  Common  Stock for a period of 13
months after the date of this Prospectus without the Underwriter's prior written
consent and (ii) the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Escrow Agreement.
See  "Principal  Stockholders  -- Escrowed  Shares and  Options." An  additional
100,000 shares may be sold from time to time pursuant to this rule as additional
outstanding options vest.

     Pursuant  to  registration  rights  acquired in the Bridge  Financing,  the
Company has, concurrently with the Offering,  registered for resale on behalf of
the Selling  Securityholders,  the Selling Securityholder  Securities subject to
the contractual  restriction that the Selling  Securityholders agreed (i) not to
exercise  the Selling  Securityholder  Warrants for a period of one year for the
closing of the Offering and (ii) not to sell the Selling Securityholder Warrants
except pursuant to the restrictions set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Percentage Eligible
               Lock-Up Period                                                               for Resale
               --------------                                                          ------------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
        Before 90 days after closing ...................................................        0%
        Between 91 and 150 days after closing ..........................................       25%
        Between 151 and 210 days after closing .........................................       50%
        Between 211 and 270 days after closing .........................................       75%
        After 270 days after closing ...................................................      100%
</TABLE>

     The Underwriter also has demand and "piggy-back"  registration  rights with
respect  to  the   securities   underlying   the  Unit  Purchase   Option.   See
"Underwriting."

     Prior to the Offering,  there has been no market for any  securities of the
Company,  and no  predictions  can be made of the effect,  if any, that sales of
Common  Stock or the  availability  of  Common  Stock  for sale will have on the
market  price of such  securities  prevailing  from time to time.  Nevertheless,
sales of  substantial  amounts  of  Common  Stock  in the  public  market  could
adversely affect prevailing market prices.


                                  UNDERWRITING

     D. H. Blair Investment Banking Corp., the Underwriter,  has agreed, subject
to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting  Agreement, to purchase from the
Company the 1,200,000 Units offered hereby on a "firm commitment"  basis, if any
are  purchased.  It is expected  that Blair & Co. will  distribute  as a selling
group  member  substantially  all of the Units  offered  hereby.  Blair & Co. is
substantially  owned by family members of J. Morton Davis. Mr. Davis is the sole
stockholder of the Underwriter.

     The Underwriter has advised the Company that it proposes to offer the Units
to the public at the public  offering  price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus  and to certain  dealers who are members of the NASD,  at such prices
less  concessions  of not in excess of $_______ per Unit,  of which a sum not in
excess of $_______ per Unit may in turn be  reallowed  to other  dealers who are
members of the NASD. After the commencement of the offering, the public offering
price, the concession and the reallowance may be changed by the Underwriter.

     The  Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriter  against  certain
liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the Securities  Act. The Company has
also agreed to pay to the Underwriter a non-accountable  expense allowance equal
to 3% of the  gross  proceeds  derived  from the sale of Units  offered  hereby,
including  any  Units  purchased  pursuant  to the  Underwriter's  overallotment
option, $40,000 of which has been paid to date.

     The Company has granted to the Underwriter an option exercisable during the
30-day period  commencing on the date of this  Prospectus,  to purchase from the
Company at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts, up to 180,000
additional Units for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any.

     All of the Company's  current  stockholders,  officers and  directors  have
agreed not to sell,  assign,  transfer or otherwise  dispose  publicly of any of
their  shares  of Common  Stock for a period of 13 months  from the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Underwriter.

                                       38

<PAGE>
  
   The  Underwriter  has the right to designate  one director to the Company's
Board of  Directors  for a period  of five  years  from  the  completion  of the
Offering,  although it has not yet selected any such designee. Such designee may
be a director, officer, partner, employee or affiliate of the Underwriter.

     During the five-year period from the date of this Prospectus,  in the event
the  Underwriter  originates a financing or a merger,  acquisition  or a similar
transaction to which the Company is a party, the Underwriter will be entitled to
receive a finder's fee in consideration for origination of such transaction. The
fee is  based  on a  percentage  of the  consideration  paid in the  transaction
ranging from 7% of the first $1,000,000 to 2 1/2% of any consideration in excess
of $9,000,000.

     The Company has agreed not to solicit Warrant  exercises other than through
the Underwriter, unless the Underwriter declines to make such solicitation. Upon
any exercise of the  Warrants  after the first  anniversary  of the date of this
Prospectus,  the Company will pay the  Underwriter  a fee of 5% of the aggregate
exercise price of the Warrants,  if (i) the market price of the Company's Common
Stock on the date the Warrants are  exercised is greater than the then  exercise
price of the  Warrants;  (ii) the exercise of the  Warrants  was  solicited by a
member of the NASD; (iii) the Warrants are not held in a discretionary  account;
(iv)  disclosure of compensation  arrangements  was made both at the time of the
Offering and at the time of exercise of the Warrants;  and (v) the  solicitation
of exercise of the Warrant was not in violation of Rule 10b-6  promulgated under
the Exchange Act.

     Rule 10b-6 may  prohibit  Blair & Co. from  engaging  in any market  making
activities  with  regard to the  Company's  securities  for the period from nine
business days (or such other applicable  period as Rule 10b-6 may provide) prior
to any  solicitation  by the  Underwriter  of the exercise of Warrants until the
later of the  termination of such  solicitation  activity or the termination (by
waiver or otherwise) of any right that the Underwriter may have to receive a fee
for the exercise of Warrants following such solicitation.  As a result,  Blair &
Co.  may be  unable to  provide a market  for the  Company's  securities  during
certain periods while the Warrants are exercisable.

     The Company has agreed to sell to the  Underwriter  and its designees,  for
nominal consideration, the Unit Purchase Option to purchase up to 120,000 Units,
substantially identical to the Units being offered hereby, except that the Class
A Warrants and Class B Warrants  included  therein are subject to  redemption by
the Company at any time after the Unit  Purchase  Option has been  exercised and
the  underlying  warrants  are  outstanding.  The Unit  Purchase  Option will be
exercisable  during the four-year  period  commencing  one year from the date of
this Prospectus at an exercise price of $_______ per Unit, subject to adjustment
in certain events to protect against  dilution,  and are not  transferable for a
period of one year from the date of this  Prospectus  except to  officers of the
Underwriter or members of the selling group or their  respective  officers.  The
Company has agreed to register during the four-year  period  commencing one year
from the date of this  Prospectus,  on two separate  occasions,  the  securities
issuable  upon  exercise  thereof  under the  Securities  Act,  the initial such
registration to be at the Company's expense and the second at the expense of the
holders. The Company has also granted certain  "piggy-back"  registration rights
to holders of the Unit Purchase Option.

     The  Underwriter  has informed the Company that it does not expect sales to
discretionary  accounts  to exceed 5% of the total  number of the Units  offered
hereby.

     The  Underwriter  acted as  Placement  Agent for the  Bridge  Financing  in
December,  1996 for which it  received a Placement  Agent fee of $100,000  and a
non-accountable expense allowance of $30,000.

     The Commission is conducting an investigation  concerning  various business
activities of the Underwriter and Blair & Co., a selling group member which will
distribute  substantially  all of the Units offered  hereby.  The  investigation
appears to be broad in scope,  involving  numerous aspects of the  Underwriter's
and Blair & Co.'s  compliance  with the Federal  securities  laws and compliance
with the Federal  securities laws by issuers whose securities were  underwritten
by the  Underwriter  or Blair & Co., or in which the  Underwriter or Blair & Co.
made over-the-counter  markets, persons associated with the Underwriter or Blair
& Co.,  such  issuers and other  persons.  The  Company has been  advised by the
Underwriter that the investigation has been ongoing since at least 1989 and that
it is cooperating with the investigation. The Underwriter cannot predict whether
this  investigation  will ever result in any type of formal  enforcement  action
against the Underwriter or Blair & Co., or, if so, whether any such action might
have an adverse effect on the Underwriter or the securities  offered hereby. The
Company has been advised  that Blair & Co. will make a market in the  securities
following  this  offering.   An  unfavorable   resolution  of  the  Commission's
investigation  could have the effect of limiting  such firm's  ability to make a
market in the Company's securities, which could affect the liquidity or price of
such securities.

                                       39


<PAGE>

     Prior to the  Offering,  there  has been no  public  market  for any of the
securities offered hereby.  Accordingly,  the public offering price of the Units
offered hereby and the terms of the Warrants have been determined by negotiation
between the Company and the Underwriter  and are not necessarily  related to the
Company's asset value, net worth or other established criteria of value. Factors
considered  in  determining  such prices and terms,  in  addition to  prevailing
market conditions,  include the history of and the prospects for the industry in
which the Company competes,  the present state of the Company's  development and
its future prospects,  an assessment of the Company's management,  the Company's
capital  structure,  demand for similar  securities of comparable  companies and
such other factors as were deemed relevant.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the  securities  offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Bachner,  Tally,  Polevoy & Misher LLP, New York,  New York.  Certain
legal matters will be passed upon for the  Underwriter  by Singer  Zamansky LLP,
New  York,  New  York.  Bachner,  Tally,  Polevoy & Misher  LLP  represents  the
Underwriter in other matters.


                                     EXPERTS

     The  financial  statements  of the Company at December 31, 1995 and for the
year ended December 31, 1995, and the period from July 20, 1994 (commencement of
all   operations)  to  December  31,  1995  appearing  in  this  Prospectus  and
Registration  Statement  have been audited by Richard A. Eisner & Company,  LLP,
independent  auditors,  as set forth in their report thereon (which  contains an
explanatory  paragraph with respect to the  uncertainty  regarding the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern)  appearing  elsewhere  herein and in the
Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such report given upon
the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company is not a reporting  company under the Exchange Act. The Company
has filed a  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 under the  Securities Act with
the  Commission in  Washington,  D.C. with respect to the Units offered  hereby.
This Prospectus,  which is part of the Registration Statement,  does not contain
all of the information set forth in the Registration  Statement and the exhibits
thereto.  For  further  information  with  respect to the  Company and the Units
offered hereby,  reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and such
exhibits,  which may be inspected without charge at the office of the Commission
at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of
the Commission  located at Seven World Trade Center,  13th Floor,  New York, New
York 10048 and at 500 West Madison (Suite 1400), Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies
of such  material  may also be  obtained  at  prescribed  rates  from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549.  The  Commission  maintains a web site that contains  reports,  proxy and
information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file
electronically   with   the   Commission.   The   address   of   such   site  is
http://www.sec.gov.  Statements  contained in this Prospectus as to the contents
of any contract or other document  referred to are not necessarily  complete and
in each  instance  reference  is made to the copy of such  contract  or document
filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement,  each such statement  being
qualified in all respects by such reference.

     Following  the  Offering,  the Company will be subject to the reporting and
other   requirements  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  intends  to  furnish  to  its
stockholders  annual reports  containing  audited  financial  statements and may
furnish interim reports as it deems appropriate.


                                       40


<PAGE>


                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                          (a development stage company)
                                  ------------



                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                          Page
                                                          ----

Report of Independent Auditors                            F-2

Balance Sheets                                            F-3

Statements of Operations                                  F-4

Statements of Changes in Stockholders
     Equity (Captial Deficiency)                          F-5

Statements of Cash Flows                                  F-6

Notes to Financial Statements                             F-7

















                                       F-1
<PAGE>



                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


Board of Directors and Stockholders
Heuristic Development Group, Inc.
Pacific Palisades, California

     We have audited the  accompanying  balance  sheet of Heuristic  Development
Group,  Inc. (a  development  stage  company) as at December 31,  1995,  and the
related  statements of  operations,  changes in  stockholders'  equity  (capital
deficiency)  and cash flows for each of the years in the  two-year  period  then
ended and for the period from July 20, 1994  (inception)  through  December  31,
1995.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion,  the  financial  statements  enumerated  above  present
fairly,  in  all  material   respects,   the  financial  position  of  Heuristic
Development  Group,  Inc. at December 31, 1995 and the results of its operations
and cash flows for each of the years in the  two-year  period then ended and for
the  period  from  July  20,  1994  (inception)  through  December  31,  1995 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

         The accompanying  financial statements have been prepared assuming that
the Company  will  continue as a going  concern.  As  discussed in Note A to the
financial statements, the Company has sustained recurring losses from operations
and has a net working  capital and capital  deficiency  that raises  substantial
doubt about its ability to continue as a going  concern.  Management's  plans in
regard to these matters are also  described in Note A. The financial  statements
do not  include  any  adjustments  that might  result  from the  outcome of this
uncertainty.

                                                RICHARD A. EISNER & COMPANY, LLP



New York, New York
September 18, 1996



                                      F-2
<PAGE>



                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                          (a development stage company)

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              September 30,
                                                                                  December 31,       ------------------------------
                                                                                      1995               1996               1996
                                                                                  -----------        -----------        -----------
                                                                                                     (Unaudited)         (Unaudited)
                                                                                                     (Historical)        (Pro Forma)
                                     ASSETS
<S>                                                                               <C>                <C>                <C>        
Current assets:
  Cash ....................................................................       $   279,000        $    18,000        $   998,000
  Due from employees ......................................................                                3,000              3,000
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...............................             5,000              2,000              2,000
                                                                                  -----------        -----------        -----------
          Total current assets ............................................           284,000             23,000          1,003,000
Capitalized software costs ................................................                              267,000            267,000
Furniture and equipment (net of accumulated depreciation) .................           205,000            199,000            199,000
Organizational costs (net of accumulated amortization) ....................            27,000             21,000             21,000
Deferred registration costs ...............................................                               61,000             61,000
Deferred financing costs ..................................................                                                 160,000
                                                                                  -----------        -----------        -----------
          Total ...........................................................       $   516,000        $   571,000        $ 1,711,000
                                                                                  ===========        ===========        ===========

                                  LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable ........................................................       $    92,000        $   110,000        $   110,000
  Accrued expenses ........................................................            26,000             23,000             23,000
  Accrued payroll .........................................................            24,000             25,000             25,000
  Notes payable - stockholders ............................................                              250,000
  Interest payable - stockholders .........................................                               28,000
                                                                                  -----------        -----------        -----------
          Total current liabilities .......................................           142,000            436,000            158,000
Notes payable-- stockholders ..............................................           492,000            804,000            170,000
Interest payable-- stockholders ...........................................            18,000             32,000
Bridge notes, net of discount .............................................                                                 250,000
                                                                                  -----------        -----------        -----------
                    Total .................................................           652,000          1,272,000            578,000
                                                                                  -----------        -----------        -----------

                   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 1,500 shares;
  issued and outstanding 600 shares (liquidating preference
  $682,000 at December 31, 1995 and $733,000 at
  September 30, 1996) no shares issued and outstanding
  at September 30, 1996 (pro forma)
Common  stock - $.01 par value, authorized 20,000,000 shares;
  issued and outstanding 276,475 shares at December 31, 1995
  and 281,612 shares at September 30, 1996 (historical)
  and 721,326 shares at September 30, 1996 (pro forma)
  including 349,370 shares in escrow ......................................             3,000              3,000              7,000
Additional paid-in capital ................................................           967,000          1,252,000          3,204,000
(Deficit) accumulated during the development stage ........................        (1,106,000)        (1,956,000)        (2,078,000)
                                                                                  -----------        -----------        -----------
          Total stockholders' equity (capital deficiency) .................          (136,000)          (701,000)         1,133,000
                                                                                  -----------        -----------        -----------
          Total ...........................................................       $   516,000        $   571,000        $ 1,711,000
                                                                                  ===========        ===========        ===========

</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes to financial statements
                          are an integral part thereof.



                                      F-3
<PAGE>



                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                          (a development stage company)


                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          July 20, 1994                               July 20, 1994
                                                                           (Inception)         Nine Months Ended       (Inception)
                                               Year Ended December 31,          to               September 30,               to
                                             --------------------------    December 31,   --------------------------   September 30,
                                                 1994           1995           1995           1995           1996           1996
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                          (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>        
Costs and expenses:
  Research and development:
    Direct expenditures ...................  $    58,000    $   280,000    $   338,000    $   118,000                   $   338,000
    Payments under research 
      services agreement ..................       20,000        117,000        137,000        109,000                       137,000
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------                   -----------
          Total research and development ..       78,000        397,000        475,000        227,000                       475,000
  General and administrative ..............      159,000        466,000        625,000        418,000    $   808,000      1,433,000
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total costs and expenses ........      237,000        863,000      1,100,000        645,000        808,000      1,908,000
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
(Loss) from operations ....................     (237,000)      (863,000)    (1,100,000)      (645,000)      (808,000)    (1,908,000)
Interest (expense) ........................                     (18,000)       (18,000)        (7,000)       (42,000)       (60,000)
Interest income ...........................        7,000          5,000         12,000          5,000                        12,000
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
NET (LOSS) ................................  $  (230,000)   $  (876,000)   $(1,106,000)   $  (647,000)   $  (850,000)   $(1,956,000)
                                             ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Pro forma net (loss) per share ............                 $     (2.31)                                 $     (2.17)
                                                            ===========                                  -----------
Pro forma weighted average 
  shares outstanding                                            371,956                                      371,956
                                                            ===========                                  ===========

</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes to financial statements
                          are an integral part thereof.



                                      F-4
<PAGE>



                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                          (a development stage company)


       STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                                  
                                                                    Preferred Stock        Common Stock                           
                                                                    Par Value $.01        Par Value $.01            Additional    
                                                                  -----------------     -------------------          Paid-in       
                                                                  Shares     Amount     Shares       Amount          Capital       
                                                                  ------     ------     ------       ------         ---------      
<S>                                                                 <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Issuance of common stock for cash in August 1994.............                            212,456      $2,000       $   68,000     
Issuance of preferred stock for cash in August 1994..........       550       $-0-                                    550,000     
Issuance of preferred stock in connection with
  obtaining assignment rights to developed
  technology in August 1994..................................        50                                                50,000     
Net (loss) for the period from July 20, 1994 (inception)
  to December 31, 1994.......................................                                                                     
                                                                    ---       ----       -------      ------       ----------     
Balance-- December 31, 1994..................................       600        -0-       212,456       2,000          668,000     
Surrender of common stock in October 1995....................                            (17,928)
Exercise of options in December 1995.........................                             81,947       1,000          299,000     
Net (loss) for the year ended December 31, 1995..............                                                                     
                                                                    ---       ----       -------      ------       ----------     
Balance-- December 31, 1995..................................       600        -0-       276,475       3,000          967,000     
Exercise of options in March 1996............................                             30,733                       10,000     
Issuance of common stock for cash in March 1996..............                              9,218                       37,000     
Surrender of common stock in March 1996......................                            (21,770)
Surrender of common stock in June 1996.......................                            (15,239)
Exercise of options in August 1996...........................                              5,358                        2,000     
Surrender of common stock in August 1996.....................                             (3,163)
Compensation expense in connection with grant of
  option in August 1996......................................                                                         236,000     
Net (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 1996......                                                                     
                                                                    ---       ----       -------      ------       ----------     
Balance-- September 30, 1996 (unaudited).....................       600        -0-       281,612       3,000        1,252,000     
Pro forma adjustments (Note I):
  Warrants issued in connection with Bridge notes............                                                         750,000     
  Conversion of preferred stock and accrued and unpaid
  dividends to common stock..................................      (600)                 175,793       2,000          120,000     
  Conversion of notes payable-- stockholders and
  accrued interest to common stock...........................                            263,921       2,000        1,082,000     
                                                                    ---       ----       -------      ------       ----------     
PRO FORMA BALANCE -- SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
  (UNAUDITED)................................................       -0-       $-0-       721,326      $7,000       $3,204,000     
                                                                    ===       ====       =======      ======       ==========     

</TABLE>


 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CAPITAL DEFICIENCY) (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     (Deficit)                        
                                                                    Accumulated                       
                                                                    During the                     
                                                                    Development                      
                                                                       Stage              Total      
                                                                    -----------        ----------   
<S>                                                                 <C>                <C>        
Issuance of common stock for cash in August 1994.............                          $   70,000   
Issuance of preferred stock for cash in August 1994..........                             550,000   
Issuance of preferred stock in connection with                                                      
  obtaining assignment rights to developed                                                          
  technology in August 1994..................................                              50,000   
Net (loss) for the period from July 20, 1994 (inception)                                            
  to December 31, 1994.......................................       $  (230,000)         (230,000)  
                                                                    -----------        ----------   
Balance-- December 31, 1994..................................          (230,000)          440,000   
Surrender of common stock in October 1995....................                                       
Exercise of options in December 1995.........................                             300,000   
Net (loss) for the year ended December 31, 1995..............          (876,000)         (876,000)  
                                                                    -----------        ----------   
Balance-- December 31, 1995..................................        (1,106,000)         (136,000)  
Exercise of options in March 1996............................                              10,000   
Issuance of common stock for cash in March 1996..............                              37,000   
Surrender of common stock in March 1996......................                                       
Surrender of common stock in June 1996.......................                                       
Exercise of options in August 1996...........................                               2,000   
Surrender of common stock in August 1996.....................                                       
Compensation expense in connection with grant of                                                    
  option in August 1996......................................                             236,000   
Net (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 1996......          (850,000)         (850,000)  
                                                                    -----------        ----------   
Balance-- September 30, 1996 (unaudited).....................        (1,956,000)         (701,000)  
Pro forma adjustments (Note I):                                                                     
  Warrants issued in connection with Bridge notes............                             750,000   
  Conversion of preferred stock and accrued and unpaid                                              
  dividends to common stock..................................          (122,000)              -0-   
  Conversion of notes payable-- stockholders and                                                    
  accrued interest to common stock...........................                           1,084,000   
                                                                    -----------        ----------   
PRO FORMA BALANCE -- SEPTEMBER 30, 1996                                                             
  (UNAUDITED)................................................       $(2,078,000)       $1,133,000   
                                                                    ===========        ==========   
                                                                  

</TABLE>


                 The accompanying notes to financial statements
                          are an integral part thereof.



                                      F-5
<PAGE>



                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                          (a development stage company)


                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            July 20, 1994      
                                                                                             (Inception)       
                                                                 Year Ended December 31,          to           
                                                               --------------------------    December 31,      
                                                                   1994           1995           1995          
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>            <C>         
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net (loss) ...............................................   $  (230,000)   $  (876,000)   $(1,106,000)
  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash (used in)
      operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization ..........................         9,000         25,000         34,000
    Value of preferred stock charged to research
      and development ......................................        50,000                        50,000
    Fair value of options granted ..........................                             
    Accrued interest on notes payable-- stockholders .......                       18,000         18,000
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses ..............        (7,000)         1,000         (6,000)
      (Increase) in other assets ...........................       (38,000)                      (38,000)
      Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses ....        30,000        111,000        141,000
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
          Net cash (used in) operating activities ..........      (186,000)      (721,000)      (907,000)
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisitions of fixed assets .............................       (40,000)      (186,000)      (226,000)
  Advances to employees ....................................                       
  Additions to capitalized software costs ..................                              
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
          Net cash (used in) investing activities ..........       (40,000)      (186,000)      (226,000)
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of options        70,000        300,000        370,000
  Proceeds from sale of preferred stock ....................       550,000                       550,000
  Proceeds from borrowings-- notes payable-- stockholders ..                      492,000        492,000
  Deferred financing costs .................................       
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
          Net cash provided by financing activities ........       620,000        792,000      1,412,000
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH ............................       394,000       (115,000)       279,000
Cash-- beginning of period .................................                      394,000                
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
CASH-- END OF PERIOD .......................................   $   394,000    $   279,000    $   279,000
                                                               ===========    ===========    ===========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Noncash transactions:
    Preferred stock issued in connection with
      assignment agreement .................................   $    50,000                   $    50,000

</TABLE>


                      STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            July 20, 1994        
                                                                    Nine Months Ended        (Inception)         
                                                                      September 30,               to             
                                                               --------------------------    September 30,       
                                                                   1995           1996           1996
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                               (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>            <C>         
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net (loss) ...............................................   $  (647,000)   $  (850,000)   $(1,956,000)
  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash (used in)
      operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization ..........................        16,000         38,000         72,000
    Value of preferred stock charged to research
      and development ......................................                                      50,000
    Fair value of options granted ..........................                      236,000        236,000
    Accrued interest on notes payable-- stockholders .......         7,000         42,000         60,000
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses ..............         3,000          3,000         (3,000)
      (Increase) in other assets ...........................                                     (38,000)
      Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses ....        57,000         18,000        159,000
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
          Net cash (used in) operating activities ..........      (564,000)      (513,000)    (1,420,000)
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisitions of fixed assets .............................       (72,000)       (28,000)      (254,000)
  Advances to employees ....................................                       (3,000)        (3,000)
  Additions to capitalized software costs ..................                     (267,000)      (267,000)
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
          Net cash (used in) investing activities ..........       (72,000)      (298,000)      (524,000)
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of options                       49,000        419,000
  Proceeds from sale of preferred stock ...................                                      550,000
  Proceeds from borrowings-- notes payable-- stockholders ..       250,000        562,000      1,054,000
  Deferred financing costs .................................                      (61,000)       (61,000)
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
          Net cash provided by financing activities ........       250,000        550,000      1,962,000
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH ............................      (386,000)      (261,000)        18,000
Cash-- beginning of period .................................       394,000        279,000
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
CASH-- END OF PERIOD .......................................   $     8,000    $    18,000    $    18,000
                                                               ===========    ===========    ===========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Noncash transactions:
    Preferred stock issued in connection with
      assignment agreement .................................                                 $    50,000

</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes to financial statements
                         are an integral part thereof.



                                      F-6
<PAGE>


                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                          (a development stage company)

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      (Unaudited with respect to September 30, 1996 and September 30, 1995)


(NOTE A) -- The Company and Basis of Presentation:

         Heuristic  Development  Group, Inc. (the "Company" or "HDG"),  formerly
EIS International  Group,  Ltd., is a development stage company.  The Company is
engaged in the  marketing  and sale of the  IntelliFit  System,  a  computerized
system which generates personalized exercise prescriptions based on, among other
things, an individual's weight,  ability,  medical history, goals, fitness level
and exercise  preferences and tracks and records fitness  progress.  The Company
was  incorporated  in Delaware and commenced  operations  on July 20, 1994.  The
Company has not yet generated any revenue.

     As  reflected in the  accompanying  financial  statements,  the Company has
incurred  substantial  losses  since  inception  and such losses are expected to
continue during the development stage. As at September 30, 1996, the Company has
a working  capital and a capital  deficiency.  These factors  raise  substantial
doubt  about its  ability to continue  as a going  concern.  Management's  plans
include the following:

          a) Obtain a  minimum  of  $500,000  through  the sale of Bridge  Units
     consisting of a $50,000 promissory note and two-year warrants (Note I).

          b) Obtain net proceeds of approximately $5,220,000 through the sale of
     1,200,000  units  consisting  of  common  stock and a Class A and a Class B
     warrant in a public offering (see Note F).

          c) (i) Convert all of the Series A preferred stock  including  accrued
     and unpaid dividends  aggregating  $722,000 at August 31, 1996 into 175,793
     shares of common  stock and (ii)  convert  notes  payable  --  stockholders
     including  accrued interest  aggregating  $1,084,000 into 263,921 shares of
     common stock.

     There is no  assurance  that  the  above  plans  can be  accomplished.  The
financial  statements do not include any adjustments  that might result from the
outcome of this uncertainty.


(NOTE B) -- Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

     [1] Capitalized software costs:

     In accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 86, the
Company  capitalizes  certain costs  associated with the development of computer
software.  Such  costs will be  amortized  over their  estimated  useful  lives,
usually seven years. Amortization will commence when the Company has revenue.

     Development   costs  incurred   prior  to   achievement  of   technological
feasibility (December 31, 1995) are expensed.

     [2] Property and equipment:

     Property and equipment are carried at cost.  Depreciation is provided using
the  straight-line  method over the useful  lives of the assets which range from
three to seven years.

     [3] Income taxes:

     The Company has applied to the accompanying financial statements provisions
required by accounting  standards which requires the use of the liability method
of accounting for income taxes.

     [4] Pro forma net loss per share of common stock:

     Pro forma net loss per share assumes the conversion of preferred  stock and
notes payable -- stockholders as if such transactions had occurred on January 1,
1995.  The  stockholders  have  agreed to place  349,370  shares in escrow  and,
accordingly, such shares have been excluded from the computation.

     [5] Use of estimates:

         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosures  of contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial
statements  and the reported  amounts of expenses  during the reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.



                                      F-7
<PAGE>


                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                          (a development stage company)

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                (Unaudited with respect to September 30, 1996 and
                        September 30, 1995) (Continued)


(NOTE B) -- Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: (Continued)

     [6] Recent pronouncements:

     The Financial  Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation" ("SFAS
123"). The Company will adopt the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123 during the
Company's  fiscal year ending  December  31, 1996 but will account for its stock
option plans under Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees" as permitted under SFAS 123.

     In addition,  the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 121,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of
Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of" ("SFAS  121").
SFAS 121 is also  effective  for the Company's  fiscal year ending  December 31,
1996.  The  Company  believes  adoption of SFAS No. 121 will not have a material
impact on its financial statements.


     [7] Organizational costs:

     Organizational  costs incurred by the Company are being amortized over five
years.


     [8] Interim financial information:

     The  financial  information  presented as of September 30, 1996 and for the
nine-month periods ended September 30, 1996 and September 30, 1995 is unaudited,
but in the opinion of management  contains all  adjustments  (consisting of only
normal  recurring  adjustments)  necessary  for  a  fair  presentation  of  such
financial  information.  Results  of  operations  for  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of those to be achieved for full fiscal years.


(NOTE C) -- Property and Equipment:

     Property and equipment are summarized as follows:


                                                  December 31,   September 30,
                                                      1995           1996
                                                    --------       --------
         Assembled units.........................   $107,000       $107,000
         Components in process and on hand.......     29,000         29,000
         Furniture and fixtures..................      8,000         29,000
         Office equipment........................     65,000         70,000
         Leasehold improvements..................     17,000         18,000
                                                    --------       --------
                                                     226,000        253,000
         Less accumulated depreciation ..........     21,000         54,000
                                                    --------       --------
               Balance...........................   $205,000       $199,000
                                                    ========       ========


(NOTE D) -- Notes Payable -- Stockholders:

     During the year ended December 31, 1995 and the nine months ended September
30,  1996,  the  Company   borrowed   approximately   $550,000  and  $1,024,000,
respectively,  from certain  stockholders.  These notes bear an interest rate of
10%.

     Approximately  $250,000 of the notes and accrued  interest of approximately
$26,000  were  due in June  1996.  Subsequent  to June  1996,  the due  date was
extended to June 1997. (See Note A with respect to proposed  conversion of notes
payable.)



                                      F-8
<PAGE>



                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                          (a development stage company)

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                (Unaudited with respect to September 30, 1996 and
                        September 30, 1995) (Continued)


(NOTE D) -- Notes Payable -- Stockholders: (Continued)

     Future principal payments on long-term debt are as follows:

                                                   December 31,   September 30,
                                                       1995           1996
                                                     --------      ---------
         1997.....................................   $250,000      $ 250,000
         2000.....................................    242,000        242,000
         2001.....................................                   562,000
                                                     --------      ---------
                                                     $492,000     $1,054,000
                                                     ========      =========

     The interest on these notes is payable on the due dates of the notes.


(NOTE E) -- Stockholders' Equity (Capital Deficiency):

     [1] Preferred stock:

     In August 1994,  the Company  authorized  and issued 600 shares of its $.01
par value Series A preferred  stock (the "Series A  Preferred").  The holders of
the Series A  Preferred  are  entitled  to (i) vote on all  matters on which the
common stock can vote and have twenty  percent of the total voting  power,  (ii)
receive   cumulative  annual  dividends  equal  to  $100  per  share  and  (iii)
liquidation  preference  of $1,000  per share  plus any  dividends  accrued  and
unpaid.  The Series A Preferred is  redeemable at the option of the Company at a
price of $1,000 per share plus  accrued and unpaid  dividends.  (See Note A with
respect to proposed conversion of preferred stock.)

     [2] Stock options:

     Stock option activity is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Shares      Option Price         Expiration Date
                                                     -------     ------------         ---------------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>            <C> 
Granted-- year ended December 31, 1994............   115,359      $ .33-$3.67    December 1995-August 1996

Granted-- year ended December 31, 1995............     2,679         $ .33       August 1997-August 1999
Exercised-- year ended December 31, 1995..........   (81,947)        $3.67
                                                     -------
Balance at December 31, 1995......................    36,091         $ .33       May 1996-August 1999
Granted-- August 1996.............................    78,674         $ .50       August 2006
Exercised-- nine months
  ended September 30, 1996........................   (36,091)        $ .33
                                                     -------
Balance at September 30, 1996.....................    78,674         $ .50       August 2006
                                                     =======

</TABLE>

     In August 1996, the Company issued to two officers/ stockholders options to
purchase  78,674  shares of its common stock at $.50 per share.  The Company has
reflected  compensation  expense of $236,000 in connection  with the issuance of
such options. In connection with the proposed public offering, these options are
subject to escrow provisions as a condition of the offering (Note F).


     [3] Stock Option Plan:

     In October  1996,  the  Company  adopted  the 1996 Stock  Option  Plan (the
"Plan") which  provides for issuance of 250,000  shares of the Company's  common
stock. In October 1996, stock options to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock
at $5.00 per share were granted to officers/stockholders.



                                      F-9
<PAGE>



                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                          (a development stage company)

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                (Unaudited with respect to September 30, 1996 and
                        September 30, 1995) (Continued)


(NOTE E) -- Stockholders' Equity (Capital Deficiency): (Continued)


     [4] Reorganization:

     In  October  1996,  the Board of  Directors  and  stockholders  approved  a
1,339.4362  to 1 stock  split  which has been  given  retroactive  effect in the
accompanying  financial  statements.  All  references  to  shares  and per share
amounts in the notes to financial  statements  have been adjusted to reflect the
stock split.


(NOTE F) -- Proposed Public Offering:

     The Company signed a letter of intent with an underwriter with respect to a
proposed public offering of the Company's securities. There is no assurance that
such  offering  will  be  consummated.   In  connection  therewith  the  Company
anticipates  incurring  substantial  expenses  which,  if  the  offering  is not
consummated, will be charged to expense.

     In connection  with such  offering,  the  underwriter  has  required,  as a
condition of the offering,  that an aggregate of 349,370 shares of the Company's
common  stock and  outstanding  options to purchase  50,630  shares be placed in
escrow until  certain  pretax  income levels or market value targets are met. If
the  conditions  are not met by March 31, 2001,  all shares  remaining in escrow
will be returned to the Company as treasury shares for cancellation.  There will
be a  nondeductible  charge to earnings  for the fair value of these shares upon
their release.

(NOTE G) -- Commitments and Other Matters:

     Research Services Agreement:

     In August 1994, the Company entered into a retainer agreement with Transpac
Software,  Inc. ("Transpac").  The agreement provides for Transpac to assist the
Company  in  updating  and  improving  the  source  programs  and in  designing,
developing and  implementing  such improved  source  programs for use in the EIS
Expert Instructor  System.  The agreement  provides for the payment of $120,000.
Accordingly,  the Company paid Transpac  $20,000  during the year ended December
31, 1994 and $100,000 during the year ended December 31, 1995.

     In addition,  the  agreement  provides  for  additional  services  upon the
Company's request in designated,  scheduled  projects through December 31, 1998.
During the year ended December 31, 1995 and the nine months ended  September 30,
1996, the Company paid Transpac approximately $10,000 and $79,000, respectively,
for additional services.

     Employment agreements:

         The Company has three-year, employment agreements with two officers
providing for aggregate annual base salaries of $300,000 commencing December 1,
1996. The agreements provide for bonuses at the discretion of the Board and
severance salary as defined in the agreements.

(NOTE H) -- Income Taxes:

     At December 31, 1995 and September 30, 1996,  the Company had available net
operating loss  carryforwards  to reduce future taxable income of  approximately
$456,000 and $710,000, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards expire
in various  amounts  through  2011.  The  Company's  ability to utilize  its net
operating loss  carryforwards may be subject to annual  limitations  pursuant to
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code if future changes in ownership occur.

     At December 31, 1995 and September 30, 1996, the Company has a deferred tax
asset of  approximately  $400,000 and $765,000,  respectively,  representing the
benefits of its net operating loss  carryforwards  and deferred taxes  resulting
from  capitalized  start-up  costs,  cash basis tax reporting  and  compensation
expense in connection with the grant of options. The Company has provided a 100%
valuation allowance for such asset since the likelihood of realization cannot be
determined.



                                      F-10
<PAGE>



                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                          (a development stage company)

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                (Unaudited with respect to September 30, 1996 and
                        September 30, 1995) (Continued)


(NOTE I) -- Pro Forma Financial Information:

     The pro forma  balance  sheet and  statement  of changes  of  stockholders'
equity (capital deficiency) give effect to the following  transactions as though
they had occurred on September 30, 1996.


     a. Bridge financing:

          In  December  1996,  the  Company  issued  Bridge  notes   aggregating
     $1,000,000  which bear interest at 10% per annum and are due the earlier of
     December 2, 1997 or the  completion  of the proposed  public  offering.  In
     connection with the sale of the notes,  the Company issued warrants for the
     purchase of 500,000  shares of common  stock  commencing  December 2, 1998.
     Upon completion of the contemplated  public offering,  the warrants will be
     converted  into Class A Warrants  containing the same terms as the warrants
     included in units expected to be sold in such public offering. The warrants
     have been valued at $750,000  and will be  accounted  for as debt  discount
     which will be amortized over the life of the loan.

          In addition,  the Company  incurred costs in connection with obtaining
     the financing of  approximately  $ 160,000 which will be amortized over the
     life of the loan. The effective interest rate on the notes is 404%.

          The pro forma balance  sheet,  statements of operations and statements
     of changes in capital  deficiency  as if it had occurred on  September  30,
     1996.

     b. Additional borrowings from stockholders  aggregating  $140,000,  bearing
interest at 10% and repayable at the earlier of five years or the effective date
of the Company's proposed public offering.

     c.  Conversion of notes payable -- stockholders' (Note A).

     d.  Conversion of preferred stock (Note A).



                                      F-11
<PAGE>








================================================================================

     No  dealer,  salesman  or  other  person  has been  authorized  to give any
information or to make any  representations,  other than those contained in this
Prospectus,  and, if given or made, such information or representations must not
be relied upon as having been  authorized by the Company or by the  Underwriter.
This  Prospectus  does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation  of an
offer to buy, any  securities  offered hereby by anyone in any  jurisdiction  in
which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making
such offer or  solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is
unlawful  to make such offer,  or  solicitation.  Neither  the  delivery of this
Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall,  under any  circumstances,  create
any implication that the information  herein contained is correct as of any time
subsequent to the date of this Prospectus.


                                  ------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
Prospectus Summary ........................................................  3
Risk Factors ..............................................................  6
Use of Proceeds and Plan of Operations .................................... 12
Dividend Policy............................................................ 12
Capitalization ............................................................ 13
Dilution .................................................................. 15
Selected Financial Data ................................................... 16
Managements' Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of Operations............................ 17
Business .................................................................. 18
Management ................................................................ 26
Certain Transactions ...................................................... 29
Principal Stockholders .................................................... 31
Concurrent Offering ....................................................... 34
Description of Securities ................................................. 35
Shares Eligible 
  for Future Sale ......................................................... 37
Underwriting .............................................................. 38
Legal Matters ............................................................. 40
Experts ................................................................... 40
Additional Information .................................................... 40
Index to Financial Statements ............................................. F-1


                                  ------------

     Until , 1997,  all  dealers  effecting  transactions   in   the  registered
securities,  whether or not participating in this distribution,  may be required
to deliver a  Prospectus.  This is in addition to the  obligation  of dealers to
deliver a  Prospectus  when  acting as  underwriters  and with  respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.

================================================================================




================================================================================



                                 1,200,000 Units


                                    HEURISTIC
                                   DEVELOPMENT
                                   GROUP, INC.


                        Consisting of 1,200,000 shares of
                                 Common Stock,
                          1,200,000 Redeemable Class A
                                    Warrants
                                       and
                          1,200,000 Redeemable Class B
                                    Warrants


                                 ---------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                                 ---------------


                              D.H. BLAIR INVESTMENT
                                  BANKING CORP.

                                              , 1997


================================================================================



<PAGE>


Alternate Prospectus Page


                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION -- DATED DECEMBER 11, 1996

PROSPECTUS

                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

                       500,000 Redeemable Class A Warrants
                       500,000 Shares of Common Stock and
        500,000 Redeemable Class B Warrants issuable upon exercise of the
                Redeemable Class A Warrants and 500,000 Shares of
           Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Class B Warrants

     This  Prospectus  relates  to  500,000  Redeemable  Class A  Warrants  (the
"Selling  Securityholder  Warrants"  or the  "Class A  Warrants")  of  Heuristic
Development  Group,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the  "Company"),  held by 36
holders (the  "Selling  Securityholders"),  the 500,000  shares of Common Stock,
$.01 par value ("Common Stock"), and 500,000 Redeemable Class B Warrants ("Class
B Warrants") issuable upon the exercise of the Selling Securityholder  Warrants,
and  500,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of such Class B
Warrants.  The  Selling  Securityholder  Warrants  and the Class B Warrants  are
referred to herein  collectively  as the "Warrants" and the securities  issuable
upon exercise of the Selling Securityholder Warrants,  together with the Selling
Securityholder  Warrants,  are sometimes  collectively referred to herein as the
"Selling  Securityholder  Securities." The Selling Securityholder  Warrants were
issued to the Selling  Securityholders in exchange for warrants they received in
a private placement by the Company in December,  1996 (the "Bridge  Financing").
See  "Selling   Securityholders"   and  "Plan  of  Distribution."  Each  Selling
Securityholder  Warrant entitles the holder to purchase, at an exercise price of
$6.50, subject to adjustment, one share of Common Stock and one Class B Warrant,
and each Class B Warrant  entitles the holder to purchase,  at an exercise price
of $8.75,  subject to  adjustment,  one share of Common Stock.  The Warrants are
exercisable  at any time after  issuance  through the fifth  anniversary  of the
closing  of the  offering  (the  "Offering")  contemplated  by  this  Prospectus
provided  that the  Selling  Securityholders  have  agreed not to  exercise  the
Selling  Securityholder  Warrants  for a period of one year from the date of the
closing of the  Offering  and not to sell the  Selling  Securityholder  Warrants
except after the restrictive  periods  described  under "Plan of  Distribution."
Commencing  one year from the date hereof the Warrants are subject to redemption
by the  Company  for $.05 per  Warrant,  upon 30 days'  written  notice,  if the
average  closing  bid price of the  Common  Stock  exceeds  $9.10 per share with
respect to the Class A Warrants  and  $12.25  share with  respect to the Class B
Warrants  (subject to adjustment in each case) for 30 consecutive  business days
ending within 15 days of the date of the notice of redemption.  See "Description
of Securities."

     The securities  offered by the Selling  Securityholders  by this Prospectus
may be  sold  from  time  to time by the  Selling  Securityholders  or by  their
transferees.  The  distribution  of the Class A Warrants,  Common  Stock and the
Class B Warrants offered hereby by the Selling  Securityholders  may be effected
in one or more transactions that may take place on the over-the-counter  market,
including ordinary brokers' transactions,  privately negotiated  transactions or
through  sales  to  one or  more  dealers  for  resale  of  such  securities  as
principals,  at market prices  prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related
to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Usual and customary or
specifically negotiated brokerage fees or commissions may be paid by the Selling
Securityholders.

     The  Selling   Securityholders,   and  intermediaries   through  whom  such
securities  are sold,  may be deemed  underwriters  within  the  meaning  of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"),  with respect to the
securities  offered,  and any profits  realized or  commissions  received may be
deemed  underwriting  compensation.  The  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  the
Selling Securityholders against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act.

     The  Company  will  not  receive  any of the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of
securities   by  the   Selling   Securityholders.   In  the  event  the  Selling
Securityholder  Warrants are exercised,  the Company will receive gross proceeds
of $        .  See "Selling Securityholders" and "Plan of Distribution."

     On the  date  of  this  Prospectus,  a  registration  statement  under  the
Securities Act with respect to an  underwritten  public  offering by the Company
(the "Offering") of 1,200,000 Units, each Unit consisting of one share of Common
Stock,  one Class A Warrant and one Class B Warrant,  was declared  effective by
the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission").  The Company will
receive approximately $           in net proceeds from the Offering (assuming no
exercise  of  the   Underwriter's   over-allotment   option)  after  payment  of
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of the Offering.

     AN INVESTMENT IN THESE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK
FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE         . 

                                  ------------

          THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
            COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
           OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
               OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                                  ------------

                 The date of this Prospectus is           , 1997


<PAGE>

Alternate Prospectus Page


                             SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

     An aggregate of up to 500,000  Class A Warrants,  500,000  shares of Common
Stock and  500,000  Class B  Warrants  issuable  upon  exercise  of such Class A
Warrants and 500,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Class
B Warrants  may be offered for resale by investors  who  received  their Class A
Warrants in exchange for warrants received in the Bridge Financing.

     The  following  table sets forth certain  information  with respect to each
Selling   Securityholder  for  whom  the  Company  is  registering  the  Selling
Securityholder Securities for resale to the public. The Company will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale of such securities. To the Company's knowledge
there are no material  relationships between any of the Selling  Securityholders
and the Company,  nor have any such material  relationships  existed  within the
past three years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Number of Class A Warrants
                                                                                        Beneficially Owned and
     Selling Securityholders                                                         Maximum Number to be Sold(1)
     --------------------                                                            -----------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>   
     Jack A. Bova ...........................................................................  18,750
     Nicholas Casale ........................................................................   6,250
     Yong S. Chen ...........................................................................   6,250
     Yong S. Chen M.D. Pension Plan..........................................................   6,250
     CRC Communities ........................................................................   6,250
     Digestive Health Associates
     Profit Sharing Plan.....................................................................  12,500
     E&M RP Trust...........................................................................   25,000
     J. Thomas Esslinger.....................................................................  12,500
     Steven A. Finkler.......................................................................  12,500
     Charles L. Fougerousse..................................................................   6,250
     Robert Franco...........................................................................   6,250
     Mark Gilder and Judy Gilder, JTWROS.....................................................  12,500
     Ross H. Golding.........................................................................  12,500
     Richard C. Lehman.......................................................................  12,500
     Loveless OrhopaediCare Profit Sharing Plan..............................................  12,500
     H. John Lyke...........................................................................   25,000
     Paul K. Manger and Nancy S. Manger, JTWROS..............................................  25,000
     Arthur M. Marush, M.D...................................................................  18,750
     Gary W. Mockler.........................................................................  18,750
     Nano-Cap Hyper Growth Partnership L.P...................................................  12,500
     Eugene F. Obermeyer and Barbara H. Obermeyer, JTWROS....................................  25,000
     Edwards O. Parry, Jr....................................................................  12,500
     The Mary Patoff Revocable Trust UA DTD 7/8/96...........................................  12,500
     Phillip J. Picchietti...................................................................   6,250
     Pattabhiraman Rajendran and Pindi L. Rajendran, JTWROS..................................  12,500
     Tushar Ramani...........................................................................   6,250
     Brigid Ramchandran and Anjur Ramchandran, JTWROS........................................  12,500
     Sanford Schmookler and Alice Schmookler, JTWROS.........................................   6,250
     Ira M. Shepard..........................................................................   6,250
     Doug Terry..............................................................................  37,500
     William P. Tinkler, Jr..................................................................  25,000
     Goss Townes.............................................................................  12,500
     Sherwyn Wayne...........................................................................  12,500
     George J. Wegler Trust..................................................................  12,500
     Richard D. Wilkinson....................................................................   6,250
     Robert D. Zucker........................................................................  25,000
</TABLE>

- --------
(1)  Does not include shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Class
     A Warrants and issuable upon exercise of the Class B Warrants issuable upon
     exercise of the Class A Warrants.  The Selling  Securityholders have agreed
     not to exercise the Class A Warrants  being offered  hereby for a period of
     one  year  from  the  date  of  this   Prospectus.   None  of  the  Selling
     Securityholders  beneficially own in excess of 1% of the outstanding shares
     of Common Stock after the Offering.


                                      A-2


<PAGE>


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     The sale of the securities by the Selling  Securityholders  may be effected
from time to time in  transactions  (which may include block  transactions by or
for the account of the Selling  Securityholders) in the over-the-counter  market
or in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the securities,
a combination  of such methods of sale or otherwise.  Sales may be made at fixed
prices which may be changed,  at market prices prevailing at the time of sale or
at negotiated prices.

     The Selling  Securityholders  may effect such transactions by selling their
securities directly to purchasers,  through  broker-dealers acting as agents for
the Selling  Securityholders  or to  broker-dealers  who may purchase  shares as
principals  and  thereafter  sell  the  securities  from  time  to  time  in the
over-the-counter   market  in  negotiated   transactions   or  otherwise.   Such
broker-dealers,  if any,  may  receive  compensation  in the form of  discounts,
concessions or commissions  from the Selling  Securityholders  or the purchasers
for whom  such  broker-dealers  may act as  agents  or to whom  they may sell as
principals or otherwise (which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer may
exceed customary commissions).

     Each  Selling  Securityholder  has  agreed  (i) not to  sell,  transfer  or
otherwise dispose publicly the Selling Securityholder  Warrants except after the
time  periods and in the  percentage  amounts set forth  below,  on a cumulative
basis, and (ii) not to exercise the Selling Securityholder Warrants for a period
of one year  after the  closing  of this  offering.  Purchasers  of the  Selling
Securityholder Warrants will not be subject to such restrictions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Lock Up Period                                                                 Percentage Eligible for Resale
     --------------                                                                   --------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C> 
     Before 90 days after Closing ...........................................................      0%
     Between 91 and 150 days ................................................................     25%
     Between 151 and 210 days ...............................................................     50%
     Between 211 and 270 days ...............................................................     75%
     After 270 days .........................................................................    100%
</TABLE>

     The Company has agreed not to solicit Warrant  exercises other than through
the Underwriter of the Company's  initial public office,  unless the Underwriter
declines to make such solicitation.  Upon any exercise of the Warrants after the
first  anniversary  of the date of this  Prospectus,  the  Company  will pay the
Underwriter a fee of 5% of the aggregate exercise price of the Warrants,  if (i)
the market  price of the  Company's  Common  Stock on the date the  Warrants are
exercised  is greater than the then  exercise  price of the  Warrants;  (ii) the
exercise  of the  Warrants  was  solicited  by a member of the  NASD;  (iii) the
Warrants  are  not  held  in  a  discretionary   account;   (iv)  disclosure  of
compensation  arrangements  was made both at the time of the Offering and at the
time of exercise of the Warrants;  and (v) the  solicitation  of exercise of the
Warrant was not in violation of Rule 10b-6 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

     Under applicable rules and regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), any person engaged in the distribution of the
Selling  Securityholder  Warrants may not simultaneously engage in market making
activities  with respect to any  securities of the Company during the applicable
"cooling-off"  period (at least two, and possibly nine,  business days) prior to
the commencement of such distribution. Accordingly, in the event the Underwriter
or D.H. Blair & Co. Inc.  ("Blair") is engaged in a distribution  of the Selling
Securityholder Warrants,  neither of such firms will be able to make a market in
the Company's  securities  during the applicable  restrictive  period.  However,
neither the  Underwriter nor Blair have agreed to nor are either of them obliged
to act as broker/dealer in the sale of the Selling  Securityholder  Warrants and
the Selling  Securityholders may be required, and in the event Blair is a market
maker,  will  likely  be  required,  to sell  such  securities  through  another
broker/dealer.  In  addition,  each  Selling  Securityholder  desiring  to  sell
Warrants  will be subject to the  applicable  provisions of the Exchange Act and
the rules and regulations thereunder,  including without limitation, Rules 10b-6
and 10b-7,  which  provisions may limit the timing of the purchases and sales of
shares of the Company's securities by such Selling Securityholders.

     The  Selling   Securityholders  and  broker-dealers,   if  any,  acting  in
connection with such sale might be deemed to be underwriters  within the meaning
of Section 2(11) of the Securities  Act and any commission  received by them and
any profit on the resale of the  securities  might be deemed to be  underwriting
discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.

                           CONCURRENT PUBLIC OFFERING

     On the date of this  Prospectus,  a  Registration  Statement  was  declared
effective under the Securities Act with respect to an  underwritten  offering by
the Company of 1,200,000 Units by the Company and up to 180,000 additional Units
to cover over-allotments, if any.


                                      A-3


<PAGE>


Alternate Prospectus Page


================================================================================

     No  dealer,  salesman  or  other  person  has been  authorized  to give any
information or to make any  representations,  other than those contained in this
Prospectus,  and, if given or made, such information or representations must not
be relied upon as having been  authorized by the Company or by the  Underwriter.
This  Prospectus  does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation  of an
offer to buy, any  securities  offered hereby by anyone in any  jurisdiction  in
which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making
such offer or  solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is
unlawful  to make such offer,  or  solicitation.  Neither  the  delivery of this
Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall,  under any  circumstances,  create
any implication that the information  herein contained is correct as of any time
subsequent to the date of this Prospectus.


                                  ------------


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
Prospectus Summary.........................................................
Risk Factors...............................................................
Dividend Policy............................................................
Capitalization.............................................................
Dilution...................................................................
Selected Financial Data....................................................
Plan of Operations.........................................................
Business...................................................................
Management.................................................................
Certain Transactions.......................................................
Principal Stockholders.....................................................
Selling Securityholders....................................................
Plan of Distribution.......................................................
Concurrent Public .........................................................
Offering...................................................................
Description of Securities..................................................
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................
Legal Matters..............................................................
Experts....................................................................
Additional Information.....................................................
Index to Financial Statements.............................................. F-1


                                  ------------


================================================================================




================================================================================



                                    HEURISTIC
                                   DEVELOPMENT
                                   GROUP, INC.


                           500,000 Redeemable Class A
                                    Warrants
                       500,000 Shares of Common Stock and
                           500,000 Redeemable Class B
                                    Warrants
                          issuable upon exercise of the
                         Redeemable Class A Warrants and
                         500,000 Shares of Common Stock
                      issuable upon exercise of the Class B
                                    Warrants


                                 ---------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                                 ---------------


                                          , 1997


================================================================================


<PAGE>


                                     PART II

                     Information Not Required in Prospectus


Item 24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     The Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and By-Laws of the Registrant
provide  that the  Registrant  shall  indemnify  any  person to the full  extent
permitted by the Delaware  General  Corporation Law (the "GAL").  Section 145 of
the  GAL,  relating  to  indemnification,   is  hereby  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

     In  accordance  with  Section  102(a)(7)  of the GAL,  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation of the Registrant  eliminates the personal  liability of directors
to the  Registrant  or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for  breach of
fiduciary  duty as a  director  with  certain  limited  exceptions  set forth in
Section 102(a)(7).

     The Registrant also intends to enter into  indemnification  agreements with
each of its officers and  directors,  the form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.3
and reference is hereby made to such form of agreement.

     Reference is made to Section 6 of the Underwriting  Agreement (Exhibit 1.1)
which provides for  indemnification  by the Underwriter of the  Registrant,  its
officers and directors.


Item 25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

     The estimated  expenses  payable by the  Registrant in connection  with the
issuance  and  distribution  of the  securities  being  registered  (other  than
underwriting discounts and commissions) are as follows:


                                                                      Amount
                                                                     --------
      SEC Registration Fee .....................................      $15,528
      NASD Filing Fees .........................................        5,625
      Nasdaq Filing Fees .......................................            *
      Printing and Engraving Expenses ..........................            *
      Accounting Fees and Expenses .............................            *
      Legal Fees and Expenses ..................................            *
      Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ...............................            *
      Transfer Agent's Fees and Expenses .......................            *
      Underwriter's Non-Accountable Expense Allowance ..........            *
      Miscellaneous Expenses ...................................            *
                                                                     --------
          Total ................................................          $ *
                                                                     ========

- ----------
     * To be completed by amendment


Item 26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

     The  following  discussion  gives  retroactive  effect to the  stock  split
effected in October,  1996.  Since its organization in July 1994, the Registrant
has sold and issued the following unregistered securities:

     In August 1994, the Registrant  issued  29,880.14 shares of Common Stock to
Steven R. Gumins for  $8,784.29  in cash,  29,880.14  shares of Common  Stock to
Deborah E. Griffin for $8,784.29 in cash, 1,339.44 shares of Common Stock to Jay
Shapiro for $438.60 in cash,  13,394.40 shares of Common Stock to Kimitane Sohma
for  $4,386.00  in cash,  3,013.73  shares of Common  Stock to CMC  Partners for
$986.85 in cash (these shares were  transferred to Clark  Management Co. Inc. in
September  1996),  63,455.79 shares of Common Stock to Clark Trust u/t/d 6/30/69
for $20,778.68 in cash,  9,019 shares of Common Stock to ACC Trust for $2,960.55
in cash, 4,520.60 shares of Common Stock to Brooks Trust,  10/7/72 for $1,480.28
in cash,  13,394.36  shares of Common Stock to Gregory L. Zink for  $4,386.00 in
cash,  3,013.56  shares of Common  Stock to Arcadian & Co.,  L.P. for $986.85 in
cash,  1,339.44  shares  of Common  Stock to John  Dobbs  for  $438.60  in cash,
18,752.64  shares of Common  Stock to Jerald N.  Downen for  $6,140.40  in cash,
20,091.54  shares of Common Stock to Michael A.  Hertzberg for $6,579.00 in cash
and 1,339.44 shares of Common Stock to R. Brett Lunger for $438.60 in cash.



                                      II-1
<PAGE>


     In August 1994, pursuant to an Assignment  Agreement between the Registrant
and NGJ Ltd., the Registrant issued 50 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to NGJ
Ltd. in  consideration  for an assignment of all of NGJ Ltd.'s right,  title and
interest  in and to the EIS  System  and the  Trademark.  In  August  1994,  the
Registrant issued 550 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to NGJ Ltd. for $550,00
in cash.

     In August 1994,  pursuant to a Non-Qualified  Stock Option  Agreement,  the
Company  granted to TransPac an option to  purchase  30,733.36  shares of Common
Stock.  Such Option was amended to decrease the number of shares of Common Stock
purchasable upon exercise of the Option to 13,177.37. In February 1996, TransPac
exercised the Option and the Registrant  issued 13,177.37 shares of Common Stock
to TransPac for $10,063.67.

     In August 1994,  pursuant to a Non-Qualified  Stock Option  Agreement,  the
Company  granted to Eric Rhodes an option to purchase  2,678.87 shares of Common
Stock.  In September  1996,  Mr. Rhodes  exercised the Option and the Registrant
issued 2,678.87 shares of Common Stock to Mr. Rhodes for $877.20.

     In August 1994,  pursuant to a  NonQualified  Stock Option  Agreement,  the
Company granted to Jonathan W. Seybold an option to purchase 61,466.73 shares of
Common  Stock.  Such  Option was amended on  December  28, 1995 to increase  the
number of shares of Common  Stock  purchasable  upon  exercise  of the Option to
81,946.71.  On December  29,  1995,  Mr.  Seybold  exercised  the Option and the
Registrant issued 81,946.71 shares of Common Stock to Mr. Seybold for $300,000.

     In August 1994,  pursuant to a Non-Qualified  Stock Option  Agreement,  the
Company  granted to Dr. William Blase an option to purchase  2,678.87  shares of
Common  Stock.  In  September  1996,  Dr.  Blase  exercised  the  Option and the
Registrant  issued 2,678.87 shares of Common Stock to Dr. Blase for $877.20.  In
March 1996, the Registrant  issued 9,218 shares of Common Stock to Dr. Blase for
$37,500.00 in cash.

     In August 1996, the Company also issued 40,564  options to purchase  Common
Stock to Ms. Griffin and 38,110 options to purchase  Common Stock to Mr. Gumins,
each at an exercise price of $.50 per share. In October 1996, the Company issued
100,000  options to  purchase  Common  Stock to each of Deborah E.  Griffin  and
Steven R. Gumins, each at an exercise price of $5.00 per share.

     The above  transactions  were private  transactions  not involving a public
offering and were exempt from the registration  provisions of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended,  pursuant to Section 4(2)  thereof.  The sale of securities
was without  the use of an  underwriter,  and the  certificates  evidencing  the
shares bear a  restrictive  legend  permitting  the  transfer  thereof only upon
registration  of the shares or an exemption under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.


Item 27.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     (a) Exhibits

    1.1      --Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1      --Form of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as amended
    3.2      --By-laws of the Registrant
    4.1      --Form of Bridge Note
    4.2      --Bridge Warrant Agreement
    4.3      --Form of Warrant Agreement
    4.4      --Form of Underwriter's Unit Purchase Option
    5.1*     --Opinion of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP
   10.1      --1996 Stock Option Plan
   10.2      --Form of Escrow Agreement by and between the Registrant, 
               American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and certain 
               securityholders of the Registrant
   10.3      --Form of Indemnification Agreement
   10.4      --Assignment dated August 22, 1994 between Nautilus Group Japan, 
               Ltd. and the Company
   10.5      --Exclusive Distribution License Agreement dated June 1995 between
               Nautilus Group Japan, Ltd. and the Company
   10.6      --Letter Agreement dated November 27, 1996 between Nautilus Group
               Japan, Ltd. and the Company.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>


   10.7      --Office Lease dated August 1, 1996 between Paulistic
               Productions and the Company.
   10.8      --Retainer Agreement dated August 16, 1994 between 
               TransPac Software Inc. and the Company.
   10.9      --Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 1996 between
               the Company and Steven R.Gumins.
   10.10     --Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 1996 
               between the Company and Deborah E. Griffin.
   10.11     --Form of Conversion Agreement between the Company
               and the holders of Indebtedness.
   10.12     --Conversion Agreement between the Company and 
               Nautilus Group Japan, Ltd.
   23.1*     --Consent of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP -- 
               Included in Exhibit 5.1
   23.2      --Consent of Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP -- Included on
               Page II-5
   24.1      --Power of Attorney -- Included on Page II-6
   27.0      --Financial Data Schedule 

- ----------
*    To be filed by amendment.

Item 28.  Undertakings

     (1) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that it will:

          (a) File, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
     post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

               (i) Include any  prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3) of the
          Securities Act,

               (ii)  Reflect  in the  prospectus  any  facts  or  events  which,
          individually  or  together,  represent  a  fundamental  change  in the
          information in the registration statement, and

               (iii) Include any additional or changed  material  information on
          the plan of distribution.

          (b) For  determining  liability  under the Securities  Act, treat each
     post-effective  amendment as a new registration statement of the securities
     offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial
     bona fide offering.

          (c) File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of
     the securities that remain unsold at the end of this offering.

     (2)  The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
Underwriter at the closing specified in the Underwriting  Agreement certificates
in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
Underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

     (3) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such  indemnification  is
against  public  policy as expressed in the  Securities  Act and is,  therefore,
unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the  Registrant of expenses  incurred or
paid by a  director,  officer or  controlling  person of the  Registrant  in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

     (4) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that it will:

          (a) For  determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat the
     information  omitted  from  the  form of  prospectus  filed as part of this
     Registration  Statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
     of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or
     497(h) under the Securities Act as part of this  registration  statement as
     of the time it was declared effective.

          (b) For determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat each
     post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a form  of  prospectus  as a new
     registration  statement  for the  securities  offered  in the  registration
     statement,  and the offering of such securities at that time as the initial
     bona fide offering of those securities.


                                      II-3
<PAGE>

                               CONSENT OF COUNSEL

     The consent of Bachner,  Tally,  Polevoy & Misher will be  contained in its
opinion to be filed as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement.



                                      II-4
<PAGE>


                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To The Board of Directors
Heuristic Development Group, Inc.

     We  consent to the  references  to our firm  under the  captions  "Selected
Financial  Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our report dated  September 18,
1996 in the  Registration  Statement  (Form  SB-2)  and  related  prospectus  of
Heuristic Development Group, Inc.


                                         RICHARD A. EISNER & COMPANY, LLP

New York, New York
December 10, 1996


                                      II-5
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and has authorized this Registration
Statement  or Amendment  thereto to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Pacific Palisades, State of California
on the 9th day of December, 1996.


                                         HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

                                            By:    /s/ JOHNATHAN W. SEYBOLD
                                                -------------------------------
                                                     Jonathan W. Seybold,
                                                     Chairman of the Board


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below under the heading "Signature" constitutes and appoints Jonathan W. Seybold
and Gregory L. Zink, or either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and
agent with full power of  substitution  and  resubstitution,  for him and in his
name,  place and stead,  in any and all capacities to sign any or all amendments
to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,
and other  documents in connection  therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange
Commission,  granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone,
full  power  and  authority  to do and  perform  each and  every  act and  thing
requisite and  necessary to be done in and about the premises,  as fully for all
intents and  purposes as he might or could do in person,  hereby  ratifying  and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933,  this
Registration  Statement  or Amendment  thereto has been signed by the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates stated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Signature                                    Title                                   Date
               ---------                                    -----                                   ----
<S>                                              <C>                                           <C>    
       /s/ Jonathan W. Seybold                   Chairman of the Board                         December 9, 1996
   --------------------------------                (principal executive officer)
          Jonathan W. Seybold                       

         /s/ Gregory L. Zink                     President, Chief Financial Officer            December 9, 1996
   --------------------------------                and (principal financial officer 
       Gregory L. Zink Director                    and principal accounting officer)
                                                         

         /s/ Steven R. Gumins                    Director                                      December 9, 1996
   --------------------------------
          Steven R. Gumins

        /s/ Deborah E. Griffin                   Director                                      December 9, 1996
   --------------------------------
          Deborah E. Griffin

          /s/ William Blase                      Director                                      December 9, 1996
   --------------------------------
            William Blase

        /s/ Kenneth W. Krugler                   Director                                      December 9, 1996
   --------------------------------
          Kenneth W. Krugler

        /s/ Kenneth W. Krugler                   Director                                      December 9, 1996
   --------------------------------
          Kenneth W. Krugler

          /s/ Allan Dalfen                       Director                                      December 9, 1996
   --------------------------------
             Allan Dalfen
</TABLE>


                                      II-6


                                 1,200,000 Units

           (each Unit consisting of (i) one share of Common Stock, par
     value $.01 per share; (ii) one redeemable Class A warrant to purchase
          one share of Common Stock and one redeemable Class B warrant
                   and (iii) one redeemable Class B warrants)

                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------

D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp.                          ____________, 199__
44 Wall Street
New York, New York 10005

     Heuristic Development Group, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
proposes to issue and sell to D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp. (the
"Underwriter") in accordance with the terms of this Underwriting Agreement (the
"Agreement"), an aggregate of 1,200,000 Units, each unit being hereinafter
referred to as a "Unit" and consisting of (i) one share of Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share, ("Shares"), (ii) one redeemable Class A warrant ("Class A
Warrants") to purchase one share of Common Stock and one redeemable Class B
warrant ("Class B Warrant") at a price of $6.50 from _______, 1997 to_______,
2002 and (iii) one Class B Warrant exercisable to purchase one Share at a price
of $8.75 from _____, 1997 to _____, 2002. The Class A Warrants and Class B
Warrants are collectively referred to as the "Warrants". The Warrants are
subject to redemption, in certain instances commencing one year from the date of
this Agreement. In addition, the Company proposes to grant to the Underwriter
the option referred to in Section 2(b) to purchase all or any part of an
aggregate of 180,000 additional Units. Unless the context otherwise indicates,
the term "Units" shall include the 180,000 additional Units referred to above.

     The aggregate of 1,380,000 Units to be sold by the Company, together with
all or any part of the 120,000 Units which the Underwriter has the option to
purchase, and the Shares and the Warrants comprising such Units, are herein
called the "Units." The Common Stock of the Company to be outstanding after
giving effect to the sale of the Shares is herein called the "Common Stock." The
Shares and Warrants included in the Units (including the Units which the
Underwriter has the option to purchase) are herein collectively called the
"Securities."

     You have advised the Company that you desire to purchase the Units. The
Company confirms the agreements made by it with respect to the purchase of the
Units by you, as follows:

     1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents
and warrants to, and agrees with, the Underwriter that:


<PAGE>


     (a) A registration statement (File No. 333- ) on Form SB-2 relating to the
public offering of the Units, including a form of prospectus subject to
completion, copies of which have heretofore been delivered to you, has been
prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the rules and regulations (the "Rules
and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission")
thereunder, and has been filed with the Commission under the Act and one or more
amendments to such registration statement may have been so filed. After the
execution of this Agreement, the Company will file with the Commission either
(i) if such registration statement, as it may have been amended, has been
declared by the Commission to be effective under the Act, either (A) if the
Company relies on Rule 434 under the Act, a Term Sheet (as hereinafter defined)
relating to the Units that shall identify the Preliminary Prospectus (as
hereinafter defined) that it supplements containing such information as is
required or permitted by Rules 434, 430A and 424(b) under the Act or (B) if the
Company does not rely on Rule 434 under the Act a prospectus in the form most
recently included in an amendment to such registration statement (or, if no such
amendment shall have been filed, in such registration statement), with such
changes or insertions as are required by Rule 430A under the Act or permitted by
Rule 424(b) under the Act and in the case of either clause (i)(A) or (i)(B) of
this sentence, as have been provided to and approved by you prior to the
execution of this Agreement, or (ii) if such registration statement, as it may
have been amended, has not been declared by the Commission to be effective under
the Act, an amendment to such registration statement, including a form of
prospectus, a copy of which amendment has been furnished to and approved by you
prior to the execution of this Agreement.

     As used in this Agreement, the term "Registration Statement" means such
registration statement, as amended at the time when it was or is declared
effective, including all financial schedules and exhibits thereto and including
any information omitted therefrom pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act and
included in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined); the term "Preliminary
Prospectus" means each prospectus subject to completion filed with such
registration statement or any amendment thereto (including the prospectus
subject to completion, if any, included in the Registration Statement or any
amendment thereto at the time it was or is declared effective); the term
"Prospectus" means (A) if the Company relies on Rule 434 under the Act, the Term
Sheet relating to the Units that is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7) under
the Act, together with the Preliminary Prospectus identified therein that such
Term Sheet supplements; (B) if the Company does not rely on Rule 434 under the
Act, the prospectus first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)
under the Act or (C) if the Company does not rely on Rule 434 under the Act and
if no prospectus is required to be filed pursuant to said Rule 424(b), such term
means the prospectus included in the Registration Statement; except that if such
registration statement or prospectus is amended or such prospectus is
supplemented, after the effective date of such registration statement and prior
to the Option Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), the terms "Registration
Statement" and "Prospectus" shall include such registration statement and
prospectus as so amended, and the term "Prospectus" shall include the prospectus
as so supplemented, or both, as the case may be; and the term "Term Sheet" means


                                       -2-


<PAGE>


any term sheet that satisfies the requirements of Rule 434 under the Act. Any
reference to the "date" of a Prospectus that includes a Term Sheet shall mean
the date of such Term Sheet.

     (b) The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the
use of any Preliminary Prospectus. At the time the Registration Statement
becomes effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to and on the Closing
Date (as hereinafter defined) or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be,
(i) the Registration Statement and Prospectus will in all respects conform to
the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations; and (ii) neither the
Registration Statement nor the Prospectus will include any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that
the Company makes no representations, warranties or agreements as to information
contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or Prospectus in
reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the
Company by or on behalf of the Underwriter specifically for use in the
preparation thereof. It is understood that the statements set forth in the
Prospectus on page 2 with respect to stabilization, under the heading
"Underwriting" and the identity of counsel to the Underwriter under the heading
"Legal Matters" constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on
behalf of the Underwriter for inclusion in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus, as the case may be.

     (c) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation, with full power and authority (corporate and other) to own its
properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly
qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in all
other jurisdictions in which the nature of its business or the character or
location of its properties requires such qualification, except where failure to
so qualify will not materially affect the Company's business, properties or
financial condition.

     (d) The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company as
of September 30, 1996 is as set forth in the Prospectus under "Capitalization";
the shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company set forth
thereunder have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and
non-assessable; except as set forth in the Prospectus, no options, warrants, or
other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or
agreements or other rights to convert any obligation into, any shares of capital
stock of the Company have been granted or entered into by the Company; and the
capital stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus.

     (e) The Units and the Shares are duly authorized, and when issued and
delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable and free of preemptive rights of any security
holder of the Company. Neither the relating to the registration of any shares of
Common Stock, except as described in the Registration Statement.


                                       -3-


<PAGE>


     The Warrants have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered
pursuant to this Agreement, will have been duly executed, issued and delivered
and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company
enforceable in accordance with their terms and entitled to the benefits provided
by the warrant agreement pursuant to which such Warrants are to be issued (the
"Warrant Agreement"), which will be substantially in the form filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the Warrants have been reserved for issuance upon the exercise of
the Warrants and when issued in accordance with the terms of the Warrants and
Warrant Agreement, will be duly and validly authorized, validly issued, fully
paid and non-assessable and free of preemptive rights and no personal liability
will attach to the ownership thereof. The Warrant Agreement has been duly
authorized and, when executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will
have been duly executed and delivered and will constitute the valid and legally
binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms. The
Warrants and the Warrant Agreement conform to the respective descriptions
thereof in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

     The Shares and the Warrants contained in the Unit Purchase Option have been
duly authorized and, when duly issued and delivered, such Warrants will
constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in
accordance with their terms and entitled to the benefits provided by the Unit
Purchase Option. The Shares included in the Unit Purchase Option (and the shares
of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Warrants) when issued and sold,
will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free
of preemptive rights and no personal liability will attach to the ownership
thereof.

     (f) This Agreement, the Unit Purchase Option, the M/A Agreement and the
Escrow Agreement have been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered
by the Company. The Company has full power and lawful authority to authorize,
issue and sell the Units to be sold by it hereunder on the terms and conditions
set forth herein, and no consent, approval, authorization or other order of any
governmental authority is required in connection with such authorization,
execution and delivery or with the authorization, issue and sale of the Units or
the Unit Purchase Option, except such as may be required under the Act or state
securities laws.

     (g) Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company is not in violation,
breach or default of or under, and consummation of the transactions herein
contemplated and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement will not
conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of, any of the terms or
provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or
imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the property or assets
of the Company pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,
loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party
or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the property or assets
of the Company is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the
provisions of the articles of incorporation or the by-laws of the Company, as
amended, or any statute or any order, rule or regulation applicable to


                                       -4-


<PAGE>


the Company of any court or of any regulatory authority or other governmental
body having jurisdiction over the Company.

     (h) Subject to the qualifications stated in the Prospectus, the Company has
good and marketable title to all properties and assets described in the
Prospectus as owned by it, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or
restrictions, except such as are not materially significant or important in
relation to its business; all of the material leases and subleases under which
the Company is the lessor or sublessor of properties or assets or under which
the Company holds properties or assets as lessee or sublessee as described in
the Prospectus are in full force and effect, and, except as described in the
Prospectus, the Company is not in default in any material respect with respect
to any of the terms or provisions of any of such leases or subleases, and no
claim has been asserted by anyone adverse to rights of the Company as lessor,
sublessor, lessee or sublessee under any of the leases or subleases mentioned
above, or affecting or questioning the right of the Company to continued
possession of the leased or subleased premises or assets under any such lease or
sublease except as described or referred to in the Prospectus; and the Company
owns or leases all such properties described in the Prospectus as are necessary
to its operations as now conducted and, except as otherwise stated in the
Prospectus, as proposed to be conducted as set forth in the Prospectus.

     (i) Richard A. Eisner & Company LLP, who have given their reports on
certain financial statements filed and to be filed with the Commission as a part
of the Registration Statement, which are incorporated in the Prospectus, are
with respect to the Company, independent public accountants as required by the
Act and the Rules and Regulations.

     (j) The financial statements, together with related notes, set forth in the
Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not in existence, the most recent
Preliminary Prospectus) present fairly the financial position and results of
operations and changes in cash flow position of the Company on the basis stated
in the Registration Statement, at the respective dates and for the respective
periods to which they apply. Said statements and related notes have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on
a basis which is consistent during the periods involved. The information set
forth under the captions "Dilution", "Capitalization", and "Selected Financial
Data" in the Prospectus fairly present, on the basis stated in the Prospectus,
the information included therein. The pro forma financial information filed as
part of the Registration Statement or included in the Prospectus (or such
preliminary prospectus) has been prepared in accordance with the Commission's
rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements, and
includes all adjustments necessary to present fairly the pro forma financial
condition and results of operations at the respective dates and for the
respective periods indicated and all assumptions used in preparing such pro
forma financial statements are reasonable.

     (k) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in
the Registration Statement and Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not in
existence, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus), the Company has not incurred
any liabilities or obligations, direct


                                       -5-


<PAGE>


or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business, or entered into any
transaction not in the ordinary course of business, which is material to the
business of the Company, and there has not been any change in the capital stock
of, or any incurrence of short-term or long-term debt by, the Company or any
issuance of options, warrants or other rights to purchase the capital stock of
the Company or any adverse change or any development involving, so far as the
Company can now reasonably foresee a prospective adverse change in the condition
(financial or other), net worth, results of operations, business, key personnel
or properties of it which would be material to the business or financial
condition of the Company and the Company has not become a party to, and neither
the business nor the property of the Company has become the subject of, any
material litigation whether or not in the ordinary course of business.

     (l) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there is not now pending or, to
the knowledge of the Company, threatened, any action, suit or proceeding to
which the Company is a party before or by any court or governmental agency or
body, which might result in any material adverse change in the condition
(financial or other), business prospects, net worth, or properties of the
Company, nor are there any actions, suits or proceedings related to
environmental matters or related to discrimination on the basis of age, sex,
religion or race; and no labor disputes involving the employees of the Company
exist or are imminent which might be expected to adversely affect the conduct of
the business, property or operations or the financial condition or results of
operations of the Company.

     (m) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company has filed all
necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns and has
paid all taxes shown as due thereon; and there is no tax deficiency which has
been or to the knowledge of the Company might be asserted against the Company.

     (n) The Company has sufficient licenses, permits and other governmental
authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business or the
ownership of its properties as described in the Prospectus and is in all
material respects complying therewith and owns or possesses adequate rights to
use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks,
trade-names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights and
licenses necessary for the conduct of such business and had not received any
notice of conflict with the asserted rights of others in respect thereof. To the
best knowledge of the Company, none of the activities or business of the Company
are in violation of, or cause the Company to violate, any law, rule, regulation
or order of the United States, any state, county or locality, or of any agency
or body of the United States or of any state, county or locality, the violation
of which would have a material adverse impact upon the condition (financial or
otherwise), business, property, prospective results of operations, or net worth
of the Company.

     (o) The Company has not, directly or indirectly, at any time (i) made any
contributions to any candidate for political office, or failed to disclose fully
any such contribution in violation of law or (ii) made any payment to any state,
federal or foreign governmental officer or official, or other person charged
with similar public or quasi-public


                                       -6-


<PAGE>


duties, other than payments or contributions required or allowed by applicable
law. The Company's internal accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to
cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

     (p) On the Closing Dates (hereinafter defined) all transfer or other taxes,
(including franchise, capital stock or other tax, other than income taxes,
imposed by any jurisdiction) if any, which are required to be paid in connection
with the sale and transfer of the Units to the Underwriter hereunder will have
been fully paid or provided for by the Company and all laws imposing such taxes
will have been fully complied with.

     (q) All contracts and other documents of the Company which are, under the
Rules and Regulations, required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement have been so filed.

     (r) The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly,
any action designed to cause or result in, or which has constituted or which
might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of
the price of the shares of Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the
Units hereby.

     (s) The Company has no subsidiaries.

     (t) The Company has not entered into any agreement pursuant to which any
person is entitled either directly or indirectly to compensation from the
Company for services as a finder in connection with the proposed public
offering.

     (u) Except as previously disclosed in writing by the Company to the
Underwriter, no officer, director or stockholder of the Company has any
affiliation or association with any member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers Inc. ("NASD").

     (v) The Company is not, and upon receipt of the proceeds from the sale of
the Units will not be, an "investment company" within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations
thereunder.

     (w) The Company has not distributed and will not distribute prior to the
First Closing Date any offering material in connection with the offering and
sale of the Units other than the Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, the
Registration Statement or the other materials permitted by the Act, if any.

     (x) The conditions for use of Form SB-2, as set forth in the General
Instructions thereto, have been satisfied.

     (y) There are no business relationships or related-party transactions of
the nature described in Item 404 of Regulation S-K involving the Company, the
Subsidiaries and


                                       -7-


<PAGE>


any person described in such Item that are required to be disclosed in the
Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not in existence, the most recent
Preliminary Prospectus) and that have not been so disclosed.

     (z) The Company has complied with all provisions of Section 517.075 Florida
Statutes relating to doing business with the government of Cuba or with any
person or affiliate located in Cuba.

     2. Purchase, Delivery and Sale of the Units.

     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and upon the
basis of the representations, warranties, and agreements herein contained, the
Company agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriter, and such Underwriter
agrees, to buy from the Company at $_______ per Unit, at the place and time
hereinafter specified, the number of Units set forth in the Prospectus (the
"First Units") plus any additional Units which the Underwriter may become
obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 hereof. The First
Units shall consist of 1,200,000 Units to be purchased from the Company.

     Delivery of the First Units against payment therefor shall take place at
the offices of Underwriter, 44 Wall Street, New York, N.Y. (or at such other
place as may be designated by agreement between you and the Company) at 10:00
a.m., New York time, on , 1997, or at such later time and date as you may
designate, such time and date of payment and delivery for the First Units being
herein called the "First Closing Date."

     (b) In addition, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and
upon the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein
contained, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriter to purchase
all or any part of an aggregate of an additional 180,000 Units at the same price
per Unit as the Underwriter shall pay for the First Units being sold pursuant to
the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 2 (such additional Units being
referred to herein as the "Option Units"). This option may be exercised within
45 days after the effective date of the Registration Statement upon notice by
the Underwriter to the Company advising as to the amount of Option Units as to
which the option is being exercised, the names and denominations in which the
certificates for such Option Units are to be registered and the time and date
when such certificates are to be delivered. Such time and date shall be
determined by the Underwriter but shall not be earlier than four nor later than
ten full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior
to the First Closing Date, and such time and date is referred to herein as the
"Option Closing Date." Delivery of the Option Units against payment therefor
shall take place at the offices of Underwriter, 44 Wall Street, New York, N.Y.
The Option granted hereunder may be exercised only to cover overallotments in
the sale by the Underwriter of First Units referred to in subsection (a) above.
In the event the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on its
Common Stock, whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock or any other
consideration, prior to the


                                       -8-


<PAGE>


Option Closing Date, such dividend or distribution shall also be paid on the
Option Units on the Option Closing Date.

     (c) The Company will make the certificates for the securities comprising
the Units to be purchased by the Underwriter hereunder available to you for
checking at least two full business days prior to the First Closing Date or the
Option Closing Date (which are collectively referred to herein as the "Closing
Dates"). The certificates shall be in such names and denominations as you may
request, at least two full business days prior to the Closing Dates. Time shall
be of the essence and delivery at the time and place specified in this Agreement
is a further condition to the obligations of the Underwriter.

     Definitive certificates in negotiable form for the Units to be purchased by
the Underwriter hereunder will be delivered by the Company to you against
payment of the purchase price, by certified or bank cashier's checks in New York
Clearing House funds, payable to the order of the Company.

     In addition, in the event the Underwriter exercises the option to purchase
from the Company all or any portion of the Option Units pursuant to the
provisions of subsection (b) above, payment for such Units shall be made to or
upon the order of the Company by certified or bank cashier's checks payable in
New York Clearing House funds at the offices of the Underwriter, at the time and
date of delivery of such Units as required by the provisions of subsection (b)
above, against receipt of the certificates for such Units by the Underwriter
registered in such names and in such denominations as the Underwriter may
request.

     It is understood that the Underwriter proposes to offer the Units to be
purchased hereunder to the public upon the terms and conditions set forth in the
Registration Statement, after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

     3. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees with the
Underwriter that:

     (a) The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration
Statement to become effective as promptly as possible. If required, the Company
will file the Prospectus or any Term Sheet that constitutes a part thereof and
any amendment or supplement thereto with the Commission in the manner and within
the time period required by Rules 434 and 424(b) under the Act. Upon
notification from the Commission that the Registration Statement has become
effective, the Company will so advise you and will not at any time, whether
before or after the effective date, file the Prospectus, Term Sheet or any
amendment to the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus of which
you shall not previously have been advised and furnished with a copy or to which
you or your counsel shall have objected in writing or which is not in compliance
with the Act and the Rules and Regulations. At any time prior to the later of
(A) the completion by the Underwriter of the distribution of the Units
contemplated hereby (but in no event more than nine months after the date on
which the Registration Statement


                                       -9-


<PAGE>


shall have become or been declared effective) and (B) 25 days after the date on
which the Registration Statement shall have become or been declared effective,
the Company will prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon your
request, any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or
Prospectus which, in your opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection
with the distribution of the Units.

     As soon as the Company is advised thereof, the Company will advise you, and
confirm the advice in writing, of the receipt of any comments of the Commission,
of the effectiveness of any post-effective amendment to the Registration
Statement, of the filing of any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended
Prospectus, of any request made by the Commission for amendment of the
Registration Statement or for supplementing of the Prospectus or for additional
information with respect thereto, of the issuance by the Commission or any state
or regulatory body of any stop order or other order or threat thereof suspending
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any order preventing or
suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the
qualification of the Units for offering in any jurisdiction, or of the
institution of any proceedings for any of such purposes, and will use its best
efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order, and, if issued, to obtain as
soon as possible the lifting thereof.

     The Company has caused to be delivered to you copies of each Preliminary
Prospectus, and the Company has consented and hereby consents to the use of such
copies for the purposes permitted by the Act. The Company authorizes the
Underwriter and dealers to use the Prospectus in connection with the sale of the
Units for such period as in the opinion of counsel to the Underwriter the use
thereof is required to comply with the applicable provisions of the Act and the
Rules and Regulations. In case of the happening, at any time within such period
as a Prospectus is required under the Act to be delivered in connection with
sales by an underwriter or dealer of any event of which the Company has
knowledge and which materially affects the Company or the securities of the
Company, or which in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the
Underwriter should be set forth in an amendment of the Registration Statement or
a supplement to the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not then
misleading, in light of the circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is
required to be delivered to a purchaser of the Units or in case it shall be
necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law or with the
Rules and Regulations, the Company will notify you promptly and forthwith
prepare and furnish to you copies of such amended Prospectus or of such
supplement to be attached to the Prospectus, in such quantities as you may
reasonably request, in order that the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented,
will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
material facts necessary in order to make the statements in the Prospectus, in
the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. The
preparation and furnishing of any such amendment or supplement to the
Registration Statement or amended Prospectus or supplement to be attached to the
Prospectus shall be without expense to the Underwriter, except that in case the
Underwriter is required, in connection with the sale of the Units to deliver a
Prospectus nine months or more after the effective date of the Registration
Statement, the Company will upon request of and at the expense of the
Underwriter, amend or


                                      -10-


<PAGE>


supplement the Registration Statement and Prospectus and furnish the Underwriter
with reasonable quantities of prospectuses complying with Section 10(a)(3) of
the Act.

     The Company will comply with the Act, the Rules and Regulations and the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder in
connection with the offering and issuance of the Units.

     (b) The Company will use its best efforts to qualify to register the Units
for sale under the securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions as the
Underwriter may designate and will make such applications and furnish such
information as may be required for that purpose and to comply with such laws,
provided the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation
or a dealer in securities or to execute a general consent of service of process
in any jurisdiction in any action other than one arising out of the offering or
sale of the Units. The Company will, from time to time, prepare and file such
statements and reports as are or may be required to continue such qualification
in effect for so long a period as the Underwriter may reasonably request.

     (c) If the sale of the Units provided for herein is not consummated for any
reason caused by the Company, the Company shall pay all costs and expenses
incident to the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder, including
but not limited to, all of the expenses itemized in Section 8, including the
accountable expenses of the Underwriter.

     (d) The Company will use its best efforts to (i) cause a registration
statement under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to be declared effective
concurrently with the completion of this offering and will notify the
Underwriter in writing immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration
statement, and (ii) if requested by theUnderwriter, to obtain a listing on the
Pacific Stock Exchange and to obtain and keep current a listing in the Standard
& Poors or Moody's Industrial OTC Manual.

     (e) For so long as the Company is a reporting company under either Section
12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company, at its
expense, will furnish to its stockholders an annual report (including financial
statements audited by independent public accountants), in reasonable detail and
at its expense, will furnish to you during the period ending five (5) years from
the date hereof, (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a
balance sheet of the Company and any of its subsidiaries as at the end of such
fiscal year, together with statements of income, surplus and cash flow of the
Company and any subsidiaries for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and
accompanied by a copy of the certificate or report thereon of independent
accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first
three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, consolidated summary financial
information of the Company for such quarter in reasonable detail; (iii) as soon
as they are available, a copy of all reports (financial or other) mailed to
security holders; (iv) as soon as they are available, a copy of all
non-confidential reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the
Commission or any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which any


                                      -11-


<PAGE>


class of securities of the Company is listed; and (v) such other information as
you may from time to time reasonably request.

     (f) In the event the Company has an active subsidiary or subsidiaries, such
financial statements referred to in subsection (e) above will be on a
consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary
or subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders
generally.

     (g) The Company will deliver to you at or before the First Closing Date two
signed copies of the Registration Statement including all financial statements
and exhibits filed therewith, and of all amendments thereto, and will deliver to
the Underwriter such number of conformed copies of the Registration Statement,
including such financial statements but without exhibits, and of all amendments
thereto, as the Underwriter may reasonably request. The Company will deliver to
or upon the order of the Underwriter, from time to time until the effective date
of the Registration Statement, as many copies of any Preliminary Prospectus
filed with the Commission prior to the effective date of the Registration
Statement as the Underwriter may reasonably request. The Company will deliver to
the Underwriter on the effective date of the Registration Statement and
thereafter for so long as a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the
Act, from time to time, as many copies of the Prospectus, in final form, or as
thereafter amended or supplemented, as the Underwriter may from time to time
reasonably request. The Company, not later than (i) 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the date of determination of the public offering price, if such
determination occurred at or prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such
date or (ii) 6:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day following the
date of determination of the public offering price, if such determination
occurred after 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such date, will deliver to the
Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus and any amendment
or supplement thereto as the Underwriter may reasonably request for purposes of
confirming orders that are expected to settle on the First Closing Date.

     (h) The Company will make generally available to its security holders and
to the registered holders of its Warrants and deliver to you as soon as it is
practicable to do so but in no event later than 90 days after the end of twelve
months after its current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which need not
be audited) covering a period of at least 12 consecutive months beginning after
the effective date of the Registration Statement, which shall satisfy the
requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act.

     (i) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Units for
the purposes set forth under "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus, and will file
such reports with the Commission with respect to the sale of the Units and the
application of the proceeds therefrom as may be required pursuant to Rule 463
under the Act.

     (j) The Company will, promptly upon your request, prepare and file with the
Commission any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement,
Preliminary


                                      -12-


<PAGE>


Prospectus or Prospectus and take any other action, which in the reasonable
opinion of Singer Zamansky LLP, counsel to the Underwriter, may be reasonably
necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Units, and
will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective as promptly as
possible.

     (k) The Company will reserve and keep available that maximum number of its
authorized but unissued securities which are issuable upon exercise of the Unit
Purchase Option outstanding from time to time.

     (l) The Company will obtain agreements from its officers, directors and
current stockholders to the effect that for a period of 13 months from the First
Closing Date, no officer, director or current stockholder of the Company will
directly or indirectly, offer, sell (including any short sale), grant any option
for the sale of, acquire any option to dispose of, or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the Underwriter. In
order to enforce this covenant, the Company shall impose stop-transfer
instructions with respect to the shares owned by such stockholders until the end
of such period.


     (m) Prior to completion of this offering, the Company will make all filings
required, including registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to
obtain the listing of the Units, Common Stock, and Warrants on the Nasdaq Small
Cap Market (or a listing on such other market or exchange as the Underwriter
consents to), and will effect and maintain such listing for at least five years
from the date of this Agreement.

     (n) The Company and each of the holders of more than 5% of the stock of the
Company (the "Principal Stockholders") represents that it or he has not taken
and agree that it or he will not take, directly or indirectly, any action
designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to
cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Units,
Shares or the Warrants or to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

     (o) On the Closing Date and simultaneously with the delivery of the Units,
the Company shall execute and deliver to you, the Unit Purchase Option. The Unit
Purchase Option will be substantially in the form of the Unit Purchase Option
filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement.

     (p) Without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, (i) during the 18
month period commencing on the date of this Agreement, the Company will not
grant options to purchase shares of Common Stock at an exercise price less than
the greater of (x) the initial public offering price of the Units (without
allocating any value to the Warrants) or (y) the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of grant; (ii) during the six month period commencing on the
date of this Agreement, grant options to any current officer of the Company;
(iii) during the three year period commencing on the date of this Agreement,
offer or sell any of its securities pursuant to Regulation S under the Act; (iv)
grant registration rights to any person


                                      -13-


<PAGE>


which are exercisable sooner than 13 months from the First Closing Date; (v)
issue any securities which have per share voting rights greater than the voting
rights of the Shares (or take any corporate action which would have this effect)
or (vi) during the 18 month period commencing on the date of this Agreement,
enter into any agreement or arrangement with any investment banking firm other
than the Underwriter relating to investment banking, corporate finance, merger
and acquisition or other similar advisory or consulting services.

     (q) Jonathan W. Seybold shall be the Chairman of the Board and Gregory L.
Zink shall be President of the Company on the Closing Dates. The Company has
obtained key person life insurance on the lives of Messrs. Seybold and Zink in
an amount of not less than $2 million each and will use its best efforts to
maintain such insurance during the five year period commencing with the First
Closing Date unless his employment with the Company is earlier terminated. In
such event, the Company will obtain a comparable policy on the life of his
successor for the balance of the five year period. For a period of thirteen
months from the First Closing Date, the compensation of the executive officers
of the Company shall not be increased from the compensation levels disclosed in
the Prospectus.

     (r) On the Closing Date and simultaneously with the delivery of the Units
the Company shall execute and deliver to you, an agreement with you regarding
mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures and certain other forms of transactions,
in the form previously delivered to the Company by you (the "M/A Agreement").

     (s) So long as any Warrants are outstanding, the Company shall use its best
efforts to cause post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement to
become effective in compliance with the Act and without any lapse of time
between the effectiveness of any such post-effective amendments and cause a copy
of each Prospectus, as then amended, to be delivered to each holder of record of
a Warrant and to furnish to the Underwriter and dealer as many copies of each
such Prospectus as such Underwriter or dealer may reasonably request. The
Company shall not call for redemption any of the Warrants unless a registration
statement covering the securities underlying the Warrants has been declared
effective by the Commission and remains current at least until the date fixed
for redemption. In addition, for so long as any Warrant is outstanding, the
Company will promptly notify the Underwriter of any material change in the
business, financial condition or prospects of the Company.

     (t) Upon the exercise of any Warrant or Warrants after _______, 1998, the
Company will pay the Underwriter, a fee of 5% of the aggregate exercise price of
the Warrants, of which ____% may be reallowed to the dealer who solicited the
exercise (which may also be the Underwriter if (i) the market price of the
Company's Common Stock is greater than the exercise price of the Warrants on the
date of exercise; (ii) the exercise of the Warrant was solicited by a member of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (iii) the Warrant is not
held in a discretionary account; (iv) the disclosure of compensation
arrangements has been made in documents provided to customers, both as part of
the original offering and at the time of exercise, and (v) the solicitation of
the Warrant was not in violation of Rule 10b-6 promulgated


                                      -14-


<PAGE>


under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company agrees not to
solicit the exercise of any Warrants other than through the Underwriter and will
not authorize any other dealer to engage in such solicitation without the prior
written consent of the Underwriter.

     (u) For a period of five (5) years from the Effective Date the Company (i)
at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent certified public
accountants to review (but not audit) the Company's financial statements for
each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters prior to the announcement of
quarterly financial information, the filing of the Company's 10-Q quarterly
report and the mailing of quarterly financial information to stockholders and
(ii) shall not change its accounting firm without the prior written consent of
the Chairman or the President of the Underwriter.

     (v) As promptly as practicable after the Closing Date, the Company will
prepare, at its own expense, hard cover "bound volumes" relating to the
offering, and will distribute at least four of such volumes to the individuals
designated by the Underwriter or counsel to the Underwriter.

     (w) For a period of five years from the First Closing Date (i) the
Underwriter shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate one
director of the Board of Directors of the Company and (ii) the Company shall
engage a public relations firm acceptable to the Underwriter.

     (x) The Company shall, for a period of six years after date of this
Agreement, submit which reports to the Secretary of the Treasury and to
stockholders, as the Secretary may require, pursuant to Section 1202 of the
Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or regulations promulgated thereunder, in
order for the Company to qualify as a "small business" so that stockholders may
realize special tax treatment with respect to their investment in the Company.

     4. Conditions of Underwriter's Obligation. The obligations of the
Underwriter to purchase and pay for the Units which they have respectively
agreed to purchase hereunder, are subject to the accuracy (as of the date
hereof, and as of the Closing Dates) of and compliance with the representations
and warranties of the Company herein, to the performance by the Company of its
obligations hereunder, and to the following conditions:

          (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective and you
     shall have received notice thereof not later than 10:00 A.M., New York
     time, on the date on which the amendment to the registration statement
     originally filed with respect to the Units or to the Registration
     Statement, as the case may be, containing information regarding the initial
     public offering price of the Units has been filed with the Commission, or
     such later time and date as shall have been agreed to by the Underwriter;
     if required, the Prospectus or any Term Sheet that constitutes a part
     thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto shall have


                                      -15-


<PAGE>


     been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time period
     required by Rule 434 and 424(b) under the Act; on or prior to the Closing
     Dates no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
     Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that or a similar
     purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or, to your
     knowledge or to the knowledge of the Company, shall be contemplated by the
     Commission; any request on the part of the Commission for additional
     information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of
     Singer Zamansky LLP, counsel to the Underwriter;

          (b) At the First Closing Date, you shall have received the opinion,
     dated as of the First Closing Date, of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher
     LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel
     for the Underwriter, to the effect that:

               (i) the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly
          existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State
          of Delaware, with full corporate power and authority to own its
          properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration
          Statement and Prospectus and is duly qualified or licensed to do
          business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in
          California and in each other jurisdiction in which the ownership or
          leasing of its properties or conduct of its business requires such
          qualification;

               (ii) to the best knowledge of such counsel, (a) the Company has
          obtained, or is in the process of obtaining, all licenses, permits and
          other governmental authorizations necessary to the conduct of its
          business as described in the Prospectus, (b) such licenses, permits
          and other governmental authorizations obtained are in full force and
          effect, and (c) the Company is in all material respects complying
          therewith;

               (iii) the authorized capitalization of the Company as of
          September 30, 1996 is as set forth under "Capitalization" in the
          Prospectus; all shares of the Company's outstanding stock requiring
          authorization for issuance by the Company's board of directors have
          been duly authorized, validly issued, are fully paid and
          non-assessable and conform to the description thereof contained in the
          Prospectus; the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company have
          not been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any
          shareholder and the shareholders of the Company do not have any
          preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, nor
          are there any restrictions upon the voting or transfer of any of the
          Stock; the Common Stock, the Warrants, the Unit Purchase Option and
          the Warrant Agreement conform to the respective descriptions thereof
          contained in the Prospectus; the


                                      -16-


<PAGE>


          Shares have been, and the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon
          exercise of the Warrants and the Unit Purchase Option, upon issuance
          in accordance with the terms of such Warrants, the Warrant Agreement
          and Unit Purchase Option have been duly authorized and, when issued
          and delivered, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid,
          non-assessable, free of preemptive rights and no personal liability
          will attach to the ownership thereof; all prior sales by the Company
          of the Company's securities have been made in compliance with or under
          an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state
          securities laws and no shareholders of the Company have any rescission
          rights with respect to Company securities; a sufficient number of
          shares of Common Stock has been reserved for issuance upon exercise of
          the Warrants and Unit Purchase Option and to the best of such
          counsel's knowledge, neither the filing of the Registration Statement
          nor the offering or sale of the Units as contemplated by this
          Agreement gives rise to any registration rights or other rights, other
          than those which have been waived or satisfied for or relating to the
          registration of any shares of Common Stock;

               (iv) this Agreement, the Unit Purchase Option, the Warrant
          Agreement, the M/A Agreement and the Escrow Agreement have been duly
          and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and,
          assuming due execution by each other party hereto or thereto, each
          constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company
          enforceable against the Company in accordance with its respective
          terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable
          bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of
          general application relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors'
          rights and the application of equitable principles in any action,
          legal or equitable, and except as rights to indemnity or contribution
          may be limited by applicable law;

               (v) the certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock are in
          valid and proper legal form; the Warrants will be exercisable for
          shares of Common Stock of the Company in accordance with the terms of
          the Warrants and at the prices therein provided for; at all times
          during the term of the Warrants the shares of Common Stock of the
          Company issuable upon exercise of the Warrants have been duly
          authorized and reserved for issuance upon such exercise and such
          shares, when issued upon such exercise in accordance with the terms of
          the Warrants and at the price provided for, will be duly and validly
          issued, fully paid and non-assessable;


                                      -17-


<PAGE>


               (vi) such counsel knows of no pending or threatened legal or
          governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party which could
          materially adversely affect the business, property, financial
          condition or operations of the Company; or which question the validity
          of the Securities, this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Unit
          Purchase Option, the M/A Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, or of any
          action taken or to be taken by the Company pursuant to this Agreement,
          the Warrant Agreement, the Unit Purchase Option, the M/A Agreement or
          the Escrow Agreement; and no such proceedings are known to such
          counsel to be contemplated against the Company; there are no
          governmental proceedings or regulations required to be described or
          referred to in the Registration Statement which are not so described
          or referred to;

               (vii) the Company is not in violation of or default under, nor
          will the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Unit Purchase
          Option, the Warrant Agreement, the M/A Agreement or the Escrow
          Agreement, and the incurrence of the obligations herein and therein
          set forth and the consummation of the transactions herein or therein
          contemplated, result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
          default under the certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws,
          in the performance or observance of any material obligations,
          agreement, covenant or condition contained in any bond, debenture,
          note or other evidence of indebtedness or in any contract, indenture,
          mortgage, loan agreement, lease, joint venture or other agreement or
          instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of
          its properties may be bound or in violation of any material order,
          rule, regulation, writ, injunction, or decree of any government,
          governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign;

               (viii) the Registration Statement has become effective under the
          Act, and to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no stop order
          suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in
          effect, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or
          are pending before, or threatened by, the Commission; the Registration
          Statement and the Prospectus (except for the financial statements and
          other financial data contained therein, or omitted therefrom, as to
          which such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all
          material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the
          Rules and Regulations;

               (ix) such counsel has participated in the preparation of the
          Registration Statement and the Prospectus and nothing has come to the
          attention of such counsel to cause such counsel to have reason to
          believe that the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto at
          the time it became effective or as of the Closing Dates contained any
          untrue


                                      -18-


<PAGE>


          statement of a material fact required to be stated therein or omitted
          to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
          to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus
          or any supplement thereto contains any untrue statement of a material
          fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make
          statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
          were made, not misleading (except, in the case of both the
          Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and the Prospectus
          and any supplement thereto, for the financial statements, notes
          thereto and other financial information and schedules contained
          therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion);

               (x) all descriptions in the Registration Statement and the
          Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, of contracts and
          other documents are accurate and fairly present the information
          required to be shown, and such counsel is familiar with all contracts
          and other documents referred to in the Registration Statement and the
          Prospectus and any such amendment or supplement or filed as exhibits
          to the Registration Statement, and such counsel does not know of any
          contracts or documents of a character required to be summarized or
          described therein or to be filed as exhibits thereto which are not so
          summarized, described or filed;

               (xi) no authorization, approval, consent, or license of any
          governmental or regulatory authority or agency is necessary in
          connection with the authorization, issuance, transfer, sale or
          delivery of the Units by the Company, in connection with the
          execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company
          or in connection with the taking of any action contemplated herein, or
          the issuance of the Unit Purchase Option or the Securities underlying
          the Unit Purchase Option, other than registrations or qualifications
          of the Units under applicable state or foreign securities or Blue Sky
          laws and registration under the Act;

               (xii) the statements in the Registration Statement under the
          captions "Business", "Use of Proceeds", "Management", and "Description
          of Securities" have been reviewed by such counsel and insofar as they
          refer to descriptions of agreements, statements of law, descriptions
          of statutes, licenses, rules or regulations or legal conclusions, are
          correct in all material respects;

               (xiii) the Units, the Common Stock and the Warrants have been
          duly authorized for quotation on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market; and


                                      -19-


<PAGE>


               (xiv) to such counsel's knowledge, there are no business
          relationships or related-party transactions of the nature described in
          Item 404 of Regulation S-K involving the Company, any Subsidiary and
          any person described in such Item that are required to be disclosed in
          the Prospectus and which have not been so disclosed.

     Such opinion shall also cover such matters incident to the transactions
contemplated hereby as the Underwriter or counsel for the Underwriter shall
reasonably request. In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely upon
certificates of any officer of the Company or public officials as to matters of
fact; and may rely as to all matters of law other than the law of the United
States or of the State of Delaware upon opinion of counsel satisfactory to you,
in which case the opinion shall state that they have no reason to believe that
you and they are not entitled to so rely.

     (c) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters relating to this
Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other related matters
shall be satisfactory to or approved by Singer Zamansky LLP, counsel to the
Underwriter, and you shall have received from such counsel a signed opinion,
dated as of the First Closing Date, with respect to the validity of the issuance
of the Units, the form of the Registration Statement and Prospectus (other than
the financial statements and other financial data contained therein), the
execution of this Agreement and other related matters as you may reasonably
require. The Company shall have furnished to counsel for the Underwriter such
documents as they may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to
render such opinion.

     (d) You shall have received a letter prior to the effective date of the
Registration Statement and again on and as of the First Closing Date from
Richard A. Eisner & Company LLP, independent public accountants for the Company,
substantially in the form approved by you, and including estimates of the
Company's revenues and results of operations for the period ending at the end of
the month immediately preceding the effective date and results of the comparable
period during the prior fiscal year.

     (e) At the Closing Dates, (i) the representations and warranties of the
Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct with the same
effect as if made on and as of the Closing Dates and the Company shall have
performed all of its obligations hereunder and satisfied all the conditions on
its part to be satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date; (ii) the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall
contain all statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance
with the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and shall in all material respects
conform to the requirements thereof, and neither the Registration Statement nor
the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (iii)
there shall have been, since the respective dates as of which information is
given, no material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective
material adverse


                                      -20-


<PAGE>


change, in the business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results
of operations, capital stock, long-term or short-term debt or general affairs of
the Company from that set forth in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, except changes which the Registration Statement and Prospectus
indicate might occur after the effective date of the Registration Statement, and
the Company shall not have incurred any material liabilities or entered into any
agreement not in the ordinary course of business other than as referred to in
the Registration Statement and Prospectus; and (iv) except as set forth in the
Prospectus, no action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity shall be pending
or threatened against the Company which would be required to be set forth in the
Registration Statement, and no proceedings shall be pending or threatened
against the Company before or by any commission, board or administrative agency
in the United States or elsewhere, wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or
finding would materially and adversely affect the business, property, condition
(financial or otherwise), results of operations or general affairs of the
Company, and (v) you shall have received, at the First Closing Date, a
certificate signed by each of the Chairman of the Board or the President and the
principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated as of the First
Closing Date, evidencing compliance with the provisions of this subsection (e).

     (f) Upon exercise of the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof, the
obligations of the Underwriter to purchase and pay for the Option Units referred
to therein will be subject (as of the date hereof and as of the Option Closing
Date) to the following additional conditions:

               (i) The  Registration  Statement  shall  remain  effective at the
          Option  Closing Date, and no stop order  suspending the  effectiveness
          thereof  shall have been issued and no  proceedings  for that  purpose
          shall have been instituted or shall be pending,  or, to your knowledge
          or  the  knowledge  of  the  Company,  shall  be  contemplated  by the
          Commission,  and any reasonable  request on the part of the Commission
          for  additional  information  shall  have  been  complied  with to the
          satisfaction of Singer Zamansky LLP, counsel to theUnderwriter.

               (ii) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been delivered
          to you the signed opinion of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP,
          counsel for the Company, dated as of the Option Closing Date, in form
          and substance satisfactory to Singer Zamansky LLP, counsel to the
          Underwriter, which opinion shall be substantially the same in scope
          and substance as the opinion furnished to you at the First Closing
          Date pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof, except that such opinion, where
          appropriate, shall cover the Option Units.

               (iii) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been delivered
          to you a certificate of the Chairman of the Board or the President and
          the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated
          the Option


                                      -21-


<PAGE>


          Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to Singer Zamansky
          LLP, counsel to the Underwriter, substantially the same in scope and
          substance as the certificate furnished to you at the First Closing
          Date pursuant to Section 4(e) hereof.

               (iv) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been delivered
          to you a letter in form and substance satisfactory to you from Richard
          A. Eisner & Company LLP, dated the Option Closing Date and addressed
          to the Underwriters confirming the information in their letter
          referred to in Section 4(d) hereof and stating that nothing has come
          to their attention during the period from the ending date of their
          review referred to in said letter to a date not more than five
          business days prior to the Option Closing Date, which would require
          any change in said letter if it were required to be dated the Option
          Closing Date.

               (v) All proceedings taken at or prior to the Option Closing Date
          in connection with the sale and issuance of the Option Units shall be
          satisfactory in form and substance to you, and you and Singer Zamansky
          LLP, counsel to the Underwriter, shall have been furnished with all
          such documents, certificates, and opinions as you may request in
          connection with this transaction in order to evidence the accuracy and
          completeness of any of the representations, warranties or statements
          of the Company or its compliance with any of the covenants or
          conditions contained herein.

     (g) No action shall have been taken by the Commission or the NASD the
effect of which would make it improper, at any time prior to the Closing Date,
for members of the NASD to execute transactions (as principal or agent) in the
Units, Common Stock or the Warrants and no proceedings for the taking of such
action shall have been instituted or shall be pending, or, to the knowledge of
the Underwriter or the Company, shall be contemplated by the Commission or the
NASD. The Company represents that at the date hereof it has no knowledge that
any such action is in fact contemplated by the Commission or the NASD. The
Company shall have advised the Underwriter of any NASD affiliation of any of its
officers, directors, stockholders or their affiliates.

     (h) If any of the conditions herein provided for in this Section shall not
have been fulfilled as of the date indicated, this Agreement and all obligations
of the Underwriter under this Agreement may be cancelled at, or at any time
prior to, each Closing Date by the Underwriter. Any such cancellation shall be
without liability of the Underwriter to the Company.

     5. Conditions of the Obligations of the Company. The obligation of the
Company to sell and deliver the Units is subject to the condition that at the
Closing Dates, no stop orders suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement shall have been issued under the Act or any proceedings therefor
initiated or threatened by the Commission.


                                      -22-


<PAGE>


     If the condition to the obligations of the Company provided for in this
Section have been fulfilled on the First Closing Date but are not fulfilled
after the First Closing Date and prior to the Option Closing Date, then only the
obligation of the Company to sell and deliver the Units on exercise of the
option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall be affected.

     6. Indemnification.

     (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter and
each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of the Act
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several (which
shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, include, but not be limited to, all
reasonable costs of defense and investigation and all attorneys' fees), to which
such Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject, under the Act or
otherwise, and will reimburse, as incurred, such Underwriter and such
controlling persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with investigating, defending against or appearing as a third party
witness in connection with any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, insofar
as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of any material fact contained in (A) the Registration Statement, any
Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto,
(B) any blue sky application or other document executed by the Company
specifically for that purpose or based upon written information furnished by the
Company filed in any state or other jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all
of the Units under the securities laws thereof (any such application, document
or information being hereinafter called a "Blue Sky Application"), or arise out
of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, or any amendment
or supplement thereto, or in any Blue Sky Application, a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, claim, damage or liability
arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriter
specifically for use in the preparation of the Registration Statement or any
such amendment or supplement thereof or any such Blue Sky Application or any
such preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any such amendment or
supplement thereto. This indemnity will be in addition to any liability which
the Company may otherwise have.

     (b) The Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of
its directors, each nominee (if any) for director named in the Prospectus, each
of its officers who have signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, against any losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement,
include, but not be limited to, all costs of defense and investigation and all
attorneys' fees) to which the Company or any such director, nominee, officer or
controlling person may become subject under the Act or otherwise, insofar as
such losses,


                                      -23-


<PAGE>


claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or
are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material
fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based
upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made
in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or
any amendment or supplement thereto (i) in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by you specifically for use in the
preparation thereof and (ii) relates to the transactions effected by the
Underwriter in connection with the offer and sale of the Units contemplated
hereby. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the
Underwriter may otherwise have.

     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of
notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this
Section, notify in writing the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof;
but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from
any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under
this Section. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party,
and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the
indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that
it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to
assume the defense thereof, subject to the provisions herein stated, with
counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from
the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume
the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such
indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. The indemnified party
shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to
participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel
shall not be at the expense of the indemnifying party if the indemnifying party
has assumed the defense of the action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the indemnified party; provided that if the indemnified party is the Underwriter
or a person who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of the Act, the
fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying
party if (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in
writing by the indemnifying party or (ii) the named parties to any such action
(including any impleaded parties) include both such Underwriter or such
controlling person and the indemnifying party and in the judgment of the
Underwriter, it is advisable for the Underwriter or controlling persons to be
represented by separate counsel (in which case the indemnifying party shall not
have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such
Underwriter or such controlling person, it being understood, however, that the
indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate
but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising
out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the
reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys for
such Underwriter and controlling persons, which firm shall be designated in
writing


                                      -24-


<PAGE>


by you). No settlement of any action against an indemnified party shall be made
without the consent of the indemnifying party, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld in light of all factors of importance to such indemnifying party.

     7. Contribution.

     In order to provide for just and equitable contribution under the Act in
any case in which (i) any Underwriter makes claim for indemnification pursuant
to Section 6 hereof but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final
judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of
time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such
indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that
the express provisions of Section 6 provide for indemnification in such case, or
(ii) contribution under the Act may be required on the part of Underwriter, then
the Company and each person who controls the Company, in the aggregate, and the
Underwriter shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or
liabilities to which they may be subject (which shall, for all purposes of this
Agreement, include, but not be limited to, all reasonable costs of defense and
investigation and all reasonable attorneys' fees) in either such case (after
contribution from others) in such proportions that all such Underwriter is
responsible in the aggregate for that portion of such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities represented by the percentage that the underwriting discount per
Unit appearing on the cover page of the Prospectus bears to the public offering
price appearing thereon, and the Company shall be responsible for the remaining
portion, provided, however, that (a) if such allocation is not permitted by
applicable law then the relative fault of the Company and the Underwriter and
controlling persons, in the aggregate, in connection with the statements or
omissions which resulted in such damages and other relevant equitable
considerations shall also be considered. The relative fault shall be determined
by reference to, among other things, whether in the case of an untrue statement
of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact, such statement or
omission relates to information supplied by the Company, or the Underwriter and
the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity
to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the
Underwriter agree that it would not be just and equitable if the respective
obligations of the Company and the Underwriter to contribute pursuant to this
Section 7 were to be determined by pro rata or per capita allocation of the
aggregate damages or by any other method of allocation that does not take
account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of
this Section 7 of the portion of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities for
which the Underwriter is responsible. No person guilty of a fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. As used in this paragraph, the word "Company" includes any
officer, director, or person who controls the Company within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act. If the full amount of the contribution specified in this
paragraph is not permitted by law, then the Underwriter and each person who
controls the Underwriter shall be entitled to contribution from the Company, its
officers, directors and controlling persons to the full extent permitted by law.
The foregoing contribution agreement shall in no way affect the contribution
liabilities of any persons having liability under Section 11 of the Act other
than the Company and


                                      -25-


<PAGE>


the Underwriter. No contribution shall be requested with regard to the
settlement of any matter from any party who did not consent to the settlement;
provided, however, that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld in light
of all factors of importance to such party.

     8. Costs and Expenses.

     (a) Whether or not this Agreement becomes effective or the sale of the
Units to the Underwriter is consummated, the Company will pay all costs and
expenses incident to the performance of this Agreement by the Company including,
but not limited to, the fees and expenses of counsel to the Company (which fees
shall not exceed $150,000) and of the Company's accountants; the costs and
expenses incident to the preparation, printing, filing and distribution under
the Act of the Registration Statement (including the financial statements
therein and all amendments and exhibits thereto), Preliminary Prospectus and the
Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, or the Term Sheet, the fee of the NASD
in connection with the filing required by the NASD relating to the offering of
the Units contemplated hereby; all expenses, including reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel to the Underwriter, in connection with the
qualification of the Units under the state securities or blue sky laws which the
Underwriter shall designate; the cost of printing and furnishing to the
Underwriter copies of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus,
the Prospectus, this Agreement, Agreement Among Underwriter (if necessary);
Selling Agreement, Underwriters' Questionnaire, Underwriters' Power of Attorney
and the Blue Sky Memorandum, any fees relating to the listing of the Units,
Common Stock and Warrants on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market or any other securities
exchange, the cost of printing the certificates representing the securities
comprising the Units, the fees of the transfer agent and warrant agent the cost
of publication of at least three "tombstones" of the offering (at least one of
which shall be in national business newspaper and one of which shall be in a
major New York newspaper) and the cost of preparing at least four hard cover
"bound volumes" relating to the offering, in accordance with the Underwriter's
request. The Company shall pay any and all taxes (including any transfer,
franchise, capital stock or other tax imposed by any jurisdiction) on sales to
the Underwriter hereunder. The Company will also pay all costs and expenses
incident to the furnishing of any amended Prospectus or of any supplement to be
attached to the Prospectus as called for in Section 3(a) of this Agreement
except as otherwise set forth in said Section.

     (b) In addition to the foregoing expenses the Company shall at the First
Closing Date pay to the Underwriter, a non-accountable expense allowance of
$180,000 of which $40,000 has been paid. In the event the overallotment option
is exercised, the Company shall pay to the Underwriter at the Option Closing
Date an additional amount equal to 3% of the gross proceeds received upon
exercise of the overallotment option. In the event the transactions contemplated
hereby are not consummated by reason of any action by the Underwriter (except if
such prevention is based upon a breach by the Company of any covenant,
representation or warranty contained herein or because any other condition to
the Underwriter's obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled by the Company
is not fulfilled) the Company shall be liable for the accountable expenses of
the Unerwriter, including legal fees up to a maximum of


                                      -26-


<PAGE>


$40,000. In the event the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated
by reason of any action of the Company or because of a breach by the Company of
any covenant, representation or warranty herein, the Company shall be liable for
the accountable expenses of the Underwriter, including legal fees, up to a
maximum of $180,000.

     (c) No person is entitled either directly or indirectly to compensation
from the Company, from the Underwriter or from any other person for services as
a finder in connection with the proposed offering, and the Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter, against any losses, claims, damages
or liabilities, (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, include, but
not be limited to, all costs of defense and investigation and all attorneys'
fees), to which the Underwriter may become subject insofar as such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or
are based upon the claim of any person (other than an employee of the party
claiming indemnity) or entity that he or it is entitled to a finder's fee in
connection with the proposed offering by reason of such person's or entity's
influence or prior contact with the indemnifying party.


     9. Effective Date.

     The Agreement shall become effective upon its execution except that you
may, at your option, delay its effectiveness until 11:00 A.M., New York time on
the first full business day following the effective date of the Registration
Statement, or at such earlier time after the effective date of the Registration
Statement as you in your discretion shall first commence the initial public
offering by the Underwriter of any of the Units. The time of the initial public
offering shall mean the time of release by you of the first newspaper
advertisement with respect to the Units, or the time when the Units are first
generally offered by you to dealers by letter or telegram, whichever shall first
occur. This Agreement may be terminated by you at any time before it becomes
effective as provided above, except that Sections 3(c), 6, 7, 8, 12, 13, 14 and
15 shall remain in effect notwithstanding such termination.

     10. Termination.

     (a) This Agreement, except for Sections 3(c), 6, 7, 8, 12, 13, 14 and 15
hereof, may be terminated at any time prior to the First Closing Date, and the
option referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, if exercised, may be cancelled at any
time prior to the Option Closing Date, by you if in your judgment it is
impracticable to offer for sale or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriter
for the resale of the Units agreed to be purchased hereunder by reason of (i)
the Company having sustained a material loss, whether or not insured, by reason
of fire, earthquake, flood, accident or other calamity, or from any labor
dispute or court or government action, order or decree; (ii) trading in
securities on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the
Nasdaq SmallCap Market or the Nasdaq National Market having been suspended or
limited; (iii) material governmental restrictions having been imposed on trading
in securities generally (not in force and effect on the date hereof); (iv) a
banking moratorium having


                                      -27-


<PAGE>


been declared by federal or New York state authorities; (v) an outbreak of
international hostilities or other national or international calamity or crisis
or change in economic or political conditions having occurred; (vi) a pending or
threatened legal or governmental proceeding or action relating generally to the
Company's business, or a notification having been received by the Company of the
threat of any such proceeding or action, which could materially adversely affect
the Company; (vii) except as contemplated by the Prospectus, the Company is
merged or consolidated into or acquired by another company or group or there
exists a binding legal commitment for the foregoing or any other material change
of ownership or control occurs; (viii) the passage by the Congress of the United
States or by any state legislative body or federal or state agency or other
authority of any act, rule or regulation, measure, or the adoption of any
orders, rules or regulations by any governmental body or any authoritative
accounting institute or board, or any governmental executive, which is
reasonably believed likely by the Underwriter to have a material impact on the
business, financial condition or financial statements of the Company or the
market for the securities offered pursuant to the Prospectus; (ix) any adverse
change in the financial or securities markets beyond normal market fluctuations
having occurred since the date of this Agreement, or (x) any material adverse
change having occurred, since the respective dates of which information is given
in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, in the earnings, business
prospects or general condition of the Company, financial or otherwise, whether
or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

     (b) If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective or to
terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 10 or in Section 9, the
Company shall be promptly notified by you, by telephone or telegram, confirmed
by letter.

     11. Unit Purchase Option.

     At or before the First Closing Date, the Company will sell to the
Underwriter or its designees for a consideration of one mill (or such higher
price as you shall determine to be the fair market value) and upon the terms and
conditions set forth in the form of Unit Purchase Option annexed as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement, a Unit Purchase Option to purchase an aggregate
of 120,000 Units. In the event of conflict in the terms of this Agreement and
the Unit Purchase Option, the language of the Unit Purchase Option shall
control.

     12. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.

     The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and
other statements of the Company or its Principal Stockholders, where
appropriate, and the undertakings set forth in or made pursuant to this
Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation
made by or on behalf of the Underwriter, the Company or any of its officers or
directors or any controlling person and will survive delivery of and payment of
the Units and the termination of this Agreement.


                                      -28-


<PAGE>


     13. Notice.

     Any communications specifically required hereunder to be in writing, if
sent to the Underwriter, will be mailed, delivered and confirmed to them at D.H.
Blair Investment Banking Corp., 44 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, with a
copy sent to Singer Zamansky LLP, 40 Exchange Place, New York, New York 10005 or
if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered and confirmed to it at
Heuristic Development Group, Inc., 17575 Pacific Coast Highway, Pacific
Palisades, Ca 90272 with a copy to Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP, 380
Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

     14. Parties in Interest.

     The Agreement herein set forth is made solely for the benefit of the
Underwriter, the Company and, to the extent expressed, the Principal
Stockholders, any person controlling the Company or the Underwriter, and
directors of the Company, nominees for directors (if any) named in the
Prospectus, its officers who have signed the Registration Statement, and their
respective executors, administrators, successors, assigns and no other person
shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. The term
"successors and assigns" shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser,
from the Underwriter of the Units.

     15. Applicable Law.

     This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be entirely
performed within New York.

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement,
kindly sign and return this agreement, whereupon it will become a binding
agreement between the Company and the Underwriter in accordance with its terms.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             Heuristic Development Group, Inc.


                                             By: _______________________________
                                                 Gregory L. Zink, President

     The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written.


                                             D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp.


                                      -29-


<PAGE>


                                             By: _______________________________


     We hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of Sections 3(l), (n), and
(p) and 12 hereof.


______________________________


______________________________


______________________________




                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                         EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD.


                                    ARTICLE I

                               NAME OF CORPORATION

                         The name of this corporation is

                          EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD.



                                   ARTICLE: II

                                REGISTERED OFFICE

     The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of
Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington 19805, County of New
Castle; and the name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation
Service Company.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                     PURPOSE

     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity
for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                            AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

     The Corporation shall be authorized to issue two classes of stock to be
designated, respectively, Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The total number of
shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is three thousand
(3,000). The total number of shares of Common Stock shall be one thousand five
hundred (1,500) and each such share shall have a par value of one cent ($ .01)
The total number of shares of Preferred Stock stall be one thousand five hundred
(1,500) and each such share shall have a par value of one cent ($ .01).

<PAGE>


     1. All shares of Common Stock, whenever issued, shall possess preemptive
rights to subscribe to any and all additional issues of Common Stock of the
Corporation, of any or all classes or series thereof; provided, however, that
the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of rights under stock
options granted prior to August 1, 1994 shall not trigger such preemptive rights
with respect to outstanding shares of Common Stock, except as may otherwise be
provided in any such option agreement.
                

     2. The shares of Preferred Stock shall be issued from time to time in one
or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby vested with authority to fix,
pursuant to the bylaws as such may be supplemented from time to time by
resolution or resolutions, the designations and the powers, preferences, and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereof; and to fix the number of shares
constituting any such series; and to increase or decrease the number of shares
of any such series (but not below the number of shares thereof then
outstanding).
                
                                   ARTICLE V

                                  INCORPORATOR

     The name and mailing address of the incorporator of the Corporation is
Dawn Szafranski, Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington,
Delaware 19805.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                        LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY
 
     To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as
the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall
not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law
is amended after the date of the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation to
authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal
liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation
shall be terminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware
General Corporation Law, as so amended from time to time . No repeal or
modification of this Article VI by the stockholders shall adversely affect any
right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing by virtue of this
Article VI at the time of such repeal or modification.

                                        2

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                          CORPORATE POWER AND MANAGEMENT

     For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of
the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation, and regulation of the
powers of the Corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any
class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided:

               1. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
          repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation,
          in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights
          conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this
          reservation.

               2. After the original or other bylaws of the Corporation have
          been adopted, amended, or repealed, as the case may be, and in
          furtherance and not in imitation of the powers conferred by
          statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make,
          repeal, alter, amend and rescind the bylaws of the Corporation.

               3. The management of the business and the conduct of the
          affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors.
          The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of
          Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the
          bylaws.  The phrase "whole Board" shall be deemed to mean the total
          number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no
          vacancies. No election of directors need be by written ballot unless
          required by the bylaws of the Corporation.


     THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the
purpose of forming a corporation , do business both within and without the
State of Delaware, and in pursuance of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
does make and file this Certificate on July 20, 1994 .


                                                 /s/ Dawn Szafranski
                                                  --------------------
                                                  Dawn Szafranski
                                                  Incorporator


                                       3

<PAGE>


                                 CERTIFICATE OF
                                       OF
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF

                          EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD.

                         (Pursuant to Section 241 of the
                General Corporation Law of the State or Delaware)

     The undersigned, being the directors of EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD. (the
"Corporation"), do hereby certify:

     1. The name of the corporation is EIS International Group, Ltd.

     2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed in the
office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on the 20th day of
July, 1994.

     3. RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is
hereby amended by deleting Article IV thereof in its entirety and by
substituting a new Article IV which shall read as follows:


                                   ARTICLE IV

                            AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

     The Corporation shall be authorized to issue two classes of stock to be
designated, respectively, Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The total number of
shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is three thousand
(3,000). The total number of shares of Common Stock shall be one thousand five
hundred (1,500) and each such share shall have a par value of one cent ($ .01).
The total number of shares of Preferred Stock shall be one thousand five hundred
(1,500) and each such share shall have a par value of one cent ($ .01).

     1. All shares of Common Stock, whenever issued, shall possess preemptive
rights to subscribe to any and all additional issues of Common Stock of the
Corporation, of any or all classes or series thereof; provided, however, that
the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of rights under stock
options granted prior to September 15, 1994 shall not trigger such


<PAGE>


preemptive rights with respect to outstanding shares of Common Stock, except as
may otherwise be provided in any such option agreement.

     2. The shares of Preferred Stock shall be issued from time to time in one
or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby vested with authority to fix,
pursuant to the bylaws as such may be supplemented from time to time by
resolution or resolutions, the designations and the powers, preferences, and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereof; and to fix the number of shares
constituting any such series; and to increase or decrease the number of shares
of any such series (but not below the number of shares thereof then
outstanding).

     4. The Corporation has not yet issued, nor received any payment for, any of
its stock.

     5. This Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation in accordance with Section 241 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


                                       2

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have signed and subscribed to this
Certificate of Amendment and affirm the same as true under the penalties of
perjury as of this 5th day of August, 1994.



                                             /s/ Gregory L. Zink
                                             -----------------------
                                             Gregory L. Zink
                                             Director

                                             /s/ Deborah E. Griffin
                                             -----------------------
                                             Deborah E. Griffin
                                             Director

                                             /s/ Steven R. Gumins
                                             -----------------------
                                             Steven R. Gumins
                                             Director


                                       3


<PAGE>


                           CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
                            Series A Preferred Stock
                           (Par Value $.01 Per Share)
                        of EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD.

                              ---------------------

                             Pursuant to Section 151
                           of the General Corporation
                          Law of the State of Delaware
                              ---------------------


     The undersigned does hereby certify that the following resolution setting
forth the preferences and rights of the Series A Preferred Stock was duly
adopted by the Board of Directors of EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD., a Delaware
corporation, pursuant to authority contained in Article IV of its Certificate of
Incorporation, dated July 20, 1994 and in accordance with the provisions of
Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware:

     RESOLVED: That  the Board of Directors hereby authorizes the issuance of
up to one thousand (1,000) shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the
Corporation, and hereby fixes the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions thereon, in addition to those set forth in the Certificate of
Incorporation, as follows:

               (a) Designation.

               This resolution shall provide for a single series of Preferred
          Stock, the designation of which shall be Series A Preferred Stock
          (hereinafter "Series A Preferred Stock") and the number of authorized
          shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock is one thousand
          (1,000).

               (b) Dividend Rate.

               (1) Dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock
          shall accrue from the date of their original issue at a rate of ten
          percent (10%) per annum computed on the basis of the actual number of
          days elapsed in a 360-day year, and, to the extent any such dividends
          and any other dividends accrued with respect to such dividends
          pursuant to this paragraph (1) shall have accrued, but are in arrears
          because they have not been declared and paid, such


<PAGE>


undeclared and unpaid dividends shall accrue additional dividends from the date
upon which such undeclared and unpaid dividends accrued until the date upon
which they are paid at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum (compounded on
the Dividend Payment Dates and computed on the basis of the actual number of
days elapsed in a 360-day year). All such dividends shall be cumulative and
shall be payable when and as declared by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, out of assets legally available for such purpose, on January 1 and
July 1 of each year, commencing, in the case of the first issuance of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock, January 1, 1995 (each date being hereinafter
individually a "Dividend Payment Date" and collectively the "Dividend Payment
Dates"), except that if any Dividend Payment Date is a Saturday, Sunday or
legal holiday then such dividend shall be paid on the next business day
following such Dividend Payment Date and no additional amount shall accrue as a
result of such delay.

     (2) Each dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock as they appear on the books of the Corporation on
the record date, not exceeding 30 days prior to the Dividend Payment Date
thereof, as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
Dividends in arrears may be declared and paid at any time, without reference to
any regular Dividend Payment Date, to holders of record on such date, not
exceeding 45 days preceding the payment date thereof, as may be fixed by the
Board of Directors of the Corporation.

     (3) Except as hereinafter provided, no dividends shall be declared or
paid or set apart for payment on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock for
any period if the Corporation shall be in default in the payment of any
dividends (including cumulative dividends, if applicable) on any shares of
Preferred Stock ranking, as to dividends, prior to the Series A Preferred
Stock, unless a dividend sufficient to cure such default shall be
contemporaneously declared and paid.

     (4) Except as hereinafter provided, no dividends shall be declared or
paid or set apart for payment on the Preferred Stack of any series ranking, as
to  dividends, on a parity with or junior to the Series A Preferred Stock for
any period unless full cumulative dividends have been or


                                        2


<PAGE>

     contemporaneously are declared and paid on the Sales A Preferred Stock
     through the last Dividend Payment Date. When dividends are not paid in
     full, as at aforesaid, upon the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any
     other Preferred Stock ranking on a parity as to dividends with the Series A
     Preferred Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of the Series A
     Preferred Stock and any other Preferred Stock ranking on a parity as to
     dividends with the Series A Preferred Stock shall be declared pro rata so
     that the amount of dividends declared per share on the Series A Preferred
     Stock and such other Preferred Stock shall in all cases bear to each other
     the same ratio that accrued dividends per share on the shares of the Series
     A Preferred Stock and such other Preferred Stock bear to each other.
     Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any
     dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of full
     cumulative dividends, as provided in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section
     (b), on the Series A Preferred Stock.

          (5) So long as any share of the Series A Preferred Stock is
     outstanding, no dividend ( other than (i) a dividend in the Corporation's
     Common stock, par value $. 01 per share ("the Common Stock"), or in any
     other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series A Preferred
     Stock as to dividends and upon liquidation or (ii) as provided in paragraph
     (4) of this Section (b), shall be declared, paid or set aside for payment,
     or other distribution declared or made, upon the Common Stock or upon any
     other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to or on a parity with the
     Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, nor shall any
     common Stock nor any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to or on
     a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon
     liquidation be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any
     consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking
     fund for the redemption of any shares of any such stock) by the Corporation
     (except by conversion into or exchange for stock of a Corporation ranking
     junior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon
     liquidation); provided, however, that nothing contained in this paragraph
     (5) shall prevent the Corporation from repurchasing or redeeming any of its
     capital stock pursuant to the terms of any subscription or option agreement
     entered into with


                                        3


<PAGE>


     any officer, director, employee, or consultant of the corporation.

          (c) Optional Redemption.

          The shares of Series A Preferred Stock are redeemable on the terms and
     conditions set forth below, at any time or from time to time, at the option
     of the  Corporation  expressed by resolution of the Board of Directors at a
     per share redemption price to be determined by the Board of Directors plus,
     in each case,  accrued and unpaid  dividends  thereon to the date fixed for
     redemption.

          (d) Procedure for Redemption

          (1) If fewer than all the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock are to be redeemed, the number of shares to be redeemed shall be
     determined by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of section
     (c) above, and the shares to be redeemed shall be determined by lot or pro
     rata as may be determined by the Board of Directors or by any other method
     as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion to be
     equitable.

          (2) Notice of a redemption shall be given by first class mail, postage
     prepaid  mailed  not  less  than 30 nor  more  than 60  days  prior  to the
     redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares to be redeemed,  at
     such holder's  address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation.
     Each such notice shall state:  (i) the redemption  date; (ii) the number of
     shares of Series A Preferred  Stock to be  redeemed  and, if fewer than all
     the  shares  held by such  holder  are to be  redeemed,  the number of such
     shares to be redeemed from such holder;  (iii) the redemption  price;  (iv)
     the  place  or  places  where  certificates  for  such  shares  are  to  be
     surrendered for payment of the redemption  price; (v) that dividends on the
     shares to be redeemed  will cease to accrue on such  redemption  date;  and
     (vi) any other information required by applicable laws or regulations.

          (3)  Notice  having  been  mailed  as  aforesaid  from and  after  the
     redemption  date  (unless  default  shall  be  made by the  Corporation  in
     providing  money for the  payment  of the  redemption  price of the  shares
     called for redemption)  dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock
     so called for redemption shall cease to accrue, and said shares


                                        4


<PAGE>

     shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders
     thereof as stockholders of the Corporation (except the right to receive
     from the Corporation the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid dividends
     to the date fixed for redemption) shall cease. Upon surrender of the
     certificates for any shares so redeemed in accordance with said notice
     (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors of
     the Corporation shall so require and the notice shall so state), such
     shares shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the redemption price
     aforesaid. In case fewer than all of the shares represented by any such
     certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing
     the unredeemed shares without cost to the holder thereof.

          (4) Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock which shall at any time
     have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, have the status of
     authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, without designation as
     to series until such shares are once more designated as part of a
     particular series by the Board of Directors. None of such redeemed shares
     of series A Preferred Stock shall be reissued as shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock.

          (5) If the Corporation shall be in default in the payment of any
     dividends on any shares of Preferred Stock ranking, as to dividends, prior
     to the Series A Preferred Stock, then no shares of Series A Preferred Stock
     shall be redeemed and the Corporation shall not purchase or otherwise
     acquire any shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
            
          (6) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section (d),
     unless the full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock shall have been paid or contemporaneously are declared
     and paid through the last Dividend Payment Date, no shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock shall be redeemed unless all outstanding shares of Series
     A Preferred Stock are simultaneously redeemed; provided, however, that the
     foregoing shall not prevent the purchase or acquisition of shares of Series
     A Preferred Stock pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same
     terms to all holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
     

                                       5


<PAGE>

          (e) Voting:

          (1) The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right to
     vote on all matters as to which the Common Stock can vote and shall, so
     long as any shares of series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, have twenty
     percent 20% of the total voting power with respect to all such matters.

          (2) In addition, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have any
     other voting powers, either general or special, required by law or
     regulation.

          (3) In addition, and unless the vote or consent of the holders of a
     greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the consent of the
     holder of at least a majority of all of the shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock, and all other series of Preferred Stack ranking on a parity with the
     Series A Preferred Stock either as to dividends or upon liquidation and
     upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are then exercisable,
     at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or
     by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of such
     shares shall vote together as a single class without regard to series,
     shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment,
     alteration or repeal of any of the provisions of the Articles of
     Incorporation or of any amendatory Statement thereto so as to affect
     materially and adversely the rights, preferences, privileges or voting
     power of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. In case the shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock would be so affected in a materially different manner than
     any other series of Preferred Stock then outstanding by any such action,
     the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote
     as a separate class, and the Corporation shall not take such action without
     the consent or affirmative vote, as above provided, of at least a majority
     of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding,
     in addition to or as a specific part of the consent or affirmative vote
     hereinabove otherwise required .

          (4) The increase of the authorized amount of the Preferred Stock, or
     the creation, authorization or issuance of any shares of any other class of
     stock of the Corporation ranking, (i) junior to the Series A Preferred
     Stock, or (ii) on a parity with the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, as
     to


                                       6
<PAGE>


     dividends or upon liquidation, or the reclassification of any authorized or
     outstanding stock of the Corporation into any such junior or parity shares,
     or the creation, authorization or issuance of any obligation or security
     convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase any such junior or
     parity shares shall not be deemed to affect materially and adversely the
     rights, preferences, privileges or voting power of shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock.

          (f) Liquidation Rights.

          (1) Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the
     Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary the holders of the shares of
     Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of
     the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders, before any
     payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or on any other
     class of stock ranking junior to Series A Preferred Stock upon liquidation,
     the amount of one thousand dollars ($1,000) per share, plus a sum equal to
     all dividends (whether or not earned or declared) on such shares accrued
     and unpaid thereon to the date of final distribution.

          (2) Neither the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, shares of stock,
     securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all the property
     and assets of the Corporation nor the merger or consolidation of the
     Corporation into or with any other corporation or the merger or
     consolidation of any other corporation into or with the Corporation, shall
     be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or
     involuntary, for the purposes of this Section (f).

          (3) After the payment to the holders of the shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts provided for in this
     Section (f), the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock as such
     shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the
     Corporation.

          (4) In the event the assets of the Corporation available for
     distribution to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock upon
     any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether
     voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full all
     amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (1)


                                       7
<PAGE>


     of this Section if, no such distribution shall be made on account of any
     shares of any other class or series of Preferred Stock ranking in whole or
     in part on a parity with the shares of Series A Preferred Stock upon such
     dissolution, liquidation or winding up unless proportionate distributive
     amounts shall be paid on account of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock,
     ratably, in proportion to the full distributable parity amounts for which
     holders of all such parity shares are respectively entitled upon such
     dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

     (g) Priority.

          For purposes of this resolution, any stock of any class or classes;
     of the Corporation shall be deemed to rank:

          (1) Prior to the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, either as to
     dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or classes
     shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable
     upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether
     voluntary or involuntary, as the case may be, in preference or priority to
     the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

          (2) On a parity with shares of Series A Preferred Stock, either as to
     dividends or upon liquidation whether of not the dividend rates, dividend
     payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share or sinking fund
     provisions, if any, be different from those of the Series A Preferred
     Stock, if the holders of such stock shall be entitled to the receipt of
     dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or
     winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, as the
     case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or
     liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as
     between the holders of such stock and the holders of shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock.

          (3) Junior to shares of Series A Preferred Stock, either as to
     dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or classes shall be Common
     Stock or if the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be
     entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon
     dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether
     voluntary


                                       8
<PAGE>


     or involuntary, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the
     holders of shares of such class or classes.

          (h) Payments.

          All payments to a holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be made at
     the office or agency of the Corporation maintained for such purpose in such
     coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment
     is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts; provided,
     however, that at the option of the Corporation payment may be made (i) by
     check mailed to such holder at his address appearing on the records of the
     Corporation or, (ii) at the request of such holder, by wire transfer of
     immediately available funds to the address designated by such holder in
     writing.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EIS International Group, Ltd. has caused its corporate
seal to be hereunto affixed and this Certificate to be signed by Gregory L.
Zink, as President and attested by Deborah E. Griffin, its Secretary, this 16th
day of August, 1994. The undersigned do hereby verify and affirm, under
penalties of perjury, that this Certificate is the act and deed of the
Corporation and that the facts stated herein are true.

                                        EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD.
                                        a Delaware corporation

                                        By: /s/ Gregory L. Zink
                                           ----------------------
                                           Name: Gregory L. Zink
                                           Title: President

(Corporate Seal)

Attest: /s/ Deborah E. Griffin
       -----------------------   
       Name: Deborah E. Griffin
       Title: Secretary


                                       9
<PAGE>


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                        EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD.,

     EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD., a corporation organized and existing under
and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES
HEREBY CERTIFY:

     FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation by unanimous written
consent, adopted the following resolution:

     RESOLVED that the Board of Directors hereby declares it advisable and in
the best interest of the Corporation that Article I of the Certificate of
Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

                                    "ARTICLE I

                               NAME OF CORPORATION

                        The name of this corporation is:

                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC."

     SECOND: That said amendment has been consented to and authorized by the
holders of the majority of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote by
written consent given in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 or the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. 

     THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with 
applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by Gregory L. Zink, its President, this 1st day Of March, A.D 1995
                                        
                                        By: /s/ Gregory L. Zink
                                            ---------------------------- 
                                            Gregory L. Zink, President 

<PAGE>


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

     HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC., a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), pursuant to the
provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "GCL"),
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY as follows:

     FIRST: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby
amended by deleting ARTICLE FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation in its
present form and substituting therefor a new ARTICLE FOURTH in the following
form:

     This Corporation is hereby authorized to issue two classes of shares to be
designated respectively Preferred Stock ("Preferred Stock") and Common Stock
("Common Stock"). The total number of shares of capital stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is twenty-five million (25,000,000).
The total number of shares of Preferred Stock which the Corporation shall have
the authority to issue is Five Million (5,000,000) and the total number of
shares of Common Stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is
Twenty Million (20,000,000). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $.01
per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $.01 per share.

     The Board of Directors may divide the Preferred Stock into any number of
series, fix the designation and number of shares of each such series, and
determine or change the designation, relative rights, preferences, and
limitations of any series of Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors (within the
limits and restrictions of any resolutions adopted by it originally fixing the
number of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock) may increase or decrease
the number of shares initially fixed for any series, but no such decrease shall
reduce the number below the number of shares then outstanding or duly reserved
for issuance.

     SECOND: The amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation set forth in this Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted in
accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 of the GCL (a) the
Board of Directors of the Corporation having duly adopted a resolution setting
forth such amendment and declaring its advisability and submitting it to the
stockholders of the Corporation for their approval, and (b) the stockholders of
the Corporation having duly adopted a resolution setting forth such amendment by
unanimous written consent.


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused its corporate seal to be
hereunto affixed and this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by Gregory L.
Zink, its President, and attested by Deborah E. Griffin, its Secretary, this
17th day of October, 1996.

                                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

                                        By: /s/Gregory L. Zink
                                           ---------------------------------
                                             Gregory L. Zink
                                             President

[CORPORATE SEAL]

ATTEST:
/s/Deborah E. Griffin
- -----------------------------------
          Deborah E. Griffin
          Secretary

                                       -2-


                                    BYLAWS OF
                          EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD.
                            (a Delaware corporation)


                                    ARTICLE I

                                     Offices

     SECTION 1.01 Registered Office. The registered office of EIS INTERNATIONAL
GROUP, LTD. (hereinafter called the Corporation) in the State of Delaware shall
be at 1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington 19802, County of New Castle, and the
name of the registered agent in charge thereof shall be Corporation Service
Company.

     SECTION 1.02 Other Offices. The Corporation may also have an office or
offices at such other place or places, either within or without the State of
Delaware, as the Board of Directors (hereinafter called the Board) may from time
to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            Meetings of Stockholders

     SECTION 2.01 Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of the stockholders of the
Corporation for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of
such other proper business as may come before such meetings may be held at such
time, date and place as the Board shall determine by resolution.

     SECTION 2.02 Special Meetings. A special meeting of the stockholders for
the transaction of any proper business may be called at any time by the Board,
by any officer of the Corporation, or by a vote of twenty percent (20%) of the
shares then outstanding.

     SECTION 2.03 Place of Meetinqs. All meetings of the stockholders shall be
held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, as may from time
to time be designated by the person or persons calling the respective meeting
and specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

     SECTION 2.04 Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise required by law,
notice of each meeting of the stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be
given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of
the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting by
delivering a typewritten or


<PAGE>

printed notice thereof to him personally, or by depositing such notice in the
United States mail, in a postage prepaid envelope, directed to him at his post
office address furnished by him to the Secretary of the Corporation for such
purpose or, if he shall not have furnished to the Secretary his address for such
purpose, then at his post office address last known to the Secretary, or by
transmitting a notice thereof to him at such address by telecopy, telegraph,
cable, or wireless. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, no
publication of any notice of a meeting of the stockholders shall be required.
Every notice of a meeting of the stockholders shall state the place, date and
hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, shall also state the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of
stockholders shall not be required to be given to any stockholder who shall have
waived such notice and such notice shall be deemed waived by any stockholder who
shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy, except as a stockholder who
shall attend such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning
of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not
lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise expressly required by law,
notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders need not be given if the
time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is
taken.

     SECTION 2.05 Quorum. Except in the case of any meeting for the election
of directors summarily ordered as provided by law, the holders of record of a
majority in voting interest of the shares of stock of the Corporation entitled
to be voted thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business at any meeting of the stockholders of the
Corporation or any adjournment thereof. In the absence of a quorum at any
meeting or any adjournment thereof, a majority in voting interest of the
stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat or, in
the absence therefrom of all the stockholders, any officer entitled to preside
at, or to act as secretary of, such meeting may adjourn such meeting from time
to time. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present any business
may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
called.

     SECTION 2.06 Voting.

     (a) Each stockholder shall, at each meeting of the stockholders, be
entitled to vote in person or by proxy each share or fractional share of the
stock of the Corporation having voting rights on the matter in question and
which shall have been held by him and registered in his name on the books of the
Corporation:

                                       2

<PAGE>


               (i) on the date fixed pursuant to Section 6.05 of these bylaws as
          the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to
          notice of and to vote at such meeting, or

               (ii) if no such record date shall have been so fixed, then (a) at
          the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which
          notice of the meeting shall be given or (b) if notice of the meeting
          shall be waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding
          the day on which the meeting shall be held.

     b) Persons holding stock of the Corporation in a fiduciary capacity shall
be entitled to vote such stock. Persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled
to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation
he shall have expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case
only the pledgee, or his proxy, may represent such stock and vote thereon. Stock
having voting power standing of record in the names of two or more persons,
whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants in common, tenants
by entirety or otherwise, or with respect to which two or more persons have the
same fiduciary relationship, shall be voted in accordance with the provisions of
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     (c) Any such voting rights may be exercised by the stockholder entitled
thereto in person or by his proxy appointed by an instrument in writing,
subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney thereunto authorized and
delivered to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy
shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless said proxy
shall provide for a longer period. The attendance at any meeting of a
stockholder who may theretofore have given a proxy shall not have the effect of
revoking the same unless he shall in writing so notify the secretary of the
meeting prior to the voting of the proxy. At any meeting of the stockholders all
matters, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, in
these bylaws or by law, shall be decided by the vote of a majority in voting
interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote
thereat and thereon, a quorum being present. The vote at any meeting of the
stockholders on any question need not be by ballot, unless so directed by the
chairman of the meeting. On a vote by ballot each ballot shall be signed by the
stockholder voting, or by his proxy, if there be such proxy, and it shall state
the number of shares voted.

                                       3

<PAGE>


     SECTION 2.07 Action Without Meeting. Any action required to be taken at any
annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action
which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be
taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent
in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of
outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be
necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of
the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent
shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

                                   ARTICLE III

                               Board of Directors

     SECTION 3.01 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation
shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all
such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not
by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be
exercised or done by the stockholders.

     SECTION 3.02 Number and Term of Office. The number of directors which shall
constitute the whole Board shall be not less than one nor more than fifteen.
Directors need not be stockholders. Each of the directors of the Corporation
shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall
qualify or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner
hereinafter provided.

     SECTION 3.03 Election of Directors. The directors shall be elected annually
by the stockholders of the Corporation and the persons receiving the greatest
number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, shall be the
directors.

     SECTION 3.04 Resignations. Any director of the Corporation may resign at
any time by giving written notice to the Board or to the Secretary of the
Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified
therein, or, if the time be not specified, it shall take effect immediately upon
its receipt; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     SECTION 3.05 Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation, any vacancy in the Board, whether because of death, resignation,

                                        4


<PAGE>


disqualification, an increase in the number of directors, or any other cause,
may be filled by vote of the majority of the remaining directors, although less
than a quorum. Each director so chosen to fill a vacancy shall hold office until
his successor shall have been elected and shall qualify or until he shall resign
or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

     SECTION 3.06 Meetings.

     (a) Place and Manner of Meetings. The Board may hold any of its meetings at
such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may
from time to time by resolution designate or as shall be designated by the
person or persons calling the meeting or in the notice or a waiver of notice of
any such meeting. Directors may participate in any regular or special meeting of
the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment
pursuant to which all persons participating in the meeting of the Board can hear
each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such
meeting.

     (b) First Meeting. The Board shall meet as soon as practicable after each
annual election of directors and notice of such first meeting shall not be
required.

     (c) Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such
times as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. If any day
fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday at the place where the
meeting is to be held, then the meeting shall be held at the same hour and place
on the next succeeding business day not a legal holiday. Except as provided by
law, notice of regular meetings need not be given.

     (d) Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board shall be held whenever
called by any officer of the Corporation or a majority of the appointed
directors. Except as otherwise provided by law or by these bylaws, notice of the
time and place of each such special meeting shall be mailed to each director,
addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least five (5)
days before the day on which the meeting is to lie held, or shall be sent to him
at such place by telecopy, telegraph, cable, or wireless, or be delivered
personally not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time at which the
meeting is to be held. Except where otherwise required by law or by these
bylaws, notice of the purpose of a special meeting need not be given. Notice of
any meeting of the Board shall not be required to be given to any director who
is present at such meeting, except a director who shall attend such meeting for
the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the

                                       5

<PAGE>


meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.

     SECTION 3.07 Quorum and Manner of Acting. Except as otherwise provided in
these bylaws or by law, the presence of a majority of the authorized number of
directors shall be required to constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business at any meeting of the Board, and all matters shall be decided at any
such meeting, a quorum being present, by the affirmative votes of a majority  of
the directors present. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors
present at any meeting may adjourn the same from time to time until a quorum
shall be present. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given. The
directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual directors shall have no
power as such.

     SECTION 3.08 Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be
taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the
Board or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is
filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

     SECTION 3.09 Removal of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation, any director may be removed at any time, either
with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the stockholders having a
majority of the voting power of the Corporation given at a special meeting of
the stockholders called for the purpose.

     SECTION 3.10 Compensation. The directors shall receive only such
compensation for their services as directors as may be allowed by resolution of
the Board. The Board may also provide that the Corporation shall reimburse each
such director for any expense incurred by him on account of his attendance at
any meetings of the Board or Committees of the Board. Neither the payment of
such compensation nor the reimbursement of such expenses shall be construed to
preclude any director from serving the Corporation or its subsidiaries in any
other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

     SECTION 3.11 Committees. The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority
of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist
of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee, to the
extent provided in the resolution of the Board and except as otherwise limited
by law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in
the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize
the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.
Any such

                                        6

<PAGE>



committee shall keep written minutes of its meetings and report the same to the
Board at the next regular meeting of the Board. In the absence or
disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof
present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or
they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to
act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Officers

     SECTION 4.01 Number. The Board shall elect a President, a Secretary and a
Treasurer and it may, if it so determines, choose a Chairman of the Board from
among its members. The Board may also choose one or more Vice Presidents, one or
more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers.


     SECTION 4.02 Election, Term of Office and Qualifications. The officers of
the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with
Section 4.03, shall be elected annually by the Board at the first meeting
thereof held after the election thereof. Each officer shall hold office until
his successor shall have been duly chosen and shall qualify or until his
resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

     SECTION 4.03 Assistant, Agents and Employees, Etc. In addition to the
officers specified in Section 4.01, the Board may appoint other assistants,
agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable, including one or
more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, each of whom
shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties
as the Board may from time to time determine. The Board may delegate to any
officer of the Corporation or any committee of the Board the power to appoint,
remove and prescribe the duties of any such assistants, agents or employees.


     SECTION 4.04 Removal. Any officer, assistant, agent or employee of the
Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, at any time: (i) in the case
of an officer, assistant, agent or employee appointed by the Board, only by
resolution of the Board; and (ii) in the case of an officer, assistant, agent or
employee, by any officer of the Corporation or committee of the Board upon whom
or which such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

     SECTION 4.05 Resignations. Any officer or assistant may resign at any time
by giving written notice of his resignation to the Board or the Secretary of the
Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the

                                       7

<PAGE>


time specified therein, or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof
by the Board or the Secretary, as the case may be; and, unless otherwise
specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to
make it effective.

     SECTION 4.06 Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification, or other cause, may be filled for the
unexpired portion of the term thereof in the manner prescribed in these bylaws
for regular appointments or elections to such office.

     SECTION 4.07 The President. The President of the Corporation, subject to
the direction and control of the Board, shall have general charge of the
business and affairs of the Corporation and over its several officers,
assistants, agents and employees, and may assign such duties to the other
officers of the Corporation as he shall deem appropriate.

     SECTION 4.08 The Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall
be responsible for long-term planning and oversight of the growth and
development of the Corporation's business.

     SECTION 4.09 The Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Operating Officer shall
be responsible for management and supervision of day-to-day operations of the
Corporation. In the absence of a President, the Chief Operating Officer shall
perform the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have all the
powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President.

     SECTION 4.10 The Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall
be responsible for management and supervision of the financial affairs of the
Corporation.

     SECTION 4.11 The Vice Presidents. Each Vice President shall have such
powers and perform such duties as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

     SECTION 4.12 The Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the records of all
meetings of stockholders, the Board and of all committees of which a secretary
shall not have been appointed in one or more books provided for that purpose; he
shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with these bylaws and as
required by law; he shall be custodian of the seal of the Corporation and shall
affix and attest the seal to all documents to be executed on behalf of the
Corporation under its seal; and, in general, he shall perform all the duties
incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may from time to
time be assigned to him by the Board.

                                       8

<PAGE>



     SECTION 4.13 The Assistant Secretary. The Assistant Secretary shall have
such powers and perform such duties as the Board may from time to time
prescribe.

     SECTION 4.14 The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the general care and
custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation, and shall deposit all
such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or
other depositories as shall be selected by the Board. He shall receive, and give
receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source
whatsoever. He shall exercise general supervision over expenditures and
disbursements made by officers, agents and employees of the Corporation and the
preparation of such records and reports in connection therewith as may be
necessary or desirable. He shall, in general, perform all other duties incident
to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be
assigned to him by the Board, and shall report to and take direction from the
Chief Financial Officer.

     SECTION 4.15 Compensation. The compensation of the officers of the
Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board. None of such officers
shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that
he is also a director of the Corporation. Nothing contained herein shall
preclude any officer from serving the Corporation, or any subsidiary
corporation, in any other capacity and receiving such compensation by reason of
the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation. Nothing contained herein
shall preclude any officer from serving the Corporation, or any subsidiary
corporation, in any other capacity and receiving proper compensation therefor.

                                    ARTICLE V

                 Contracts, Checks, Drafts, Bank Accounts, Etc.

     SECTION 5.01 Execution of Contracts. Any officer or officers may enter into
any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the
Corporation where such contract or instrument does not involve an amount in
excess of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) for any single contract or
engagement. The Board, except as in these bylaws otherwise provided, may
authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any other
contract or execute any other instrument in the name of and on behalf of the
Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific
instances. Unless so authorized by the Board or by these bylaws, no officer,
agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by
any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for
any purpose or in any

                                       9

<PAGE>


amount in excess of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) for any single
contract or engagement

     SECTION 5.02 Checks Drafts Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for
payment of money, notes or other evidence of indebtedness, issued in the name of
or payable to the Corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or
persons and in such manner as, from time to time, shall be determined by
resolution of the Board. Each such officer, assistant, agent or attorney shall
give such bond, if any, as the Board may require.

     SECTION 5.03 Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed
shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such
banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select, or as may
be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or
agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall
have been delegated by the Board. For the purpose of deposit and for the purpose
of collection for the account of the Corporation, the President, any Vice
President or the Treasurer (or any other officer or officers, assistant or
assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation who
shall from time to time be determined by the Board) may endorse, assign and
deliver checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money which are
payable to the order of the Corporation.

     SECTION 5.04 General and Special Bank Accounts. The Board may from time to
time authorize the opening and keeping of general and special bank accounts with
such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select or as
may be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or
agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall
have been delegated by the Board. The Board may make such special rules and
regulations with respect to such bank accounts, not inconsistent with the
provisions of these bylaws, as it may deem expedient.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                           Shares and Their Transfer

     SECTION 6.01 Certificates for Stock. Every owner of stock of the
Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate or certificates, to be in
such form as the Board shall prescribe, certifying the number and class of
shares of the stock of the Corporation owned by him. The certificates
representing shares of such stock shall be numbered in the order in which they
shall be issued and shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the
President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an

                                       10

<PAGE>


Assistant Secretary or by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Any of or all
of the signatures on the certificates may be a facsimile. In case any officer,
transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has
been placed upon, any such certificate, shall have ceased to be such officer,
transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such certificate
may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as though the
person who signed such certificate, or whose facsimile signature shall have been
placed thereupon, were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of
issue. A record shall be kept of the respective names of the persons, firms or
corporations owning the stock represented by such certificates, the number and
class of shares represented by such certificates, respectively, and the
respective dates thereof, and in case of cancellation, the respective dates of
cancellation. Every certificate surrendered to the Corporation for exchange or
transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificate or certificates shall be
issued in exchange for any existing certificate until such existing certificate
shall have been so canceled, except in cases provided for in Section 6.04.

     SECTION 6.02 Transfers of Stock. Transfers of shares of stock of the
Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the registered
holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney
duly executed and filed with the Secretary, or with a transfer clerk or a
transfer agent appointed as provided in Section 6.03, and upon surrender of the
certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed and the payment of
all taxes thereon. The person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books
of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards
the Corporation.

     SECTION 6.03 Regulations. The Board may make such rules and regulations as
it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these bylaws, concerning the issue,
transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the stock of the
Corporation. It may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint,
one or more transfer clerks or one or more transfer agents and one or more
registrars, and may require all certificates for stock to bear the signature or
signatures of any of them.

     SECTION 6.04 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates. In any
case of loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any certificate of stock,
another may be issued in its place upon proof of such loss, theft, destruction,
or mutilation and upon the giving of a bond of indemnity to the Corporation in
such form and in such sum as the Board may direct; provided, however, that a

                                       11

<PAGE>


new certificate may be issued without requiring any bond when, in the judgment
of the Board, it is proper so to do.

     SECTION 6.05 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In
order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of
or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to
express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to
receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any
rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other change,
conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action,
the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60
nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days
prior to any other action. If in any case involving the determination of
stockholders for any purpose other than notice of or voting at a meeting of
stockholders or expressing consent to corporate action without a meeting the
Board shall not fix such a record date, the record date for determining
stockholders for such purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which
the Board shall adopt the resolution relating thereto. A determination of
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall
apply to any adjournment of such meeting; provided, however, that the Board may
fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

     SECTION 6.06 Terms of Preferred Stock. Each share of preferred stock shall
have the right to cumulative dividends. Any and all dividends in arrears shall
accrue interest, compounded annually, at a rate of prime plus three percent
(3%). Each share of preferred stock shall have preference over common stock in
the event of liquidation or redemption. Each share shall have voting rights
limited to issues which affect the terms and conditions of such share, except as
to any additional rights specified by resolution or resolutions of the Board of
Directors. Each share of preferred stock may also have such other voting rights,
designations, preferences, dividend rights and other special rights,
qualifications, limitations and restrictions as shall be stated and expressed in
a resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors and filed with the
Delaware Secretary of State in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation
Law.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 Indemnification

     SECTION 7.01 Action. Etc. Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation.
The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed

                                       12

<PAGE>


action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The
termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,
conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of
itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was
unlawful.

     SECTION 7.02 Actions Etc. by or in the Right of the Corporation. The
Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any
claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the
Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the
court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application
that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances
of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such
expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

     SECTION 7.03 Determination of Right of Indemnification. Any indemnification
under Section 7.01 or 7.02 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the

                                       13

<PAGE>


Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the
circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
Section 7.01 and 7.02. Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board by a
majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such
action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even
if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent
legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.

     SECTION 7.04 Indemnification Against Expenses of Successful Party.
Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, to the extent that a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on
the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to
in Section 7.01 or 7.02, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he
shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys  fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

     SECTION 7.05 Prepaid Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys' fees)
incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit
or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board in the
specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or
officer to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is
entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article.
Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such
terms and conditions, if any, as the Board deems appropriate.

     SECTION 7.06 Other Rights and Remedies. The indemnification provided by
this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those
seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaws, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his
official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such
office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.

     SECTION 7.07 Insurance. Upon resolution passed by the Board, the
Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is
or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation,

                                       14

<PAGE>


partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability
asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of
his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to
indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

     SECTION 7.08 Constituent Corporations. For the purposes of this Article,
references to "the Corporation" include all constituent corporations absorbed in
a consolidation or merger as well as the resulting or surviving corporation, so
that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such a
constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall stand in the same
position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or
surviving corporation as he would if he had served the resulting or surviving
corporation in the same capacity.

     SECTION 7.09 Other Enterprises, Fines, and Serving at Corporation's
Request. For purposes of this Article, references to "other enterprises" shall
include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise
taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and
references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any
service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which
imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or
agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or
beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries
of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this
Article.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  Miscellaneous

     SECTION 8.01 Seal. The Board shall provide a corporate seal, which shall be
in the form of a circle and shall bear the name of the Corporation and words and
figures showing that the Corporation was incorporated in the State of Delaware
and the year of incorporation.

     SECTION 8.02 Waiver of Notices. Whenever notice is required to be given by
these bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, the person entitled
to said notice may waive such notice in writing, either before or

                                       15

<PAGE>


after the time stated therein, and such waiver shall be deemed equivalent to
notice.

     SECTION 8.03 Amendments. These bylaws, or any of them, may be altered,
amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be made, (i) by the Board, by vote of a
majority of the number of directors then in office as directors, acting at any
meeting of the Board, or (ii) by the stockholders, at any annual meeting of
stockholders, without previous notice, or at any special meeting of
stockholders, provided that notice of such proposed amendment, modification,
repeal or adoption is given in the notice of special meeting. Any bylaws made or
altered by the stockholders may be altered or repealed by either the Board or
the stockholders.



                                       16


THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND MAY NOT BE
TRANSFERRED UNTIL (i) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED (THE "ACT") SHALL HAVE BECOME EFFECTIVE WITH RESPECT THERETO OR (ii)
RECEIPT BY THE ISSUER OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE
ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS NOT REQUIRED IN
CONNECTION WITH SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER NOR IS SUCH TRANSFER IN VIOLATION OF ANY
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS LEGEND SHALL BE ENDORSED UPON ANY NOTE
ISSUED IN EXCHANGE FOR THIS NOTE.



                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

No.                                                                    $




                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

     Heuristic Development Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
for value received, hereby promises to pay to ______ or registered assigns (the
"Payee") on the earlier of the closing date of the public offering of securities
by the Company contemplated in the Confidential Term Sheet dated October 18,
1996 or December 2, 1997 (the "Maturity Date") at the offices of the Company,
17575 Pacific Coast Highway, Pacific Palisades, California 90272, the principal
amount of ______ ($____), including interest at the rate of ten percent (10%)
per annum accrued through the Maturity Date, in such coin or currency of the
United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the
payment of public and private debts.

     This Note is issued pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated as of
December 2, 1996, between the Company and the Payee (the "Subscription
Agreement"), a copy of which agreement is available for inspection at the
Company's principal office. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
contained herein, this Note is subject and entitled to certain terms,
conditions, covenants and agreements contained in the Subscription Agreement.
Any transferee or transferees of the Note, by their acceptance hereof, assume
the obligations of the Payee in the Subscription Agreement with respect to the
conditions and procedures for transfer of the Note. Reference to the
Subscription Agreement shall in no way impair the absolute and unconditional
obligation of the Company to pay both principal and interest hereon as provided
herein.

                                                                               
                                       -1-

<PAGE>



     1. Prepayment

     A. The principal amount of this Note may be prepaid by the Company, in
whole or in part, without penalty, at any time.

     2. Covenants of Company

     A. The Company covenants and agrees that, so long as this Note shall be
outstanding, it will:

          (i) Promptly pay and discharge all lawful taxes, assessments, and
     governmental charges or levies imposed upon the Company or upon its income
     and profits, or upon any of its property, before the same shall become in
     default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies
     which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon such properties or any
     part thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to
     pay and discharge any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long
     as the validity thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate
     proceedings and the Company shall set aside on its books adequate reserves
     with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so
     contested;

          (ii) Do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to
     preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights
     and franchises and comply with all laws applicable to the Company, except
     where the failure to comply would not have a material adverse effect on the
     Company;

          (iii) At all times reasonably maintain, preserve, protect and keep its
     property used or useful in the conduct of its business in good repair,
     working order and condition, and from time to time make all needful and
     proper repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements
     thereto as shall be reasonably required in the conduct of its business;

          (iv) To the extent necessary for the operation of its business, keep
     adequately insured by all financially sound reputable insurers, all
     property of a character usually insured by similar corporations and carry
     such other insurance as is usually carried by similar corporations; and

          (v) At all times keep true and correct books, records and accounts.

          (vi) Except for the incurrence of any indebtedness (including without
     limitation, the incurrence of any guarantee or contingent payment
     obligation with respect thereto) secured by a lien, mortgage or guarantee
     on the property (whether real or personal) or equipment of the Company and
     any refinancings or replacements thereto or trade debt incurred in the
     ordinary course of business, not incur any indebtedness whatsoever which

                                                                                
                                       -2-

<PAGE>



indebtedness does not expressly provide that it is wholly subordinated in right
of payment to the indebtedness evidenced by this Note and any identical Notes
issued pursuant to the Term Sheet.

     3. Events of Default

     A. This Note shall become and be due and payable upon written demand made
by the holder hereof if one or more of the following events, herein called
events of default, shall happen and be continuing:

          (i) Default in the payment of the principal and accrued interest on
     any of the Notes issued pursuant to the Term Sheet when and as the same
     shall become due and payable, whether by acceleration or otherwise;

          (ii) Default in the due observance or performance of any material
     covenant, condition or agreement on the part of the Company to be observed
     or performed pursuant to the terms hereof and such default shall continue
     uncured for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof, specifying such
     default, shall have been given to the Company by the holder of the Note;

          (iii) Default in the payment of any outstanding indebtedness in excess
     of $25,000 principal amount or in the due observance or performance of any
     material covenant, condition or agreement on the part of the Company with
     respect to any outstanding indebtedness with the result that such
     outstanding indebtedness shall become due and payable prior to the due date
     otherwise specified therefor and such default shall continue uncured or
     such acceleration shall not be rescinded or annulled within thirty (30)
     days after written notice thereof to the Company from the holder of this
     Note;

          (iv) Application for, or consent to, the appointment of a receiver,
     trustee or liquidator of the Company or of its property;

          (v) Admission in writing of the Company's inability to pay its debts
     as they mature;

          (vi) General assignment by the Company for the benefit of creditors;

          (vii) Filing by the Company of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or a
     petition or an answer seeking reorganization, or an arrangement with
     creditors;

          (viii) Entering against the Company of a court order approving a
     petition filed against it under the Federal bankruptcy laws, which order
     shall not have been vacated or set aside or otherwise terminated within
     sixty (60) days;


                                                                               
                                       -3-

<PAGE>



          (ix) The sale by the Company of substantially all of its assets; or

          (x) The merger by the Company with or into another corporation, other
     than for purposes of changing domicile, where the Company is not the
     surviving corporation; or

          (xi) A material breach of the Company's representations contained in
     the Subscription Agreement.

     B. The Company agrees that notice of the occurrence of any event of default
will be promptly given to the holder at his or her registered address by
certified mail.

     C. Subject to the provisions of 4(B) hereof, in case any one or more of the
events of default specified above shall happen and be continuing, the holder of
this Note may proceed to protect and enforce his rights by suit in the specific
performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Note or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted in this Note or may proceed to enforce the payment
of this Note or to enforce any other legal or equitable rights as such holder.

     4. Amendments and Waivers

     A. Subject to the provisions of 4(C) and (D) hereof, the covenants set
forth in 2(A) hereof may be waived by the written consent of the holders of a
majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes issued pursuant to the
Term Sheet.

     B. Subject to the provisions of 4(C) and (D) hereof, the events of default
set forth in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (xi) of 3(A) hereof may be waived by
the written consent of the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount
of the Notes issued pursuant to the Term Sheet.

     C. The Company may amend or supplement this Note with the written consent
of the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes issued
pursuant to the Term Sheet; provided, however, that without the consent of each
Noteholder, no amendment, supplement or waiver may:

               1. reduce the principal amount of Notes whose holders must
          consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver;

               2. reduce the rate of interest or principal of the Note;

               3. extend the maturity date of the Note or the time for payment
          of interest by more than one year from the respective date(s) set
          forth herein.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>


     D. After any waiver, amendment or supplement under this section becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to the holders of the Notes a notice briefly
describing such waiver, amendment or supplement.

     5. Miscellaneous

     A. The Company may consider and treat the person in whose name this Note
shall be registered as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes whatsoever
(whether or not this Note shall be overdue) and the Company shall not be
affected by any notice to the contrary. The registered owner of this Note shall
have the right to transfer it by assignment (subject to the limitations on
transfer contained in the Subscription Agreement) and the transferee thereof
shall, upon his registration as owner of this Note, become vested with all the
powers and rights of the transferor. Registration of any new owner shall take
place upon presentation of this Note to the Company at its offices, 17575
Pacific Coast Highway, Pacific Palisades, California 90272, together with a duly
authenticated assignment. In case of transfer by operation of law, the
transferee agrees to notify the Company of such transfer and of his address, and
to submit appropriate evidence regarding the transfer so that this Note may be
registered in the name of the transferee. This Note is transferable only on the
books of the Company by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, on the
surrender hereof, duly endorsed. Communications sent to any registered owner
shall be effective as against all holders or transferees of the Note not
registered at the time of sending the communication.

     B. Payments of interest shall be made as specified above to the registered
owner of this Note. Payment of principal and interest shall be made to the
registered owner of this Note upon presentation of this Note upon or after
maturity.

     C. This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of
the State of New York.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed in its
name by its President.


                                     HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.


                                     By:
                                        --------------------------------
                                         Gregory L. Zink, President


                                                                               
                                       -5-



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT, dated as of this 2nd day of December, 1996, by and among
HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY as warrant agent (the "Warrant Agent"),
and D.H. BLAIR INVESTMENT BANKING CORP., a New York corporation ("Blair").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS, in connection with a private placement (the "Private Placement")
of a minimum of ten (10) and a maximum of twenty (20) units ("Units") each Unit
consisting of $50,000 principal amount of 10% Promissory Notes ("Notes"), and
25,000 common stock purchase warrants ("Warrants"), each Warrant exercisable to
purchase one share of the Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value, the Company
will issue up to 500,000 Warrants; and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the
Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the
issuance, registration, transfer, exchange and redemption of the Warrants, the
issuance of certificates representing the Warrants, the exercise of the
Warrants, and the rights of the holders thereof;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements
hereinafter set forth and for the purpose of defining the terms and provisions
of the Warrants and the certificates representing the Warrants and the
respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Company, the holders of
certificates representing the Warrants and the Warrant Agent, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

     SECTION 1. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the
following meanings, unless the context shall otherwise require:

     (a) "Common Stock" shall mean stock of the Company of any class, whether
now or hereafter authorized, which has the right to participate in the
distributions of earnings and assets of the Company without limit as to amount
or percentage, which at the date hereof consists of 20,000,000 authorized shares
of Common Stock, $.01 value.

     (b) "Corporate Office" shall mean the office of the Warrant Agent (or its
successor) at which at any particular time its principal business shall be
administered, which office is located at the date hereof at 40 Wall Street, New
York, New York.

     (c) "Exercise Date" shall mean, as to any Warrant, the date on which the
Warrant Agent shall have received both (a) the Warrant Certificate representing
such Warrant, with the exercise form thereon duly executed by the Registered
Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and (b) payment in
cash, or by official bank or certified check made


                                       -1-


<PAGE>


payable to the Company, of an amount in lawful money of the United States of
America equal to the applicable Purchase Price.

     (d) "Initial Warrant Exercise Date" shall mean December 2, 1997.

     (e) "Purchase Price" shall mean the purchase price to be paid upon exercise
of each Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof, which price shall be $3.00
per share subject to (i) adjustment from time to time pursuant to the provisions
of Section 8 hereof or (ii) conversion of the Warrants pursuant to the
provisions of Section 9 hereof, and subject to the Company's right to reduce the
Purchase Price upon notice to all warrantholders.

     (f) "Registered Holder" shall mean the person in whose name any certificate
representing Warrants shall be registered on the books maintained by the Warrant
Agent pursuant to Section 6.

     (g) "Transfer Agent" shall mean American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as
the Company's transfer agent, or its authorized successor, as such.

     (h) "Warrant Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 P.M. (New York time) on
December 2, 1998; provided that if such date shall in the State of New York be a
holiday or a day on which banks are authorized to close, then 5:00 P.M. (New
York time) on the next following day which in the State of New York is not a
holiday or a day on which banks are authorized to close. Upon notice to all
warrantholders the Company shall have the right to extend the Warrant Expiration
Date.

     SECTION 2. Warrants and Issuance of Warrant Certificates.

     (a) A Warrant shall initially entitle the Registered Holder of the Warrant
Certificate representing such Warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock upon
the exercise thereof, in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to
modification and adjustment as provided in Section 8.

     (b) From time to time, up to the Warrant Expiration Date, the Transfer
Agent shall execute and deliver stock certificates in required whole number
denominations representing up to an aggregate of 500,000 shares of Common Stock,
subject to adjustment as described herein, upon the exercise of Warrants in
accordance with this Agreement.

     (c) From time to time, up to the Warrant Expiration Date, the Warrant Agent
shall execute and deliver Warrant Certificates in required whole number
denominations to the persons entitled thereto in connection with any transfer or
exchange permitted under this Agreement; provided that no Warrant Certificates
shall be issued except (i) those initially issued hereunder, (ii) those issued
on or after the Initial Warrant Exercise Date, upon the exercise of fewer than
all Warrants represented by any Warrant Certificate, to evidence any unexercised
Warrants held by the exercising Registered Holder, (iii) those issued upon any
transfer or


                                       -2-


<PAGE>


exchange pursuant to Section 6; (iv) those issued in replacement of lost,
stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Certificates pursuant to Section 7; and
(v) at the option of the Company, in such form as may be approved by the its
Board of Directors, to reflect (a) any adjustment or change in the Purchase
Price or the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the
Warrants, made pursuant to Section 8 hereof and (b) other modifications approved
by Warrantholders in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

     (d) In the event of an initial public offering of the Company's securities,
the provisions of Section 9 hereof will govern in certain circumstances
described therein.

     SECTION 3. Form and Execution of Warrant Certificates. (a) The Warrant
Certificates shall be substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A (the
provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein) and may have such letters,
numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends,
summaries or endorsements printed, lithographed, engraved or typed thereon as
the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions
of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule
or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock
exchange on which the Warrants may be listed, or to conform to usage. The
Warrant Certificates shall be dated the date of issuance thereof (whether upon
initial issuance, transfer, exchange or in lieu of mutilated, lost, stolen, or
destroyed Warrant Certificates) and issued in registered form. Warrants shall be
numbered serially with the letter W.

     (b) Warrant Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its
Chairman of the Board, President or any Vice President and by its Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary, by manual signatures or by facsimile signatures printed
thereon, and shall have imprinted thereon a facsimile of the Company's seal. In
case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Warrant
Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before the date of
issuance of the Warrant Certificates and issue and delivery thereof, such
Warrant Certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered with the same
force and effect as though the person who signed such Warrant Certificates had
not ceased to be such officer of the Company. After execution by the Company,
Warrant Certificates shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Registered
Holder.

     SECTION 4. Exercise.

     (a) Each Warrant may be exercised by the Registered Holder thereof at any
time on or after the Initial Exercise Date, but not after the Warrant Expiration
Date, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the
applicable Warrant Certificate. A Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised
immediately prior to the close of business on the Exercise Date and the person
entitled to receive the securities deliverable upon such exercise shall be
treated for all purposes as the holder upon exercise thereof as of the close of
business on the Exercise Date. As soon as practicable on or after the Exercise
Date the Warrant Agent shall deposit the proceeds received from the exercise of
a Warrant, and promptly after clearance of checks received in payment of the
Purchase Price pursuant to such Warrants, cause to be issued


                                       -3-


<PAGE>


and delivered by the Transfer Agent, to the person or persons entitled to
receive the same, a certificate or certificates for the securities deliverable
upon such exercise, (plus a certificate for any remaining unexercised Warrants
of the Registered Holder). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of payment
made in the form of a check drawn on an account of Blair or such other
investment banks and brokerage houses as the Company shall approve, certificates
shall immediately be issued without any delay. Upon the exercise of any Warrant
and clearance of the funds received, the Warrant Agent shall promptly remit the
payment received for the Warrant to the Company or as the Company may direct in
writing.

     (b) If on the Exercise Date in respect of the exercise of any Warrant, (i)
the market price of the Company's Common Stock is greater than the then Purchase
Price of the Warrant, (ii) the exercise of the Warrant was solicited by a member
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), (iii) the
Warrant was not held in a discretionary account, (iv) disclosure of compensation
arrangements was made both at the time of the original offering and at the time
of exercise; and (v) the solicitation of the exercise of the Warrant was not in
violation of Rule 10b-6 (as such rule or any successor rule may be in effect as
of such time of exercise) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
then the Warrant Agent, simultaneously with the receipt of the proceeds upon
exercise of the Warrant(s) so exercised shall pay from the proceeds received
upon exercise of the Warrant(s), a fee of 5% of the Purchase Price to Blair (of
which a portion may be reallowed to the dealer who solicited the exercise).
Within five days after exercise the Warrant Agent shall send Blair a copy of the
reverse side of each Warrant exercised. Blair shall reimburse the Warrant Agent,
upon request, for its reasonable expenses relating to compliance with this
Section 4(b). In addition, Blair may at any time during business hours, examine
the records of the Warrant Agent, including its ledger of original Warrant
Certificates returned to the Warrant Agent upon exercise of Warrants. The
provisions of this paragraph may not be modified, amended or deleted without the
prior written consent of Blair. Market price shall be determined in accordance
with the provisions of Section 10.

     SECTION 5. Reservation of Shares; Listing; Payment of Taxes; etc. (a) The
Company covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available out of
its authorized Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issue upon exercise of
Warrants, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon
the exercise of all outstanding Warrants. The Company covenants that all shares
of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and
payment of the Purchase Price shall, at the time of delivery, be duly and
validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and
charges with respect to the issue thereof (other than those which the Company
shall promptly pay or discharge).

     (b) The Company will use reasonable efforts to obtain appropriate approvals
or registrations under state "blue sky" securities laws with respect to the
exercise of the Warrants; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
obligated to file any general consent to service of process or qualify as a
foreign corporation in any jurisdiction. With respect to any such securities
laws, however, Warrants may not be exercised by, or shares of Common Stock
issued to, any Registered Holder in any state in which such exercise would be
unlawful.


                                       -4-


<PAGE>


     (c) The Company shall pay all documentary, stamp or similar taxes and other
governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issuance of
Warrants, or the issuance, or delivery of any shares upon exercise of the
Warrants; provided, however, that if the shares of Common Stock are to be
delivered in a name other than the name of the Registered Holder of the Warrant
Certificate representing any Warrant being exercised, then no such delivery
shall be made unless the person requesting the same has paid to the Warrant
Agent the amount of transfer taxes or charges incident thereto, if any.

     (d) The Warrant Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized to requisition the
Company's Transfer Agent from time to time for certificates representing shares
of Common Stock required upon exercise of the Warrants, and the Company will
authorize the Transfer Agent to comply with all such proper requisitions.

     SECTION 6. Exchange and Registration of Transfer.

     Subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the Warrant
Certificates and the Subscription Agreements between the Company and the
purchasers of Units:

     (a) Warrant Certificates may be exchanged for other Warrant Certificates
representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants of the same class or may be
transferred in whole or in part. Warrant Certificates to be exchanged shall be
surrendered to the Warrant Agent at its Corporate Office, and upon satisfaction
of the terms and provisions hereof, the Company shall execute, and the Warrant
Agent shall countersign, issue and deliver in exchange therefor the Warrant
Certificate or Certificates which the Registered Holder making the exchange
shall be entitled to receive.

     (b) The Warrant Agent shall keep at its office books in which, subject to
such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, it shall register Warrant
Certificates and the transfer thereof in accordance with its regular practice.
Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant Certificate at
its office, the Company shall execute and the Warrant Agent shall issue and
deliver to the transferee or transferees a new Warrant Certificate or
Certificates representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants.

     (c) With respect to all Warrant Certificates presented for registration of
transfer, or for exchange or exercise, the subscription form on the reverse
thereof shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or
instruments of transfer and subscription, in form satisfactory to the Company,
duly executed by the Registered Holder or his attorney-in-fact duly authorized
in writing.

     (d) The Company may require payment by such holder of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
therewith.

     (e) All Warrant Certificates surrendered for exercise or for exchange in
case of mutilated Warrant Certificates shall be promptly cancelled by the
Warrant Agent and


                                       -5-


<PAGE>


thereafter retained by the Warrant Agent until termination of this Agreement or
resignation of the Warrant Agent, or, with the prior written consent of Blair,
disposed of or destroyed, at the direction of the Company.

     (f) Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer thereof, the
Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder of any
Warrant Certificate as the absolute owner thereof and of each Warrant
represented thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing
thereon made by anyone other than a duly authorized officer of the Company or
the Warrant Agent) for all purposes and shall not be affected by any notice to
the contrary.

     SECTION 7. Loss or Mutilation. Upon receipt by the Company and the Warrant
Agent of evidence satisfactory to them of the ownership of and loss, theft,
destruction or mutilation of any Warrant Certificate and (in case of loss, theft
or destruction) of indemnity satisfactory to them, and (in the case of
mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation thereof, the Company shall execute
and the Warrant Agent shall (in the absence of notice to the Company and/or
Warrant Agent that the Warrant Certificate has been acquired by a bonafide
purchaser) countersign and deliver to the Registered Holder in lieu thereof a
new Warrant Certificate of like tenor representing an equal aggregate number of
Warrants. Applicants for a substitute Warrant Certificate shall comply with such
other reasonable regulations and pay such other reasonable charges as the
Warrant Agent may prescribe.

     SECTION 8. Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares of Class A
Common Stock or Warrants.

     (a) Subject to the exceptions referred to in Section 8(g) below, in the
event the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the date hereof,
sell any shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the
current fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of the sale
or issue any shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend to the holders of Common
Stock, or subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a
greater or lesser number of shares (any such sale, issuance, subdivision or
combination being herein called a "Change of Shares"), then, and thereafter upon
each further Change of Shares, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to
such Change of Shares shall be changed to a price (including any applicable
fraction of a cent) determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect
immediately prior thereto by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the sum
of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the
issuance of such additional shares and the number of shares of Common Stock
which the aggregate consideration received (determined as provided in subsection
8(f)(F) below), if any, for the issuance of such additional shares would
purchase at such current market price per share of Common Stock, and the
denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after the issuance of such additional shares. Such
adjustment shall be made successively whenever such an issuance is made.


                                       -6-


<PAGE>


     Upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 8, the
total number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each
Warrant shall (subject to the provisions contained in Section 8(b) hereof) be
such number of shares (calculated to the nearest tenth) purchasable at the
Purchase Price immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which shall be the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior
to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Purchase Price in
effect immediately after such adjustment.

     (b) The Company may elect, upon any adjustment of the Purchase Price
hereunder, to adjust the number of Warrants outstanding, in lieu of the
adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise
of each Warrant as hereinabove provided, so that each Warrant outstanding after
such adjustment shall represent the right to purchase one share of Common Stock.
Each Warrant held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Warrants
shall become that number of Warrants (calculated to the nearest tenth)
determined by multiplying the number one by a fraction, the numerator of which
shall be the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment and
the denominator of which shall be the Purchase Price in effect immediately after
such adjustment. Upon each adjustment of the number of Warrants pursuant to this
Section 8, the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be
distributed to each Registered Holder of Warrant Certificates on the date of
such adjustment Warrant Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 10 hereof,
the number of additional Warrants to which such Holder shall be entitled as a
result of such adjustment or, at the option of the Company, cause to be
distributed to such Holder in substitution and replacement for the Warrant
Certificates held by him prior to the date of adjustment (and upon surrender
thereof, if required by the Company) new Warrant Certificates evidencing the
number of Warrants to which such Holder shall be entitled after such adjustment.

     (c) In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change
of outstanding shares of Common Stock, or in case of any consolidation or merger
of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or
merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not
result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of
outstanding shares of Common Stock), or in case of any sale or conveyance to
another corporation of the property of the Company as, or substantially as, an
entirety (other than a sale/leaseback, mortgage or other financing transaction),
the Company shall cause effective provision to be made so that each holder of a
Warrant then outstanding shall have the right thereafter, by exercising such
Warrant, to purchase the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities
or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, capital
reorganization or other change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a
holder of the number of shares of Common Stock that might have been purchased
upon exercise of such Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification,
capital reorganization or other change, consolidation, merger, sale or
conveyance. Any such provision shall include provision for adjustments that
shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided
for in this Section 8. The foregoing provisions shall similarly apply to
successive reclassifications, capital reorganizations and other changes of
outstanding shares of Common Stock and to successive consolidations, mergers,
sales or conveyances.


                                       -7-


<PAGE>


     (d) Irrespective of any adjustments or changes in the Purchase Price or the
number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, the
Warrant Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued shall, unless the Company
shall exercise its option to issue new Warrant Certificates pursuant to Section
2(b) hereof, continue to express the Purchase Price per share and the number of
shares purchasable thereunder as the Purchase Price per share, and the number of
shares purchasable were expressed in the Warrant Certificates when the same were
originally issued.

     (e) After each adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 8,
the Company will promptly prepare a certificate signed by the Chairman or
President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary, of the Company setting forth: (i) the Purchase Price as so
adjusted, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of
each Warrant after such adjustment, and, if the Company shall have elected to
adjust the number of Warrants, the number of Warrants to which the registered
holder of each Warrant shall then be entitled, and the adjustment in Redemption
Price resulting therefrom, and (iii) a brief statement of the facts accounting
for such adjustment. The Company will promptly file such certificate with the
Warrant Agent and cause a brief summary thereof to be sent by ordinary first
class mail to Blair and to each registered holder of Warrants at his last
address as it shall appear on the registry books of the Warrant Agent. No
failure to mail such notice nor any defect therein or in the mailing thereof
shall affect the validity thereof except as to the holder to whom the Company
failed to mail such notice, or except as to the holder whose notice was
defective. The affidavit of an officer of the Warrant Agent or the Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary of the Company that such notice has been mailed shall, in
the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

     (f) For purposes of Section 8(a) and 8(b) hereof, the following provisions
(A) to (F) shall also be applicable:

          (A) The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time
     shall include shares of Common Stock owned or held by or for the account of
     the Company and the sale or issuance of such treasury shares or the
     distribution of any such treasury shares shall not be considered a Change
     of Shares for purposes of said sections.

          (B) No adjustment of the Purchase Price shall be made unless such
     adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least $.10 in such
     price; provided that any adjustments which by reason of this clause (B) are
     not required to be made shall be carried forward and shall be made at the
     time of and together with the next subsequent adjustment which, together
     with any adjustment(s) so carried forward, shall require an increase or
     decrease of at least $.10 in the Purchase Price then in effect hereunder.

          (C) In case of (1) the sale by the Company for cash of any rights or
     warrants to subscribe for or purchase, or any options for the purchase of,


                                       -8-


<PAGE>


     Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common
     Stock without the payment of any further consideration other than cash, if
     any (such convertible or exchangeable securities being herein called
     "Convertible Securities"), or (2) the issuance by the Company, without the
     receipt by the Company of any consideration therefor, of any rights or
     warrants to subscribe for or purchase, or any options for the purchase of,
     Common Stock or Convertible Securities, in each case, if (and only if) the
     consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights,
     warrants or options shall consist of cash, whether or not such rights,
     warrants or options, or the right to convert or exchange such Convertible
     Securities, are immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which
     Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such rights, warrants or
     options or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities
     (determined by dividing (x) the minimum aggregate consideration payable to
     the Company upon the exercise of such rights, warrants or options, plus the
     consideration received by the Company for the issuance or sale of such
     rights, warrants or options, plus, in the case of such Convertible
     Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if
     any, other than such Convertible Securities, payable upon the conversion or
     exchange thereof, by (y) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock
     issuable upon the exercise of such rights, warrants or options or upon the
     conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities issuable upon the
     exercise of such rights, warrants or options) is less than the Market Price
     of the Common Stock on the date of the issuance or sale of such rights,
     warrants or options, then the total maximum number of shares of Common
     Stock issuable upon the exercise of such rights, warrants or options or
     upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities (as of the
     date of the issuance or sale of such rights, warrants or options) shall be
     deemed to be outstanding shares of Common Stock for purposes of Sections
     8(a) and 8(b) hereof and shall be deemed to have been sold for cash in an
     amount equal to such price per share.

          (D) In case of the sale by the Company for cash of any Convertible
     Securities, whether or not the right of conversion or exchange thereunder
     is immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock
     is issuable upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities
     (determined by dividing (x) the total amount of consideration received by
     the Company for the sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum
     aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, other than such
     Convertible Securities, payable upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by
     (y) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
     conversion or exchange of such convertible Securities) is less than the
     Market Price of the Common Stock on the date of the sale of such
     Convertible Securities, then the total maximum number of shares of Common
     Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible
     Securities (as of the date of the sale of such Convertible Securities)
     shall be deemed to be outstanding shares of Common Stock for


                                       -9-


<PAGE>


     purposes of Sections 8(a) and 8(b) hereof and shall be deemed to have been
     sold for cash in an amount equal to such price per share.

          (E) If the exercise or purchase price provided for in any right,
     warrant or option referred to in (C) above, or the rate at which any
     Convertible Securities referred to in (C) or (D) above are convertible into
     or exchangeable for Common Stock, shall change at any time (other than
     under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution), the
     Purchase Price then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be readjusted to
     such Purchase Price as would have obtained (1) had the adjustments made
     upon the issuance or sale of such rights, warrants, options or Convertible
     Securities been made upon the basis of the issuance of only the number of
     shares of Common Stock theretofore actually delivered (and the total
     consideration received therefor) upon the exercise of such rights, warrants
     or options or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible
     Securities, (2) had adjustments been made on the basis of the Purchase
     Price as adjusted under clause (1) for all transactions (which would have
     affected such adjusted Purchase Price) made after the issuance or sale of
     such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities, and (3) had any
     such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities then still
     outstanding been originally issued or sold at the time of such change. On
     the expiration of any such right, warrant or option or the termination of
     any such right to convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities, the
     Purchase Price then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be readjusted to
     such Purchase Price as would have obtained (a) had the adjustments made
     upon the issuance or sale of such rights, warrants, options or Convertible
     Securities been made upon the basis of the issuance of only the number of
     shares of Common Stock theretofore actually delivered (and the total
     consideration received therefor) upon the exercise of such rights, warrants
     or options or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible
     Securities and (b) had adjustments been made on the basis of the Purchase
     Price as adjusted under clause (a) for all transactions (which would have
     affected such adjusted Purchase Price) made after the issuance or sale of
     such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities.

          (F) In case of the sale for cash of any shares of Common Stock, any
     Convertible Securities, any rights or warrants to subscribe for or
     purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or Convertible
     Securities, the consideration received by the Company therefore shall be
     deemed to be the gross sales price therefor without deducting therefrom any
     expense paid or incurred by the Company or any underwriting discounts or
     commissions or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection
     therewith.

     (g) No adjustment to the Purchase Price of the Warrants or to the number of
shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant will be
made, however,


                                      -10-


<PAGE>


          (i) upon the exercise of any of the options presently outstanding
     under the Company's Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") for officers, directors
     and certain other key personnel of the Company; or

          (ii) upon the grant or exercise of any other options which may
     hereafter be granted or exercised under the Plan or under any other
     employee benefit plan of the Company; or

          (iii) upon the sale or exercise of the Warrants or any other Warrants
     issued by the Company; or

          (iv) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or warrants sold
     to the public or the underwriter in the Company's initial public offering,
     or upon exercise of warrants comprising or underlying any Units sold in the
     Company's initial public offering, including any shares or warrants
     underlying the underwriter's warrants or unit purchase option; or

          (v) upon the issuance or sale of Common Stock or Convertible
     Securities upon the exercise of any rights or warrants to subscribe for or
     purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or Convertible
     Securities, whether or not such rights, warrants or options were
     outstanding on the date of the original sale of the Warrants or were
     thereafter issued or sold; or

          (vi) upon the issuance or sale of Common Stock upon conversion or
     exchange of any Convertible Securities, whether or not any adjustment in
     the Purchase Price was made or required to be made upon the issuance or
     sale of such Convertible Securities and whether or not such Convertible
     Securities were outstanding on the date of the original sale of the
     Warrants or were thereafter issued or sold; or

          (vii) upon any amendment to or change in the terms of any rights or
     warrants to subscribe for or purchase, or options for the purchase of,
     Common Stock or Convertible Securities or in the terms of any Convertible
     Securities, including, but not limited to, any extension of any expiration
     date of any such right, warrant or option, any change in any exercise or
     purchase price provided for in any such right, warrant or option, any
     extension of any date through which any Convertible Securities are
     convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or any change in the rate
     at which any Convertible Securities are convertible into or exchangeable
     for Common Stock (other than rights, warrants, options or Convertible
     Securities issued or sold after the close of business on the date of the
     original issuance of the Warrants (i) for which an adjustment in the
     Purchase Price then in effect was theretofore made or required to be made,
     upon the issuance or sale thereof, or (ii) for which such an adjustment
     would have been required had the exercise or purchase price of such rights,
     warrants or options at


                                      -11-


<PAGE>


     the time of the issuance or sale thereof or the rate of conversion or
     exchange of such Convertible Securities, at the time of the sale of such
     Convertible Securities, or the issuance or sale of rights or warrants to
     subscribe for or purchase, or options for the purchase of, such Convertible
     Securities, been the price or rate as changed, in which case the provisions
     of Section 8(f)(E) hereof shall be applicable if, but only if, the exercise
     or purchase price thereof, as changed, or the rate of conversion or
     exchange thereof, as changed, consists of cash or requires the payment of
     additional consideration, if any, consisting of cash and the Company did
     not receive any consideration other than cash, if any, in connection with
     such change).

          (viii) upon the stock split and recapitalization contemplated in the
     Confidential Term Sheet dated October 18, 1996 to be effected on or before
     the initial closing of the Private Placement and effectiveness of the IPO
     (as defined below), respectively.

     (h) As used in this Section 8, the term "Common Stock" shall mean and
include the Company's Common Stock authorized on the date of the original issue
of the Units and shall also include any capital stock of any class of the
Company thereafter authorized which shall not be limited to a fixed sum or
percentage in respect of the rights of the holders thereof to participate in
dividends and in the distribution of assets upon the voluntary liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company; provided, however, that the shares
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants shall include only shares of such class
designated in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation as Common Stock on the
date of the original issue of the Units or (i), in the case of any
reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance of the
character referred to in Section 8(c) hereof, the stock, securities or property
provided for in such section or (ii), in the case of any reclassification or
change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants as a result of a subdivision or combination or consisting of a change
in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par
value, such shares of Common Stock as so reclassified or changed.

     (i) Any determination as to whether an adjustment in the Purchase Price in
effect hereunder is required pursuant to Section 8, or as to the amount of any
such adjustment, if required, shall be binding upon the holders of the Warrants
and the Company if made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     (j) If and whenever the Company shall declare any dividends or
distributions or grant to the holders of Common Stock, as such, rights or
warrants to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of,
Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for or carrying a
right, warrant or option to purchase Common Stock, the Company shall notify each
of the then Registered Holders of the Warrants of such event prior to its
occurrence to enable such Registered Holders to exercise their Warrants and
participate as holders of Common Stock in such event.


                                      -12-


<PAGE>


     SECTION 9. Conversion of Warrants and Registration Under The Securities Act
of 1933.

     (a) In the event the Company consummates an initial public offering of its
securities ("IPO") through the Placement Agent, and the securities offered in
the IPO include warrants which are exercisable to purchase common stock ("Class
A Warrants"), the Warrants will be automatically converted on the closing date
of the IPO with no action needed on the part of the holder into Class A Warrants
with the identical terms as the Class A Warrants offered to the public, which
may be redeemed by the Company under certain conditions. On such closing date,
this Warrant Agreement shall terminate and the Class A Warrants into which the
Warrants convert will be governed by the warrant agreement covering the Class A
Warrants sold in the IPO.

     (b) The Company agrees to register for resale (i) the Class A Warrants into
which the Warrants are exchangeable, (ii) the warrants issuable upon exercise
thereof, if any, (the "Class B Warrants") and the shares of Common Stock issued
or issuable upon exercise of the Class A and Class B Warrants under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") contemporaneously with its
initial public offering as more fully set forth in Section IV of the
Subscription Agreement between the Company and each of the investors in the
Private Placement, subject to certain contractual restrictions applicable to the
Holder.

     SECTION 10. Fractional Warrants and Fractional Shares.

     (a) If the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise
of each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Section 8 hereof, the Company shall
nevertheless not be required to issue fractions of shares, upon exercise of the
Warrants or otherwise, or to distribute certificates that evidence fractional
shares. With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon any exercise
hereof, the Company shall pay to the Holder an amount in cash equal to such
fraction multiplied by the current market value of such fractional share,
determined as follows:

          (1) If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or
     admitted to unlisted trading privileges on such exchange or listed for
     trading on the Nasdaq National Market System ("NMS"), the current market
     value shall be the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on such
     exchange on the last business day prior to the date of exercise of this
     Warrant or if no such sale is made on such day or no closing sale price is
     quoted, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for such day on
     such exchange or system; or

          (2) If the Common Stock is listed in the over-the-counter market
     (other than on NMS) or admitted to unlisted trading privileges, the current
     market value shall be the mean of the last reported bid and asked prices
     reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. on the last business day
     prior to the date of the exercise of this Warrant; or


                                      -13-


<PAGE>


          (3) If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted to unlisted
     trading privileges and bid and asked prices are not so reported, the
     current market value shall be an amount determined in such reasonable
     manner as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     SECTION 11. Warrant Holders Not Deemed Stockholders. No holder of Warrants
shall, as such, be entitled to vote or to receive dividends or be deemed the
holder of Common Stock that may at any time be issuable upon exercise of such
Warrants for any purpose whatsoever, nor shall anything contained herein be
construed to confer upon the holder of Warrants, as such, any of the rights of a
stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or
upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or
withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization,
issue or reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no
par value, consolidation, merger or conveyance or otherwise), or to receive
notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights, until such
Holder shall have exercised such Warrants and been issued shares of Common Stock
in accordance with the provisions hereof.

     SECTION 12. Rights of Action. All rights of action with respect to this
Agreement are vested in the respective Registered Holders of the Warrants, and
any Registered Holder of a Warrant, without consent of the Warrant Agent or of
the holder of any other Warrant, may, on his own behalf and for his own benefit,
enforce against the Company his right to exercise his Warrants for the purchase
of shares of Common Stock in the manner provided in the Warrant Certificate and
this Agreement.

     SECTION 13. Agreement of Warrant Holders. Every holder of a Warrant, by his
acceptance thereof, consents and agrees with the Company, the Warrant Agent and
every other holder of a Warrant that:

     (a) The Warrants are transferable only on the registry books of the Warrant
Agent by the Registered Holder thereof in person or by his attorney duly
authorized in writing and only if the Warrant Certificates representing such
Warrants are surrendered at the office of the Warrant Agent, duly endorsed or
accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer satisfactory to the Warrant Agent
and the Company in their sole discretion, together with payment of any
applicable transfer taxes; and

     (b) The Company may deem and treat the person in whose name the Warrant
Certificate is registered as the holder and as the absolute, true and lawful
owner of the Warrants represented thereby for all purposes, and the Company
shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary, except as
otherwise expressly provided in Section 7 hereof.

     SECTION 14. Cancellation of Warrant Certificates. If the Company shall
purchase or acquire any Warrant or Warrants, the Warrant Certificate or Warrant
Certificates evidencing the same shall thereupon be cancelled by it and retired.
The Warrant Agent shall also


                                      -14-


<PAGE>


cancel Common Stock following exercise of any or all of the Warrants represented
thereby or delivered to it for transfer, splitup, combination or exchange.

     SECTION 15. Concerning the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent acts hereunder
as agent and in a ministerial capacity for the Company, and its duties shall be
determined solely by the provisions hereof. The Warrant Agent shall not, by
issuing and delivering Warrant Certificates or by any other act hereunder be
deemed to make any representations as to the validity, value or authorization of
the Warrant Certificates or the Warrants represented thereby or of any
securities or other property delivered upon exercise of any Warrant or whether
any stock issued upon exercise of any Warrant is fully paid and nonassessable.

     The Warrant Agent shall account promptly to the Company with respect to
Warrants exercised and concurrently pay the Company, as provided in Section 4,
all moneys received by the Warrant Agent upon the exercise of such Warrants. The
Warrant Agent shall, upon request of the Company from time to time, deliver to
the Company such complete reports of registered ownership of the Warrants and
such complete records of transactions with respect to the Warrants and the
shares of Common Stock as the Company may request. The Warrant Agent shall also
make available to the Company and Blair for inspection by their agents or
employees, from time to time as either of them may request, such original books
of accounts and record (including original Warrant Certificates surrendered to
the Warrant Agent upon exercise of Warrants) as may be maintained by the Warrant
Agent in connection with the issuance and exercise of Warrants hereunder, such
inspections to occur at the Warrant Agent's office as specified in Section 17,
during normal business hours.

     The Warrant Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility
to any holder of Warrant Certificates to make or cause to be made any adjustment
of the Purchase Price provided in this Agreement, or to determine whether any
fact exists which may require any such adjustments, or with respect to the
nature or extent of any such adjustment, when made, or with respect to the
method employed in making the same. It shall not (i) be liable for any recital
or statement of facts contained herein or for any action taken, suffered or
omitted by it in reliance on any Warrant Certificate or other document or
instrument believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties, (ii) be responsible for any failure on
the part of the Company to comply with any of its covenants and obligations
contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant Certificate, or (iii) be liable
for any act or omission in connection with this Agreement except for its own
negligence or wilful misconduct.

     The Warrant Agent may at any time consult with counsel satisfactory to it
(who may be counsel for the Company) and shall incur no liability or
responsibility for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith in
accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel.

     Any notice, statement, instruction, request, direction, order or demand of
the Company shall be sufficiently evidenced by an instrument signed by the
Chairman of the Board,


                                      -15-


<PAGE>


President, any Vice President, its Secretary, or Assistant Secretary, (unless
other evidence in respect thereof is herein specifically prescribed). The
Warrant Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by
it in accordance with such notice, statement, instruction, request, direction,
order or demand believed by it to be genuine.

     The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable compensation for its
services hereunder and to reimburse it for its reasonable expenses hereunder; it
further agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any
and all losses, expenses and liabilities, including judgments, costs and counsel
fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of its
duties and powers hereunder except losses, expenses and liabilities arising as a
result of the Warrant Agent's negligence or wilful misconduct.

     The Warrant Agent may resign its duties and be discharged from all further
duties and liabilities hereunder (except liabilities arising as a result of the
Warrant Agent's own negligence or wilful misconduct), after giving 30 days'
prior written notice to the Company. At least 15 days prior to the date such
resignation is to become effective, the Warrant Agent shall cause a copy of such
notice of resignation to be mailed to the Registered Holder of each Warrant
Certificate at the Company's expense. Upon such resignation, or any inability of
the Warrant Agent to act as such hereunder, the Company shall appoint a new
warrant agent in writing. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment
within a period of 15 days after it has been notified in writing of such
resignation by the resigning Warrant Agent, then the Registered Holder of any
Warrant Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a new warrant agent. Any new warrant agent, whether appointed by
the Company or by such a court, shall be a bank or trust company having a
capital and surplus, as shown by its last published report to its stockholders,
of not less than $10,000,000 or a stock transfer company. After acceptance in
writing of such appointment by the new warrant agent is received by the Company,
such new warrant agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and
responsibilities as if it had been originally named herein as the Warrant Agent,
without any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed; but if for any reason it
shall be necessary or expedient to execute and deliver any further assurance,
conveyance, act or deed, the same shall be done at the expense of the Company
and shall be legally and validly executed and delivered by the resigning Warrant
Agent. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment the Company
shall file notice thereof with the resigning Warrant Agent and shall forthwith
cause a copy of such notice to be mailed to the Registered Holder of each
Warrant Certificate.

     Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent or any new warrant agent may
be converted or merged or any corporation resulting from any consolidation to
which the Warrant Agent or any new warrant agent shall be a party or any
corporation succeeding to the trust business of the Warrant Agent shall be a
successor warrant agent under this Agreement without any further act, provided
that such corporation is eligible for appointment as successor to the Warrant
Agent under the provisions of the preceding paragraph. Any such successor
warrant agent shall promptly cause notice of its succession as warrant agent to
be mailed to the Company and to the Registered Holder of each Warrant
Certificate.


                                      -16-


<PAGE>


     The Warrant Agent, its subsidiaries and affiliates, and any of its or their
officers or directors, may buy and hold or sell Warrants or other securities of
the Company and otherwise deal with the Company in the same manner and to the
same extent and with like effects as though it were not Warrant Agent. Nothing
herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for
the Company or for any other legal entity.

     SECTION 16. Modification of Agreement. Subject to the provisions of Section
4(b), the parties hereto may by supplemental agreement make any changes or
corrections in this Agreement (i) that it shall deem appropriate to cure any
ambiguity or to correct any defective or inconsistent provision or manifest
mistake or error herein contained; (ii) to reflect an increase in the number of
Warrants which are to be governed by this Agreement resulting from an increase
in the size of the Private Placement; or (iii) that it may deem necessary or
desirable and which shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of
Warrant Certificates; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not otherwise
be modified, supplemented or altered in any respect except with the consent in
writing of the Registered Holders of Warrant Certificates representing not less
than 50% of the Warrants then outstanding; and provided, further, that no change
in the number or nature of the securities purchasable upon the exercise of any
Warrant, or the Purchase Price therefor, or the acceleration of the Warrant
Expiration Date, shall be made without the consent in writing of the Registered
Holder of the Warrant Certificate representing such Warrant, other than such
changes as are specifically prescribed by this Agreement as originally executed.

     SECTION 17. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other
communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
made when delivered or mailed first class registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid as follows: if to the Registered Holder of a Warrant Certificate, at the
address of such holder as shown on the registry books maintained by the Warrant
Agent; if to the Company, at 17575 Pacific Coast Highway, Pacific Palisades, CA
90272, Attention: Chief Executive Officer; if to the Warrant Agent, at its
Corporate Office and if to Blair, at D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp., 44
Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Martin A. Bell, Esq.

     SECTION 18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without
reference to principles of conflict of laws.

     SECTION 19. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
to the benefit of the Company and the Warrant Agent (and their respective
successors and assigns) and the holders from time to time of Warrant
Certificates. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to
confer upon any other person any right, remedy or claim, in equity or at law, or
to impose upon any other person any duty, liability or obligation.

     SECTION 20. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate on the earlier to
occur of (i) the close of business on the Expiration Date of all the Warrants;
(ii) the closing date


                                      -17-


<PAGE>


of an IPO which results in the conversion of the Warrants; or (iii) the date
upon which all Warrants have been exercised.

     SECTION 21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, which taken together shall constitute a single document.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                  HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.



                                  By: ___________________________
                                      Gregory L. Zink, President


                                  D.H. BLAIR INVESTMENT BANKING CORP.


                                  By: ______________________________
                                      Martin A.  Bell, Vice Chairman and General
                                      Counsel


                                  AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST
                                  COMPANY


                                  By: _______________________________
                                      Authorized Officer


                                      -18-


<PAGE>


THIS WARRANT AND ANY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON ITS EXERCISE HAVE NOT
BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED
UNTIL (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT")
SHALL HAVE BECOME EFFECTIVE WITH RESPECT THERETO, OR (2) RECEIPT BY THE ISSUER
OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT
THAT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH PROPOSED
TRANSFER NOR IS SUCH TRANSFER IN VIOLATION OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
LAWS.

No.                                                                     Warrants


                           VOID AFTER December 2, 1998

                        WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR PURCHASE
                                 OF COMMON STOCK

                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.


     This certifies that FOR VALUE RECEIVED ________________________ or
registered assigns (the "Registered Holder") is the owner of the number of
Warrants ("Warrants") specified above. Each Warrant initially entitles the
Registered Holder to purchase, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
this Certificate and the Warrant Agreement (as hereinafter defined), one fully
paid and nonassessable share of Common Stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock") of
Heuristic Development Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") at any
time commencing December 2, 1997 and prior to the Expiration Date (as
hereinafter defined), upon the presentation and surrender of this Warrant
Certificate with the Subscription Form on the reverse hereof duly executed, at
the corporate office of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant
Agent, or its successor (the "Warrant Agent"), accompanied by payment of an
amount equal to $3.00 for each Warrant (the "Purchase Price") in lawful money of
the United States of America in cash or by official bank or certified check made
payable to Company. The Company may, at its election, reduce the Purchase Price.

     This Warrant Certificate and each Warrant represented hereby are issued
pursuant to and are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions set
forth in the Warrant Agreement (the "Warrant Agreement"), dated December 2, 1996
by and among the Company, the Warrant Agent and D.H. Blair Investment Banking
Corp.

     In the event of certain contingencies provided for in the Warrant
Agreement, the Purchase Price or the number of shares of Common Stock subject to
purchase upon the exercise of each Warrant represented hereby are subject to
modification or adjustment.


                                       A-1


<PAGE>


     Each Warrant represented hereby is exercisable at the option of the
Registered Holder, but no fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued. In
the case of the exercise of less than all the Warrants represented hereby, the
Company shall cancel this Warrant Certificate upon the surrender hereof and
shall execute and deliver a new Warrant Certificate or arrant Certificates of
like tenor, which the Warrant Agent shall countersign, for the balance of such
Warrants.

     The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 P.M. (New York time) on December
2, 1998. If such date shall in the State of New York be a holiday or a day on
which the banks are authorized to close, then the Expiration Date shall mean
5:00 P.M. (New York time) the next following day which in the State of New York
is not a holiday or a day on which banks are authorized to close. The Company
may, at its election, extend the Expiration Date.

     This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the
Registered Holder at the corporate office of the Warrant Agent, for a new
Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor representing an equal
aggregate number of Warrants, each of such new Warrant Certificates to represent
such number of Warrants as shall be designated by such Registered Holder at the
time of such surrender. Upon due presentment with any tax or other governmental
charge imposed in connection therewith, for registration of transfer of this
Warrant Certificate at such office, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant
Certificates representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants will be issued
to the transferee in exchange therefor, subject to the limitations provided in
the Warrant Agreement.

     Prior to the exercise of any Warrant represented hereby, the Registered
Holder shall not be entitled to any limitation, the right to vote or to receive
dividends or other distributions, and shall not be entitled to receive any
notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided in the Warrant
Agreement.

     Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer hereof, the Company
may deem and treat the Registered Holder as the absolute owner hereof and of
each Warrant represented hereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or
writing hereon made by anyone other than a duly authorized officer of the
Company) for all purposes and shall not be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

     The Company has agreed to pay a fee of 5% of the Purchase Price upon
certain conditions as specified in the Warrant Agreement upon the exercise of
this Warrant.

     This Warrant will automatically convert into a like number of new warrants
under certain circumstances in the event the Company completes an initial public
offering of its securities having the terms and conditions specified in the
Warrant Agreement.

     This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York.


                                       A-2


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to be
duly executed, manually or in facsimile by two of its officers thereunto duly
authorized and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon.

                                              HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.


Dated:  December 2, 1996

                                              By: _____________________________
                                                  Gregory L. Zink, President

                                              By: ________________________
                                                  Deborah E. Griffin, Secretary
[seal]


                                              AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST
                                              COMPANY


                                              By: _____________________________


                                       A-3


<PAGE>


                                SUBSCRIPTION FORM

                     To Be Executed by the Registered Holder
                          in Order to Exercise Warrants


     The undersigned Registered Holder hereby irrevocably elects to exercise
________ Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and to purchase the
securities issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants, and requests that
certificates for such securities shall be issued in the name of

     PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

                           __________________________

                           __________________________

                           __________________________

                           __________________________

                     [please print or type name and address]


and be delivered to

                           __________________________

                           __________________________

                           __________________________

                           __________________________

                     [please print or type name and address]


and if such number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants evidenced by this
Warrant Certificate, that a new Warrant Certificate for the balance of such
Warrants be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder
at the address stated below.

     The undersigned represents that the exercise of the within Warrant was
solicited by a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. If
not solicited by an NASD member, please write "unsolicited" in the space below.
Unless otherwise indicated by listing the name of another NASD member firm, it
will be assumed that the exercise was solicited by D.H. Blair Investment Banking
Corp.

                                              ---------------------------------
                                              (Name of NASD Member if other
                                              than D.H. Blair Investment
                                              Banking Corp.)


                                       A-4


<PAGE>


Dated: ______________________
X______________________

     __________________

     __________________

                                     Address


                                     ______________________


Taxpayer Identification Number


______________________________
Signature Guaranteed


____________________


                                       A-5


<PAGE>


                                   ASSIGNMENT


                     To Be Executed by the Registered Holder
                           in Order to Assign Warrants


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ___________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto


            PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

                           __________________________

                           __________________________

                           __________________________

                           __________________________

                     [please print or type name and address]


_________________________ of the Warrants represented by this Warrant
Certificate, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
____________________________________ _______________________________ Attorney to
transfer this Warrant Certificate on the books of the Company, with full power
of substitution in the premises.


Dated: ______________________
X______________________

Signature Guaranteed


_______________________


THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OR THE SUBSCRIPTION FORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE
NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR,
WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE
GUARANTEED BY A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY OR A MEMBER FIRM OF THE
AMERICAN STOCK EXCHANGE, NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE OR
MIDWEST STOCK EXCHANGE.


                                       A-6



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT,  dated as of this ____th day of ___________,  199_, by and among
HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Company"),  AMERICAN
STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, as Warrant Agent (the "Warrant Agent"), and D.H.
BLAIR  INVESTMENT  BANKING  CORP.,  a  New  York  corporation  ("Blair"  or  the
"Underwriter").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS,  in  connection  with a public  offering of up to 1,380,000  units
("Units"),  each unit consisting of one (1) share of the Company's Common Stock,
$.01 par value ("Common  Stock"),  one (1) redeemable  Class A Warrant ("Class A
Warrants") and one (1) redeemable Class B Warrant ("Class B Warrants")  pursuant
to   an   underwriting   agreement   (the   "Underwriting    Agreement")   dated
_______________,  199_  between the  Company  and Blair and the  issuance to the
Underwriter  or its designees of Unit Purchase  Options to purchase an aggregate
of  120,000  additional  Units,  to be dated as of  __________,  199_ (the "Unit
Purchase  Options"),  the Company may issue up to 1,500,000 Class A Warrants and
1,500,000  Class B Warrants  (the Class A Warrants  and Class B Warrants  may be
collectively referred to as "Warrants"); and

     WHEREAS,  each Class A Warrant  initially  entitles the  Registered  Holder
thereof to purchase  one (1) share of Common  Stock and one (1) Class B Warrant,
and  accordingly,  the Company may issue up to an additional  1,500,000  Class B
Warrants; and

     WHEREAS,  each Class B Warrant  initially  entitles the  Registered  Holder
thereof to purchase one (1) share of Common Stock; and

     WHEREAS,  pursuant to a private  placement  in December  1996,  the Company
issued  to  the  selling  securityholders  (the  "Selling  Securityholders")  an
aggregate of 500,000 Class A Warrants and upon exercise of the Class A Warrants,
the Company may issue an addition 500,000 Class B Warrants; and

     WHEREAS,  the Company  desires  the  Warrant  Agent to act on behalf of the
Company,  and the  Warrant  Agent is willing to so act, in  connection  with the
issuance,  registration,  transfer exchange and redemption of the Warrants,  the
issuance  of  certificates  representing  the  Warrants,  the  exercise  of  the
Warrants, and the rights of the Registered Holders thereof;

     NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the mutual  agreements
hereinafter  set forth and for the purpose of defining the terms and  provisions
of  the  Warrants  and  the  certificates  representing  the  Warrants  and  the
respective  rights and  obligations  thereunder  of the Company,  the holders of
certificates representing the Warrants and the Warrant Agent, the parties hereto
agree as follows:



<PAGE>



     SECTION 1. Definitions.  As used herein, the following terms shall have the
following meanings, unless the context shall otherwise require:

     (a)  "Aggregate  Per Share Price"  shall mean the Purchase  Price per share
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise
of a Warrant.

     (b) "Class A Aggregate Per Share Price" shall mean $6.50.

     (c) "Class B Aggregate Per Share Price" shall mean $8.75.

     (d) "Common  Stock"  shall mean stock of the Company of any class,  whether
now  or  hereafter  authorized,  which  has  the  right  to  participate  in the
distribution of earnings and assets of the Company without limit as to amount or
percentage,  which at the date hereof  consists of  20,000,000  shares of Common
Stock, $.01 par value.

     (e)  "Corporate  Office" shall mean the office of the Warrant Agent (or its
successor)  at which at any  particular  time its  principal  business  shall be
administered,  which office is located at the date hereof at 40 Wall Street, New
York, NewYork.

     (f) "Exercise  Date" shall mean,  as to any Warrant,  the date on which the
Warrant Agent shall have received both (a) the Warrant Certificate  representing
such Warrant,  with the exercise  form thereon duly  executed by the  Registered
Holder  thereof or his attorney duly  authorized in writing,  and (b) payment in
cash, or by official bank or certified check made payable to the Company,  of an
amount in lawful money of the United States of America  equal to the  applicable
Purchase Price.

     (g) "Initial  Warrant  Exercise Date" shall mean as to each Class A Warrant
and Class B Warrant __________, 1997.

     (h) "Market Price" shall mean shall mean (i) the average  closing bid price
of the Common  Stock,  for thirty (30)  consecutive  business days ending on the
Calculation  Date as  reported by Nasdaq,  if the Common  Stock is traded on the
Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  or (ii) the average last  reported  sale price of the
Common  Stock,  for  thirty  (30)  consecutive   business  days  ending  on  the
Calculation  Date, as reported by the primary exchange on which the Common Stock
is traded, if the Common Stock is traded on a national securities  exchange,  or
by Nasdaq, if the Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market.

     (i) "Purchase Price" shall mean the purchase price to be paid upon exercise
of each Class A Warrant or Class B Warrant in accordance  with the terms hereof,
which price shall be $6.50 as to the Class A Warrants  and $8.75 as to the Class
B Warrants,  subject to adjustment  from time to time pursuant to the provisions
of Section 9 hereof,  and subject to the Company's  right to reduce the Purchase
Price upon notice to all Registered Holders of Warrants.



                                       -2-

<PAGE>



     (j)  "Redemption  Price"  shall mean the price at which the Company may, at
its  option in  accordance  with the terms  hereof,  redeem the Class A Warrants
and/or Class B Warrants, which price shall be $0.05 per Warrant.

     (k)  "Registered  Holder"  shall  mean  as to  any  Warrant  and  as of any
particular  date,  the person in whose  name the  certificate  representing  the
Warrant shall be registered on that date on the books  maintained by the Warrant
Agent pursuant to Section 6.

     (l) "Transfer Agent" shall mean American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as
the Company's transfer agent, or its authorized successor, as such.

     (m)  "Warrant  Expiration  Date"  shall  mean 5:00 P.M.  (New York time) on
_____,  2002 or,  with  respect  to  Warrants  which are  outstanding  as of the
applicable Redemption Date (as defined in Section 8) and specifically  excluding
Warrants  issuable upon  exercise of Unit Purchase  Options if the Unit Purchase
Options have not been  exercised,  the  Redemption  Date,  whichever is earlier;
provided  that if such date shall in the State of New York be a holiday or a day
on which banks are  authorized  or required to close,  then 5:00 P.M.  (New York
time) on the next  following day which in the State of New York is not a holiday
or a day on which banks are authorized or required to close.  Upon notice to all
Registered  Holders,  the  Company  shall have the right to extend  the  Warrant
Expiration Date.

     SECTION 2. Warrants and Issuance of Warrant Certificates.

     (a) A Class A Warrant  initially shall entitle the Registered Holder of the
Warrant  Certificate  representing  such Warrant to purchase one share of Common
Stock and one Class B Warrant upon the exercise thereof,  in accordance with the
terms hereof, subject to modification and adjustment as provided in Section 9.

     (b) A Class B Warrant  initially shall entitle the Registered Holder of the
Warrant  Certificate  representing  such Warrant to purchase one share of Common
Stock upon the exercise thereof, in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to
modification and adjustment as provided in Section 9.

     (c) The Class A Warrants  and Class B Warrants  included in the offering of
Units will be detachable and separately transferable immediately from the shares
of Common Stock  constituting part of such Units. The Class B Warrants will also
be detachable and separately transferable  immediately from the shares of Common
Stock issued upon exercise of the Class A Warrants.

     (d) Upon execution of this Agreement, Warrant Certificates representing the
number  of  Class  A  Warrants  and  Class  B  Warrants  sold  pursuant  to  the
Underwriting  Agreement  shall be executed by the Company and  delivered  to the
Warrant  Agent.  Upon written  order of the Company  signed by its  President or
Chairman or a Vice President and by its Secretary or an Assistant

                                                                                
                                       -3-

<PAGE>



Secretary, the Warrant Certificates shall be countersigned, issued and delivered
by the Warrant Agent as part of the Units.

     (e) From time to time,  up to the Warrant  Expiration  Date,  the  Transfer
Agent shall countersign and deliver stock  certificates in required whole number
denominations  representing  up to an aggregate  of  7,000,000  shares of Common
Stock,  subject to adjustment as described herein, upon the exercise of Warrants
in accordance with this Agreement.

     (f) From time to time, up to the Warrant Expiration Date, the Warrant Agent
shall  countersign  and deliver  Warrant  Certificates  in required whole number
denominations to the persons entitled thereto in connection with any transfer or
exchange permitted under this Agreement;  provided that no Warrant  Certificates
shall be issued except (i) those initially issued  hereunder,  (ii) those issued
on or after the Initial  Warrant  Exercise Date, upon the exercise of fewer than
all Warrants represented by any Warrant Certificate, to evidence any unexercised
Warrants held by the exercising  Registered Holder,  (iii) those issued upon any
transfer or exchange  pursuant to Section 6; (iv) those issued in replacement of
lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Certificates pursuant to Section 7;
(v) those issued pursuant to the Unit Purchase Option; (vi) at the option of the
Company,  in such  form as may be  approved  by the its Board of  Directors,  to
reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price,  the number of shares of
Common Stock  purchasable  upon exercise of the Warrants or the Target  Price(s)
therefor  made  pursuant  to Section 8 hereof;  and (vii) those Class B Warrants
issued upon exercise of Class A Warrants.

     (g) Pursuant to the terms of the Unit Purchase Options, the Underwriter may
purchase up to 120,000  Units,  which include up to 120,000 Class A Warrants and
240,000  Class B Warrants.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained
herein, the Warrants underlying the Unit Purchase Option shall not be subject to
redemption by the Company except under the terms and conditions set forth in the
Unit Purchase Options.

     SECTION 3. Form and Execution of Warrant Certificates.

     (a) The Warrant  Certificates  shall be  substantially  in the form annexed
hereto as Exhibit A as to the Class A Warrants  and  Exhibit B as to the Class B
Warrants (the provisions of which are hereby  incorporated  herein) and may have
such letters,  numbers or other marks of  identification or designation and such
legends, summaries or endorsements printed,  lithographed or engraved thereon as
the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions
of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule
or regulation made pursuant  thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock
exchange on which the Class A Warrants or Class B Warrants may be listed,  or to
conform  to  usage  or  to  the   requirements  of  Section  2(d).  The  Warrant
Certificates  shall be dated the date of issuance  thereof (whether upon initial
issuance, transfer, exchange or in lieu of mutilated, lost, stolen, or destroyed
Warrant  Certificates) and issued in registered form. Warrant Certificates shall
be  numbered   serially  with  the  letters  AW  on  Class  A  Warrants  of  all
denominations and the letters BW on Class B Warrants of all denominations.

                                                                                
                                       -4-

<PAGE>



     (b) Warrant  Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its
Chairman of the Board,  President or any Vice  President and by its Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary,  by manual signatures or by facsimile signatures printed
thereon,  and shall have  imprinted  thereon a facsimile of the Company's  seal.
Warrant  Certificates  shall be manually  countersigned by the Warrant Agent and
shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned.  In case any officer
of the Company who shall have signed any of the Warrant Certificates shall cease
to be an officer of the Company or to hold the particular  office  referenced in
the Warrant Certificate before the date of issuance of the Warrant  Certificates
or before  countersignature by the Warrant Agent and issue and delivery thereof,
such Warrant  Certificates  may  nevertheless  be  countersigned  by the Warrant
Agent,  issued and delivered with the same force and effect as though the person
who  signed  such  Warrant  Certificates  had not ceased to be an officer of the
Company or to hold such office.  After  countersignature  by the Warrant  Agent,
Warrant  Certificates  shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Registered
Holder without  further action by the Company,  except as otherwise  provided by
Section 4(a) hereof.

     SECTION 4. Exercise.

     (a) Each Warrant may be exercised by the  Registered  Holder thereof at any
time on or after the Initial Exercise Date, but not after the Warrant Expiration
Date,  upon the terms and subject to the  conditions set forth herein and in the
applicable Warrant Certificate. A Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised
immediately  prior to the close of business on the Exercise  Date and the person
entitled to receive  the  securities  deliverable  upon such  exercise  shall be
treated for all purposes as the holder of those  securities upon the exercise of
the  Warrant  as of the  close of  business  on the  Exercise  Date.  As soon as
practicable  on or after the Exercise  Date, the Warrant Agent shall deposit the
proceeds received from the exercise of a Warrant and shall notify the Company in
writing of the exercise of the Warrants.  Promptly  following,  and in any event
within  five days after the date of such  notice  from the  Warrant  Agent,  the
Warrant Agent, on behalf of the Company,  shall cause to be issued and delivered
by the Transfer Agent, to the person or persons  entitled to receive the same, a
certificate or certificates  for the securities  deliverable upon such exercise,
(plus a  Warrant  Certificate  for any  remaining  unexercised  Warrants  of the
Registered Holder) unless prior to the date of issuance of such certificates the
Company  shall  instruct the Warrant Agent to refrain from causing such issuance
of certificates  pending clearance of checks received in payment of the Purchase
Price pursuant to such Warrants.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in the case of
payment  made in the form of a check drawn on an account of the  Underwriter  or
such other investment banks and brokerage houses as the Company shall approve in
writing to the Warrant Agent,  certificates  shall immediately be issued without
prior  notice to the Company or any delay.  Upon the exercise of any Warrant and
clearance of the funds  received,  the Warrant  Agent shall  promptly  remit the
payment  received for the Warrant (the "Warrant  Proceeds") to the Company or as
the Company may direct in writing,  subject to the  provisions  of Sections 4(b)
and 4(c) hereof.

     (b) If, at the  Exercise  Date in respect of the  exercise  of any  Warrant
after _____, 1998, (i) the market price of the Company's Common Stock is greater
than the then  Purchase  Price of the Warrant,  (ii) the exercise of the Warrant
was solicited by a member of the National Association

                                                                               
                                       -5-

<PAGE>



of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD") as designated in writing on the Warrant
Certificate Subscription Form, (iii) the Warrant was not held in a discretionary
account, (iv) disclosure of compensation  arrangements was made both at the time
of the original  offering and at the time of exercise;  and (v) the solicitation
of the  exercise of the Warrant was not in violation of Rule 10b-6 (as such rule
or any successor rule may be in effect as of such time of exercise)  promulgated
under  the   Securities   Exchange  Act  of  1934,   then  the  Warrant   Agent,
simultaneously  with the  distribution  of the  Warrant  Proceeds to the Company
shall, on behalf of the Company, pay from the Warrant Proceeds, a fee of 5% (the
"Exercise Fee") of the Purchase Price to the Underwriter (of which a portion may
be reallowed by the Underwriter to the dealer who solicited the exercise,  which
may  also be the  Underwriter  or D.H.  Blair & Co.,  Inc.).  In the  event  the
Exercise Fee is not  received  within five days of the date on which the Company
receives Warrant  Proceeds,  then the Exercise Fee shall begin accruing interest
at an annual rate of prime plus four percent (4%), payable by the Company to the
Underwriter at the time the  Underwriter  receives the Exercise Fee. Within five
days after  exercise the Warrant  Agent shall send to the  Underwriter a copy of
the reverse side of each Warrant exercised.  The Underwriter shall reimburse the
Warrant Agent, upon request,  for its reasonable expenses relating to compliance
with this section 4(b).  The Company  shall pay all fees and expenses  including
all  blue  sky  fees  and  expenses  and  all  out-of-pocket   expenses  of  the
Underwriter,   including  legal  fees,  in  connection  with  the  solicitation,
redemption or exchange of the Warrants.  In addition,  the  Underwriter  and the
Company  may at any time  during  business  hours,  examine  the  records of the
Warrant Agent, including its ledger of original Warrant Certificates returned to
the Warrant Agent upon exercise of Warrants.  The  provisions of this  paragraph
may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of the
Underwriter.

     (c) In order to enforce the provisions of Section 4(b) above,  in the event
there is any  dispute or  question  as to the amount or payment of the  Exercise
Fee, the Warrant Agent is hereby expressly authorized to withhold payment to the
Company of the  Warrant  Proceeds  unless and until the Company  establishes  an
escrow  account for the purpose of depositing  the entire amount of the Exercise
Fee,  which amount will be deducted from the net Warrant  Proceeds to be paid to
the Company.  The funds placed in the escrow  account may not be released to the
Company  without a written  agreement  from the  Underwriter  that the  required
Exercise Fee has been received by the Underwriter.

     SECTION 5. Reservation of Shares; Listing; Payment of Taxes; etc.

     (a) The  Company  covenants  that it will at all  times  reserve  and  keep
available out of its  authorized  Common Stock,  solely for the purpose of issue
upon  exercise of Warrants,  such number of shares of Common Stock as shall then
be issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Warrants. The Company covenants
that all shares of Common  Stock which shall be  issuable  upon  exercise of the
Warrants shall, at the time of delivery, be duly and validly issued, fully paid,
nonassessable  and free from all taxes,  liens and charges  with  respect to the
issue  thereof,  (other  than those  which the  Company  shall  promptly  pay or
discharge)  and that upon  issuance such shares shall be listed on each national
securities  exchange,  on which the other shares of outstanding  Common Stock of
the Company are then listed or shall be  eligible  for  inclusion  in the Nasdaq
National Market
                                                                               
                                       -6-

<PAGE>



or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market if the other shares of outstanding Common Stock of
the Company are so included.

     (b) The Company  covenants  that if any  securities  to be reserved for the
purpose of exercise of Warrants hereunder require registration with, or approval
of, any  governmental  authority  under any federal  securities  law before such
securities  may be validly  issued or  delivered  upon such  exercise,  then the
Company will in good faith and as expeditiously as reasonably possible, endeavor
to secure such registration or approval. The Company will use reasonable efforts
to  obtain  appropriate  approvals  or  registrations  under  state  "blue  sky"
securities laws. With respect to any such securities,  however, Warrants may not
be exercised by, or shares of Common Stock issued to, any  Registered  Holder in
any state in which such exercise would be unlawful.

     (c) The Company shall pay all documentary, stamp or similar taxes and other
governmental  charges  that may be  imposed  with  respect  to the  issuance  of
Warrants,  or the  issuance or  delivery of any shares or Class B Warrants  upon
exercise of the Class A Warrants, or the issuance or delivery of any shares upon
exercise  of the Class B  Warrants;  provided,  however,  that if the  shares of
Common  Stock or Class B Warrants,  as the case may be, are to be delivered in a
name other than the name of the  Registered  Holder of the  Warrant  Certificate
representing  any Warrant being  exercised,  then no such delivery shall be made
unless the person  requesting  the same has paid to the Warrant Agent the amount
of transfer taxes or charges incident thereto, if any.

     (d) The Warrant Agent is hereby  irrevocably  authorized to requisition the
Company's Transfer Agent from time to time for certificates  representing shares
of Common Stock  issuable upon  exercise of the  Warrants,  and the Company will
authorize the Transfer  Agent to comply with all such proper  requisitions.  The
Company will file with the Warrant Agent a statement  setting forth the name and
address of the Transfer Agent of the Company for shares of Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of the Warrants.

     SECTION 6. Exchange and Registration of Transfer.

     (a) Warrant  Certificates  may be exchanged for other Warrant  Certificates
representing an equal  aggregate  number of Warrants of the same class or may be
transferred in whole or in part.  Warrant  Certificates to be exchanged shall be
surrendered to the Warrant Agent at its Corporate Office,  and upon satisfaction
of the terms and  provisions  hereof,  the Company shall execute and the Warrant
Agent shall  countersign,  issue and deliver in  exchange  therefor  the Warrant
Certificate  or  Certificates  which the  Registered  Holder making the exchange
shall be entitled to receive.

     (b) The Warrant  Agent shall keep at its office books in which,  subject to
such  reasonable  regulations  as it may prescribe,  it shall  register  Warrant
Certificates and the transfer  thereof in accordance with its regular  practice.
Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant  Certificate at
such office, the Company shall execute and the Warrant Agent shall issue

                                                                    
                                       -7-

<PAGE>



and  deliver to the  transferee  or  transferees  a new Warrant  Certificate  or
Certificates representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants.

     (c) With respect to all Warrant Certificates  presented for registration or
transfer,  or for exchange or  exercise,  the  subscription  form on the reverse
thereof shall be duly endorsed,  or be  accompanied  by a written  instrument or
instruments of transfer and  subscription,  in form  satisfactory to the Company
and  the  Warrant  Agent,   duly  executed  by  the  Registered  Holder  or  his
attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.

     (d) A service  charge may be imposed by the Warrant  Agent for any exchange
or registration of transfer of Warrant  Certificates.  In addition,  the Company
may require payment by such holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

     (e) All Warrant  Certificates  surrendered  for exercise or for exchange in
case of  mutilated  Warrant  Certificates  shall be  promptly  cancelled  by the
Warrant Agent and thereafter  retained by the Warrant Agent until termination of
this  Agreement or  resignation  as Warrant  Agent,  or, with the prior  written
consent of the  Underwriter,  disposed of or destroyed,  at the direction of the
Company.

     (f) Prior to due presentment  for  registration  of transfer  thereof,  the
Company and the Warrant  Agent may deem and treat the  Registered  Holder of any
Warrant   Certificate  as  the  absolute  owner  thereof  and  of  each  Warrant
represented  thereby  (notwithstanding  any  notations  of  ownership or writing
thereon  made by anyone other than a duly  authorized  officer of the Company or
the Warrant  Agent) for all  purposes and shall not be affected by any notice to
the  contrary.  The  Warrants,  which are being  publicly  offered in Units with
shares  of  Common  Stock  pursuant  to  the  Underwriting  Agreement,  will  be
immediately  detachable  from  the  Common  Stock  and  transferable  separately
therefrom.

     SECTION 7. Loss or Mutilation.  Upon receipt by the Company and the Warrant
Agent of evidence  satisfactory  to them of the  ownership  of and loss,  theft,
destruction or mutilation of any Warrant Certificate and (in case of loss, theft
or  destruction)  of  indemnity  satisfactory  to  them,  and  (in  the  case of
mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation  thereof,  the Company shall execute
and the Warrant  Agent  shall ( in the  absence of notice to the Company  and/or
Warrant  Agent that the  Warrant  Certificate  has been  acquired by a bona fide
purchaser)  countersign  and deliver to the Registered  Holder in lieu thereof a
new Warrant  Certificate of like tenor representing an equal aggregate number of
Class A  Warrants  or Class B  Warrants.  Applicants  for a  substitute  Warrant
Certificate  shall comply with such other  reasonable  regulations  and pay such
other reasonable charges as the Warrant Agent may prescribe.



                                       -8-

<PAGE>



     SECTION 8. Redemption.

     (a) Subject to the  provisions of paragraph  2(g) hereof,  on not less than
thirty  (30) days  notice  given at any time  after____,  1998 (the  "Redemption
Notice"), to Registered Holders of the Warrants being redeemed at any time after
____,  1998 the  Warrants may be  redeemed,  at the option of the Company,  at a
redemption  price of $0.05 per  Warrant,  provided the Market Price shall exceed
$9.10 with  respect to the Class A Warrants and $12.25 with respect to the Class
B Warrants (the "Target Prices"),  subject to adjustment as set forth in Section
8(f),  below.  All Warrants of a class must be redeemed if any of that class are
redeemed,  provided that the Warrants  underlying  the Unit Purchase  Option may
only be redeemed in compliance  with and subject to the terms and  conditions of
the Unit Purchase  Option.  For purposes of this Section 8, the Calculation Date
shall mean a date  within  fifteen  (15) days of the  mailing of the  Redemption
Notice.  The date fixed for  redemption of the Warrants is referred to herein as
the "Redemption  Date".  The Class B Warrant  Redemption Date may not be earlier
than thirty-one (31) days after the Class A Warrant Redemption Date.

     (b) If the  conditions  set forth in Section  8(a) are met, and the Company
desires to  exercise  its right to redeem the  Warrants,  it shall  request  the
Underwriter to mail a Redemption Notice to each of the Registered Holders of the
Warrants  to be  redeemed,  first  class,  postage  prepaid,  not later than the
thirtieth  day before the date fixed for  redemption,  at their last  address as
shall  appear on the records  maintained  pursuant to Section  6(b).  Any notice
mailed in the manner provided herein shall be conclusively presumed to have been
duly given whether or not the Registered Holder receives such notice.

     (c) The Redemption  Notice shall specify (i) the redemption price, (ii) the
Redemption  Date,  (iii)  the  place  where the  Warrant  Certificates  shall be
delivered and the redemption  price paid, (iv) that the Underwriter  will assist
each Registered  Holder of a Warrant in connection with the exercise thereof and
(v) that the right to exercise the Warrant  shall  terminate  at 5:00 P.M.  (New
York time) on the business day  immediately  preceding the  Redemption  Date. No
failure to mail such  notice nor any defect  therein or in the  mailing  thereof
shall affect the validity of the proceedings for such redemption  except as to a
Registered  Holder (a) to whom  notice  was not  mailed or (b) whose  notice was
defective. An affidavit of the Warrant Agent or of the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the  Underwriter  or the Company that notice of redemption has been
mailed  shall,  in the absence of fraud,  be prima  facie  evidence of the facts
stated therein.

     (d) Any right to exercise a Warrant shall  terminate at 5:00 P.M. (New York
time) on the business day  immediately  preceding  the  Redemption  Date. On and
after the  Redemption  Date,  Registered  Holders of the Warrants  shall have no
further rights except to receive,  upon surrender of the Warrant, the Redemption
Price.

     (e) From and after the Redemption  Date,  the Company  shall,  at the place
specified in the  Redemption  Notice,  upon  presentation  and  surrender to the
Company by or on behalf of the Registered  Holder thereof of one or more Warrant
Certificates evidencing Warrants to be redeemed,


                                       -9-

<PAGE>



deliver or cause to be delivered to or upon the written order of such Registered
Holder a sum in cash equal to the  Redemption  Price of each such Warrant.  From
and after the  Redemption  Date and upon the  deposit  or  setting  aside by the
Company of a sum  sufficient to redeem all the Warrants  called for  redemption,
such  Warrants  shall expire and become void and all rights  hereunder and under
the Warrant Certificates,  except the right to receive payment of the Redemption
Price, shall cease.

     (f) If the shares of the Company's  Common Stock are subdivided or combined
into a greater or smaller  number of shares of Common  Stock,  the Target Prices
shall be  proportionally  adjusted by the ratio which the total number of shares
of Common Stock  outstanding  immediately prior to such event bears to the total
number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding immediately after such event.

     SECTION  9.  Adjustment  of  Exercise  Price and Number of Shares of Common
Stock or Warrants.

     (a) Subject to the  exceptions  referred to in Section  9(g) below,  in the
event the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the date hereof,
sell any  shares of Common  Stock for a  consideration  per share  less than the
Market  Price (as  defined  in  Section  8) on the date of the sale or issue any
shares of Common Stock as a stock  dividend to the holders of Common  Stock,  or
subdivide  or combine the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a greater or
lesser number of shares (any such sale,  issuance,  subdivision  or  combination
being  herein  called a "Change of  Shares"),  then,  and  thereafter  upon each
further Change of Shares, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such
Change of Shares shall be changed to a price (including any applicable  fraction
of a cent)  determined by multiplying  the Purchase Price in effect  immediately
prior  thereto by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which shall be the sum of the
number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding  immediately prior to the issuance
of such  additional  shares and the number of shares of Common  Stock  which the
aggregate  consideration  received (determined as provided in subsection 9(f)(F)
below) for the issuance of such  additional  shares would purchase at the Market
Price and the  denominator  of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of
Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  after the  issuance of such  additional
shares. Such adjustment shall be made successively  whenever such an issuance is
made. For purposes of this Section 9, the  Calculation  Date shall mean the date
of the sale,  issuance,  modification or other  transaction  referred to in this
Section 9.

     Upon each  adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 9, the
total  number of shares of Common  Stock  purchasable  upon the exercise of each
Class A Warrant or the total number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon
exercise  of  each  Class  B  Warrant,  as  applicable,  shall  (subject  to the
provisions   contained  in  Section  9(b)  hereof)  be  such  number  of  shares
(calculated to the nearest  one-hundredth;  provided,  however, that in no event
shall the Class A Aggregate  Per Share Price or the Class B Aggregate  Per Share
Price  as  applicable,  increase  as a  result  of  such  rounding  calculation)
purchasable at the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment
multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of which shall be the Purchase Price in
effect

                                                                     
                                      -10-

<PAGE>



immediately  prior to such  adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the
Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

     (b) The  Company  may elect,  upon any  adjustment  of the  Purchase  Price
hereunder,  to  adjust  the  number  of Class A  Warrants  or  Class B  Warrants
outstanding,  in lieu of the  adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock
purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant as hereinabove  provided,  so that
each Class A Warrant outstanding after such adjustment shall represent the right
to purchase one share of Common Stock and one Class B Warrant,  and each Class B
Warrant  outstanding after such adjustment shall represent the right to purchase
one share of Common Stock.  Each Warrant held of record prior to such adjustment
of the number of Warrants  shall become that number of Warrants  (calculated  to
the nearest tenth)  determined by multiplying the number one by a fraction,  the
numerator of which shall be the Purchase  Price in effect  immediately  prior to
such  adjustment  and the  denominator  of which shall be the Purchase  Price in
effect immediately after such adjustment.  Upon each adjustment of the number of
Warrants  pursuant  to this  Section  9,  the  Company  shall,  as  promptly  as
practicable,  cause to be  distributed  to each  Registered  Holder  of  Warrant
Certificates on the date of such  adjustment  Warrant  Certificates  evidencing,
subject to Section 10 hereof,  the number of  additional  Warrants to which such
Holder shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment or, at the option of the
Company,  cause to be distributed to such Holder in substitution and replacement
for the Warrant  Certificates  held by him prior to the date of adjustment  (and
upon  surrender  thereof,  if required by the Company) new Warrant  Certificates
evidencing  the number of Warrants to which such Holder shall be entitled  after
such adjustment.

     (c) In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change
of outstanding shares of Common Stock, or in case of any consolidation or merger
of the Company with or into another  corporation  (other than a consolidation or
merger in which the  Company is the  continuing  corporation  and which does not
result  in any  reclassification,  capital  reorganization  or other  change  of
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock),  or in case of any sale or  conveyance to
another  corporation of the property of the Company as, or substantially  as, an
entirety (other than a sale/leaseback, mortgage or other financing transaction),
the Company shall cause effective  provision to be made so that each holder of a
Warrant then  outstanding  shall have the right  thereafter,  by exercising such
Warrant,  to purchase the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities
or property  (including  cash)  receivable upon such  reclassification,  capital
reorganization or other change,  consolidation,  merger, sale or conveyance by a
holder of the number of shares of Common  Stock  that might have been  purchased
upon  exercise  of such  Warrant  immediately  prior  to such  reclassification,
capital  reorganization  or  other  change,   consolidation,   merger,  sale  or
conveyance.  Any such provision  shall include  provision for  adjustments  that
shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments  provided
for in this  Section 9. The  Company  shall not  effect any such  consolidation,
merger or sale unless prior to or simultaneously  with the consummation  thereof
the successor (if other than the Company)  resulting from such  consolidation or
merger or the corporation purchasing assets or other appropriate  corporation or
entity shall assume, by written instrument executed and delivered to the Warrant
Agent,  the  obligation  to deliver to the holder of each Warrant such shares of
stock,  securities  or assets as, in accordance  with the foregoing  provisions,
such  holders  may be  entitled to  purchase  and the other  obligations  of the
Company under
                                                                 
                                       -11

<PAGE>



this  Agreement.  The foregoing  provisions  shall similarly apply to successive
reclassifications,  capital  reorganizations  and other  changes of  outstanding
shares  of Common  Stock and to  successive  consolidations,  mergers,  sales or
conveyances.

     (d) Irrespective of any adjustments or changes in the Purchase Price or the
number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants,  the
Warrant Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued shall, unless the Company
shall exercise its option to issue new Warrant Certificates  pursuant to Section
2(f)  hereof,  continue to express the Purchase  Price per share,  the number of
shares purchasable  thereunder and the Redemption Price therefor as the Purchase
Price per share,  and the number of shares  purchasable and the Redemption Price
therefor  were  expressed  in  the  Warrant  Certificates  when  the  same  were
originally issued.

     (e) After each adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 9,
the  Company  will  promptly  prepare a  certificate  signed by the  Chairman or
President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary,  of the Company setting forth: (i) the Purchase Price as so
adjusted, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of
each Warrant  after such  adjustment  and, if the Company  shall have elected to
adjust the number of  Warrants,  the number of Warrants to which the  Registered
Holder of each Warrant shall then be entitled,  and the adjustment in Redemption
Price resulting therefrom, and (iii) a statement showing in detail the method of
calculation  and the facts upon which such  adjustment or readjustment is based,
including a statement of (a) the consideration received or to be received by the
Company for any securities issued or sold or deemed to have been issued, (b) the
number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding or deemed to be  outstanding,  and
(c) the Purchase Price in effect  immediately prior to such issue or sale and as
adjusted  and  readjusted  (if  required by Section 9) on account  thereof.  The
Company will promptly file such certificate with the Warrant Agent and furnish a
copy thereof to be sent by ordinary first class mail to the  Underwriter  and to
each Registered Holder of Warrants at his last address as it shall appear on the
registry  books of the  Warrant  Agent.  No failure to mail such  notice nor any
defect  therein or in the mailing  thereof  shall  affect the  validity  thereof
except as to the  holder to whom the  Company  failed  to mail such  notice,  or
except as to the holder whose notice was defective.  The Company will,  upon the
written  request at any time of the  Underwriter,  furnish to the  Underwriter a
report  by  Richard  A.  Eisner  &  Company  LLP,  or other  independent  public
accountants of recognized  national  standing (which may be the regular auditors
of the Company)  selected by the Company to verify such  computation and setting
forth  such  adjustment  or  readjustment  and  showing  in detail the method of
calculation  and the facts upon which such  adjustment or readjustment is based.
The Company  will also keep copies of all such  certificates  and reports at its
principal office.

     (f) For purposes of Section 9(a) and 9(b) hereof, the following  provisions
(A) to (G) shall also be applicable:

          (A) The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time
     shall include shares of Common Stock owned or held by or for the account of
     the  Company  and the  sale or  issuance  of such  treasury  shares  or the
     distribution of any
                                                                         
                                        -12-

<PAGE>



     such  treasury  shares  shall not be  considered  a Change  of  Shares  for
     purposes of said sections.

          (B) No  adjustment  of the  Purchase  Price  shall be made unless such
     adjustment  would  require an  increase or decrease of at least $.10 in the
     Purchase  Price;  provided  that any  adjustments  which by  reason of this
     clause (B) are not  required to be made shall be carried  forward and shall
     be made at the time of and  together  with the next  subsequent  adjustment
     which, together with any adjustment(s) so carried forward, shall require an
     increase or decrease of at least $.10 in the Purchase  Price then in effect
     hereunder.

          (C) In case of (1) the sale by the Company for cash (or as a component
     of a unit being sold for cash) of any rights or warrants to  subscribe  for
     or  purchase,  or any  options for the  purchase  of,  Common  Stock or any
     securities  convertible  into or exchangeable  for Common Stock without the
     payment  of any  further  consideration  other  than  cash,  if  any  (such
     securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Common Stock being
     herein  called  "Convertible  Securities"),  or  (2)  the  issuance  by the
     Company,  without the receipt by the Company of any consideration therefor,
     of any rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase,  or any options for
     the purchase of, Common Stock or Convertible  Securities,  in each case, if
     (and only if) the consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise of
     such rights, warrants or options shall consist of cash, whether or not such
     rights,  warrants  or  options,  or the right to convert or  exchange  such
     Convertible  Securities,  are  immediately  exercisable,  and the price per
     share for which Common Stock is issuable  upon the exercise of such rights,
     warrants or options or upon the conversion or exchange of such  Convertible
     Securities (determined by dividing (x) the minimum aggregate  consideration
     payable to the  Company  upon the  exercise  of such  rights,  warrants  or
     options,  plus the  consideration,  if any, received by the Company for the
     issuance or sale of such rights,  warrants or options, plus, in the case of
     such  Convertible  Securities,  the minimum  aggregate amount of additional
     consideration,  other than such  Convertible  Securities,  payable upon the
     conversion or exchange  thereof,  by (y) the total maximum number of shares
     of Common Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise of such  rights,  warrants or
     options or upon the conversion or exchange of such  Convertible  Securities
     issuable  upon the  exercise of such  rights,  warrants or options) is less
     than the  Market  Price on the  Calculation  Date,  then the total  maximum
     number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such rights,
     warrants or options or upon the conversion or exchange of such  Convertible
     Securities (as of the date of the issuance or sale of such rights, warrants
     or options)  shall be deemed to be  outstanding  shares of Common Stock for
     purposes of Sections  9(a) and 9(b) hereof and shall be deemed to have been
     sold for cash in an amount equal to such price per share.

          (D) In case of the sale by the  Company  for  cash of any  Convertible
     Securities,  whether or not the right of conversion or exchange  thereunder
     is
                                                             
                                      -13-

<PAGE>



     immediately exercisable,  and the price per share for which Common Stock is
     issuable  upon the  conversion or exchange of such  Convertible  Securities
     (determined by dividing (x) the total amount of  consideration  received by
     the Company for the sale of such Convertible  Securities,  plus the minimum
     aggregate  amount of  additional  consideration,  if any,  other  than such
     Convertible Securities, payable upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by
     (y) the total  maximum  number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the
     conversion  or exchange of such  Convertible  Securities)  is less than the
     Market Price on the  Calculation  Date,  then the total  maximum  number of
     shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon the  conversion  or exchange of such
     Convertible  Securities  (as of the  date of the  sale of such  Convertible
     Securities)  shall be deemed to be  outstanding  shares of Common Stock for
     purposes of Sections  9(a) and 9(b) hereof and shall be deemed to have been
     sold for cash in an amount equal to such price per share.

          (E) In case  the  Company  shall  modify  the  rights  of  conversion,
     exchange  or exercise  of any of the  securities  referred to in (C) or (D)
     above or any other securities of the Company  convertible,  exchangeable or
     exercisable for shares of Common Stock,  for any reason other than an event
     that  would   require   adjustment  to  prevent   dilution,   so  that  the
     consideration  per share received by the Company after such modification is
     less than the Market Price on the  Calculation  Date, the Purchase Price to
     be in effect after such modification shall be determined by multiplying the
     Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such event by a fraction,  of
     which  the  numerator  shall  be the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
     outstanding on the date prior to the modification plus the number of shares
     of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company
     for the  securities  affected  by the  modification  would  purchase at the
     Market Price and of which the denominator  shall be the number of shares of
     Common Stock  outstanding  on such date plus the number of shares of Common
     Stock to be issued upon  conversion,  exchange or exercise of the  modified
     securities at the modified rate. Such adjustment  shall become effective as
     of the  date  upon  which  such  modification  shall  take  effect.  On the
     expiration of any such right,  warrant or option or the  termination of any
     such right to convert or exchange any such Convertible  Securities referred
     to in  Paragraph  (C) or (D)  above,  the  Purchase  Price  then in  effect
     hereunder  shall  forthwith be readjusted  to such Purchase  Price as would
     have  obtained  (a) had the  adjustments  made upon the issuance or sale of
     such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities been made upon the
     basis  of the  issuance  of only the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
     theretofore  actually  delivered  (and  the  total  consideration  received
     therefor) upon the exercise of such rights, warrants or options or upon the
     conversion  or  exchange  of  such  Convertible   Securities  and  (b)  had
     adjustments  been made on the basis of the Purchase Price as adjusted under
     clause (a) for all  transactions  (which would have  affected such adjusted
     Purchase  Price) made after the issuance or sale of such rights,  warrants,
     options or Convertible Securities.

                                                                               
                                      -14-

<PAGE>



          (F) In case of the sale for cash of any  shares of Common  Stock,  any
     Convertible  Securities,  any  rights  or  warrants  to  subscribe  for  or
     purchase,  or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or  Convertible
     Securities,  the  consideration  received by the Company therefore shall be
     deemed to be the gross sales price therefor without deducting therefrom any
     expense  paid or incurred by the Company or any  underwriting  discounts or
     commissions  or  concessions  paid or allowed by the Company in  connection
     therewith.

          (G) In case  any  event  shall  occur as to which  the  provisions  of
     Section  9 are  not  strictly  applicable  but  the  failure  to  make  any
     adjustment would not fairly protect the purchase rights  represented by the
     Warrants in accordance with the essential  intent and principles of Section
     9, then, in each such case,  the Board of Directors of the Company shall in
     good faith by  resolution  provide for the  adjustment,  if any, on a basis
     consistent with the essential intent and principles  established in Section
     9, necessary to preserve, without dilution, the purchase rights represented
     by the Warrants.  The Company will promptly make the adjustments  described
     therein.

     (g) No adjustment to the Purchase Price of the Warrants or to the number of
shares of Common  Stock  purchasable  upon the  exercise of each Warrant will be
made, however,

          (i)  upon the  exercise  of any of the  options  presently  issued  to
     Deborah E. Griffin and Steven R. Gumins, or outstanding under the Company's
     Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") for  officers,  directors  and certain other
     key personnel of the Company; or

          (ii) upon the issuance or exercise of any other  securities  which may
     hereafter  be  granted  or  exercised  under  the Plan or under  any  other
     employee   benefit   plan  of  the  Company   approved  by  the   Company's
     stockholders; or

          (iii) upon the sale or exercise  of the  Warrants,  including  without
     limitation the sale or exercise of any of the Warrants  comprising the Unit
     Purchase  Option or upon the sale or exercise of the Unit Purchase  Option;
     or

          (iv) upon the sale of any shares of Common  Stock  and/or  Convertible
     Securities in a firm commitment  underwritten  public offering,  including,
     without  limitation,  shares sold upon the  exercise  of any  overallotment
     option granted to the underwriters in connection with such offering; or

          (v) upon the sale by the Company of any shares of Common  Stock and/or
     Convertible  Securities in a private placement for which the Underwriter is
     the Placement Agent; or

                                      -15-

<PAGE>



          (vi)  upon  the  issuance  or  sale of  Common  Stock  or  Convertible
     Securities  upon the exercise of any rights or warrants to subscribe for or
     purchase,  or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or  Convertible
     Securities,   whether  or  not  such  rights,   warrants  or  options  were
     outstanding  on the  date  of the  original  sale of the  Warrants  or were
     thereafter issued or sold; or

          (vii) upon the  issuance or sale of Common  Stock upon  conversion  or
     exchange of any  Convertible  Securities,  whether or not any adjustment in
     the  Purchase  Price was made or required  to be made upon the  issuance or
     sale of such  Convertible  Securities  and whether or not such  Convertible
     Securities  were  outstanding  on the  date  of the  original  sale  of the
     Warrants or were thereafter issued or sold.

     (h) As used in this  Section  9, the term  "Common  Stock"  shall  mean and
include the Company's  Common Stock authorized on the date of the original issue
of the  Units and  shall  also  include  any  capital  stock of any class of the
Company  thereafter  authorized  which  shall not be  limited  to a fixed sum or
percentage  in respect of the rights of the holders  thereof to  participate  in
dividends  and in the  distribution  of assets upon the  voluntary  liquidation,
dissolution  or winding up of the Company;  provided,  however,  that the shares
issuable upon  exercise of the Warrants  shall include only shares of such class
designated in the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation as Common Stock on the
date  of  the  original  issue  of  the  Units  or  (i),  in  the  case  of  any
reclassification,  change,  consolidation,  merger,  sale or  conveyance  of the
character referred to in Section 9(c) hereof, the stock,  securities or property
provided for in such  section or (ii),  in the case of any  reclassification  or
change in the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants as a result of a subdivision  or  combination or consisting of a change
in par  value,  or from par value to no par  value,  or from no par value to par
value, such shares of Common Stock as so reclassified or changed.

     (i) Any  determination as to whether an adjustment in the Purchase Price in
effect  hereunder is required  pursuant to Section 9, or as to the amount of any
such adjustment,  if required, shall be binding upon the holders of the Warrants
and the Company if made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     (j) If and whenever the Company shall grant to the holders of Common Stock,
as such, rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase,  or any options for
the purchase of, Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for
or carrying a right,  warrant or option to purchase  Common  Stock,  the Company
shall  concurrently  therewith grant to each Registered  Holder as of the record
date for such transaction of the Warrants then outstanding, the rights, warrants
or options to which each  Registered  Holder would have been entitled if, on the
record date used to determine the stockholders entitled to the rights,  warrants
or options being granted by the Company,  the Registered  Holder were the holder
of record of the  number of whole  shares of Common  Stock  then  issuable  upon
exercise (assuming, for purposes of this Section 9(j), that exercise of Warrants
is permissible during periods prior to the Initial Warrant Exercise Date) of
                                                                
                                      -16-

<PAGE>



his Warrants.  Such grant by the Company to the holders of the Warrants shall be
in lieu of any adjustment  which  otherwise might be called for pursuant to this
Section 9.


     SECTION 10. Fractional Warrants and Fractional Shares.

     (a) If the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon the exercise
of  each  Warrant  is  adjusted  pursuant  to  Section  9  hereof,  the  Company
nevertheless  shall not be required to issue fractions of shares,  upon exercise
of the  Warrants or  otherwise,  or to  distribute  certificates  that  evidence
fractional  shares.  With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon the
exercise of any Warrant,  the Company  shall pay to the Holder an amount in cash
equal to such fraction multiplied by the current market value of such fractional
share, determined as follows:

          (1) If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or
     admitted to unlisted  trading  privileges  on such exchange or is traded on
     the Nasdaq  National  Market,  the current  market  value shall be the last
     reported  sale price of the Common Stock on such  exchange or market on the
     last  business  day prior to the date of exercise of this  Warrant or if no
     such sale is made on such day,  the  average of the  closing  bid and asked
     prices for such day on such exchange or market; or

          (2) If the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to unlisted  trading
     privileges on a national securities exchange or is not traded on the Nasdaq
     National  Market,  the current  market  value shall be the mean of the last
     reported bid and asked prices reported by the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or, if
     not traded  thereon,  by the National  Quotation  Bureau,  Inc. on the last
     business day prior to the date of the exercise of this Warrant; or

          (3) If the  Common  Stock is not so listed  or  admitted  to  unlisted
     trading  privileges  and bid and  asked  prices  are not so  reported,  the
     current  market  value  shall be an amount  determined  in such  reasonable
     manner as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     SECTION 11. Warrant Holders Not Deemed Stockholders.  No holder of Warrants
shall,  as such,  be entitled to vote or to receive  dividends  or be deemed the
holder of Common  Stock that may at any time be issuable  upon  exercise of such
Warrants for any purpose  whatsoever,  nor shall  anything  contained  herein be
construed to confer upon the holder of Warrants, as such, any of the rights of a
stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or
upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof,  or to give or
withhold  consent to any corporate  action  (whether upon any  recapitalization,
issue or reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no
par value,  consolidation,  merger or  conveyance or  otherwise),  or to receive
notice of meetings,  or to receive dividends or subscription  rights, until such
holder shall have exercised such Warrants and been issued shares of Common Stock
in accordance with the provisions hereof.

                                      -17-

<PAGE>




     SECTION 12.  Rights of Action.  All rights of action  with  respect to this
Agreement are vested in the respective  Registered Holders of the Warrants,  and
any Registered  Holder of a Warrant,  without consent of the Warrant Agent or of
the holder of any other Warrant, may, in his own behalf and for his own benefit,
enforce  against the Company his right to exercise his Warrants for the purchase
of shares of Common Stock in the manner provided in the Warrant  Certificate and
this Agreement.

     SECTION 13. Agreement of Warrant Holders. Every holder of a Warrant, by his
acceptance thereof,  consents and agrees with the Company, the Warrant Agent and
every other holder of a Warrant that:

     (a) The Warrants are transferable only on the registry books of the Warrant
Agent by the  Registered  Holder  thereof  in  person  or by his  attorney  duly
authorized  in writing and only if the Warrant  Certificates  representing  such
Warrants are  surrendered at the office of the Warrant  Agent,  duly endorsed or
accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer satisfactory to the Warrant Agent
and  the  Company  in  their  sole  discretion,  together  with  payment  of any
applicable transfer taxes; and

     (b) The  Company  and the  Warrant  Agent may deem and treat the  person in
whose  name the  Warrant  Certificate  is  registered  as the  holder and as the
absolute,  true and lawful  owner of the  Warrants  represented  thereby for all
purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any
notice or knowledge to the contrary,  except as otherwise  expressly provided in
Section 7 hereof.

     SECTION 14.  Cancellation  of Warrant  Certificates.  If the Company  shall
purchase or acquire any Warrant or Warrants,  the Warrant Certificate or Warrant
Certificates  evidencing  the same shall  thereupon  be delivered to the Warrant
Agent and  cancelled by it and retired.  The Warrant Agent shall also cancel the
Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates  following exercise of any or all of
the Warrants represented thereby or delivered to it for transfer or exchange.

     SECTION 15.  Concerning the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent acts hereunder
as agent and in a ministerial  capacity for the Company, and its duties shall be
determined  solely by the  provisions  hereof.  The Warrant  Agent shall not, by
issuing and  delivering  Warrant  Certificates  or by any other act hereunder be
deemed to make any representations as to the validity, value or authorization of
the  Warrant  Certificates  or  the  Warrants  represented  thereby  or  of  any
securities or other  property  delivered upon exercise of any Warrant or whether
any stock issued upon exercise of any Warrant is fully paid and nonassessable.

     The Warrant Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility
to any holder of Warrant Certificates to make or cause to be made any adjustment
of the Purchase Price or the Redemption Price provided in this Agreement,  or to
determine  whether any fact exists  which may require any such  adjustments,  or
with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment,  when made, or with
respect to the method employed in making the same. It shall not


                                      -18-

<PAGE>



(i) be liable for any recital or statement of facts contained  herein or for any
action taken,  suffered or omitted by it in reliance on any Warrant  Certificate
or other  document or instrument  believed by it in good faith to be genuine and
to have  been  signed or  presented  by the  proper  party or  parties,  (ii) be
responsible for any failure on the part of the Company to comply with any of its
covenants  and  obligations  contained  in  this  Agreement  or in  any  Warrant
Certificate,  or (iii) be liable for any act or omission in connection with this
Agreement except for its own negligence or wilful misconduct.

     The Warrant Agent may at any time consult with counsel  satisfactory  to it
(who  may  be  counsel  for  the  Company)  and  shall  incur  no  liability  or
responsibility for any action taken,  suffered or omitted by it in good faith in
accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel.

     Any notice, statement,  instruction, request, direction, order or demand of
the Company  shall be  sufficiently  evidenced  by an  instrument  signed by the
Chairman  of the  Board,  President,  any  Vice  President,  its  Secretary,  or
Assistant  Secretary,  (unless  other  evidence  in  respect  thereof  is herein
specifically  prescribed).  The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for any action
taken,  suffered or omitted by it in  accordance  with such  notice,  statement,
instruction, request, direction, order or demand believed by it to be genuine.

     The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable compensation for its
services hereunder and to reimburse it for its reasonable expenses hereunder; it
further  agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless  against any
and all losses, expenses and liabilities, including judgments, costs and counsel
fees,  for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of its
duties and powers hereunder except losses, expenses and liabilities arising as a
result of the Warrant Agent's negligence or wilful misconduct.

     The Warrant Agent may resign its duties and be discharged  from all further
duties and liabilities  hereunder (except liabilities arising as a result of the
Warrant  Agent's own  negligence  or wilful  misconduct),  after giving 30 days'
prior  written  notice to the  Company.  At least 15 days prior to the date such
resignation is to become effective, the Warrant Agent shall cause a copy of such
notice of  resignation  to be mailed to the  Registered  Holder of each  Warrant
Certificate at the Company's expense. Upon such resignation, or any inability of
the Warrant  Agent to act as such  hereunder,  the Company  shall  appoint a new
warrant  agent in writing.  If the Company  shall fail to make such  appointment
within  a  period  of 15 days  after it has been  notified  in  writing  of such
resignation by the resigning  Warrant Agent,  then the Registered  Holder of any
Warrant  Certificate  may apply to any court of competent  jurisdiction  for the
appointment of a new warrant agent. Any new warrant agent,  whether appointed by
the  Company  or by such a  court,  shall be a bank or  trust  company  having a
capital and surplus,  as shown by its last published report to its stockholders,
of not less than  $10,000,000 or a stock  transfer  company that is a registered
transfer agent under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  After  acceptance in
writing of such appointment by the new warrant agent is received by the Company,
such new warrant agent shall be vested with the same powers,  rights, duties and
responsibilities as if it had been originally named herein as the Warrant Agent,
without any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed; but if for any reason it
shall be



                                      -19-

<PAGE>



necessary or expedient to execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance,
act or deed,  the same shall be done at the  expense of the Company and shall be
legally and validly  executed and delivered by the resigning  Warrant Agent. Not
later than the  effective  date of any such  appointment  the Company shall file
notice thereof with the resigning Warrant Agent and shall forthwith cause a copy
of  such  notice  to  be  mailed  to  the  Registered  Holder  of  each  Warrant
Certificate.

     Any  corporation  into which the Warrant Agent or any new warrant agent may
be converted or merged or any corporation  resulting from any  consolidation  to
which  the  Warrant  Agent  or any new  warrant  agent  shall  be a party or any
corporation  succeeding  to the trust  business of the Warrant  Agent shall be a
successor  warrant agent under this Agreement  without any further act, provided
that such  corporation  is eligible for  appointment as successor to the Warrant
Agent  under the  provisions  of the  preceding  paragraph.  Any such  successor
warrant agent shall  promptly cause notice of its succession as warrant agent to
be  mailed  to  the  Company  and to  the  Registered  Holder  of  each  Warrant
Certificate.

     The Warrant Agent, its subsidiaries and affiliates, and any of its or their
officers or directors,  may buy and hold or sell Warrants or other securities of
the  Company and  otherwise  deal with the Company in the same manner and to the
same extent and with like effects as though it were not Warrant  Agent.  Nothing
herein shall  preclude the Warrant  Agent from acting in any other  capacity for
the Company or for any other legal entity.

     SECTION 16. Modification of Agreement. Subject to the provisions of Section
4(b), the parties hereto and the Company may by supplemental  agreement make any
changes or corrections in this Agreement (i) that they shall deem appropriate to
cure any  ambiguity  or to correct any  defective or  inconsistent  provision or
manifest mistake or error herein  contained;  (ii) to reflect an increase in the
number of Class A or Class B Warrants which are to be governed by this Agreement
resulting  from (a) a subsequent  public  offering of Company  securities  which
includes  Class A or Class B Warrants or (b) a subsequent  private  placement of
Company  securities  which includes Class A or Class B Warrants,  in either case
having  the same  terms  and  conditions  as the  Class A or  Class B  Warrants,
respectively,  originally  covered by or  subsequently  added to this  Agreement
under  this  Section  16,  provided,  however,  that in the  case  of a  private
placement,  the amendment to this  Agreement will be effective only at such time
as the  resale  of such  Warrants,  as well as the  securities  underlying  such
Warrants is covered by an  effective  registration  statement  under the Act; or
(iii) that they may deem  necessary or desirable  and which shall not  adversely
affect the interests of the holders of Warrant Certificates;  provided, however,
that this Agreement shall not otherwise be modified,  supplemented or altered in
any  respect  except with the  consent in writing of the  Registered  Holders of
Warrant  Certificates  representing  not  less  than  50% of the  Warrants  then
outstanding;  and provided,  further,  that no change in the number or nature of
the  securities  purchasable  upon the exercise of any Warrant,  or the Purchase
Price therefor,  or the  acceleration of the Warrant  Expiration  Date, shall be
made  without  the  consent in writing of the  Registered  Holder of the Warrant
Certificate   representing  such  Warrant,   other  than  such  changes  as  are
specifically  prescribed by this Agreement as originally executed or are made in
compliance with applicable law.


                                      -20-

<PAGE>




     SECTION  17.   Notices.   All   notices,   requests,   consents  and  other
communications  hereunder  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been
made when delivered or mailed first class registered or certified mail,  postage
prepaid as follows: if to the Registered Holder of a Warrant Certificate, at the
address of such holder as shown on the registry books  maintained by the Warrant
Agent; if to the Company, at 17575 Pacific Coast Highway,  Pacific Palisades, CA
90272, attention:  Deborah E. Griffin, or at such other address as may have been
furnished  to the  Warrant  Agent in writing by the  Company;  if to the Warrant
Agent, at its Corporate Office; if to the Underwriter,  at D.H. Blair Investment
Banking Corp., 44 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005.

     SECTION  18.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by and
construed  in  accordance  with  the  laws of the  State  of New  York,  without
reference to principles of conflict of laws.

     SECTION 19. Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
to the  benefit of the  Company  and,  the  Warrant  Agent and their  respective
successors  and  assigns,   and  the  holders  from  time  to  time  of  Warrant
Certificates  . Nothing in this  Agreement  is intended or shall be construed to
confer upon any other person any right, remedy or claim, in equity or at law, or
to impose upon any other person any duty, liability or obligation.

     SECTION 20.  Termination.  This Agreement  shall  terminate at the close of
business on the earlier of the  Warrant  Expiration  Date or the date upon which
all Warrants (including the warrants issuable upon exercise of the Unit Purchase
Options) have been exercised, except that the Warrant Agent shall account to the
Company  for cash held by it and the  provisions  of  Section  15  hereof  shall
survive such termination.


                                      -21-

<PAGE>



     SECTION  21.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  several
counterparts, which taken together shall constitute a single document.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                   HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

                                   By: __________________________________


                                   AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY

                                            By:  ____________________________
                                                     Authorized Officer


                                            D.H.  BLAIR INVESTMENT BANKING CORP.


                                            By   ______________________________
                                                     Authorized Officer



                                                                        
                                      -22-

<PAGE>





                                    EXHIBIT A

                  [FORM OF FACE OF CLASS A WARRANT CERTIFICATE]


No.  AW                                               _________ Class A Warrants


                          VOID AFTER ____________, 2002

                    CLASS A WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR PURCHASE
                 OF COMMON STOCK AND REDEEMABLE CLASS B WARRANTS

                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.


     This  certifies that FOR VALUE  RECEIVED  __________________  or registered
assigns (the "Registered Holder") is the owner of the number of Class A Warrants
("Class A Warrants")  specified above. Each Class A Warrant  represented  hereby
initially  entitles the Registered Holder to purchase,  subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in this Warrant  Certificate and the Warrant  Agreement (as
hereinafter  defined),  one fully paid and nonassessable  share of Common Stock,
$.01 par value  ("Common  Stock"),  of  Heuristic  Development  Group,  Inc.,  a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  and one Class B Warrant of the Company at
any time between ______, 1997 and the Expiration Date (as hereinafter  defined),
upon  the  presentation  and  surrender  of this  Warrant  Certificate  with the
Subscription  Form on the reverse hereof duly executed,  at the corporate office
of American Stock  Transfer & Trust Company as Warrant  Agent,  or its successor
(the "Warrant Agent"), accompanied by payment of $6.50 (the "Purchase Price") in
lawful  money of the United  States of America  in cash or by  official  bank or
certified check made payable to Heuristic Development Group, Inc.

     This Warrant  Certificate and each Class A Warrant  represented  hereby are
issued  pursuant to and are subject in all respects to the terms and  conditions
set forth in the Warrant Agreement (the "Warrant  Agreement"),  dated ____, 1997
by and among the Company,  the Warrant Agent and D.H. Blair  Investment  Banking
Corp.

     In  the  event  of  certain  contingencies  provided  for  in  the  Warrant
Agreement,  the Purchase Price or the number of shares of Common Stock and Class
B  Warrants  subject  to  purchase  upon the  exercise  of each  Class A Warrant
represented hereby are subject to modification or adjustment.



                                       A-1

<PAGE>



     Each Class A Warrant represented hereby is exercisable at the option of the
Registered  Holder,  but no fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued. In
the case of the  exercise  of less  than all the  Class A  Warrants  represented
hereby,  the Company  shall cancel this Warrant  Certificate  upon the surrender
hereof  and shall  execute  and  deliver a new  Warrant  Certificate  or Warrant
Certificates of like tenor, which the Warrant Agent shall  countersign,  for the
balance of such Class A Warrants.

     The term  "Expiration  Date"  shall  mean  5:00  P.M.  (New  York  time) on
____,2002,  or such earlier date as the Class A Warrants  shall be redeemed.  If
such date  shall in the State of New York be a holiday  or a day on which  banks
are authorized to close, then the Expiration Date shall mean 5:00 P.M. (New York
time) the next  following day which in the State of New York is not a holiday or
a day on which banks are authorized to close.

     The Company  shall not be obligated to deliver any  securities  pursuant to
the exercise of the Class A Warrants  represented  hereby unless a  registration
statement  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with respect to such
securities is effective. The Company has covenanted and agreed that it will file
a  registration  statement  and will use its best  efforts  to cause the same to
become effective and to keep such  registration  statement  current while any of
the Class A Warrants are outstanding.  The Class A Warrants  represented  hereby
shall not be exercisable by a Registered Holder in any state where such exercise
would be unlawful.

     This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable,  upon the surrender hereof by the
Registered  Holder at the  corporate  office  of the  Warrant  Agent,  for a new
Warrant Certificate or Warrant  Certificates of like tenor representing an equal
aggregate number of Class A Warrants,  each of such new Warrant  Certificates to
represent  such  number  of Class A  Warrants  as shall  be  designated  by such
Registered  Holder at the time of such surrender.  Upon due presentment with a $
transfer fee per certificate in addition to any tax or other governmental charge
imposed in connection  therewith,  for  registration of transfer of this Class A
Warrant  Certificate  at such  office,  a new  Warrant  Certificate  or  Warrant
Certificates  representing an equal aggregate number of Class A Warrants will be
issued to the  transferee  in  exchange  therefor,  subject  to the  limitations
provided in the Warrant Agreement.

     Prior to the  exercise  of any  Class A  Warrant  represented  hereby,  the
Registered  Holder shall not be entitled to any rights of a  stockholder  of the
Company,  including,  without  limitation,  the  right  to  vote  or to  receive
dividends  or other  distributions,  and shall not be  entitled  to receive  any
notice of any  proceedings  of the  Company,  except as  provided in the Warrant
Agreement.

     The Class A Warrants  represented  hereby may be  redeemed at the option of
the Company, at a redemption price of $.05 per Class A Warrant at any time after
, 1998 provided the Market Price (as defined in the Warrant  Agreement)  for the
Common Stock shall exceed $9.10 per share.  Notice of redemption  shall be given
not later than the  thirtieth day before the date fixed for  redemption,  all as
provided in the Warrant  Agreement.  On and after the date fixed for redemption,
the Registered Holder shall have no rights with respect to the Class A Warrants


                                       A-2

<PAGE>


represented hereby except to receive the $.05 per Class A Warrant upon surrender
of this Warrant Certificate.

     Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer  hereof,  the Company
and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the  Registered  Holder as the absolute
owner hereof and of each Class A Warrant represented hereby (notwithstanding any
notations  of  ownership  or  writing  hereon  made by anyone  other than a duly
authorized  officer of the Company or the Warrant  Agent) for all  purposes  and
shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

     The  Company  has  agreed  to pay a fee of 5% of the  Purchase  Price  upon
certain  conditions as specified in the Warrant  Agreement  upon the exercise of
the Class A Warrants represented hereby.

     This Warrant  Certificate  shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York.

     This Warrant  Certificate is not valid unless  countersigned by the Warrant
Agent.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Warrant  Certificate to be
duly executed,  manually or in facsimile,  by two of its officers thereunto duly
authorized and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon.

                                         HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

Dated: ________                          By:     ______________________________


                                         By:     ______________________________

[seal]

Countersigned:

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
            as Warrant Agent


By    ___________________________
          Authorized Officer



                                       A-3

<PAGE>




                    [FORM OF REVERSE OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE]

                  TRANSFER FEE: $_______ PER CERTIFICATE ISSUED

                                SUBSCRIPTION FORM

                     To Be Executed by the Registered Holder
                          in Order to Exercise Warrants


     The undersigned  Registered  Holder hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise
_______  Class A  Warrants  represented  by  this  Warrant  Certificate,  and to
purchase the securities issuable upon the exercise of such Class A Warrants, and
requests that certificates for such securities shall be issued in the name of

            PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

                              --------------------

                              --------------------

                              --------------------

                              --------------------
                     [please print or type name and address]


and be delivered to

                              --------------------

                              --------------------

                              --------------------

                              --------------------
                     [please print or type name and address]


and if such  number of Class A  Warrants  shall not be all the Class A  Warrants
evidenced by this Warrant  Certificate,  that a new Class A Warrant  Certificate
for the  balance  of such  Class A Warrants  be  registered  in the name of, and
delivered to, the Registered Holder at the address stated below.


                                       A-4

<PAGE>



     The  undersigned  represents  that the  exercise  of the  Class A  Warrants
evidenced  hereby  was  solicited  by a member of the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc. If not  solicited  by an NASD  member,  please  write
"unsolicited" in the space below. Unless otherwise indicated by listing the name
of another NASD member firm,  it will be assumed that the exercise was solicited
by D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp. or D.H. Blair & Co., Inc.


                                    ------------------------------------
                                             (Name of NASD Member)


Dated:                          X       ---------------------------------------
      ---------
                                    ------------------------------------

                                    ------------------------------------
                                                      Address


                                    ------------------------------------
                                             Taxpayer Identification Number


                                    ------------------------------------
                                             Signature Guaranteed


                                    ------------------------------------






THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OR THE SUBSCRIPTION  FORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE
NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANT  CERTIFICATE IN EVERY  PARTICULAR,
WITHOUT  ALTERATION  OR  ENLARGE-  MENT OR ANY  CHANGE  WHATSOEVER,  AND MUST BE
GUARANTEED BY A MEMBER OF THE MEDALLION STAMP PROGRAM.


                                       A-5


<PAGE>


                                   ASSIGNMENT


                     To Be Executed by the Registered Holder
                           in Order to Assign Warrants


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, __________________  hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto


            PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
                                  OF TRANSFEREE

                              --------------------

                              --------------------

                              --------------------

                              --------------------
                     [please print or type name and address]


_________________   of  the  Class  A  Warrants   represented  by  this  Warrant
Certificate,     and    hereby    irrevocably     constitutes    and    appoints
____________________________________   Attorney   to   transfer   this   Warrant
Certificate on the books of the Company,  with full power of substitution in the
premises.


Dated:________________                 X        ______________________________
                                                     Signature Guaranteed


                                           ____________________________________


THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OR THE SUBSCRIPTION  FORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE
NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANT  CERTIFICATE IN EVERY  PARTICULAR,
WITHOUT  ALTERATION  OR  ENLARGE-  MENT OR ANY  CHANGE  WHATSOEVER,  AND MUST BE
GUARANTEED BY A MEMBER OF THE MEDALLION STAMP PROGRAM.




                                       A-6

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                  [FORM OF FACE OF CLASS B WARRANT CERTIFICATE]


No.  BW                                                      __ Class B Warrants


                          VOID AFTER _____________ 2002

                         CLASS B WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR
                            PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK

                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

     This certifies that FOR VALUE RECEIVED  ____________________  or registered
assigns (the "Registered Holder") is the owner of the number of Class B Warrants
specified above. Each Class B Warrant  represented hereby initially entitles the
Registered Holder to purchase,  subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
this Warrant Certificate and the Warrant Agreement (as hereinafter defined), one
fully paid and  nonassessable  share of Common  Stock,  $.01 par value  ("Common
Stock"),  of Heuristic  Development  Group,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  at any  time  between  ____,  1997  and  the  Expiration  Date  (as
hereinafter  defined),  upon the  presentation  and  surrender  of this  Warrant
Certificate with the Subscription  Form on the reverse hereof duly executed,  at
the corporate office of American Stock Transfer Company as Warrant Agent, or its
successor (the "Warrant Agent"),  accompanied by payment of $8.75 (the "Purchase
Price") in lawful  money of the United  States of America in cash or by official
bank or certified check made payable to Heuristic Development Group, Inc.

     This Warrant  Certificate and each Class B Warrant  represented  hereby are
issued  pursuant to and are subject in all respects to the terms and  conditions
set forth in the Warrant Agreement (the "Warrant Agreement"), dated ___________,
1997 by and among the  Company,  the  Warrant  Agent and D.H.  Blair  Investment
Banking Corp.

     In  the  event  of  certain  contingencies  provided  for  in  the  Warrant
Agreement, the Purchase Price or the number of shares of Common Stock subject to
purchase  upon the  exercise  of each  Class B Warrant  represented  hereby  are
subject to modification or adjustment.

     Each Class B Warrant represented hereby is exercisable at the option of the
Registered  Holder,  but no fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued. In
the case of the  exercise  of less  than all the  Class B  Warrants  represented
hereby,  the Company  shall cancel this Warrant  Certificate  upon the surrender
hereof  and shall  execute  and  deliver a new  Warrant  Certificate  or Warrant
Certificates of like tenor, which the Warrant Agent shall  countersign,  for the
balance of such Class B Warrants.

                                                                        

                                       B-1

<PAGE>



     The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 P.M. (New York time) on ______ ,
2002 or such  earlier date as the Class B Warrants  shall be  redeemed.  If such
date  shall in the  State of New York be a holiday  or a day on which  banks are
authorized  to close,  then the  Expiration  Date shall mean 5:00 P.M. (New York
time) the next  following day which in the State of New York is not a holiday or
a day on which banks are authorized to close.

     The Company  shall not be obligated to deliver any  securities  pursuant to
the exercise of the Class B Warrants  represented  hereby unless a  registration
statement  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with respect to such
securities is effective. The Company has covenanted and agreed that it will file
a  registration  statement  and will use its best  efforts  to cause the same to
become effective and to keep such  registration  statement  current while any of
the Class B Warrants are outstanding.  The Class B Warrants  represented  hereby
shall not be exercisable by a Registered Holder in any state where such exercise
would be unlawful.

     This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable,  upon the surrender hereof by the
Registered  Holder at the  corporate  office  of the  Warrant  Agent,  for a new
Warrant Certificate or Warrant  Certificates of like tenor representing an equal
aggregate number of Class B Warrants,  each of such new Warrant  Certificates to
represent  such  number  of Class B  Warrants  as shall  be  designated  by such
Registered  Holder at the time of such surrender.  Upon due presentment with any
applicable  transfer  fee in  addition to any tax or other  governmental  charge
imposed in connection  therewith,  for  registration of transfer of this Warrant
Certificate at such office,  a new Warrant  Certificate or Warrant  Certificates
representing an equal aggregate number of Class B Warrants will be issued to the
transferee  in exchange  therefor,  subject to the  limitations  provided in the
Warrant Agreement.

     Prior to the  exercise  of any  Class B  Warrant  represented  hereby,  the
Registered  Holder shall not be entitled to any rights of a  stockholder  of the
Company,  including,  without  limitation,  the  right  to  vote  or to  receive
dividends  or other  distributions,  and shall not be  entitled  to receive  any
notice of any  proceedings  of the  Company,  except as  provided in the Warrant
Agreement.

     The Class B Warrants  represented  hereby may be  redeemed at the option of
the Company, at a redemption price of $.05 per Class B Warrant at any time after
______, 1998 provided the Market Price (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) for
the Common Stock shall exceed $12.25 per share.  Notice of  redemption  shall be
given not later than the thirtieth day before the date fixed for redemption, all
as  provided  in the  Warrant  Agreement.  On  and  after  the  date  fixed  for
redemption, the Registered Holder shall have no rights with respect to the Class
B Warrants  represented  hereby  except to receive  the $.05 per Class B Warrant
upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate.

     Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer  hereof,  the Company
and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the  Registered  Holder as the absolute
owner hereof and of each Class B Warrant represented hereby (notwithstanding any
notations  of  ownership  or  writing  hereon  made by anyone  other than a duly
authorized  officer of the Company or the Warrant  Agent) for all  purposes  and
shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.
                                                                      
                                       B-2

<PAGE>





     The  Company  has  agreed  to pay a fee of 5% of the  Purchase  Price  upon
certain  conditions as specified in the Warrant  Agreement  upon the exercise of
the Class B Warrants represented hereby.

     This Warrant  Certificate  shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York.

     This Warrant  Certificate is not valid unless  countersigned by the Warrant
Agent.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Warrant  Certificate to be
duly executed,  manually or in facsimile,  by two of its officers thereunto duly
authorized and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon.

                                          HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.


Dated:  _________________                 By:      _____________________________


                                          By:      _____________________________

[seal]


Countersigned:

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
_____________________, as Warrant Agent


By:      ______________________________
                  Authorized Officer





                                       B-3

<PAGE>



                    [FORM OF REVERSE OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE]

                                SUBSCRIPTION FORM

                     To Be Executed by the Registered Holder
                          in Order to Exercise Warrants


     The undersigned  Registered  Holder hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise
_________  Class B Warrants  represented  by this Warrant  Certificate,  and to
purchase the securities issuable upon the exercise of such Class B Warrants, and
requests that certificates for such securities shall be issued in the name of

            PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

                              --------------------

                              --------------------

                              --------------------

                              --------------------
                     [please print or type name and address]


and be delivered to

                              --------------------

                              --------------------

                              --------------------

                              --------------------
                     [please print or type name and address]


and if such  number of Class B  Warrants  shall not be all the Class B  Warrants
evidenced by this Warrant  Certificate,  that a new Warrant  Certificate for the
balance of such Class B Warrants be registered in the name of, and delivered to,
the Registered Holder at the address stated below.


                                                                 
                                       B-4

<PAGE>



     The  undersigned  represents  that the  exercise  of the  Class B  Warrants
evidenced  hereby  was  solicited  by a member of the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc. If not  solicited  by an NASD  member,  please  write
"unsolicited" in the space below. Unless otherwise indicated by listing the name
of another NASD member firm,  it will be assumed that the exercise was solicited
by D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp.


                                      ------------------------------------
                                               (Name of NASD Member)


Dated:_____________                     X        ______________________________

                                      ------------------------------------

                                      ------------------------------------
                                                        Address


                                      ------------------------------------
                                               Taxpayer Identification Number


                                      ------------------------------------
                                               Signature Guaranteed


                                      ------------------------------------



THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OR THE SUBSCRIPTION  FORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE
NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANT  CERTIFICATE IN EVERY  PARTICULAR,
WITHOUT  ALTERATION  OR  ENLARGE-  MENT OR ANY  CHANGE  WHATSOEVER,  AND MUST BE
GUARANTEED BY A MEMBER OF THE MEDALLION STAMP PROGRAM.

                                   ASSIGNMENT


                     To Be Executed by the Registered Holder
                           in Order to Assign Warrants


                                       B-5

<PAGE>


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ___________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto


            PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
                                  OF TRANSFEREE


                             --------------------

                              --------------------

                              --------------------
                     [please print or type name and address]


_______________________  of the Class B  Warrants  represented  by this  Warrant
Certificate,     and    hereby    irrevocably     constitutes    and    appoints
______________________________________   Attorney  to  transfer   this   Warrant
Certificate on the books of the Company,  with full power of substitution in the
premises.


Dated: _____________                     X       ______________________________
                                                    Signature Guaranteed


                                                 ______________________________


THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OR THE SUBSCRIPTION  FORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE
NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANT  CERTIFICATE IN EVERY  PARTICULAR,
WITHOUT  ALTERATION  OR  ENLARGE-  MENT OR ANY  CHANGE  WHATSOEVER,  AND MUST BE
GUARANTEED BY A MEMBER OF THE MEDALLION STAMP PROGRAM.




                                       B-6


                                                              Option to Purchase
                                                                    _______Units


                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.
                              Unit Purchase Option
                         Dated: _____________ ___, 1997


     THIS CERTIFIES THAT D.H. BLAIR INVESTMENT  BANKING CORP.  (herein sometimes
called the "Holder") is entitled to purchase from HEURISTIC  DEVELOPMENT  GROUP,
INC., a Delaware corporation  (hereinafter called the "Company"),  at the prices
and     during     the     periods     as     hereinafter     specified,      up
to___________________________ (_______) Units ("Units"), each Unit consisting of
one share of the Company's  Common  Stock,  $.01 par value,  as now  constituted
("Common  Stock"),  one Class A warrant  ("Class  A  Warrants")  and one Class B
warrant  ("Class B Warrants").  Each Class A Warrant is  exercisable to purchase
one share of Common Stock and one Class B Warrant at an exercise  price of $6.50
from _______, 1997 to _______ , 2002, and each Class B Warrant is exercisable to
purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $8.75 until _______,
2002. The Class A Warrants and Class B Warrants are herein collectively referred
to as the "Warrants."

     The Units have been registered under a Registration Statement on Form SB-2,
(File No.  333-_______  ) declared  effective  by the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission on _____, 1997 (the "Registration Statement").  This Option, together
with  options  of  like  tenor,  constituting  in  the  aggregate  options  (the
"Options") to purchase  120,000 Units,  subject to adjustment in accordance with
Section 8 of this Option (the "Option Units"), was originally issued pursuant to
an underwriting  agreement between the Company and D.H. Blair Investment Banking
Corp., as underwriter (the  "Underwriter")  in connection with a public offering
(the   "Offering")  of  1,200,000   Units  (the  "Public   Units")  through  the
Underwriter, in consideration of $120 received for the Options.

     Except as specifically  otherwise provided herein, the Common Stock and the
Warrants  issued pursuant to the option herein granted (the "Option") shall bear
the same terms and  conditions as described  under the caption  "Description  of
Securities" in the Registration Statement, and the Warrants shall be governed by
the  terms  of the  Warrant  Agreement  dated  as of  _____,  1997  executed  in
connection with such public offering (the "Warrant Agreement"),  and except that
(i) the holder shall have registration  rights under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended  (the  "Act"),  for the  Option,  the Common  Stock and the  Warrants
included in the Option  Units,  and the shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the
Warrants,  as more  fully  described  in  Section 6 of this  Option and (ii) the
Warrants  issuable  upon exercise of the Option will be subject to redemption by
the Company  pursuant to the Warrant  Agreement at any time after the Option has
been exercised and the Warrants underlying the Option Units are outstanding. Any
such  redemption  shall be on the same  terms  and  conditions  as the  Warrants
included in the Public Units (the "Public Warrants"). The Company will


<PAGE>


list the Common Stock  underlying  this Option and, at the Holder's  request the
Warrants,  on the Nasdaq  National  Market,  the Nasdaq Small Cap Market or such
other  exchange  or market as the Common  Stock or Public  Warrants  may then be
listed  or  quoted.  In the event of any  extension  of the  expiration  date or
reduction of the exercise price of the Public Warrants,  the same changes to the
Warrants included in the Option Units shall be simultaneously effected.

     1. The rights  represented by this Option shall be exercised at the prices,
subject  to  adjustment  in  accordance  with  Section  8 of this  Option  ("the
"Exercise Price"), and during the periods as follows:

          (a) During the period from _______ , 1997 to _______,  1998 inclusive,
     the Holder  shall have no right to  purchase  any Option  Units  hereunder,
     except  that in the event of any  merger,  consolidation  or sale of all or
     substantially all the capital stock or assets of the Company or in the case
     of any statutory exchange of securities with another corporation (including
     any exchange  effected in connection  with a merger of another  corporation
     into the  Company)  subsequent  to _______,  1998 the Holder shall have the
     right to exercise this Option and the Warrants included herein at such time
     and receive the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and
     property  (including cash) which a holder of the number of shares of Common
     Stock underlying this Option and the Warrants included in this Option would
     have owned or been  entitled  to receive  had this  Option  been  exercised
     immediately prior thereto.

          (b) Between _______, 1998 and _______,2002 inclusive, the Holder shall
     have the option to purchase  Option Units hereunder at a price of $6.00 per
     Unit. For purposes of the adjustments under Section 8 hereof, the Per Share
     Exercise Price shall be deemed to be $6.00,  subject to further  adjustment
     as provided in such Section 8.

          (c) After  _________,  2002 the Holder shall have no right to purchase
     any Units hereunder.

     2. (a) The rights  represented  by this Option may be exercised at any time
within the period above specified,  in whole or in part, by (i) the surrender of
this Option (with the purchase form at the end hereof properly  executed) at the
principal executive office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the
Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of
the  Holder  appearing  on the books of the  Company);  and (ii)  payment to the
Company of the  exercise  price  then in effect  for the number of Option  Units
specified in the  above-mentioned  purchase form together with applicable  stock
transfer taxes,  if any. This Option shall be deemed to have been exercised,  in
whole or in part to the  extent  specified,  immediately  prior to the  close of
business  on the  date  this  Option  is  surrendered  and  payment  is  made in
accordance  with the  foregoing  provisions of this Section 2, and the person or
persons in whose name or names

                                       -2-


<PAGE>


the  certificates for shares of Common Stock and Warrants shall be issuable upon
such exercise  shall become the holder or holders of record of such Common Stock
and Warrants at that time and date.  The  certificates  for the Common Stock and
Warrants so purchased  shall be  delivered to the Holder as soon as  practicable
but not later  than ten (10) days after the rights  represented  by this  Option
shall have been so exercised.

          (b) At any time during the period above  specified,  during which this
Option may be exercised, the Holder may, at its option, exchange this Option, in
whole  or in part (an  "Option  Exchange"),  into the  number  of  Option  Units
determined in accordance with this Section (b), by  surrendering  this Option at
the  principal  office of the  Company  or at the  office of its stock  transfer
agent,  accompanied  by a notice  stating  such  Holder's  intent to effect such
exchange,  the number of Option  Units into which this Option is to be exchanged
and the date on which the Holder  requests that such Option  Exchange occur (the
"Notice  of  Exchange").  The  Option  Exchange  shall  take  place  on the date
specified  in the  Notice  of  Exchange  or, if  later,  the date the  Notice of
Exchange is received by the Company (the "Exchange Date").  Certificates for the
shares of Common Stock and Warrants  issuable upon such Option  Exchange and, if
applicable,  a new Option of like  tenor  evidencing  the  balance of the Option
Units remaining subject to this Option,  shall be issued as of the Exchange Date
and delivered to the Holder within seven (7) days  following the Exchange  Date.
In connection with any Option Exchange, this Option shall represent the right to
subscribe  for and  acquire  the  number of Option  Units  (rounded  to the next
highest integer) equal to (x) the number of Option Units specified by the Holder
in its Notice of Exchange up to the maximum  number of Option  Units  subject to
this option (the "Total  Number")  less (y) the number of Option  Units equal to
the  quotient  obtained by dividing  (A) the product of the Total Number and the
existing Exercise Price by (B) the Fair Market Value.  "Fair Market Value" shall
mean first,  if there is a trading  market as indicated in Subsection  (i) below
for the  Units,  such  Fair  Market  Value of the  Units and if there is no such
trading  market in the Units,  then Fair  Market  Value  shall have the  meaning
indicated in Subsections  (ii) through (v) below for the aggregate  value of all
shares of Common Stock and Warrants which comprise a Unit:

          (i) If the  Units are  listed on a  national  securities  exchange  or
     listed or admitted  to  unlisted  trading  privileges  on such  exchange or
     listed for trading on the Nasdaq  National  Market or the Nasdaq  Small Cap
     Market,  the Fair Market  Value  shall be the average of the last  reported
     sale prices or the average of the means of the last  reported bid and asked
     prices,  respectively,  of the Units on such  exchange  or  market  for the
     twenty  (20)  business  days ending on the last  business  day prior to the
     Exchange Date; or

          (ii)  If the  Common  Stock  or  Warrants  are  listed  on a  national
     securities  exchange or admitted to  unlisted  trading  privileges  on such
     exchange or listed for trading on the Nasdaq  National Market or the Nasdaq
     Small Cap Market,  the Fair  Market  Value shall be the average of the last
     reported  sale prices or the average of the means of the last  reported bid
     and asked prices, respectively, of Common Stock

                                       -3-


<PAGE>


     or Warrants,  respectively,  on such exchange or market for the twenty (20)
     business days ending on the last  business day prior to the Exchange  Date;
     or

          (iii) If the Common Stock or Warrants are not so listed or admitted to
     unlisted trading privileges,  the Fair Market Value shall be the average of
     the means of the last  reported bid and asked prices of the Common Stock or
     Warrants,  respectively,  for the twenty (20)  business  days ending on the
     last business day prior to the Exchange Date; or

          (iv) If the  Common  Stock is not so listed or  admitted  to  unlisted
     trading  privileges and bid and asked prices are not so reported,  the Fair
     Market Value shall be an amount, not less than book value thereof as at the
     end of the most  recent  fiscal  year of the  Company  ending  prior to the
     Exchange Date, determined in such reasonable manner as may be prescribed by
     the Board of Directors of the Company; or

          (v) If the Warrants are not so listed or admitted to unlisted  trading
     privileges, and bid and asked prices are not so reported for Warrants, then
     Fair  Market  Value  for the  Warrants  shall  be an  amount  equal  to the
     difference  between (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock
     and Warrants  which may be received upon the exercise of the  Warrants,  as
     determined herein, and (ii) the Warrant Exercise Price.

     3. Neither this Option nor the underlying  securities shall be transferred,
sold, assigned,  or hypothecated for a period of one year commencing except that
they may be  transferred  to  successors  of the Holder,  and may be assigned in
whole or in part to any  person  who is an  officer  of the  Holder,  any member
participating  in the selling  group  relating to the Offering or any officer of
such selling group member.  Any such assignment  shall be effected by the Holder
(i) executing  the form of  assignment  at the end hereof and (ii)  surrendering
this Option for  cancellation at the office or agency of the Company referred to
in Section 2 hereof,  accompanied by a certificate  (signed by an officer of the
Holder if the  Holder is a  corporation),  stating  that  each  transferee  is a
permitted  transferee  under this Section 3 hereof;  whereupon the Company shall
issue, in the name or names specified by the Holder (including the Holder) a new
Option or Options  of like tenor and  representing  in the  aggregate  rights to
purchase the same number of Option Units as are purchasable hereunder.

     4. The Company  covenants  and agrees that all shares of Common Stock which
may be issued as part of the Option  Units  purchased  hereunder  and the Common
Stock which may be issued upon exercise of the Warrants will, upon issuance,  be
duly and validly issued,  fully paid and nonassessable and no personal liability
will attach to the holder thereof. The Company further covenants and agrees that
during the periods  within which this Option may be exercised,  the Company will
at all times have  authorized and reserved a sufficient  number of shares of its
Common  Stock to provide  for the  exercise of this Option and that it will have
authorized and reserved a

                                       -4-


<PAGE>


sufficient  number of shares of Common Stock for issuance  upon  exercise of the
Warrants included in the Option Units.

     5. This Option  shall not  entitle  the Holder to any voting  rights or any
other rights,  or subject to the Holder to any liabilities,  as a stockholder of
the Company.

     6. (a) The Company shall advise the Holder or its  transferee,  whether the
Holder  holds the Option or has  exercised  the Option and holds Option Units or
any of the securities  underlying  the Option Units,  by written notice at least
two  weeks  prior  to  the  filing  of  any  post-effective   amendment  to  the
Registration  Statement or of any new registration  statement or  post-effective
amendment thereto under the Act covering any securities of the Company,  for its
own account or for the  account of others,  and will for a period of seven years
from the effective date of the Registration  Statement,  upon the request of the
Holder, include in any such post-effective  amendment or registration statement,
such  information as may be required to permit a public  offering of the Option,
all or any of the Option  Units,  the Common  Stock or Warrants  included in the
Option Units or the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants (the
"Registrable Securities"); provided, however, the right of any Holder to include
its Registrable Securities in any such post-effective  amendment or registration
statement may be waived by the written consent of D.H. Blair Investment  Banking
Corp., D.H. Blair & Co., Inc. or J. Morton Davis.

     If any registration  pursuant to this Section 6(a) shall be underwritten in
whole or in part,  the  Company  may  require  that the  Registrable  Securities
requested  for  inclusion  pursuant  to this  Section  6(a) be  included  in the
underwriting on the same terms and conditions as the securities  otherwise being
sold  through the  underwriters.  In the event that the  Registrable  Securities
requested  for  inclusion  pursuant to this Section 6(a) together with any other
shares which have  similar  piggyback  registration  rights (such shares and the
Registrable  Securities being collectively referred to as the "Requested Stock")
would  constitute more than 5% of the total number of shares to be included in a
proposed underwritten public offering,  and if in the good faith judgment of the
managing  underwriter  of  such  public  offering  the  inclusion  of all of the
Requested Stock originally  covered by a request for  registration  would reduce
the  number  of  shares to be  offered  by the  Company  or  interfere  with the
successful  marketing of the shares of stock offered by the Company,  the number
of shares of Requested Stock otherwise to be included in the underwritten public
offering may be reduced pro rata (by number of shares) among the holders thereof
requesting such registration or excluded in their entirety if so required by the
underwriter.  To the extent only a portion of the Requested Stock is included in
the underwritten public offering, those shares of Requested Stock which are thus
excluded from the underwritten public offering shall be withheld from the market
by the holders thereof for a period,  not to exceed 60 days,  which the managing
underwriter   reasonably   determines  is  necessary  in  order  to  effect  the
underwritten public offering.

          (b) If D.H. Blair Investment  Banking Corp., D.H. Blair & Co., Inc. or
J. Morton Davis (the  "Requesting  Holder")  shall give notice to the Company at
any time to the effect that such holder  desires to register  under the Act this
Option,  the Option Units or any of the underlying  securities  contained in the
Option Units under such circumstances that a public

                                       -5-


<PAGE>


distribution  (within  the  meaning of the Act) of any such  securities  will be
involved  then the Company  will  promptly,  but no later than three weeks after
receipt  of  such  notice,  file  a  post-effective  amendment  to  the  current
Registration Statement or a new registration statement on Form S-1 or such other
form as the holder requests pursuant to the Act, to the end that the Option, the
Option Units  and/or any of the  securities  underlying  the Option Units may be
publicly  sold  under the Act as  promptly  as  practicable  thereafter  and the
Company  will use its best  efforts  to cause  such  registration  to become and
remain effective  (including the taking of such steps as are necessary to obtain
the removal of any stop order);  provided,  that such holder  shall  furnish the
Company with appropriate  information in connection therewith as the Company may
reasonably request in writing. The Requesting Holder may, at its option, request
the filing of a post-effective  amendment to the current Registration  Statement
or a new  registration  statement  under the Act on one occasion during the four
year  period  beginning  one year from the  effective  date of the  Registration
Statement.  The Requesting Holder may, at its option request the registration of
the Option and/or any of the securities  underlying the Option in a registration
statement made by the Company as  contemplated  by Section 6(a) or in connection
with a request made  pursuant to this Section 6(b) prior to  acquisition  of the
Option Units issuable upon exercise of the Option and even though the Requesting
Holder has not given  notice of exercise of the Option.  The  Requesting  Holder
may, at its option,  request such  post-effective  amendment or new registration
statement  during the  described  period with respect to the Option,  the Option
Units as a unit, or separately as to the Common Stock and/or  Warrants  included
in the Option Units and/or the Common  Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of the
Warrants, and such registration rights may be exercised by the Requesting Holder
prior to or subsequent to the exercise of the Option.

     Within ten days after  receiving  any such notice  pursuant to this Section
6(b),  the  Company  shall  give  notice to the other  holders  of the  Options,
advising that the Company is proceeding  with such  post-effective  amendment or
registration statement and offering to include therein the securities underlying
the Options of the other  holders,  provided that they shall furnish the Company
with such appropriate  information  (relating to the intentions of such holders)
in connection  therewith as the Company shall reasonably request in writing.  In
the event the  registration  statement is not filed within the period  specified
herein and in the event the  registration  statement is not  declared  effective
under the Act prior to  ________,  2002,  then,  at the  holders'  request,  the
Company shall  purchase the Options from the holder for a per option price equal
to the  difference  between (i) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the
date of notice  multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise  of the Option and the  underlying  Warrants  and (ii) the  average per
share purchase price of the Option and each share of Common Stock underlying the
Option. All costs and expenses of the first such post-effective amendment or new
registration  statement under this paragraph 6(b) shall be borne by the Company,
except  that the  holders  shall  bear the fees of  their  own  counsel  and any
underwriting  discounts or commissions  applicable to any of the securities sold
by them. If the Company determines to include securities to be sold by it in any
registration  statement originally requested pursuant to this Section 6(b), such
registration  shall instead be deemed to have been a registration  under Section
6(a) and not under this Section 6(b).


                                       -6-


<PAGE>


     The Company will maintain  such  registration  statement or  post-effective
amendment  current under the Act for a period of at least six months (and for up
to an  additional  three months if  requested by the Holder) from the  effective
date thereof.

          (c) Whenever pursuant to Section 6 a registration  statement  relating
to any Registrable  Securities is filed under the Act,  amended or supplemented,
the Company shall (i) supply prospectuses and such other documents as the Holder
may request in order to facilitate  the public sale or other  disposition of the
Registrable Securities, (ii) use its best efforts to register and qualify any of
the  Registrable  Securities for sale in such states as such Holder  designates,
(iii) furnish  indemnification in the manner provided in Section 7 hereof,  (iv)
notify  each  Holder of  Registrable  Securities  at any time when a  prospectus
relating  thereto is required to be delivered  under the Securities  Act, of the
happening  of any  event as a result of which the  prospectus  included  in such
registration  statement,  as then in effect,  contains an untrue  statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading  and, at the request of
any such  Holder,  prepare  and furnish to such  Holder a  reasonable  number of
copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary
so  that,  as  thereafter  delivered  to  the  purchasers  of  such  Registrable
Securities, such prospectus shall not included an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state  material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary
to make the statements  therein not misleading and (v) do any and all other acts
and  things  which may be  necessary  or  desirable  to enable  such  Holders to
consummate the public sale or other  disposition of the Registrable  Securities,
The Holder shall furnish  appropriate  information  in connection  therewith and
indemnification as set forth in Section 7.

          (d) The Company shall not permit the inclusion of any securities other
than the  Registrable  Securities to be included in any  registration  statement
filed pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof  without the prior written  consent of the
Requesting Holder.

          (e) The  Company  shall  furnish to each Holder  participating  in the
offering and to each  underwriter,  if any, a signed  counterpart,  addressed to
such Holder or underwriter,  of (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company,  dated
the effective  date of such  registration  statement  (or, if such  registration
includes  an  underwritten  public  offering,  an opinion  dated the date of the
closing  under  the  underwriting  agreement),  and  (ii) if  such  registration
includes an  underwritten  public  offering,  a "cold comfort"  letter dated the
effective date of such registration  statement and dated the date of the closing
under the underwriting  agreement signed by the independent  public  accountants
who have issued a report on the Company's financial  statements included in such
registration  statement,  in each case covering  substantially  the same matters
with  respect  to such  registration  statement  (and  the  prospectus  included
therein) and, in the case of such  accountants'  letter,  with respect to events
subsequent to the date of such financial statements,  as are customarily covered
in  opinions  of  issuer's  counsel and in  accountants'  letters  delivered  to
underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities.

          (f) The Company shall deliver promptly to each Holder participating in
the offering  requesting the correspondence and memoranda described below and to
the managing

                                       -7-

<PAGE>


underwriter copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company,
its counsel or auditors  and all  memoranda  relating  to  discussions  with the
Commission  or its staff with respect to the  registration  statement and permit
each Holder and underwriter to do such  investigation,  upon reasonable  advance
notice,   with  respect  to  information   contained  in  or  omitted  from  the
registration   statement  as  it  deems  reasonable  necessary  to  comply  with
applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National  Association of Securities
Dealers,   Inc.   ("NASD").   Such   investigation   shall  include   access  to
non-confidential  books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the
business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors,  all to such
reasonable  extent  and at  such  reasonable  times  as any  such  Holder  shall
reasonably request.

     7. (a) Whenever pursuant to Section 6 a registration  statement relating to
the Registrable Securities is filed under the Act, amended or supplemented,  the
Company  will  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  each  holder  of the  Registrable
Securities covered by such registration statement, amendment or supplement (such
holder being hereinafter called the "Distributing  Holder"), and each person, if
any, who controls (within the meaning of the Act) the Distributing  Holder,  and
each  underwriter  (within the meaning of the Act) of such  securities  and each
person,  if  any,  who  controls  (within  the  meaning  of the  Act)  any  such
underwriter,  against  any  losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities,  joint or
several,  to which the Distributing  Holder,  any such controlling person or any
such underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of any
material fact contained in any such  registration  statement or any  preliminary
prospectus or final  prospectus  constituting a part thereof or any amendment or
supplement  thereto,  or arise out of or are based  upon the  omission  to state
therein a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the
statements  therein not misleading;  and will reimburse the Distributing  Holder
and each such controlling person and underwriter for any legal or other expenses
reasonably  incurred by the Distributing  Holder or such  controlling  person or
underwriter in connection with  investigating or defending any such loss, claim,
damage,  liability or action;  provided,  however,  that the Company will not be
liable in any such  case to the  extent  that any such  loss,  claim,  damage or
liability  arises out of or is based upon an untrue  statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission made in said  registration  statement,
said  preliminary  prospectus,  said  final  prospectus  or  said  amendment  or
supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished
by such Distributing Holder specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

          (b)  If  requested  by  the  Company   prior  to  the  filing  of  any
registration  statement covering the Registrable  Securities,  each Distributing
Holder will agree, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the
Company against any losses,  claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company
may become subject, under the Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses, claims,
damages  or  liabilities  arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue or alleged
untrue statement of any material fact contained in said registration  statement,
said  preliminary  prospectus,  said  final  prospectus,  or said  amendment  or
supplement,  or arise  out of or are  based  upon the  omission  or the  alleged
omission  to state  therein a material  fact  required  to be stated  therein or
necessary to make the  statements  therein not  misleading,  in each case to the
extent, but only to the

                                       -8-


<PAGE>


extent that such untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement or omission or
alleged  omission  was made in said  registration  statement,  said  preliminary
prospectus,  said final  prospectus or said  amendment or supplement in reliance
upon and in conformity with written  information  furnished by such Distributing
Holder specifically for use in the preparation thereof;  except that the maximum
amount  which may be recovered  from the  Distributing  Holder  pursuant to this
Section 7 or otherwise  shall be limited to the amount of net proceeds  received
by the Distributing Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities.

          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this Section
7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying  party, give the
indemnifying  party notice of the commencement  thereof;  but the omission so to
notify the  indemnifying  party will not relieve it from any liability  which it
may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 7.

          (d) In case any such action is brought against any indemnified  party,
and  it  notifies  an  indemnifying  party  of  the  commencement  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party will be entitled to participate  in, and, to the extent that
it may wish,  jointly with any other  indemnifying  party similarly  notified to
assume  the  defense  thereof,  with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to such
indemnified  party,  and  after  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party  to such
indemnified  party  of its  election  so to  assume  the  defense  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party  will not be liable to such  indemnified  party  under  this
Section  7 for  any  legal  or  other  expenses  subsequently  incurred  by such
indemnified  party in connection  with the defense thereof other than reasonable
costs of investigation.

          (8) In addition to the provisions of Section 1(a) of this Option,  the
Exercise  Price in  effect  at any time and the  number  and kind of  securities
purchasable upon the exercise of the Options shall be subject to adjustment from
time to time upon the happening of certain events as follows:

          (a) In case  the  Company  shall  (i)  declare  a  dividend  or make a
     distribution on its outstanding  shares of Common Stock in shares of Common
     Stock, (ii) subdivide or reclassify its outstanding  shares of Common Stock
     into a  greater  number of  shares,  or (iii)  combine  or  reclassify  its
     outstanding  shares of Common  Stock into a smaller  number of shares,  the
     Exercise  Price in effect at the time of the record date for such  dividend
     or distribution or of the effective date of such  subdivision,  combination
     or  reclassification  shall be  adjusted  so that it shall  equal the price
     determined by multiplying the Exercise Price by a fraction, the denominator
     of which shall be the number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  after
     giving  effect to such  action,  and the  numerator  of which  shall be the
     number  of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  prior to such
     action.  Such  adjustment  shall be made  successively  whenever  any event
     listed above shall occur.

          (b) Whenever the Exercise  Price  payable upon exercise of each Option
     is adjusted pursuant to Subsections (a), above, (i) the number of shares of
     Common

                                       -9-


<PAGE>


     Stock  included  in an Option  Unit shall  simultaneously  be  adjusted  by
     multiplying  the number of shares of Common  Stock  included in Option Unit
     immediately  prior to such  adjustment  by the  Exercise  Price  in  effect
     immediately  prior to such  adjustment and dividing the product so obtained
     by the Exercise  Price, as adjusted and (ii) the number of shares of Common
     Stock or other securities  issuable upon exercise of the Warrants  included
     in the  Option  Units  and the  exercise  price of such  Warrants  shall be
     adjusted in accordance with the applicable terms of the Warrant Agreement.

          (c) No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required  unless such
     adjustment  would  require an  increase  or decrease of at least five cents
     ($0.05) in such price;  provided,  however,  that any adjustments  which by
     reason of this  Subsection (c) are not required to be made shall be carried
     forward and taken into account in any subsequent  adjustment required to be
     made hereunder.  All calculations under this Section 8 shall be made to the
     nearest cent or to the nearest  one-hundredth  of a share,  as the case may
     be. Anything in this Section 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company
     shall be entitled,  but shall not be required,  to make such changes in the
     Exercise  Price,  in  addition to those  required by this  Section 8, as it
     shall determine, in its sole discretion,  to be advisable in order that any
     dividend or  distribution  in shares of Common Stock,  or any  subdivision,
     reclassification  or  combination  of Common Stock,  hereafter  made by the
     Company shall not result in any Federal Income tax liability to the holders
     of Common Stock or  securities  convertible  into Common  Stock  (including
     Warrants issuable upon exercise of this Option).

          (d) Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted,  as herein provided,  the
     Company shall promptly but no later than 10 days after any request for such
     an  adjustment  by the Holder,  cause a notice  setting  forth the adjusted
     Exercise  Price and adjusted  number of Option Units issuable upon exercise
     of each Option and, if requested,  information  describing the transactions
     giving  rise to such  adjustments,  to be  mailed  to the  Holders,  at the
     address set forth  herein,  and shall cause a certified  copy thereof to be
     mailed to its  transfer  agent,  if any.  The  Company may retain a firm of
     independent certified public accountants selected by the Board of Directors
     (who may be the regular  accountants  employed by the  Company) to make any
     computation  required by this Section 8, and a  certificate  signed by such
     firm shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment.

          (e) In the event that at any time, as a result of an  adjustment  made
     pursuant to  Subsection  (a) above,  the Holder of this  Option  thereafter
     shall  become  entitled  to receive any shares of the  Company,  other than
     Common Stock, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon
     exercise of this Option shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in
     a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions
     with  respect to the  Common  Stock  contained  in  Subsections  (a) to (c)
     inclusive above.


                                      -10-


<PAGE>


          (f) In case any event shall occur as to which the other  provisions of
     this Section 8 or Section 1(a) hereof are not strictly applicable but as to
     which the  failure  to make any  adjustment  would not fairly  protect  the
     purchase rights represented by this Option in accordance with the essential
     intent  and  principles  hereof  then,  in each such case,  the  Holders of
     Options  representing  the right to purchase a majority of the Option Units
     may appoint a firm of independent public accountants  reasonably acceptable
     to the Company,  which shall give their  opinion as to the  adjustment,  if
     any,  on a basis  consistent  with  the  essential  intent  and  principles
     established  herein,  necessary to preserve the purchase rights represented
     by the Options.  Upon receipt of such  opinion,  the Company will  promptly
     mail a copy  thereof  to the  Holder  of this  Option  and  shall  make the
     adjustments  described  therein.  The fees and expenses of such independent
     public accountants shall be borne by the Company.

     9. This Agreement  shall be governed by and in accordance  with the laws of
the State of New York,  without  giving effect to the principles of conflicts of
law thereof.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  HEURISTIC  DEVELOPMENT  GROUP,  INC.  has caused this
Option to be signed by its duly  authorized  officers under its corporate  seal,
and this Option to be dated __________ ___, 1997.

                                            HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.


                                            By: ____________________________
                                                Gregory L. Zink, President

(Corporate Seal)
Attest:

- --------------------------
Deborah E. Griffin, Secretary



<PAGE>


                                  PURCHASE FORM

                   (To be signed only upon exercise of option)

     The undersigned,  the holder of the foregoing  Option,  hereby  irrevocably
elects to exercise the purchase  rights  represented  by such Option for, and to
purchase  thereunder,  Units of HEURISTIC  DEVELOPMENT  GROUP,  INC. , each Unit
consisting of one share of $.01 Par Value Common  Stock,  one Class A Warrant to
purchase one share of Common Stock and one Class B Warrant(s) and herewith makes
payment of $_________ thereof.

Dated:   _________, 19__.    Instructions for Registration of Stock and Warrants


                             ----------------------------------------
                                        Print Name


                             ----------------------------------------
                             Address


                             ----------------------------------------
                             Signature





<PAGE>



                                 OPTION EXCHANGE

     The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions of the foregoing Option, hereby
elects to  exchange  its Option for  _________  Units of  HEURISTIC  DEVELOPMENT
GROUP,  INC.,  each Unit consisting of one share of $.01 Par Value Common Stock,
One Class A Warrant(s)  to purchase one share  _________ of Common Stock and One
Class B Warrant, pursuant to the Option Exchange provisions of the Option.

Dated:   _____________, 19__.


                                   ------------------------------------------
                                            Print Name


                                   ------------------------------------------
                                   Address


                                   ------------------------------------------
                                   Signature



<PAGE>


                                  TRANSFER FORM

                 (To be signed only upon transfer of the Option)


     For value received,  the undersigned hereby sells,  assigns,  and transfers
unto the right to purchase  Units  represented  by the  foregoing  Option to the
extent of Units , and appoints _____________ attorney to transfer such rights on
the books of _____________, with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:  _______________, 19__


                                          [Underwriter]


                                          By:  _________________________________


                                          ______________________________________
                                          Address

In the presence of:




                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

                             1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN


1. Purpose.

     The purpose of this plan (the "Plan") is to secure for Heuristic
Development Group, Inc. (the "Company") and its shareholders the benefits
arising from capital stock ownership by employees, officers and directors of,
and consultants or advisors to, the Company who are expected to contribute to
the Company's future growth and success. Except where the context otherwise
requires, the term "Company" shall include all present and future subsidiaries
of the Company as defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to time (the "Code"). Those
provisions of the Plan which make express reference to Section 422 shall apply
only to Incentive Stock Options (as that term is defined in the Plan).

2. Type of Options and Administration.

     (a) Types of Options. Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be
authorized by action of the Board of Directors of the Company (or a Committee
designated by the Board of Directors) and may be either incentive stock options
("Incentive Stock Options") meeting the requirements of Section 422 of the Code
or non-statutory options which are not intended to meet the requirements of
Section 422 of the Code.

     (b) Administration. The Plan will be administered by a committee (the
"Committee") appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose
construction and interpretation of the terms and provisions of the Plan shall be
final and conclusive. The delegation of powers to the Committee shall be
consistent with applicable laws or regulations (including, without limitation,
applicable state law and Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), or any successor rule ("Rule 16b-3")). The
Committee may in its sole discretion grant options to purchase shares of the
Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value per share ("Common Stock"), and issue
shares upon exercise of such options as provided in the Plan. The Committee
shall have authority, subject to the express provisions of the Plan, to construe
the respective option agreements and the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind
rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the terms and
provisions of the respective option agreements, which need not be identical, and
to make all other determinations in the judgment of the Committee necessary or
desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any
defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in
any option agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to
carry the Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such
expediency. No director or person acting pursuant to authority delegated by the
Board of Directors shall be liable for any action or determination under the
Plan made in good faith. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15 below,
the aggregate number of shares of


<PAGE>


Common Stock that may be subject to Options or granted to any person in a
calendar year shall not exceed 100,000 shares.

     (c) Applicability of Rule 16b-3. Those provisions of the Plan which make
express reference to Rule 16b-3 shall apply to the Company only at such time as
the Company's Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, subject to the
last sentence of Section 3(b), and then only to such persons as are required to
file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (a "Reporting Person").

3. Eligibility.

     (a) General. Options or Restricted Stock Awards may be granted to persons
who are, at the time of grant, employees, officers or directors of, or
consultants or advisors to, the Company or any subsidiaries of the Company as
defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code ("Participants") provided,
that Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to individuals who are
employees of the Company (within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code). A
person who has been granted an option may, if he or she is otherwise eligible,
be granted additional options if the Committee shall so determine.

     (b) Grant of Options to Reporting Persons. The selection of a director or
an officer who is a Reporting Person (as the terms "director" and "officer" are
defined for purposes of Rule 16b-3) as a recipient of an option, the timing of
the option grant, the exercise price of the option and the number of shares
subject to the option shall be determined either (i) by the Board of Directors,
or (ii) by a committee consisting solely of two or more directors having full
authority to act in the matter, each of whom shall be a "Non-Employee Director".
For the purposes of the Plan, a director shall be deemed to be a "Non-Employee
Director" only if such person qualifies as a "Non-Employee Director" within the
meaning of Rule 16b-3, as such term is interpreted from time to time. If at
least two of the members of the Board of Directors do not qualify as a
"Non-Employee Director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3, as such term is
interpreted from time to time, then the granting of options to officers and
directors who are Reporting Persons under the Plan shall not be determined in
accordance with this Section 3(b) but shall be determined in accordance with the
other provisions of the Plan.

4. Stock Subject to Plan.

     The stock subject to options granted under the Plan shall be shares of
authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. Subject to adjustment as
provided in Section 15 below, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock of
the Company which may be issued and sold under the Plan is 250,000 shares. If an
option granted under the Plan shall expire, terminate or is cancelled for any
reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject to
such option shall again be available for subsequent option grants under the
Plan.


                                       -2-


<PAGE>


5. Forms of Option Agreements.

     As a condition to the grant of an option under the Plan, each recipient of
an option shall execute an option agreement in such form not inconsistent with
the Plan as may be approved by the Board of Directors. Such option agreements
may differ among recipients.

6. Purchase Price.

     (a) General. The purchase price per share of stock deliverable upon the
exercise of an option shall be determined by the Board of Directors at the time
of grant of such option; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive
Stock Option, the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market
Value (as hereinafter defined) of such stock, at the time of grant of such
option, or less than 110% of such Fair Market Value in the case of options
described in Section 11(b). "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock of
the Company as of a specified date for the purposes of the Plan shall mean the
closing price of a share of the Common Stock on the principal securities
exchange (including the Nasdaq National Market) on which such shares are traded
on the day immediately preceding the date as of which Fair Market Value is being
determined, or on the next preceding date on which such shares are traded if no
shares were traded on such immediately preceding day, or if the shares are not
traded on a securities exchange, Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be the
average of the high bid and low asked prices of the shares in the
over-the-counter market on the day immediately preceding the date as of which
Fair Market Value is being determined or on the next preceding date on which
such high bid and low asked prices were recorded. If the shares are not publicly
traded, Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock (including, in the case of
any repurchase of shares, any distributions with respect thereto which would be
repurchased with the shares) shall be determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors. In no case shall Fair Market Value be determined with regard to
restrictions other than restrictions which, by their terms, will never lapse.

     (b) Payment of Purchase Price. Options granted under the Plan may provide
for the payment of the exercise price by delivery of cash or a check to the
order of the Company in an amount equal to the exercise price of such options,
or by any other means which the Board of Directors determines are consistent
with the purpose of the Plan and with applicable laws and regulations
(including, without limitation, the provisions of Rule 16b-3 and Regulation T
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board).

7. Option Period.

     Subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan, each option and all
rights thereunder shall expire on such date as determined by the Board of
Directors and set forth in the applicable option agreement, provided, that such
date shall not be later than (10) ten years after the date on which the option
is granted.


                                       -3-


<PAGE>


8. Exercise of Options.

     Each option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable either in full or
in installments at such time or times and during such period as shall be set
forth in the option agreement evidencing such option, subject to the provisions
of the Plan. No option granted to a Reporting Person for purposes of the
Exchange Act, however, shall be exercisable during the first six months after
the date of grant. Subject to the requirements in the immediately preceding
sentence, if an option is not at the time of grant immediately exercisable, the
Board of Directors may (i) in the agreement evidencing such option, provide for
the acceleration of the exercise date or dates of the subject option upon the
occurrence of specified events, and/or (ii) at any time prior to the complete
termination of an option, accelerate the exercise date or dates of such option.

9. Nontransferability of Options.

     No option granted under this Plan shall be assignable or otherwise
transferable by the optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in
the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules
thereunder. An option may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only
by the optionee. In the event an optionee dies during his employment by the
Company or any of its subsidiaries, or during the three-month period following
the date of termination of such employment, his option shall thereafter be
exercisable, during the period specified in the option agreement, by his
executors or administrators to the full extent to which such option was
exercisable by the optionee at the time of his death during the periods set
forth in Section 10 or 11(d).

10. Effect of Termination of Employment or Other Relationship.

     Except as provided in Section 11(d) with respect to Incentive Stock Options
and except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the date of grant of an
Option, and subject to the provisions of the Plan, an optionee may exercise an
option at any time within three months following the termination of the
optionee's employment or other relationship with the Company or within one (1)
year if such termination was due to the death or disability of the optionee but,
except in the case of the optionee's death, in no event later than the
expiration date of the Option. If the termination of the optionee's employment
is for cause or is otherwise attributable to a breach by the optionee of an
employment or confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement, the option shall
expire immediately upon such termination. The Board of Directors shall have the
power to determine what constitutes a termination for cause or a breach of an
employment or confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement, whether an optionee
has been terminated for cause or has breached such an agreement, and the date
upon which such termination for cause or breach occurs. Any such determinations
shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the optionee.


                                       -4-


<PAGE>


11. Incentive Stock Options.

     Options granted under the Plan which are intended to be Incentive Stock
Options shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

          (a) Express Designation. All Incentive Stock Options granted under the
     Plan shall, at the time of grant, be specifically designated as such in the
     option agreement covering such Incentive Stock Options.

          (b) 10% Shareholder. If any employee to whom an Incentive Stock Option
     is to be granted under the Plan is, at the time of the grant of such
     option, the owner of stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined
     voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (after taking into
     account the attribution of stock ownership rules of Section 424(d) of the
     Code), then the following special provisions shall be applicable to the
     Incentive Stock Option granted to such individual:

               (i) The purchase price per share of the Common Stock subject to
          such Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair
          Market Value of one share of Common Stock at the time of grant; and

               (ii) The option exercise period shall not exceed five years from
          the date of grant.

          (c) Dollar Limitation. For so long as the Code shall so provide,
     options granted to any employee under the Plan (and any other incentive
     stock option plans of the Company) which are intended to constitute
     Incentive Stock Options shall not constitute Incentive Stock Options to the
     extent that such options, in the aggregate, become exercisable for the
     first time in any one calendar year for shares of Common Stock with an
     aggregate Fair Market Value, as of the respective date or dates of grant,
     of more than $100,000.

          (d) Termination of Employment, Death or Disability. No Incentive Stock
     Option may be exercised unless, at the time of such exercise, the optionee
     is, and has been continuously since the date of grant of his or her option,
     employed by the Company, except that:

               (i) an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised within the period
          of three months after the date the optionee ceases to be an employee
          of the Company (or within such lesser period as may be specified in
          the applicable option agreement), provided, that the agreement with
          respect to such option may designate a longer exercise period and that
          the exercise after such three-month period shall be treated as the
          exercise of a non-statutory option under the Plan;

               (ii) if the optionee dies while in the employ of the Company, or
          within three months after the optionee ceases to be such an employee,
          the Incentive Stock Option may be exercised by the person to whom it
          is transferred by will or

                                       -5-


<PAGE>


          the laws of descent and distribution within the period of one year
          after the date of death (or within such lesser period as may be
          specified in the applicable option agreement); and

               (iii) if the optionee becomes disabled (within the meaning of
          Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or any successor provisions thereto)
          while in the employ of the Company, the Incentive Stock Option may be
          exercised within the period of one year after the date the optionee
          ceases to be such an employee because of such disability (or within
          such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable option
          agreement).

For all purposes of the Plan and any option granted hereunder, "employment"
shall be defined in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.421-7(h) of the
Income Tax Regulations (or any successor regulations). Notwithstanding the
foregoing provisions, no Incentive Stock Option may be exercised after its
expiration date.

12. Additional Provisions.

     (a) Additional Option Provisions. The Board of Directors may, in its sole
discretion, include additional provisions in option agreements covering options
granted under the Plan, including without limitation restrictions on transfer,
repurchase rights, rights of first refusal, commitments to pay cash bonuses, to
make, arrange for or guaranty loans or to transfer other property to optionees
upon exercise of options, or such other provisions as shall be determined by the
Board of Directors; provided, that such additional provisions shall not be
inconsistent with any other term or condition of the Plan and such additional
provisions shall not cause any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan to
fail to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422
of the Code.

     (b) Acceleration, Extension, Etc. The Board of Directors may, in its sole
discretion, (i) accelerate the date or dates on which all or any particular
option or options granted under the Plan may be exercised or (ii) extend the
dates during which all, or any particular, option or options granted under the
Plan may be exercised; provided, however, that no such extension shall be
permitted if it would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 422 of the
Code or with Rule 16b-3 (if applicable).

13. General Restrictions.

     (a) Investment Representations. The Company may require any person to whom
an Option is granted, as a condition of exercising such option, to give written
assurances in substance and form satisfactory to the Company to the effect that
such person is acquiring the Common Stock subject to the option or award, for
his or her own account for investment and not with any present intention of
selling or otherwise distributing the same, and to such other effects as the
Company deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with federal and
applicable state securities laws, or with covenants or representations made by
the Company in connection


                                       -6-


<PAGE>


with any public offering of its Common Stock, including any "lock-up" or other
restriction on transferability.

     (b) Compliance With Securities Law. Each Option shall be subject to the
requirement that if, at any time, counsel to the Company shall determine that
the listing, registration or qualification of the shares subject to such option
upon any securities exchange or automated quotation system or under any state or
federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental or regulatory body,
or that the disclosure of non-public information or the satisfaction of any
other condition is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with the
issuance or purchase of shares thereunder, such option may not be exercised, in
whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or
approval, or satisfaction of such condition shall have been effected or obtained
on conditions acceptable to the Board of Directors. Nothing herein shall be
deemed to require the Company to apply for or to obtain such listing,
registration or qualification, or to satisfy such condition.

14. Rights as a Stockholder.

     The holder of an option shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect
to any shares covered by the option (including, without limitation, any rights
to receive dividends or non-cash distributions with respect to such shares)
until the date of issue of a stock certificate to him or her for such shares. No
adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date
is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

15. Adjustment Provisions for Recapitalizations, Reorganizations and Related
    Transactions.

     (a) Recapitalizations and Related Transactions. If, through or as a result
of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse
stock split or other similar transaction, (i) the outstanding shares of Common
Stock are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of
shares or other securities of the Company, or (ii) additional shares or new or
different shares or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such
shares of Common Stock or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate
adjustment shall be made in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved
for issuance under or otherwise referred to in the Plan, (y) the number and kind
of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding options under the
Plan, and (z) the price for each share subject to any then outstanding options
under the Plan, without changing the aggregate purchase price as to which such
options remain exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall
be made pursuant to this Section 15 if such adjustment (i) would cause the Plan
to fail to comply with Section 422 of the Code or with Rule 16b-3 or (ii) would
be considered as the adoption of a new plan requiring stockholder approval.

     (b) Reorganization, Merger and Related Transactions. All outstanding
Options under the Plan shall become fully exercisable for a period of sixty (60)
days following the occurrence of any Trigger Event, whether or not such Options
are then exercisable under the


                                       -7-


<PAGE>


provisions of the applicable agreements relating thereto. For purposes of the
Plan, a "Trigger Event" is any one of the following events:

          (i) the date on which shares of Common Stock are first purchased
     pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer (other than such an offer by
     the Company, any Subsidiary, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of
     any Subsidiary or any entity holding shares or other securities of the
     Company for or pursuant to the terms of such plan), whether or not such
     offer is approved or opposed by the Company and regardless of the number of
     shares purchased pursuant to such offer;

          (ii) the date the Company acquires knowledge that any person or group
     deemed a person under Section 13(d)-3 of the Exchange Act (other than the
     Company, any Subsidiary, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any
     Subsidiary or any entity holding shares of Common Stock or other securities
     of the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or any
     individual or entity or group or affiliate thereof which acquired its
     beneficial ownership interest prior to the date the Plan was adopted by the
     Board), in a transaction or series of transactions, has become the
     beneficial owner, directly or indirectly (with beneficial ownership
     determined as provided in Rule 13d-3, or any successor rule, under the
     Exchange Act), of securities of the Company entitling the person or group
     to 30% or more of all votes (without consideration of the rights of any
     class or stock to elect directors by a separate class vote) to which all
     shareholders of the Company would be entitled in the election of the Board
     of Directors were an election held on such date;

          (iii) the date, during any period of two consecutive years, when
     individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of
     Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a
     majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by
     the stockholders of the Company, of each new director was approved by a
     vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were
     directors at the beginning of such period; and

          (iv) the date of approval by the stockholders of the Company of an
     agreement (a "reorganization agreement") providing for:

               (A) The merger of consolidation of the Company with another
          corporation where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior
          to the merger or consolidation, do not beneficially own, immediately
          after the merger or consolidation, shares of the corporation issuing
          cash or securities in the merger or consolidation entitling such
          shareholders to 80% or more of all votes (without consideration of the
          rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class
          vote) to which all stockholders of such corporation would be entitled
          in the


                                       -8-


<PAGE>


          election of directors or where the members of the Board of Directors
          of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, do
          not, immediately after the merger or consolidation, constitute a
          majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation issuing cash or
          securities in the merger or consolidation; or

               (B) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the
          assets of the Company.

     (c) Board Authority to Make Adjustments. Any adjustments under this Section
15 will be made by the Board of Directors, whose determination as to what
adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding
and conclusive. No fractional shares will be issued under the Plan on account of
any such adjustments.

16. Merger, Consolidation, Asset Sale, Liquidation, etc.

     (a) General. In the event of any sale, merger, transfer or acquisition of
the Company or substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the
Company is not the surviving corporation, and provided that after the Company
shall have requested the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate
thereof), that equivalent options shall be substituted and such successor
corporation shall have refused or failed to assume all options outstanding under
the Plan or issue substantially equivalent options, then any or all outstanding
options under the Plan shall accelerate and become exercisable in full
immediately prior to such event. The Committee will notify holders of options
under the Plan that any such options shall be fully exercisable for a period of
fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the options will terminate
upon expiration of such notice.

     (b) Substitute Options. The Company may grant options under the Plan in
substitution for options held by employees of another corporation who become
employees of the Company, or a subsidiary of the Company, as the result of a
merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a
subsidiary of the Company, or as a result of the acquisition by the Company, or
one of its subsidiaries, of property or stock of the employing corporation. The
Company may direct that substitute options be granted on such terms and
conditions as the Board of Directors considers appropriate in the circumstances.

17. No Special Employment Rights.

     Nothing contained in the Plan or in any option shall confer upon any
optionee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her employment by
the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company at any time to
terminate such employment or to increase or decrease the compensation of the
optionee.



                                       -9-


<PAGE>


18. Other Employee Benefits.

     Except as to plans which by their terms include such amounts as
compensation, the amount of any compensation deemed to be received by an
employee as a result of the exercise of an option or the sale of shares received
upon such exercise will not constitute compensation with respect to which any
other employee benefits of such employee are determined, including, without
limitation, benefits under any bonus, pension, profit-sharing, life insurance or
salary continuation plan, except as otherwise specifically determined by the
Board of Directors.

19. Amendment of the Plan.

     (a) The Board of Directors may at any time, and from time to time, modify
or amend the Plan in any respect; provided, however, that if at any time the
approval of the stockholders of the Company is required under Section 422 of the
Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the
Board of Directors may not effect such modification or amendment without such
approval; and provided, further, that the provisions of Section 3(c) hereof
shall not be amended more than once every six months, other than to comport with
changes in the Code, the Employer Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, or the rules thereunder.

     (b) The modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the
consent of an optionee, affect his or her rights under an option previously
granted to him or her. With the consent of the optionee affected, the Board of
Directors may amend outstanding option agreements in a manner not inconsistent
with the Plan. The Board of Directors shall have the right to amend or modify
(i) the terms and provisions of the Plan and of any outstanding Incentive Stock
Options granted under the Plan to the extent necessary to qualify any or all
such options for such favorable federal income tax treatment (including deferral
of taxation upon exercise) as may be afforded incentive stock options under
Section 422 of the Code and (ii) the terms and provisions of the Plan and of any
outstanding option to the extent necessary to ensure the qualification of the
Plan under Rule 16b-3.

20. Withholding.

     (a) The Company shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind
otherwise due to the optionee any federal, state or local taxes of any kind
required by law to be withheld with respect to any shares issued upon exercise
of options under the Plan. Subject to the prior approval of the Company, which
may be withheld by the Company in its sole discretion, the optionee may elect to
satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company to
withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise of
an option or (ii) by delivering to the Company shares of Common Stock already
owned by the optionee. The shares so delivered or withheld shall have a Fair
Market Value equal to such withholding obligation as of the date that the amount
of tax to be withheld is to be determined. An optionee who has made an election
pursuant to this Section 20(a) may only satisfy his or her


                                      -10-


<PAGE>



withholding obligation with shares of Common Stock which are not subject to any
repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

     (b) The acceptance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of an Incentive
Stock Option shall constitute an agreement by the optionee (i) to notify the
Company if any or all of such shares are disposed of by the optionee within two
years from the date the option was granted or within one year from the date the
shares were issued to the optionee pursuant to the exercise of the option, and
(ii) if required by law, to remit to the Company, at the time of and in the case
of any such disposition, an amount sufficient to satisfy the Company's federal,
state and local withholding tax obligations with respect to such disposition,
whether or not, as to both (i) and (ii), the optionee is in the employ of the
Company at the time of such disposition.

     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Reporting Person whose
options have been granted in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b)
herein, no election to use shares for the payment of withholding taxes shall be
effective unless made in compliance with any applicable requirements of Rule
16b-3.

21. Cancellation and New Grant of Options, Etc.

     The Board of Directors shall have the authority to effect, at any time and
from time to time, with the consent of the affected optionees, (i) the
cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and the grant in
substitution therefor of new options under the Plan covering the same or
different numbers of shares of Common Stock and having an option exercise price
per share which may be lower or higher than the exercise price per share of the
cancelled options or (ii) the amendment of the terms of any and all outstanding
options under the Plan to provide an option exercise price per share which is
higher or lower than the then-current exercise price per share of such
outstanding options.

22. Effective Date and Duration of the Plan.

     (a) Effective Date. The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the
Board of Directors, but no Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall
become exercisable unless and until the Plan shall have been approved by the
Company's stockholders. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within
twelve months after the date of the Board's adoption of the Plan, no options
previously granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be Incentive Stock Options
and no Incentive Stock Options shall be granted thereafter. Amendments to the
Plan not requiring stockholder approval shall become effective when adopted by
the Board of Directors; amendments requiring shareholder approval (as provided
in Section 21) shall become effective when adopted by the Board of Directors,
but no Incentive Stock Option granted after the date of such amendment shall
become exercisable (to the extent that such amendment to the Plan was required
to enable the Company to grant such Incentive Stock Option to a particular
optionee) unless and until such amendment shall have been approved by the
Company's stockholders. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within
twelve months of the Board's adoption of such amendment, any Incentive Stock
Options granted


                                      -11-


<PAGE>

on or after the date of such amendment shall terminate to the extent that such
amendment to the Plan was required to enable the Company to grant such option to
a particular optionee. Subject to this limitation, options may be granted under
the Plan at any time after the effective date and before the date fixed for
termination of the Plan.

     (b) Termination. Unless sooner terminated in accordance with Section 16,
the Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the close of business on the
day next preceding the tenth anniversary of the date of its adoption by the
Board of Directors, or (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance
under the Plan shall have been issued pursuant to the exercise or cancellation
of options granted under the Plan. If the date of termination is determined
under (i) above, then options outstanding on such date shall continue to have
force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the instruments evidencing
such options.

23. Provision for Foreign Participants.

     The Board of Directors may, without amending the Plan, modify awards or
options granted to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside
the United States to recognize differences in laws, rules, regulations or
customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency,
employee benefit or other matters.

24. Governing Law.

     The provisions of this Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware.

     Adopted by the Board of Directors as of October 16, 1996




                                      -12-


                                ESCROW AGREEMENT
                                ----------------

     AGREEMENT, dated as of the ____ day of November, 1996, by and among
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation (hereinafter
referred to as the "Escrow Agent"), Heuristic Development Group, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the stockholders of the Company who
have executed this Agreement (hereinafter collectively called the
"Stockholders") and the holders of options issued by the Company who have
executed this Agreement (hereinafter collectively called the "Optionholders").

     WHEREAS, the Company contemplates a public offering ("Public Offering") of
Units ("Units"), each Unit consisting of one share of its Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), one redeemable Class A Warrant (the
"Class A Warrant"), and one redeemable Class B Warrant ("Class B Warrant"),
through D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp. as underwriter (the "Underwriter")
pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Registration Statement"); and

     WHEREAS, the Stockholders have agreed to deposit in escrow an aggregate of
349,370 shares of Common Stock and the Optionholders have agreed to deposit in
escrow options to purchase an aggregate of 50,630 shares of Common Stock upon
the terms and conditions set forth herein.

     In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein contained, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. The Stockholders, the Optionholders and the Company hereby appoint
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as Escrow Agent and agree that the
Stockholders,


<PAGE>


the Optionholders will, prior to the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined) of
the Public Offering, deliver to the Escrow Agent to hold in accordance with the
provisions hereof certificates representing an aggregate of 349,370 shares of
Common Stock owned of record by the Stockholders in the respective amounts set
forth on Exhibit A hereto (the "Escrow Shares"), together with stock powers
executed in blank, and agreements representing options to purchase an aggregate
of 50,630 shares of Common Stock held by the Optionholders in the respective
amounts set forth on Exhibit B hereto (the "Escrow Options"). The Escrow Agent,
by its execution and delivery of this Agreement hereby acknowledges receipt of
the Escrow Shares and Escrow Options and accepts its appointment as Escrow Agent
to hold the Escrow Shares and Escrow Options in escrow, upon the terms,
provisions and conditions hereof.

     2. This Agreement shall become effective upon the date on which the
Securities and Exchange Commission declares effective the Registration Statement
("Effective Date") and shall continue in effect until the earlier of (i) the
date specified in paragraph 4(e) hereof or (ii) the distribution by the Escrow
Agent of all of the Escrow Shares and Escrow Options in accordance with the
terms hereof (the "Termination Date"). The period of time from the Effective
Date until the Termination Date is referred to herein as the "Escrow Period."

     3. During the Escrow Period, the Escrow Agent shall receive all of the
money, securities, rights or property distributed in respect of the Escrow
Shares and Escrow Options then held in escrow, including any such property
distributed as dividends or pursuant to any stock split, merger,
recapitalization, dissolution, or total or partial liquidation of the Company,
such property to be held and distributed as herein provided and hereinafter
referred to collectively as the "Escrow Property."


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


     4. (a) The Escrow Shares and Escrow Options are subject to release to the
Stockholders and Optionholders, as applicable, only in the event the conditions
set forth herein are met. The Escrow Agent, upon notice to such effect from the
Company as provided in paragraph 5 hereof, shall deliver the Escrow Shares,
together with stock powers executed in blank, and Escrow Options, and the Escrow
Property deposited in escrow with respect to such Escrow Shares and Escrow
Options, to the respective Stockholders, if, and only if, one of the following
conditions is met:

     (i)   the Company's net income before provision for income taxes and
           exclusive of any extraordinary earnings (all as audited by the
           Company's independent public accountants) (the "Minimum Pretax
           Income") amounts to at least $3.3 million for the fiscal year ending
           December 31, 1998;

     (ii)  the Minimum Pretax Income amounts to at least $4.5 million for the
           fiscal year ending December 31, 1999;

     (iii) the Minimum Pretax Income amounts to at least $5.7 million during the
           fiscal year ending December 31, 2000;

     (iv)  the Bid Price (as hereafter defined) of the Common Stock averages in
           excess of $12.50 per share for 30 consecutive business days during 
           the 18-month period commencing on the Effective Date; or

     (v)   the Bid Price of the Common Stock averages in excess of $16.75 per
           share for 30 consecutive business days during the 18-month period
           commencing with the nineteenth month from the Effective Date.

     (b) As used in this Section 4, the term "Bid Price" shall be subject to
adjustments in the event of any stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split
or other similar event and shall mean:
 
     (i)   If the principal market for the Common Stock is a national securities
           exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, the closing sales price of 
           the Common Stock as reported by such exchange or market, or on a
           consolidated tape reflecting transactions on such exchange or market;
           or


                                      -3-
<PAGE>


     (ii)  if the principal market for the Common Stock is not a national
           securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market and if the Common
           Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the closing bid price
           of the Common Stock as quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market; or

     (iii) if the principal market for the Common Stock is not a national
           securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market and if the Common
           Stock is not quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the closing bid
           for the Common Stock as reported by the National Quotation Bureau,
           Inc. ("NQB") or at least two market makers in the Common Stock if
           quotations are not available from NQB but are available from market
           makers.

     (c) The determination of Minimum Pretax Income shall be calculated
exclusive of (i) any extraordinary earnings or charges (including any charges
incurred by the Company in connection with the release from escrow of the Escrow
Shares and Escrow Options and any Escrow Property in respect thereof pursuant to
the provisions of this paragraph 4) and (ii) any shares of Common Stock issued
upon conversion of securities outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
Date which are convertible into Common Stock without the payment of additional
consideration.

     (d) The Minimum Pretax Income amounts set forth in subparagraph (a) above
shall be increased during each fiscal year during the Escrow Period to reflect
the issuance of any additional securities after the Effective Date, including
any shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of the Class A
Warrants, the Class B Warrants or any other options or warrants presently
outstanding or hereafter granted by the Company (excluding options granted under
the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") which, in the aggregate, do
not exceed 5% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, including Escrow
Shares) in accordance with the following formula: The Minimum Pretax Income
shall be increased during each fiscal year to an Adjusted Minimum Pretax Income
calculated by multiplying the applicable Minimum


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


Pretax Income amount by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the weighted
average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the fiscal year for
which the determination is being made (including the Escrow Shares and Escrow
Options and any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any
outstanding securities but excluding shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of (i) outstanding Class A and Class B Warrants sold pursuant to the
Prospectus included in the Registration Statement; (ii) outstanding Unit
Purchase Options (and the Class A and Class B Warrants included therein) issued
to the Underwriter and (iii) options outstanding under the Plan), and the
denominator of which shall be the sum of (x) the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding on the Effective Date (including the Escrow Shares, Escrow
Options and any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of securities
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date which are convertible into
Common Stock without the payment of additional consideration), plus (y) the
number of shares of Common Stock sold pursuant to the Prospectus included in the
Registration Statement.

     (e) If the Escrow Agent has not received the notice provided for in
Paragraph 5 hereof and delivered all of the Escrow Shares, Escrow Options and
related Escrow Property in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 4 on
or prior to March 31, 2001, the Escrow Agent shall deliver the certificates
representing all of the Escrow Shares, together with stock powers executed in
blank, and any related Escrow Property to the Company to be placed in the
Company's treasury for cancellation thereof as a contribution to capital. After
such date, the Stockholders shall have no further rights as a stockholder of the
Company with respect to any of the cancelled Escrow Shares and the Optionholders
shall have no further rights with respect to any of the cancelled Escrow
Options.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>


     5. Upon the occurrence or satisfaction of any of the events or conditions
specified in Paragraph 4 hereof, the Company shall promptly give appropriate
notice to the Escrow Agent, the Underwriter (and if the transfer agent of the
Company's Common Stock is different from the Escrow Agent, such transfer agent)
and present such documentation as is reasonably required by the Escrow Agent to
evidence the satisfaction of such conditions.

     6. It is understood and agreed by the parties to this Agreement as follows:

          (a) The Escrow Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a trustee
     for any party for any purpose and is merely acting as a depository and in a
     ministerial capacity hereunder with the limited duties herein prescribed.

          (b) The Escrow Agent does not have and shall not be deemed to have any
     responsibility in respect of any instruction, certificate or notice
     delivered to it or of the Escrow Shares, Escrow Options or any related
     Escrow Property other than faithfully to carry out the obligations
     undertaken in this Agreement and to follow the directions in such
     instruction or notice provided in accordance with the terms hereof.

          (c) The Escrow Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be liable for
     any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and may rely upon, and act
     in accordance with, the advice of its counsel without liability on its part
     for any action taken or omitted in accordance with such advice. In any
     event, its liability hereunder shall be limited to liability for gross
     negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part.

          (d) The Escrow Agent may conclusively rely upon and act in accordance
     with any certificate, instruction, notice, letter, telegram, cablegram or
     other written instrument believed by it to be genuine and to have been
     signed by the proper party or parties.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>


          (e) The Company agrees (i) to pay the Escrow Agent's reasonable fees
     and to reimburse it for its reasonable expenses including attorney's fees
     incurred in connection with duties hereunder and (ii) to save harmless,
     indemnify and defend the Escrow Agent for, from and against any loss,
     damage, liability, judgment, cost and expense whatsoever, including counsel
     fees, suffered or incurred by it by reason of, or on account of, any
     misrepresentation made to it or its status or activities as Escrow Agent
     under this Agreement except for any loss, damage, liability, judgment, cost
     or expense resulting from gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith
     on the part of the Escrow Agent. The obligation of the Escrow Agent to
     deliver the Escrow Shares to either the Stockholders or the Company or the
     Escrow Options to either the Optionholders or the Company shall be subject
     to the prior satisfaction upon demand from the Escrow Agent, of the
     Company's obligations to so save harmless, indemnify and defend the Escrow
     Agent and to reimburse the Escrow Agent or otherwise pay its fees and
     expenses hereunder.

          (f) The Escrow Agent shall not be required to defend any legal
     proceeding which may be instituted against it in respect of the subject
     matter of this Agreement unless requested to do so by the Stockholders or
     the Optionholders and indemnified to the Escrow Agent's satisfaction
     against the cost and expense of such defense by the party requesting such
     defense. If any such legal proceeding is instituted against it, the Escrow
     Agent agrees promptly to given notice of such proceeding to the
     Stockholders, the Optionholders and the Company. The Escrow Agent shall not
     be required to institute legal proceedings of any kind.

          (g) The Escrow Agent shall not, by act, delay, omission or otherwise,
     be deemed to have waived any right or remedy it may have either under this
     Agreement or


                                      -7-
<PAGE>


     generally, unless such waiver be in writing, and no waiver shall be valid
     unless it is in writing, signed by the Escrow Agent, and only to the extent
     expressly therein set forth. A waiver by the Escrow Agent under the term of
     this Agreement shall not be construed as a bar to, or waiver of, the same
     or any other such right or remedy which it would otherwise have on any
     other occasion.

          (h) The Escrow Agent may resign as such hereunder by giving 30 days
     written notice thereof to the Stockholders, the Optionholders and the
     Company. Within 20 days after receipt of such notice, the Stockholders, the
     Optionholders and the Company shall furnish to the Escrow Agent written
     instructions for the release of the Escrow Shares, the Escrow Options and
     any related Escrow Property (if such shares, options and property, if any,
     have not yet been released pursuant to Paragraph 4 hereof) to a substitute
     Escrow Agent which (whether designated by written instructions from the
     Stockholders, the Optionholders and the Company jointly or in the absence
     thereof by instructions from a court of competent jurisdiction to the
     Escrow Agent) shall be a bank or trust company organized and doing business
     under the laws of the United States or any state thereof. Such substitute
     Escrow Agent shall thereafter hold any Escrow Shares, Escrow Options and
     any related Escrow Property received by it pursuant to the terms of this
     Agreement and otherwise act hereunder as if it were the Escrow Agent
     originally named herein. The Escrow Agent's duties and responsibilities
     hereunder shall terminate upon the release of all shares then held in
     escrow according to such written instruction or upon such delivery as
     herein provided. This Agreement shall not otherwise be assignable by the
     Escrow Agent without the prior written consent of the Company.


                                      -8-
<PAGE>


     7. The Stockholders shall have the sole power to vote the Escrow Shares and
any securities deposited in escrow under this Agreement while they are being
held pursuant to this Agreement.

     8. (a) Each of the Stockholders agrees that during the term of this
Agreement he will not sell, transfer, hypothecate, negotiate, pledge, assign,
encumber or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Escrow Shares set forth
opposite his name on Exhibit A hereto, unless and until the Company shall have
given the notice as provided in Paragraph 5. This restriction shall not be
applicable to transfers upon death, by operation of law, to family members of
the Stockholders or to any trust for the benefit of the Stockholders, provided
that such transferees agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

     (b) The Stockholders and the Optionholders will take any action necessary
or appropriate, including the execution of any further documents or agreements,
in order to effectuate the transfer of the Escrow Shares and Escrow Options to
the Company if required pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

     9. Each of the certificates representing the Escrow Shares will bear
legends to the following effect, as well as any other legends required by
applicable law:

     (a)  "The sale, transfer, hypothecation, negotiation, pledge, assignment,
          encumbrance or other disposition of the shares evidenced by this
          certificate are restricted by and are subject to all of the terms,
          conditions and provisions of a certain Escrow Agreement entered into
          among American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Heuristic Development
          Group, Inc. (the "Company") and the Stockholders of the Company dated
          as of _________, 1996, a copy of which may be obtained from the
          Secretary of the Company. No transfer, sale or other disposition of
          these shares may be made unless specific conditions of such agreement
          are satisfied.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>


     (b)  "The shares evidenced by this certificate have not been registered
          under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No transfer, sale or
          other disposition of these shares may be made unless a registration
          statement with respect to these shares has become effective under said
          act, or the Company is furnished with an opinion of counsel
          satisfactory in form and substance to it that such registration is not
          required."

     Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall direct the transfer
agent for the Company to place stop transfer orders with respect to the Escrow
Shares and to maintain such orders in effect until the transfer agent and the
Underwriter shall have received written notice from the Company as provided in
Paragraph 5.

     10. At any time during the Escrow Period, an Optionholder may exercise all
or a portion of his Escrow Options in accordance with the terms of his option
agreement. The Company shall deliver a certificate for the purchased shares with
stock powers executed in blank attached to the Escrow Agent against delivery of
the Escrow Options which have been exercised, and the Escrow Agent shall hold
such shares as Escrow Shares in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement.

     11. Each notice, instruction or other certificate required or permitted by
the terms hereof shall be in writing and shall be communicated by personal
delivery, fax or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the
parties hereto at the addresses set forth below, or at such other address as any
of them may designate by notice to each of the others:

     (i)   If to the Company, to:

           Heuristic Development Group, Inc.
           17575 Pacific Coast Highway
           Pacific Palisades, California 92072


                                      -10-
<PAGE>


     (ii)  If to the Stockholders to their respective addresses as set forth on
           Exhibit A hereto.

     (iii) If to the Escrow Agent, to:
           American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
           40 Wall Street
           New York, New York 10005

     (iv)  If to the Underwriter, to:
           D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp.
           44 Wall Street
           New York, New York 10005
           Att:  Martin A. Bell, Esq.
           Fax:  212-514-7837

All notices, instructions or certificates given hereunder to the Escrow Agent
shall be effective upon receipt by the Escrow Agent. All notices given hereunder
by the Escrow Agent shall be effective and deemed received upon personal
delivery or transmission by fax or, if mailed, five (5) calendar days after
mailing by the Escrow Agent.

     A copy of all communications sent to the Company, the Stockholders or the
Escrow Agent shall be sent by ordinary mail to Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher
LLP, 380 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Sheldon E. Misher,
Esq. A copy of all communications sent to the Underwriter shall be sent by
ordinary mail to Singer, Blenenstock, Zamansky, Ogele & Selengut LLP, 40
Exchange Place, New York, New York 10005, Attention: C. David Selengut, Esq.

     12. Except as set forth in paragraph 13 hereof, this Agreement may not be
modified, altered or amended in any material respect or cancelled or terminated
except with the prior consent of the holders of all of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock of the Company.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>


     13. In the event that the Public Offering is not consummated within
twenty-five (25) days of the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, this
Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect and the Escrow
Agent, upon written notice from both the Company and the Underwriter in
accordance with paragraph 10 hereof of such termination, will return the Escrow
Shares, Escrow Options and any Escrow Property in respect thereof to the
Stockholders.

     14. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of New York and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all
parties hereto and their respective successors in interest and assigns.

     15. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, which taken
together shall constitute a single instrument.

                               *       *      *



                                      -12-
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their duly authorized officers on the day and year first above
written.

HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.


By: __________________________


AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER
 & TRUST COMPANY

By: __________________________


STOCKHOLDERS:

BROOKS TRUST, 10/7/72


By:___________________________
Title:________________________


CLARK TRUST,  u/t/d 6/30/69


By:___________________________
Title:________________________


CLARK MANAGEMENT CO. INC.


By:___________________________
Title:________________________



                                      -13-
<PAGE>


NAUTILUS GROUP JAPAN LTD.

By:___________________________
Title:________________________



ARCADIAN & CO., L.P.


By:___________________________
Title:________________________


TRANSPAC SOFTWARE INC.


By:___________________________
Title:________________________


ACC TRUST


By:___________________________
Title:________________________



______________________________
Jerald N. Downen


______________________________
Michael A. Hertzberg


______________________________
Kimitane Sohma


______________________________
John Dobbs



                                      -14-
<PAGE>


______________________________
R. Brett Lunger


______________________________
Jay Jay Shapiro


______________________________
Gregory L. Zink


______________________________
Deborah E. Griffin


______________________________
Steven R. Gumins


______________________________
Eric Rhodes


SEYBOLD FAMILY TRUST


By:____________________________
Title:_________________________

BLASE FAMILY TRUST


By:____________________________
Title:_________________________


                                      -15-
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------


                               STOCKHOLDERS' LIST


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name of Stockholder                                    Address                       Number of Escrow Shares
- -------------------                                    -------                       -----------------------
<S>                                          <C>                                          <C>                       
Brooks Trust, 10/7/72                        c/o Clark Management Co. Inc.                   2,260.5                   
                                             P.O. Box 3090                                                    
                                             Boynton Beach, FL 33424                                          
                                    
Clark Trust, u/t/d 6/30/69                   c/o Clark Management Co. Inc.                  31,728
                                             P.O. Box 3090
                                             Boynton Beach, FL 33424

                                                                                            
Clark Management Co. Inc.                    P.O. Box 3090                                   1,507
                                             Boynton Beach, FL 33424

                                                                                            
Nautilus Group Japan Ltd.                    P.O. Box 3090                                 183,257.5
                                             Boynton Beach, FL 33424

                                                                                               
Arcadian & Co., L.P.                         c/o Patterson, Belknap, Webb & Tyler            1,507
                                             1133 Avenue of the Americas
                                             New York, New York 10036-6710
                                             Attn:  Mr. Robert Pennoyer
                                                                                                  
Transpac Software Inc.                       467 Saratoga Avenue                            10,554
                                             Suite 550
                                             San Jose, CA 95219
                                                                                                    
ACC Trust                                    c/o Clark Management Co. Inc.                   4,520.5
                                             P.O. Box 3090
                                             Boynton Beach, FL 33424

                                                                                                  
Jerald N. Downen                             1390 South Clinton Road                         9,376
                                             Denver, CO 80231
</TABLE>


                                      -1-


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>                                          <C>                       
Michael A. Hertzberg                         c/o Howery & Simon                           10,046
                                             1299 Pennsylvania Avenue N.W.
                                             Washington, D.C. 2004-2402
                                                                                                    
Kimitane Sohma                               c/o Nautilus Group Japan, Inc.                6,697
                                             Landic Akasaka 2nd Bldg. 2F
                                             10-9, Akasaka 2-Chome
                                             Minato-ku, Tokyo
                                                                                                  
John Dobbs                                   8404 Winding Trail Place                      669.5
                                             Mason, OH 45040
                                                                                                        
R. Brett Lunger                              301 Snuff Mill Road                           669.5
                                             Wilmington, DE 19807-1025
                                                                                                              
Jay Jay Shapiro                              1149 East Alemeda                             669.5
                                             Santa Fe, NM 87501
                                                                                                              
Gregory L. Zink                              54 River Drive                                6,697
                                             Ocean Ridge, FL 33435
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                
Eric Rhodes                                  500 Lunalilo Home Road                      1,339.5
                                             Apartment 13-A
                                             Honolulu, HI 96825
                                                                                                                 
Seybold Family Trust                         P.O. Box 1315                                70,732
                                             Eastsound, WA 98245
                                             Att:  Jonathan W. Seybold
                                                                                                                    
Blase Family Trust                           448 Adelaide Drive                          7,139.5
                                             Santa Monica, CA 90402                      -------
                                             Att:  Dr. William Blase
                                                                                                                   
                                                                    Total:               349,370
                                                                    ======               =======
</TABLE>


                                       -2-


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B
                                    ---------


                               OPTIONHOLDERS' LIST




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name of Optionholder                                    Address                       Number of Escrow Options
- --------------------                                    -------                       ------------------------
<S>                                          <C>                                               <C>            
Deborah E. Griffin                           3590 Las Flores Canyon Road                       27,091
                                             Malibu, CA 90265

Steven R. Gumins                             2677 Rambla Pacifico                              23,539
                                             Malibu, CA 90265                                  ------


                                                                        Total:                 50,630
                                                                        ======                 ======
</TABLE>


                            INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT


     This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, made and entered into this ___ day of
________, 1996 ("Agreement"), by and between Heuristic Development Group, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), and________ ("Indemnitee").

     WHEREAS, recently, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to
serve both privately and publicly-held corporations as directors, officers, or
in other capacities, unless they are provided with better protection from the
risk of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and
activities on behalf of such corporations; and

     WHEREAS, the current impracticability of obtaining adequate insurance and
the uncertainties related to indemnification have increased the difficulty of
attracting and retaining such persons; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") has
determined that the ability to attract and retain such persons is in the best
interests of the Corporation's shareholders and that such persons should be
assured that they will have better protection in the future; and

     WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Corporation to
obligate itself contractually to indemnify such persons to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, so that such persons will serve or continue to
serve the Corporation free from undue concern that they will not be adequately
indemnified; and

     WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of any rights
granted under the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or the By-Laws
of the Corporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto shall not be
deemed to be a substitute therefor nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of
Indemnitee thereunder; and

     WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on
additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation on the condition that he
be indemnified according to the terms of this Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants
contained herein, the Corporation and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as
follows:

     Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

          (a) "Change in Control" means a change in control of the Corporation
     of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e)
     of Schedule l4A of Regulation l4A (or in response to any similar item on
     any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the


                                       -1-


<PAGE>


     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Act"), whether or not the Corporation
     is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that,
     without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have
     occurred if (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and
     14(d) of the Act) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule
     l3d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
     Corporation representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the
     Corporation's then outstanding securities without the prior approval of at
     least two-thirds of the members of the Board in office immediately prior to
     such person attaining such percentage interest; (ii) the Corporation is a
     party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other reorganization,
     or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which members of the Board in
     office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than
     a majority of the Board thereafter; or (iii) during any period of two
     consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period
     constituted the Board (including for this purpose any new director whose
     election or nomination for election by the Corporation's shareholders was
     approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in
     office who were directors at the beginning of such period) cease for any
     reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.

          (b) "Corporate Status" means the status of a person who is or was a
     director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation or of
     any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit
     plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request
     of the Corporation.

          (c) "Disinterested Director" means a director of the Corporation who
     is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which
     indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

          (d) "Expenses" means all reasonable attorneys' fees, retainers, court
     costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses,
     duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage,
     delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types
     customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing
     to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a
     witness in a Proceeding.

          (e) "Independent Counsel" means a law firm, or a member of a law firm,
     that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is,
     nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the
     Corporation or Indemnitee in any other matter material to either such
     party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for
     indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
     "Independent Counsel" shall not include any person who, under the
     applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a
     conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee
     in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement.

          (f) "Proceeding" means any action, suit, arbitration, alternate
     dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any
     other proceeding, whether civil,


                                       -2-


<PAGE>


     criminal, administrative or investigative, except one initiated by an
     Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement to enforce his rights
     under this Agreement.

     Section 2. Services by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a
[director][officer] of the Corporation, and, at its request, as a director,
officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of certain other corporations and
entities. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from any such
position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed
by operation of law).

     Section 3. Indemnification - General. The Corporation shall indemnify, and
advance Expenses to, Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the date hereof and to such
greater extent as applicable law may thereafter from time to time permit. The
rights of Indemnitee provided under the preceding sentence shall include, but
shall not be limited to, the rights set forth in the other Sections of this
Agreement.

     Section 4. Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the
Corporation. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification
provided in this Section if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is
threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending, or completed
Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation.
Pursuant to this Section, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses,
judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with any such
Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and
in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests
of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

     Section 5. Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. Indemnitee
shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section if,
by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party
to any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding brought by or in the right
of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section,
Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines
and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his
behalf in connection with any such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification against such
Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in any such
Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
Corporation if applicable law prohibits such indemnification.

     Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly
Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is
successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be
indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or


                                       -3-


<PAGE>


on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in
such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more
but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Corporation
shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred
by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim,
issue or matter. For the purposes of this Section and without limiting the
foregoing, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in any such Proceeding
by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful
result as to such claim, issue or matter.

     Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason
of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified
against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in
connection therewith.

     Section 8. Advancement of Expenses. The Corporation shall advance all
Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any
Proceeding within twenty days after the receipt by the Corporation of a
statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from
time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.
Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by
Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by
or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately
be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such
Expenses.

     Section 9. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.

     (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement in connection with any
Proceeding, and for the duration thereof, Indemnitee shall submit to the
Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation
and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably
necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification. The Secretary of the Corporation shall, promptly upon receipt
of any such request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that
Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

     (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to
Section 9(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with
respect to Indemnitee's entitlement thereto shall be made in such case: (i) if a
Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel (unless Indemnitee
shall request that such determination be made by the Board or the shareholders,
in which case in the manner provided for in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this
Section 9(b)) in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be
delivered to Indemnitee; (ii) if a Change of Control shall not have occurred,
(A) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested
Directors, or (B) if a quorum of the Board consisting of Disinterested Directors
is not obtainable, or even if such quorum is obtainable, if such quorum of
Disinterested Directors so directs, either (x) by Independent Counsel in a
written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee,
or (y) by the shareholders of the Corporation, as determined


                                       -4-


<PAGE>


by such quorum of Disinterested Directors, or a quorum of the Board, as the case
may be; or (iii) as provided in Section 10(b) of this Agreement. If it is so
determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee
shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall
cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with
respect to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification, including providing to
such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation
or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure
and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such
determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys' fees and
disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons
or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Corporation
(irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee's entitlement to
indemnification) and the Corporation hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold
Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

     (c) If required, Independent Counsel shall be selected as follows: (i) if a
Change of Control shall not have occurred, Independent Counsel shall be selected
by the Board, and the Corporation shall give written notice to Indemnitee
advising him of the identity of Independent Counsel so selected; or (ii) if a
Change of Control shall have occurred, Independent Counsel shall be selected by
Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the
Board, in which event (i) shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice
to the Corporation advising it of the identity of Independent Counsel so
selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Corporation, as the case may be,
may within 7 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given,
deliver to the Corporation or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written
objection to such selection. Such objection may be asserted only on the grounds
that Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of
"Independent Counsel" as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the
objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such
assertion. If such written objection is made, Independent Counsel so selected
may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until a court has determined
that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by
Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a)
hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to,
either the Corporation or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent
jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the
Corporation or Indemnitee to the other's selection of Independent Counsel and/or
for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or
by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect
to whom an objection is so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as
Independent Counsel under Section 9(b) hereof. The Corporation shall pay any and
all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such
Independent Counsel in connection with its actions pursuant to this Agreement,
and the Corporation shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the
procedures of this Section 9(c), regardless of the manner in which such
Independent Counsel was selected or appointed. Upon the due commencement date of
any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) of this
Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further
responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of
professional conduct then prevailing).



                                       -5-


<PAGE>


     Section 10. Presumption and Effects of Certain Proceedings.

     (a) If a Change of Control shall have occurred, in making a determination
with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons
or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for
indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the
Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in
connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination
contrary to that presumption.

     (b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 9
of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification
shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the
Corporation of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement
to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be
entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a
material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee's
statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for
indemnification, or (ii) prohibition of such indemnification under applicable
law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable
time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person, persons or entity
making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good
faith require(s) such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of
documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that
the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(b) shall not apply (i) if the
determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the
shareholders pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within 15
days after receipt by the Corporation of the request for such determination the
Board has resolved to submit such determination to the shareholders for their
consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within 75 days after such
receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of
shareholders is called within 15 days after such receipt for the purpose of
making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within 60 days
after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if
the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent
Counsel pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement.

     (c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter
therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided
in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to
indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good
faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal
Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was
unlawful.

     Section 11. Remedies of Indemnitee.



                                       -6-


<PAGE>


     (a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 9 of
this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to
Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) the determination of entitlement to
indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 9(b) of
this Agreement and such determination shall not have been made and delivered in
a written opinion within 90 days after receipt by the Corporation of the request
for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to
Section 7 of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the
Corporation of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification is
not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that
Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to
have been made pursuant to Section 9 or 10 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall
be entitled to an adjudication in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware,
or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such
indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his
option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator
in Delaware. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication
or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which
Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this
Section 11(a). The Corporation shall not oppose Indemnitee's right to seek any
such adjudication or award in arbitration.

     (b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to
Section 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification,
any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section shall
be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial or arbitration on the merits and
Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. If a
Change of Control shall have occurred in any judicial proceeding or arbitration
commenced pursuant to this Section, the Corporation shall have the burden of
proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of
Expenses, as the case may be.

     (c) If a determination shall have been made or deemed to have been made
pursuant to Section 9 or 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any
judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section, absent
(i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a
material fact necessary to make Indemnitee's statement not materially
misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii)
prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

     (d) The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial
proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section that the procedures
and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and
shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the
Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

     (e) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section, seeks a
judicial adjudication of, or an award in arbitration to enforce, his rights
under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be
entitled to recover from the Corporation, and shall be indemnified by the
Corporation against, any and all expenses (of the kinds described in the


                                       -7-


<PAGE>


definition of Expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial
adjudication or arbitration, but only if he prevails therein. If it shall be
determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is
entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of
expenses sought, the expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such
judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.

     Section 12. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

     (a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as
provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to
which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation, any agreement, a
vote of shareholders for a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment,
alteration or repeal of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be
effective as to any Indemnitee with respect to any action taken or omitted by
such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or
repeal.

     (b) To the extent that the Corporation maintains an insurance policy or
policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees,
agents or fiduciaries of the Corporation or of any other corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise
which such person serves at the request of the Corporation, Indemnitee shall be
covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the
maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer,
employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.

     (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall
be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of
Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary
to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to
enable the Corporation to bring suit to enforce such rights.

     (d) The Corporation shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any
payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that
Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance
policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

     Section 13. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and
terminate upon the later of: (a) 10 years after the date that Indemnitee shall
have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the
Corporation or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request
of the Corporation; or (b) the final termination of all pending Proceedings in
respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement
of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to
Section 11 of this Agreement. This


                                       -8-


<PAGE>


Agreement shall be binding upon the Corporation and its successors and assigns
and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and
administrators.

     Section 14. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement
shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:
(a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of
this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of
this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not
in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent
possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each
portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or
unenforceable shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested
by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

     Section 15. Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advancement of
Expenses. Except as provided in Section 11(e), Indemnitee shall not be entitled
to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement with respect
to any Proceeding, or any claim therein, brought or made by him against the
Corporation.

     Section 16. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one
or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an
original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is
sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

     Section 17. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are
inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this
Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

     Section 18. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or
amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement
shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof
(whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

     Section 19. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the
Corporation in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena,
complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding
or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses
covered hereunder.

     Section 20. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other
communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom such
notice or other communication shall


                                       -9-


<PAGE>

have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage
prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

          (a) If to Indemnitee, to:


          (b) If to the Corporation, to:

               Heuristic Development Group, Inc. 
               17575 Pacific Coast Highway
               Pacific Palisades, California 90272

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the
Corporation or to the Corporation by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

     Section 21. Governing Law. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be
governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the
State of Delaware.

     Section 22. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to
include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the
day and year first above written.

                                       CORPORATION

                                       HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

                                       By:______________________________
                                          Gregory L. Zink, President


                                        INDEMNITEE

                                        ________________________________





                                      -10-


                                   ASSIGNMENT

     THIS ASSIGNMENT made as of this 22nd day of August 1994 by and between
Nautilus Group Japan, Ltd., a Delaware corporation having its principal office
at Post Office Box 3090, Boynton Beach, Florida 33424 ("Assignor"), and EIS
International Group, Ltd., a Delaware corporation having its principal office
at 17575 Pacific Coast Highway, Pacific Palisades, California 90272
("Assignee").

                                   WITNESSETH

     WHEREAS, Assignor is the owner of computer source programs and related
documentation (the "Source Programs") for proprietary computerized systems
relating to the management and functioning of health clubs and similar
facilities using exercise or fitness equipment including without limitation
computerized services and instructional material for patrons of such clubs and
facilities (collectively the "EIS Expert Instructor System");

     WHEREAS, Assignor has granted an exclusive franchise to Sumitomo Fudosan
Fitness Co., Ltd., to operate and nominate others to operate fitness and
conditioning centers in Japan under the Nautilus trademark, and in conjunction
with such operation to utilize the EIS Expert Instructor System in Sumitomo
Nautilus Clubs in Japan (the "Franchise Agreement");

     WHEREAS, Assignor owns, and has initiated filings to obtain a registration
with the United States Department of Commerce, Patent and Trademark Office under
Serial Number 74/367092 for, the trademark "EIS Expert Instructor System" (the
"Trademark");

     WHEREAS, Assignee wishes to obtain the rights to the Trademark, the Source
Programs and the EIS Expert Instructor System in order to update and improve the
Source Programs and to design, develop implement such improved  Source
Programs for use in the EIS Expert Instructor System and related uses in the
United States and other countries;

     WHEREAS, Assignor wishes to transfer and assign to Assignee all of
Assignor's right, title and interest in and to the Trademark, the Source
Programs, and the EIS Expert Instructor System except for the right to use such
Source Programs and EIS Expert Instructor System in Sumitomo Nautilus Clubs
pursuant to the Franchise Agreement, such transfer and assignment to be a
contribution to the capital of Assignee in consideration for the issuance to
Assignor of Assignee's preferred stock in the face amount of $50,000;


<PAGE>


     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the issuance to Assignor of
fifty (50) shares of Assignor's Series A Preferred Stock (Par Value of $0.01 per
share) each in the face amount of one thousand dollars ($1,000) per share, and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby
agree as follows:

     1. Assignment of Interest. Assignor hereby assigns, transfers,conveys and
delivers to Assignee all of Assignor's right, title and interest in and to the
Trademark, the Source Programs and the EIS Expert Instructor System except for
the right to use such Source Programs and EIS Expert Instructor System in
Sumitomo Nautilus Clubs pursuant to the Franchise Agreement (such Trademark,
Source Programs and the EIS Expert Instructor System, except for the right to
use such Source Programs and EIS Expert Instructor System in Sumitomo Nautilus
Clubs pursuant to the Franchise Agreement being hereinafter referred to as the
"Assigned Property"), as a contribution to the capital of Assignee;

     2. Representations. Warranties and Agreements of Assignor. Assignor does
hereby represent, warrant, covenant and agree with Assignee that:

          (i) Assignor has full and complete power and authority to convey the
     Assigned Property to Assignee hereunder;

          (ii) Assignor is the sole owner of the Assigned Property and has not
     previously transferred, conveyed, assigned, hypothecated, or encumbered the
     Assigned Property or any portion thereof;

          (iii) There are no pending suits, judgments, bankruptcies, executions,
     liens for past due taxes, assessments, or encumbrances affecting Assignor's
     title to the Assigned Property or constituting a lien thereon;

          (iv) The Assigned Property is free and clear of all claims, charges,
     liens, or encumbrances whatsoever, and as a result of the Assignment of the
     Assigned Property to Assignee hereunder, Assignee has acquired full and
     complete title to the Assigned Property free and clear of all claims,
     charges, liens and encumbrances whatsoever;

          (v) Assignor will warrant and further defend title to the Assigned
     Property assigned and conveyed to Assignee hereunder from and against all
     claims of all persons and entities whomsoever; and

          (iv) Assignor shall promptly execute and deliver all such further
     deeds, conveyances, forms of


                                        2
<PAGE>

     assignment, and other documents as Assignee may from time to time
     reasonably request in order to further confirm the Assignment and transfer
     of the Assigned Property to Assignee, as long as such documents are in form
     and substance reasonably satisfactory to Assignor.

     3. Withdrawal by Assignor. Assignor acknowledges that by virtue of this
Assignment, Assignor shall cease to have any interest in or claim against or to
the Assigned Property (except for the right to use the Source Programs and EIS
Expert Instructor System in Sumitomo Nautilus Clubs pursuant to the Franchise
Agreement, which right has specifically been excluded from the Assigned
Property) all of said interest and claims of Assignor being hereby terminated
and released;

     4. Indemnification of Assignee. Nothing herein shall operate or be deemed
to release or discharge Assignor from any personal obligation or liability
incurred by Assignor as the owner of the Assigned Property prior to the date of
this Assignment and not previously disclosed to Assignee. Assignor hereby agrees
to indemnify and hold Assignee harmless from and against any and all demands,
claims, causes of action, liabilities, judgments, losses, damages, costs, and
expenses of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees
and court costs incurred in connection with the enforcement of this indemnity)
resulting from or arising out of any obligation or liability, not otherwise
previously disclosed to Assignee, incurred by Assignor prior to the date hereof
as the owner of the Assigned Property.

     5. Indemnification of Assignor. Assignee hereby agrees to indemnify and
hold Assignor harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, causes of
action, liabilities, judgments, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of any kind
whatsoever (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and court costs
incurred in connection with the enforcement of this indemnity) resulting from or
arising out of any use of the Assigned Property from and after the date hereof.

     6. License to Assignor.

          (a) Assignee hereby grants Assignor a royalty-free non-exclusive
     license with respect to any and all improved, updated and enhanced Source
     Programs and EIS Expert Instructors System which may be designed, developed
     and implemented by Assignee, or for Assignee by its agents, employees and
     consultants, for use (including, without limitation, the right to
     sublicense such use) exclusively in Sumitomo Nautilus Clubs an Japan
     pursuant to the Franchise Agreement.


                                       3
<PAGE>


          (b) Assignee hereby grants Assignor a nonexclusive license with
     respect to the Trademark, the Source Programs, and the EIS Expert
     Instructor System and any and all improved, updated and enhanced Source
     Programs and EIS Expert Instructor System which may be designed, developed
     and implemented by Assignee, or for Assignee by its agents, employees and 
     consultants, for use (including, without limitation, the right to
     sublicense such use) exclusively in Japan, such license to be effective
     only upon the first to occur of (i) the termination of the Franchise
     Agreement, provided the Franchise Agreement is not replaced with another
     license or franchise agreement between Assignor and Sumitomo Fudosan
     Fitness Co., Ltd., and (ii) the date on which Assignor reasonably
     concludes, based on an examination of its quarterly financial results,
     that its annual revenue from the Franchise Agreement has fallen below one
     million dollars. No royalty shall be paid by Assignor (as licensee) to
     Assignee (as licensor) with respect to the first two million dollars of
     revenue per year derived from Assiqnor's use of the license; however,
     Assignor shall pay Assignee a royalty equal to eighty per cent (80%) of the
     gross revenue in excess of two million dollars in any year derived by
     Assignor from its use of this license. Such royalty payments shall not
     apply with respect to Assignor's use of the license granted under
     subparagraph (a) of this paragraph 6.

     7. Binding Effect. This Assignment shall inure to the benefit and shall be
binding upon the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives,
successors and assigns.

     8. Governing Law. This Assignment shall be deemed to be made in and in all
respects shall be interpreted, construed, and governed by and in accordance with
the laws of the State of California.

     9. Headings. The paragraph headings contained in this Assignment are for
reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Assignment.


                                       4
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, sealed and delivered
this Assignment as of the date first above written.

                                   ASSIGNOR:

                                   NAUTILUS GROUP JAPAN, LTD., 
                                   a Delaware corporation

Attest: /s/Carmen Zink             By: /s/Gregory L. Zink
       ----------------                ------------------------
                                       Gregory L. Zink
                                       Chief Operating Officer

                                   ASSIGNEE:
                                   EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD.,
                                   a Delaware corporation

Attest: /s/ illegible              By: /s/Deborah E. Griffin
       ----------------                ------------------------
                                       Deborah E. Griffin
                                       Chief Operating Officer


                                       5

                             EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTION
                                LICENSE AGREEMENT

     THIS  AGREEMENT  is  made  as of the  day of  June,  1995,  by and  between
HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC. a Delaware corporation, headquartered at 17575
Pacific Coast Highway, Pacific Palisades, California 90272 (hereinafter referred
to  as  "HDG"),  and  NAUTILUS  GROUP  JAPAN,  LTD.,  a  Delaware   corporation,
headquartered  at P.O.  Box 3090,  Boynton  Beach,  Florida  33424  (hereinafter
referred to as "Distributor");

                                  WITNESSETH:

     THAT WHEREAS,  HDG is engaged in the business of designing,  developing and
distributing  throughout the world,  proprietary  software and hardware products
and proprietary  computerized systems relating to the management and functioning
of health  clubs and similar  facilities  using  exercise  or  physical  fitness
equipment including without limitation  computerized  services and instructional
material for patrons of such clubs and  facilities;  as defined in Section 1.01;
and

     WHEREAS, Distributor is desirous of acquiring certain exclusive territorial
rights in Japan to act as a Distributor for certain products developed by HDG;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
of the parties hereto, and in accordance with the terms and conditions specified
herein, HDG and Distributor hereby agree as follows:

                             ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

     1.01 Products.  Products means any and all  "fitness-related"  hardware and
software  products  owned  and  developed  by HDG or any  entity  more  than 50%
controlled by HDG (unless waived by NGJ, with additions and modifications by and
for HDG during the term of this Agreement,  including,  but not limited to those
which are merchandised under various HDG Trademarks,  but specifically  excludes
any products not related to the fitness  market.  Other than the rights  granted
herein, NGJ shall have no rights to or in the Products.


                                       1
<PAGE>


"Fitness-related"  is  further  defined to include  only those  facilities  that
utilize physical fitness  products such as weight training  equipment,  exercise
equipment,  cardiovascular equipment, rehabilitation equipment, aerobic training
and  equipment  and other such  devices  as part of  conducting  their  trade or
business.  The parties hereto agree that the market includes, but is not limited
to, any type of  facility  that would be a customer or  potential  customer of a
supplier of any of the above types of equipment or training programs.

HDG will provide all software  necessary  to operate the  Intellihealth  System,
however, this obligation does not extend to Intellihealth System hardware.

     1.02 HDG  Trademarks.  Trademarks  means any and all trademarks and service
marks used to identify the products and services of HDG.

     1.03 Territory. Territory means Japan.

                         ARTICLE II - RIGHTS AND DUTIES

     2.01  Designation  of  Distributor.   HDG  hereby  grants  Distributor  the
exclusive  right and license to market,  use and grant sub licenses to others to
distribute the Products within the Territory during the term of this Agreement.

     2.02 Expansion of Product Lines.  HDG agrees that it will extend any or all
of the rights  granted  herein to  Distributor  for all other  fitness  industry
products that HDG or any entity more than 50% controlled by HDG may subsequently
design, develop, license and/or distribute pursuant to Section 1.01 herein.

     2.03 Compliance with Laws.  Distributor  shall comply with all laws,  rules
and  regulations  existing in the  Territory  from time to time  concerning  the
Products  and  shall  keep  HDG  informed  of  any  relevant   changes  therein.
Distributor  shall  provide any import  licenses  that may be  required  for the
importation  of the  Products  and,  except as provided in Section  4.01 hereof,
shall pay all custom duties as well as any other duties and taxes payable at the
time of or by reason of the importation of the Products.

     2.04 Competing  Products.  During the term of this  Agreement,  without the
prior written  approval of HDG,  neither  Distributor  nor any of its affiliates
shall  distribute,  manufacture  or sell in the Territory any products which are
competitive  with the Products;  provided,  however,  that neither the foregoing
terms of this  Section  2.04 nor the terms of Section 2.06 hereof shall apply to
or in  any  manner  diminish  or  affect  either  (i)  the  rights  retained  by
Distributor in Section 1 of the Assignment made as of August 22, 1994 by and


                                       2
<PAGE>


between  Nautilus Group Japan,  Ltd. and EIS  International  Group,  Ltd. (since
renamed Heuristic  Development  Group, Ltd.) (i.e., the right to use the "Source
Programs"  and the "EIS Expert  Instructor  System" in Sumitomo  Nautilus  Clubs
pursuant  to  the  "Franchise  Agreement",   as  such  terms  are  used  in  the
Assignment),  or (ii) the licenses  granted by EIS  International Group, Ltd. to
Nautilus  Group  Japan,  Ltd.  pursuant  to  Paragraphs  6(a)  and  6(b) of said
Assignment.

     2.05  Activities   Outside  the  Territory.   Distributor  shall  not  seek
customers,  establish branches or maintain  distribution depots for the Products
outside the Territory.  Without  limiting the foregoing,  Distributor  shall not
sell the Products to any customer who Distributor knows or has reason to believe
will sell or ship the Products outside the Territory.

     2.06 Alteration of Products.  Distributor  shall not make any alteration to
the Products unless such alteration shall have been approved in writing by HDG.

                  ARTICLE III - PRICING, PAYMENT AND SHIPPING

     3.01 Pricing and Payment  Terms.  HDG and  Distributor  agree that, at such
time as they  believe  that the  Products  offered for sale by HDG are in a form
suitable  for sale in the  Territory,  they will  negotiate  the  royalty  which
Distributor  shall pay HDG and the associated  payment  terms.  It is understood
that  Distributor  shall pay HDG an arm's length royalty or fee on terms no less
favorable than those granted by HDG to its other  distributors,  but only out of
any  royalties,  fees or other  income  received  by NGJ from the  distribution,
license or  exploitation  of any such products or services in the Territory.  If
HDG and  Distributor  cannot  agree on such an arms  length  royalty  or payment
terms, then both parties agree to settle such dispute via arbitration which will
be in California and will be in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules
of  the  American  Arbitration  Association.   The  decisions  rendered  by  the
arbitrator(s) will be final and binding upon both parties.  Each party will bear
its own  expenses  in any such  arbitration.  The  costs  and  fees  paid to the
arbitrator(s) will be split equally between HDG and Distributor.

     3.02 Orders and Shipment.

     (a)  HDG shall use its best  efforts  to produce  and to ship all  approved
          orders of  Products  in a timely  manner  and,  whenever  commercially
          practical,  within  45 days of the date an order is  accepted.  Orders
          shall be accepted by HDG only on the terms and conditions agreed to by
          HDG and in accordance  with the procedures  established by HDG for the
          review, acceptance and


                                       3
<PAGE>


          processing  of  such  orders,  the  approval  of  which  will  not  be
          unreasonably withheld.

     (b)  All shipments of Products  shall be EX-WORKS  HDG's  facilities in Los
          Angeles,  California  USA,  unless  agreed  to  otherwise  by HDG  and
          Distributor.

     (c)  All claims for damage,  delay or shortage during transit shall be made
          directly against the carrier by the Distributor. The Distributor shall
          inspect all shipments of Products  upon receipt,  and shall notify HDG
          of any  damage or  shortage  within  ten (10) days of  receipt of such
          shipment by the ultimate customer of Distributor. Failure to so notify
          HDG shall constitute acceptance by the Distributor,  thereby relieving
          HDG of all liability for damages or shortages.

                     ARTICLE IV-INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

     4.01 Trademarks,  Patents and Proprietary  Rights.  HDG agrees to reimburse
Distributor  promptly  upon  request  or pay  directly  all  fees  and  expenses
associated with the registration, application and enforcement of all trademarks,
patents and proprietary rights within the Territory.

     4.02 Trademark  Rights.  HDG shall retain full ownership of all HDG related
trademarks  and  associated  registrations  and  applications  therefor  in  the
Territory  during  the  entire  term  of  this  Agreement  and  thereafter,  and
Distributor  agrees that nothing  contained herein shall give to Distributor any
right,  title or interest in the HDG  trademarks  in the  Territory or elsewhere
except the right to use the same in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Distributor  agrees  that any and all use  which it makes of the HDG  trademarks
shall inure exclusively to the benefit of HDG.

     4.03 Trademark Notice.  Distributor agrees to depict appropriate  trademark
notices,  such as "(R)" and "TM",  whenever it uses the HDG  trademarks on or in
connection  with the Products and related  services  covered by this  Agreement.
Distributor  shall  obtain  the  prior  approval  of  HDG  of  all  advertising,
promotional  material,  labels and other items  containing  HDG's  tradenames or
trademarks.  For  purposes  of this  Section  4.03,  if HDG shall not reject any
advertising,  promotional  material,  labels or  other items within fifteen (15)
days of receipt, it shall be deemed to have granted its approval.

     4.04  Notification  of  Infringement.  Distributor  agrees  to  notify  HDG
promptly in the event Distributor determines that any patent, trademark or


                                       4
<PAGE>


other proprietary  rights of HDG are being infringed by any unauthorized acts of
third parties, and Distributor further agrees to take no action of any kind with
respect to such  infringement  except in  accordance  with the  express  written
authorization of HDG. While it shall be at the sole discretion of HDG whether to
take  appropriate  action with respect to such  infringement,  HDG shall use its
best efforts to abate such  infringement,  and if any action is taken, HDG shall
be solely  responsible for the  prosecution and expense of such action,  and HDG
shall  retain any and all monetary  recoveries  derived  therefrom.  Distributor
shall  cooperate  with  HDG  in  the  prosecution  of  any  such   infringement.
Distributor  shall  be  reimbursed  for its  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses
incurred in connection with any such prosecution.


                        ARTICLE V - TERM AND TERMINATION

     5.01 Term. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date which the first
set forth above,  and shall remain in effect until it is terminated by notice in
writing:

     (a)  delivered not less than ninety (90) days in advance by either party to
          the other, effective on the fifth, tenth, fifteenth, twentieth, or any
          subsequent five-year  anniversary of the date (as agreed to in writing
          by the  parties  hereto)  on  which  the  first  Product  is in a form
          suitable for sale within the Territory (the "Commencement Date");

     (b)  delivered by either  party to the other,  effective as of the last day
          of any month,  if the party receiving such notice is in default in the
          payment  of any sums due under this  Agreement,  or has  breached  any
          covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, and such default or
          breach has continued  unremedied  for thirty days after receipt by the
          defaulting or breaching party of written notice thereof;

     (c)  delivered by either  party to the other,  effective as of the last day
          of any month, if the party receiving such notice has been  adjudicated
          bankrupt or makes a general  assignment  for the benefit of creditors;
          or  has  commenced  a  voluntary   proceeding  under  any  bankruptcy,
          insolvency or similar law or acquiesces  in the  commencement  of such
          proceeding;  or has  such a  proceeding  commenced  against  it  which
          remains  undismissed  for thirty days; or suffers the appointment of a
          receiver,  liquidator  or custodian  for its assets which  appointment
          remains undischarged for thirty days.


                                       5
<PAGE>


     (d)  delivered pursuant to Section 5.03 (b).

     5.02 Right of First Refusal. If HDG shall terminate this Agreement pursuant
to Section 5.01(a)  hereof,  and within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter
propose to enter into an agreement  with a third party (the "New  Agreement") to
distribute the Products in the Territory, HDG shall provide Distributor with the
proposed  terms of the New  Agreement.  Distributor  may elect to distribute the
Products in the  Territory on the terms of the New Agreement by giving notice to
HDG within thirty (30) days of receipt of the terms of the New Agreement.

     5.03 Injunctive Relief and Failure to Exploit.

     (a)  HDG  trademarks  and  other  assets  proprietary  to HDG which are the
          subject of this  Agreement  are unique and of great value to HDG,  and
          would be impossible to replace. Accordingly,  because a breach of this
          Agreement by  Distributor  would cause HDG  irreparable   damage,  HDG
          shall  have the  right to  injunctive  relief  in the  event of such a
          breach, in addition to all other remedies  available at law or equity,
          all of which remedies shall be cumulative.

     (b)  Distributor  shall use  reasonable  commercial  efforts to exploit the
          Products  in the  Territory  during  the  term of this  Agreement.  If
          Distributor shall fail to use such reasonable commercial efforts, then
          HDG,  at its  option,  and as its sole  remedy  for such  failure  fly
          Distributor,  may terminate  this Agreement upon sixty days' notice to
          Distributor,   at  any  time  after  the  third   anniversary  of  the
          Commencement Date.

     5.04 Survival of Covenants.  Termination of this Agreement shall not affect
the  continuing  validity and  enforceability  of Sections  4.02,  6.04 and 6.12
hereof.

                           ARTICLE VI - MISCELLANEOUS

     6.01 Assignability.

     (a)  This Agreement and the rights granted  hereunder to Distributor  shall
          in no event be construed to be an  assignment  to  Distributor  of any
          ownership interest in the property rights of HDG which are the subject
          of this  Agreement.  The rights  herein  granted  shall be personal to
          Distributor and shall not be sold, assigned,  divided,  transferred or
          encumbered,  but may be sub licensed in  connection  with sales of the
          Products by Distributor, either


                                       6
<PAGE>


          voluntarily or by operation of law,  without the prior written consent
          of HDG, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     (b)  This Agreement,  and all terms and conditions  provided herein,  shall
          inure to the benefit of HDG and to its successors and assigns,  and to
          NGJ and to its successors and permitted assigns, without limitation.

     6.02  Independent  Contractor  Status.  No joint  venture,  association  or
partnership  is  created  by  this  Agreement,   and  HDG  and  Distributor  are
independent  contractors  with respect to each other, and neither shall have any
power, nor shall either represent that it has any power, to bind the other or to
assume or to create any obligation,  express or implied,  on behalf of the other
party, or in the other party's name.

     6.03  Warranties  and  Maintenance.  With respect to Products  purchased by
Distributor  from HDG, HDG shall furnish  Distributor  with its standard written
limited  warranties,  which in turn  Distributor  shall  furnish to the ultimate
customer  to  whom  Distributor  or  its   representative   sells  the  Product.
Distributor  is not  authorized  to make and shall not make on behalf of HDG any
warranties or  representations  concerning the workmanship,  merchantability  or
fitness  for a  particular  purpose  of any  such  Products,  other  than  those
contained in HDG's standard  written limited  warranties,  except as required by
law.  Distributor shall be responsible for performing all warranty,  repairs and
all  maintenance  on such Products sold by  Distributor  or its  representatives
within a reasonable  time after  notification by the customer or HDG of the need
therefor,  and all such repairs and maintenance shall be done in a competent and
workmanlike  manner  so that  the  Products  shall  perform  according  to HDG's
specifications.  Distributor  shall not make any alterations in or modifications
of any HDG product  without  written  authorization  from HDG but shall make all
such  alterations  and  modifications  required  by HDG,  at the expense of HDG.
Distributor  shall  be  reimbursed  for its  out-of-pocket  expenses  reasonably
incurred in connection with all warranty service work requested or authorized by
HDG. Nothing herein shall prohibit Distributor from performing any warranty work
required by law provided that Distributor notifies HDG, prior to performing such
work, of such requirement.


                                       7
<PAGE>


     6.04 Indemnity.

     (a)  Distributor  shall  indemnify  HDG from any and all  liability,  loss,
          damage,  expense, costs and attorney's fees HDG may suffer or incur as
          a result of asserted claims,  demands,  costs or judgments  against it
          arising out of any claimed or actual defects or negligence  pertaining
          to the services  rendered by  Distributor or its  employees or agents,
          regardless  of  the  nature  of  the  claimed  or  actual  defects  or
          negligence except for design defects in Products specified by HDG, and
          as a result of any breach of any term or condition  of this  Agreement
          by  Distributor  or  arising  from  any  contractual  dispute  between
          Distributor and Sumitomo Nautilus Clubs.

     (b)  During the entire Term of this Agreement,  Distributor  shall maintain
          adequate  amounts  of  general  liability  insurance  directed  to its
          operations and the Products  subject to this  Agreement,  but not less
          than One Million Dollars  ($l,000,000.00) in cumulative coverage,  and
          the  coverage  of  such  insurance  shall  extend  to  HDG  and to the
          customers   of   Distributor.   Distributor   shall   furnish   HDG  a
          certificate(s))   evidencing  the  aforementioned  minimum  amount  of
          general and product liability  Insurance,  and Distributor agrees that
          no reduction in the amount of such general  liability  insurance shall
          be made without the prior written consent of HDG.

     (c)  HDG shall  indemnify  Distributor  from any and all  liability,  loss,
          damage,  expense,  costs and attorney's fees Distributor may suffer or
          incur as a result of  Distributor  merchandising  the  Products in the
          Territory pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, based upon any
          asserted claims,  demands,  costs or judgments against Distributor (i)
          arising  out of any  claimed  or  actual  infringement  of  trademark,
          patent,  trade  secret or similar  proprietary  rights  owned by third
          parties in the  Territory  with respect to the HDG  trademarks  or the
          Products,  or (ii)  arising  out of any  claimed or alleged  defective
          Products,  warranty  claims  respecting the Products and other similar
          actions.

     (d)  During the entire Term of this Agreement,  HDG shall maintain adequate
          amounts of general liability and product liability  insurance directed
          to its operations and the Products subject to this Agreement,  but not
          less than One Million Dollars  ($1,000,000.00) in cumulative coverage,
          and the  coverage of such  insurance  shall extend to both HDG and its
          customers,  including  Distributor and its customers in the Territory.
          HDG shall furnish Distributor a certificate(s) evidencing the


                                       8
<PAGE>


          aforementioned   minimum  amount  of  general  and  product  liability
          insurance, and HDG agrees that it will not reduce its coverage of such
          insurance  below the  aforementioned  minimum amount without the prior
          written consent of Distributor.

     6.05 Advertising  Support and Cooperation.  HDG shall furnish  Distributor,
without  charge,  such  advertising,   promotional  and  merchandising   support
materials  which  HDG  prepares  in  the  normal  course  of  business  for  its
distributors.  Upon request of  Distributor,  and subject to  availability,  HDG
shall furnish  Distributor,  without  charge,  proofs,  prints and  camera-ready
artwork with respect to such  materials for the use of  Distributor  in adapting
such  materials  for use in the  Territory.  Distributor  may have  the  English
language  text  of  such  materials  translated  into  Japanese  for  use in the
Territory,  it being  understood that all claims to copyright in such materials,
whether in English or Japanese,  shall remain the property of HDG. All claims to
copyright  with  respect to original  materials  prepared by or for  Distributor
which use the HDG trademarks shall be the property of HDG.

     6.06 Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained
in this  Agreement  shall,  for any reason,  by held to be  invalid,  illegal or
unenforceable in any respect,  such invalidity,  illegality or  unenforceability
shall not affect any other  provisions  of this  Agreement,  and this  Agreement
shall be construed as if such invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable  provision had
never been contained herein.

     6.07 Modification. No renewal or termination notice hereof, or modification
or  waiver  of  any  of  the  provisions   herein   contained,   or  any  future
representation,  promise or  condition  in  connection  with the subject  matter
hereof,  shall be binding upon either party unless made in writing and signed on
its behalf. A mere  acknowledgment or acceptance of any action inconsistent with
the provisions of this  Agreement,  or failure to object  thereto,  shall not be
deemed an acceptance or approval of such inconsistent provisions.

     6.08  Authority.  HDG and  Distributor  each  represent and warrant to each
other that it has duly  authorized  the  execution of this  Agreement,  that its
obligations hereunder are legal and binding upon it and do not violate any other
agreement  to which it is a party and that it will use its best efforts to carry
out the marketing activities and other actions called for herein with respect to
sales of the Products in the Territory.

     6.09 Integration.  This Agreement supersedes and is in lieu of all existing
Agreements or  arrangements  between the parties  relating to the subject matter
hereof, and contains the entire Agreement between HDG and


                                       9
<PAGE>


Distributor.  There are merged herein all prior and collateral  representations,
promises and  conditions  in  connection  with the subject  matter  hereof.  Any
representation,  promise or condition not incorporated  herein shall not binding
upon either party.

     6.10  Governing  Law. The  construction,  validity and  performance of this
Agreement shall be determined in accordance with and governed by the laws of the
State of  California.  HDG and  Distributor  both waive any and all  objections,
including, without limitation,  objections to jurisdiction, to the exclusive use
of the state and federal courts of the State of California for the resolution of
any and all disputes which may arise between the parties.

If such disputes,  controversies,  or differences  cannot be settled between the
parties, they will be settled finally by arbitration which will be in California
and will be in accordance with the Commercial  Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration  Association.  The decisions  rendered by the arbitrator(s)  will be
final and binding  upon both  parties.  Each party will bear its own expenses in
any such arbitraton.  The costs and fees paid to the arbitrator(s) will be split
equally between HDG and Distributor.

     6.11 Notices. Notices to be sent under the terms of this Agreement shall be
sent to the following addresses:

     If to Nautilus Group Japan, Ltd.:

          c/o Clark Management Company
          P.O. Box 3090
          Boynton Beach, FL 33424
          Attention: Gregory L. Zink, Chief Operating Officer

     If to Heuristic Development Group, Inc.:

          17575 Pacific Coast Highway
          Pacific Palisades, CA 90272
          Attention: Deborah E. Griffin, Chief Operating Officer

     6.12 Confidentiality.  Distributor agrees that neither it nor its employees
or  agents  shall  make  any  unauthorized  use or  disclosure  of  Confidential
Information.  Distributor  shall  be  responsible  for any  unauthorized  use or
disclosure of Confidential  Information  made by any of its employees and agents
and shall take reasonable precautions to prevent such use or disclosure. As used
herein,  "Confidential  Information"  shall mean any and all trade  secrets  and
other  information  relating  to the  Products  and the  business of HDG or this
Agreement that has not been previously


                                       10
<PAGE>


publicly  released  by  duly  authorized   representatives   of  HDG.  The  term
"Confidential  Information" shall not, however, include (i) information that, at
the time of use or  disclosure  is publicly  known,  other than as a result of a
breach of this Agreement,  (ii) information that Distributor can demonstrate was
known to it prior to the time it was obtained  from HDG,  and (iii)  information
which  was  obtained  from a  third  party  who was  entitled  to  provide  such
information to Distributor.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto,  intending to be legally bound,
hereby have by their  respective duly authorized  officers caused this Agreement
to be executed and  attested,  all being done as of the day and year first above
written.

                                   HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC


                                   By: /s/ Steven R. Gumins
                                       --------------------------
                                       Steven R. Gumins
                                       Chief Executive Officer

                    Attest:

                                   By: /s/ Deborah E. Griffin 
                                       ------------------------- 
                                       Deborah E.Griffin 
                                       Chief Operating Officer 



                                   NAUTILUS GROUP JAPAN, LTD.
                                   

                                   By: /s/ Gregory L. Zink
                                      --------------------------
                                      Gregory L. Zink
                                      Chief Operating Officer

                    Attest:

                                   By: /s/ Jerald N. Downen
                                      --------------------------
                                      Jerald N. Downen
                                      Executive Vice President



                                       11


                        Heuristic Development Group, Inc.
                           17575 Pacific Coast Highway
                       Pacific Palisades, California 90272

November 27, 1996

Nautilus Group Japan, Ltd.
P.O. Box 3090
Boynton Beach, Florida  33424

Dear Sir or Madam:

     Reference is made to the Assignment (the "Assignment") dated as of August
22, 1994 between Heuristic Development Group, Inc. (the "HDG") and Nautilus
Group Japan, Ltd. ("Distributor") and the Exclusive Distribution License
Agreement (the "Distribution Agreement") dated as of June __, 1995 between the
HDG and Distributor. HDG and Distributor hereby agree as follows:

     (a) The last two sentences of Section 6(b) of the Assignment is hereby
deleted in full.

     (b) The first sentence of Section 3.01 of the Distribution Agreement is
hereby deleted in full and a new first two sentences of Section 3.01 are added
to the Distribution Agreement to read in full as follows:

     "HDG and Distributor hereby agree that in the event that (i) the Franchise
     Agreement (as defined in the Assignment Agreement) is terminated and is not
     replaced with another franchise agreement between Distributor and Sumitomo
     Fudosan Fitness Co., Ltd. or (ii) Distributor reasonably concludes, based
     on an examination of its quarterly financial results, that its annual
     revenue from the Franchise Agreement has fallen below one million dollars
     ($1,000,000) ((i) and (ii) above are collectively referred to as the
     "Conditions") then the royalty payments owed by Distributor to HDG for all
     Products distributed outside of Sumitomo Nautilus Clubs in Japan will be as
     follows:

          (a) No royalty will be payable by Distributor to HDG with respect to
          the first two million dollars of revenue per year derived from
          Distributor's use of the license.

          (b) The royalty payable by Distributor to HDG with respect to all
          revenue in excess of two million dollars per year derived from
          Distributor's use of the license will be determined by Distributor and
          HDG prior to distribution of the Products in the Territory.


<PAGE>



          In the event that neither of the Conditions has been met the royalty
          payments owed by Distributor to HDG for all Products distributed
          outside of Sumitomo Nautilus Clubs in Japan will be negotiated by
          Distributor and HDG."

     All other terms of the Assignment and Distribution Agreement will remain in
full force and effect.

     Please indicate your acceptance of and agreement with the foregoing by
signing the enclosed counterpart of this letter and returning it to HDG,
whereupon this shall be a binding agreement between the parties.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

                                           /s/ Deborah E. Griffin
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Deborah E. Griffin
                                          Chief Operating Officer

Accepted and Agreed:

NAUTILUS GROUP JAPAN, LTD.

/s/ Gregory L. Zink
- ------------------------------
Gregory L. Zink
Chief Operating Officer


                                       -2-


THIS LEASE is made and executed this first day of August, 1996 BETWEEN PAULIST
PRODUCTIONS, Lessor (whether one or more), AND HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP,
Lessee (whether one or more),

                                  WITNESSETH:

     That Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby hires from Lessor
those certain premises known as: Suite No. Penthouse on the third floor and one
room on the first floor of that certain Building known as the _____________ at
17575 Pacific Palisades, California 90272

     NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed as follows: 

     1. The Term of this lease shall be for a period of 1 years, beginning on
the 18th day of August, 1996.

     2. Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor as rental for said premises the total sum
of $2675.00.

     Lessee and Lessor agree that this is a continuous agreement based on
original agreement dated August 3, 1994, with specific changes. Therefore,
deposit had already been complied with, as well as last month's rent.

     Each installment of rental shall be payable in advance on this first day of
each month, execpt the first monthly installment which shall be payable by
Lessee to Lessor upon the date of the execution of this Lease by Lessee. All
rental installments payable hereunder shall be paid in lawful money of the
United States at the Lessor's office address appearing under Lessor's signature
hereinbelow, or at such other place as Lessor may from time to time designate in
writing, and shall be free from all demands, claims or set-offs against Lessor.

     3. As a separate and independent consideration for the execution of this
Lease by the Lessor, Lessee has paid to Lessor and Lessor acknowledges receipt
from Lessee of the sum of $ -n/a-, and it is hereby agreed that if on the date
of the commencement of the last month of the term of this lease, Lessee has
faithfully and fully performed the terms and provisions of this Lease on Lesees
part to be kept and  performed  hereunder  and has paid to Lessor the rental as
herein  provided to be paid by Lessee to Lessor,  Lessee  shall be  permitted to
occupy,  use and enjoy the demised premises during the last month of the term of
this Lease  beginning  on the 18th day of August 1997 and ending on the 17th day
of  September  1997 without  obligation  or liability to pay any rental for said
month.

         4. If for any reason whatever  Lessor cannot deliver  possession of the
demised  premises to Lessee at the  commencement  of the term of this Lease,  as
hereinbefore  specified,  this Lease  shall not be void or  voidable,  nor shall
Lessor be liable to Lessee for any loss or damage resulting  therefrom.  In such
event,  this  Lease  shall  automatically  commence  upon the  date the  demised
premises  are ready for  delivery  to Lessee and,  regardless  of the date above
specified for the commencement  and termination of said Lease,  this Lease shall
continue  from the date the  demised  premises  are ready for  occupancy  or are
occupied  by Lessee  (whichever  date  shall  first  occur)  and shall  continue
thereafter for the full period specified above  constituting the duration of the
term of this  Lease  plus a  preliminary  period  comprising  the number of days
elapsing  between the day of the  commencement of the term (if such day be other
than  on the  first  day of the  month)  and the  first  day of the  month  next
succeeding  such date,  provided,  however,  that no rent shall be due hereunder
until the demised  premises  are ready for  occupancy or are occupied by Lessee,
whichever  date shall first occur,  and the rent shall be prorated on the thirty
(30)  day  basis  for the  number  of days,  if any,  elapsing  from  and  after
commencement date and the first day of the immediately  ensuing month comprising
the first  full month of the  leasehold  term.  If for any  reason the  Building
should not be  completed  or  occupancy  of Lessee's  suite is not  furnished to
Lessee on or before  the 18th day of August  1996 so as to result in the  actual
commencement  of the term of this Lease on or before said date, said Lease shall
be of no further  force or effect and Lessor  shall be  relieved  of all further
liability  or  responsibility  to Lessee  upon  returning  in full (a) the first
monthly  installment  of rent  paid by  Lessee  to  Lessor  upon the date of the
execution of this Lease by Lessee,  and (b) the sum acknowledged by Lessor under
the provisions of Paragraph 3 as having been received from Lessee.

         5. Lessee shall use the leased premises as and for Software development
offices and for no other purposes  unless the consent of Lessor in writing for a
different use by Lessee is first had and obtained by Lessee.

         6. Lessee will conduct himself and will cause Lessee's employees, agent
and invitees to conduct themselves with full regard for the rights,  convenience
and welfare of all other tenants of the Building.  Should Lessee be a physician,
dentist,  chiropractor,  chiropodist,  radiologist,  or plastic surgeon,  Lessee
agrees to comply with all applicable written or unwritten  professional codes or
rules of ethics, including those of the American Medical Association.

         Lessee further  agrees to comply with and cause the  employees,  agents
and invitees of Lessee to comply with the rules and regulations of the Building,
which are hereinafter  set forth and hereby made a part of this Lease,  and with
all  supplements  and amendments  thereto which Lessor may, after giving notice,
hereafter adopt. Any violation by Lessee or by its employees, agents or invitees
of any such rule or  regulation  heretofore  or  hereafter  adopted,  amended or
supplemented by Lessor shall constitute a default by Lessee under this Lease and
shall make available to Lessor the remedies hereunder provided by Paragraph 14.

         7. Lessee  shall not assign or  hypothecate  this Lease or any interest
therein and shall not sublet the demised  premises or any part  thereof in whole
or in part or suffer any other  person,  save and except the employees or agents
of Lessee, to occupy said demised premises without the written consent of Lessor
being  first  had  and  obtained.  A  consent  to  one  assignment,  subletting,
occupation or use by any other person shall not be deemed to be a consent to any
subsequent assignment, subletting, occupation or use by another person. Any such
assignment or subletting  without such consent aforesaid by Lessor shall be void
and shall, at the option of Lessor,  terminate this Lease. This Lease shall not,
nor shall any interest therein, be assignable,  as to the interest of Lessee, by
operation of law, without the written consent of Lessor.

         8. Lessee states and covenants that no representations as to the use or
condition of said  premises or as to the terms of this Lease were made by Lessor
or Lessor's agents prior to or at the execution of this Lease, other than as may
be otherwise expressly set forth and contained herein and that there are no oral
agreements  between Lessee and Lessor in respect to the demised  premises or the
use or the condition thereof, that said premises shall not be altered,  repaired
or changed by Lessee  without  the  written  consent of Lessor,  and that unless
otherwise  provided by this Lease,  all  alterations,  improvements,  or changes
shall be done  either by or under the  direction  of Lessor,  but at the cost of
Lessee  and  all  alterations,  additions  or  improvements  made  in or to said
premises  shall be the  property of Lessor and shall  remain and be  surrendered
with said  premises  upon the  termination  of this Lease,  or, at the option of
Lessor,  said premises shall be restored to their original condition at the cost
of Lessee,  that all damage or injury done to the  prmises by Lessee,  or by any
person who may be in or upon the  premises  by the  consent of Lessee,  shall be
paid for by Lessee upon demand,  and that said premises  shall be surrendered in
as good  condition  as the  same are now in,  depreciation  for  reasonable  use
thereof excepted. Any and all basins, lavatories, sinks, water closets, lighting
fixtures, receptacles, hardware, cabinets, partitions, doors and floor coverings
other than carpets, are herein construed to be permanent  improvements and shall
not be removed from the premises  upon the  expiration  or  termination  of this
Lease, unless otherwise herein stated.

<PAGE>

         9. In the event of a partial destruction of the demised premises during
said term, from any cause,  Lessee shall promptly give written notice thereof to
Lessor and Lessor  thereafter  shall proceed  forthwith to repair said premises,
provided  that  following  the  receipt by Lessor of such  written  notice  from
Lessee,  such  repairs  can be made  within  sixty  (60) days under the laws and
regulations  of  State,  County  or  Municipal  authorities,  but  such  partial
destruction  shall in nowise annul or void this Lease,  except that Lessee shall
be entitled to a  proportionate  deduction  of rent while such repairs are being
made,  such  proportionate  deduction  to be based  upon the extent to which the
making of such repairs shall interfere with the business carried on by Lessee on
said premises. If such repairs cannot be made in sixty (60) days, Lessor may, at
Lessor's  option,  make the same within a reasonable time, this Lease continuing
in full force and effect and the rent to be proportionately rebated as aforesaid
in this paragraph  provided.  In the event that Lessor does not so elect to make
such repairs which cannot be made in sixty (60) days, or such repairs  cannot be
made under such laws and regulations, this Lease may be terminated at the option
of either  party.  In the event that the  Building be destroyed to the extent of
not less than 33 1/3 per cent of the replacement cost thereof,  Lessor may elect
to terminate this Lease, whether the demised premises be injured or not. A total
destruction of the Building shall terminate this Lease.

         10. Lessee agrees that it will, at its own expense at all times during
the  leased  term,  maintain  in force a policy  or  policies  of  comprehensive
liability  insurance,   including  property  damage,  written  by  one  or  more
responsible insurance companies, which shall insure Lessee against liability for
injury  to  persons  and/or  property  and the death of any  person  or  persons
occurring  in or about the  premises.  Each such policy  shall be approved as to
form and insurance  company by Lessor and shall contain a clause or  endorsement
wherein the Insurer  agrees to  indemnify  and hold Lessor and  Lessor's  agent,
servants,  and employees harmless from and against all costs,  expenses,  and/or
liability arising out of or based upon any and all claims, injuries and damages.

         11. During usual business hours (8 A.M. to 7 P.M., Sundays and holidays
excluded) Lessor agrees to supply for the  demised  premises hereby lease water,
heat,  gas,  service and  electric  current for  lighting  and air  conditioning
purposes.  Lessor  shall be the sole judge of the  character  and amount of said
water,  heat, gas,  service,  and Lessor shall not be liable for any stoppage or
interruption  of any said  services  caused  by riot,  strike,  labor  disputes,
accident or necessary repairs.

         12. The  voluntary  or other  surrender  of this Lease by Lessee,  or a
mutual cancellation  thereof,  shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option
of Lessor,  terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies,  or may, at
the  option  of  Lessor,  operate  as an  assignment  to him of any or all  such
subleases or subtenancies.

         13. Lessee  acknowledges that Lessee's  acceptance of possession of the
demised  premises  will  constitute  a  conclusive  admission  that  Lessee  has
inspected the same and found said demised  premises to be in good  condition and
repair and in all respects in  accordance  with the  obligation  of Lessor under
this Lease, Lessee hereby waiving all right to make repairs at Lessor's expense.
During the term  hereof  Lessee  will  maintain  the  demised  premises  in good
condition and repair in compliance with Lessor's  written  instructions,  except
for damage not caused by any  negligence of Lessee or of any employee,  agent or
invitee  of  Lessee,  and  Lessee  will  maintain  all  of  Lessee's  furniture,
furnishings  and equipment  located on the demised  premises in a good, neat and
attractive  condition  and in good taste and  repair.  Lessee  will not make any
alterations  or  additions  to or install  partitions  or  built-in  fixtures or
facilities on the demised premises  without  Lessor's  previous written consent.
Any  alterations,  additions,  partitions,  or  built-in  fixtures  made  to  or
installed on the demised  premises by Lessee with Lessor's  consent will be done
in accordance with and subject to the written  directions and conditions  issued
by Lessor,  and shall become a part of the Building and property of Lessor.  All
such construction,  alterations,  or repairs in or to the demised premises shall
be at Lessee's expense.

         Lessor  shall not be  obligated  or  required  to replace or repair any
plumbing in, upon,  or about the demised  premises  should such  replacement  or
repair be made necessary by the fault or neglect of Lessee.  Lessor shall not be
liable for any damage  occasioned by the demised  premises  being out of repair,
nor for any damage  done to or done or  occasioned  by or from  plumbing or from
gas, water,  steam,  or other pipes, or the bursting,  leaking or running of any
closet,  tank, plumbling or other damage by water in, above, or upon the demised
premises, except as provided for by law, nor for any damage arising from any act
or neglect of any  co-tenant or other  occupants of the Building or by occupants
of adjoining or  contiguous  property.  Lessee  shall  reimburse  Lessor for all
damage to the  Building  or to any suite  therein,  as well as for all damage to
tenants  or  occupants  thereof  caused  by any  negligent  act of  omission  or
commission  on the part of Lessee,  its agents,  servants,  or  invitees,  or by
Lessee's  misuse  or  neglect  of  the  demised   premises,   its  apparatus  or
appurtenances,  and Lessee agrees to hold Lessor harmless from all loss, expense
or liability or from any claim for damages to persons or property resulting from
the  neglect  or  misuse  of the  demised  premises  by  Lessee  or by  Lessee's
employees, agents, invitees or guests.

         14. In the event of any breach of this Lease by  Lessee,  then  Lessor,
besides  other rights or remedies he may have,  shall after giving proper notice
have the  immediate  right of re-entry  and may remove all persons and  property
from the demised premises.  Such property may be removed and stored in any other
place in the  Building,  or in any other  place,  for the account of, and at the
expense and at the risk of Lessee.  Lessee  hereby waives all claims for damages
which may be caused by Lessor's  removing or storing the  furniture and property
as herein  provided,  and will save Lessor  harmless  from any loss,  costs,  or
damages  occasioned Lessor thereby,  and no such re-entry shall be considered or
construed to be a forceable  entry.  Should Lessor elect to re-enter,  as herein
provided, or should he take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant
to any notice provided for by law, he may either  terminate this Lease or he may
from time to time, without  terminating this Lease,  re-let the demised premises
or any part  thereof  for such term or terms and at such  rental or rentals  and
upon such other terms and  conditions as Lessor in his sole  discretion may deem
advisable,  with the  right  to make  alterations  and  repairs  to the  demised
premises. Rentals received by Lessor from such reletting shall be applied first,
to the payment of any  indebtedness,  other than rent, due hereunder from Lessee
to Lessor; second, to the payment of any cost of such re-letting;  third, to the
payment of the cost of any  alterations  and  repairs to the  demised  premises;
fourth,  to the payment of rent due and unpaid  hereunder,  and the residue,  if
any,  shall be held by Lessor and  applied in payment of future rent as the same
may become due and payable  hereunder.  Should such rentals  received  from such
re-letting  during any months be less than that  agreed to be paid  during  that
month by Lessee hereunder, then Lessee shall pay such deficiency to Lessor. Such
deficiency  shall be  calculated  and paid  monthly.  No such re-entry or taking
possession  of the demised  premises by Lessor shall be construed as an election
on  Lessor's  part to  terminate  this  Lease  unless a  written  notice of such
intention be given to Lessee or unless the  termination  thereof be decreed by a
Court of competent  jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding  any such re-letting  without
termination, Lessor may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for
such previous  breach.  Should Lessor at any time  terminate  this Lease for any
breach,  in addition  to any other  remedies  he may have,  he may recover  from
Lessee all damages Lessor may incur by reason of such breach, including the cost
of recovering the demised premises,  and including the worth at the time of such
termination  of the excess if any, of the amount of rent and charges  equivalent
to rent  reserved  in this Lease for the  remainder  of the stated term over the
then  reasonable  rental value of the demised  premises for the remainder of the
stated term.

         15.  Lessor shall not be liable and Lessee hereby waives all claims for
damages that may be caused by Lessor in re-entering and taking possession of the
demised premises as herein provided,  and all claims for damages that may result
from the  destruction  of or injury to the  demised  premises  or the  Building.
Lessor  shall  not,  in any  event,  be liable  for any loss,  theft,  damage or
injuries to the  property or person of Lessee,  or any  occupants of the demised
premises.

         16. Either (a) the  appointment of a Receiver to take possession of all
or  substantially  all of the assets of Lessee,  or (b) a general  assignment by
Lessee for the  benefit of  creditors,  or (C) any action  taken or  suffered by
Lessee under any insolvency or bankruptcy act shall  constitute a breach of this
Lease by Lessee.

         17. If Lessee be an  individual  and should  die,  or during a national
emergency should enter the Armed Forces of the United States,  this Lease may be
terminated  within  sixty  (60) days  thereafter  at the  option of Lessor or of
Lessee or of Lessee's personal  representative,  upon Lessor giving to Lessee or
Lessee's personal representative,  or Lessee or Lessee's personal representative
giving to Lessor,  not less than  thirty (30) days'  notice in  writing.  By the
effective date of the  accelerated  termination  under this paragraph  Lessee or
Lessee's personal  representative will pay to Lessor all rent due up to the date
of the  accelerated  termination  and any other sums  owing to Lessor  under the
provisions of this Lease,  and will remove all personal  property in the demised
premises  owned by Lessee of  Lessee's  estate.  If Lessee be a  partnership  or
co-tenancy  and one of the  partners  or  co-tenants  should  die,  or  during a
national emergency should enter the Armed Forces of the United States, he or his
estate will be released from all prospective,  but not accrued,  liability under
this Lease,  provided the surviving or remaining  partners or co-tenants execute
an assumption agreement acceptable to Lessor.

         If during the term of this Lease, Lessee becomes disabled to the extent
that Lessee is unable to practice his profession profitably,  further obligation
under  this Lease  shall  cease upon  payment  of three (3)  months'  rent after
notifying Lessor in writing of the existence of such disability.  This provision
will not operate to relieve Lessee of liability for rent unless Lessee furnishes
Lessor with a certificate of such disability duly certified by a physician to be
mutually agreed upon by both parties, said physician to be an M.D.

         18.  Lessee  shall permit  Lessor and Lessor's  agent to enter into and
upon the demised  premises at all  reasonable  times upon proper  notice for the
purpose of inspecting the same,  cleaning  windows and performing  other janitor
service,  or for the purpose of  maintaining  the  Building in which the demised
premises are  situated,  or for the purpose of making  repairs,  alterations  or
additions  to any other  portion of said  Building  including  the  erection  of
scaffolding,  props, or other mechanical  devices, or for the purpose of posting
notices of  non-liability  for  alterations,  additions  or repairs,  or for the
purpose of placing upon the  property in which the demised  premises are located
any usual or ordinary "FOR SALE" signs,  without any rebate of rent to Lessee or
damages for any loss of  occupation or quiet  enjoyment of the demised  premises
thereby occasioned, and shall permit Lessor, at any time within  thirty (30)days
prior to the  expiration  of this Lease,  to place upon the windows and doors of
the premises any usual or ordinary "FOR RENT" signs.  Lessor and Lessor's agents
may during said last  mentioned  period,  at  reasonable  hours,  enter upon the
demised premises and exhibit the same to prospective lessees.


<PAGE>

         19. This Lease shall be, and is hereby  declared to be,  subject to all
present or future mortgages or deeds of trust affecting the said building or the
land covered thereby.

         20.  Lessee is hereby  given an option to extend the term of this Lease
for a period of year to year commencing immediately after the expiration date of
the original term hereof, upon the same terms and conditions, but at the average
rate charged for other  offices in the Building at the beginning of this option.
Lessee  may  exercise  this  option by  written  notice to Lessor not later than
ninety  (90) days  prior to the  expiration  date of the  original  term of this
Lease. See below.

         21. Upon expiration or other termination of this Lease, Lessee shall be
entitled to removal from the demised premises of all Lessee's movable furniture,
equipment, trade fixtures, and personal property.

         22. In case Lessor should bring suit or cross complaint  against Lessee
in any suit for the purpose of recovering  possession  of the premises,  for the
recovery  of any sum due  hereunder,  or because  of the breach of any  covenant
herein on the part of Lessee, or in case Lessee should bring suit against Lessor
or cross complaint  against Lessor in any suit for breach of any covenant herein
on the part of Lessor,  and should Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, prevail
in any such suit, or prevail upon a cross complaint filed by Lessor or Lessee in
any such suit,  the party  against  whom  judgment  in any such suit is rendered
shall pay to the other party a reasonable  attorney's  fee and shall be entitled
to a specific  provision in the judgment  awarding  such  prevailing  party such
reasonable attorney's fee.

         23. This Agreement is binding on the heirs, executors,  administrators,
personal  representatives,  assigns  and  successors  in interest of the parties
hereto.

         24.  All  notices  to be  given  to  Lessee  may be  given  in  writing
personally  or by  depositing  the  same  in the  United  States  Mail,  postage
pre-paid, and addressed to Lessee at the demised premises, whether or not Lessee
has departed from, abandoned or vacated the demised premises.

         25.  The  waiver  by Lessor of any  breach  of any  term,  covenant  or
condition  herein  contained  shall not be  deemed to be a waiver of such  term,
covenant or  condition or any  subsequent  breach of the same or any other term,
covenant or condition herein  contained.  The acceptance of rent hereunder shall
not be construed  to be a waiver of any breach by lessee of any term,  covenant,
or condition of this Lease.

         26. It is  understood  and agreed  that the  remedies  herein  given to
Lessor shall be  cumulative,  and the exercise of any one remedy by Lessor shall
not be to the exclusion of any other remedy.

         27. If Lessee holds  possession of the demised  premises after the term
of this Lease,  such Lessee shall become a tenant from  month-to-month  upon the
terms herein  specified and at the same monthly rental as is herein  provided to
be paid by Lessee to Lessor,  such  rental to be  payable  monthly in advance in
lawful money of the United  States on the first day of each month  commencing on
the first day of the month  following the  expiration of the term of this Lease.
Lessee shall  continue to be such tenant until such tenancy  shall be terminated
by Lessor,  or until Lessee shall have given to Lessor a written notice at least
one (1) month prior to the date of  termination  of such monthly  tenancy of his
intention to terminate such tenancy.

         28. Time is of the essence of this Lease.

         Item 20 cont.:  Monthly rental on follow-on  lease for each  additional
year will be adjusted at a rate not to exceed 7 percent.


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this Lease in
duplicate the day and year first above written.

PAULIST PRODUCTIONS, INC.                                HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT
                  Lessor                                 GROUP
                                                                  Lessee

/s/ Enid Sevilla                                         /s/ Steven R.Gummins
- ----------------                                         --------------------
Enid Sevilla                                             Steven R. Gumins
17575 Pacific Coast Highway                              2677 Rambla Pacifico
Pacific Palisades, CA 90272                              Malibu, CA 90265



<PAGE>



RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE BUILDING

         1. No loitering or  gatherings  shall be permitted in the  entranceway,
hallways, stairways, corridors or rest rooms of the Building. The elevators, the
spaces  and the rooms  which are made  available  for use by  Tenants  and their
employees and invitees in common shall be used only for the respective  intended
purposes.

         2. All plumbing  fixtures and facilities in the offices and in the rest
rooms  shall be used for the  respective  intended  purposes  and no act will be
permitted which might cause a stoppage or an overflow.

         3. The Building  Management  shall determine the location of connecting
inlets of all telephones and all electrical,  gas and water appliances,  none of
which may be installed by a Tenant  without the written  consent of the Building
Management, and then only in compliance with its directions and at Tenant's risk
and expense.  Each Tenant shall be  responsible to the Owner of the Building and
to other Tenants  for any  damage  that  might be  caused  by the  installation,
maintenance  or  operation  of any  telephone  or any  electrical,  gas or water
appliance  which shall be installed by a Tenant with the consent of the Building
Management.

         4. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails or screws,  or drill into, paint,
or in any way deface the walls,  ceilings,  partitions,  floors,  wood, stone or
iron work.

         5. No object or article  which is  unusually  weighty or bulky shall be
used or  maintained  in any office  without the written  consent of the Building
Management,  and then only in compliance with its directions as to size, weight,
location, type of platform and maintenance.

         6.  Tenant  shall not do  anything  in the  premises,  or bring or keep
anything therein, which will in any way increase or tend to increase the risk of
fire or the rate of insurance,  or which shall conflict with the  regulations of
the  Fire  Department  or the  fire  laws or with any  insurance  policy  on the
building or any part thereof, or with any rules or ordinances established by the
Board of Health;  and Tenant shall not use any machinery or device therein which
may  cause any  noticeable  noise or jar,  or  tremor  or injury to the  floors,
ceiling or walls, or which by its weight might injure the floors or walls of the
building.

         7. No person, other than an employee of the Building,  shall be allowed
to do any work or perform any installation, repair or maintenance service in any
office on furniture, fixtures or equipment owned or installed by a Tenant unless
a Work Permit on the form furnished by the Building  Management  shall be filled
in and signed by the Tenant and  countersigned by the Building  Management.  The
work or  installation  authorized  by the Work Permit  shall be done at Tenant's
risk and expense.

         8. No part of any  office  shall be used as a  dwelling.  No  household
cooking,  assembling or manufacturing  shall be permitted in any office,  and no
dogs,  other  animals or birds shall be allowed in any office or any part of the
Building.

         9. No Tenant shall be entitled to obtain any  rubbish,  waste matter or
discarded  objects in any office more than forty-eight (48) hours, and shall not
place any object or material in the corridors, stairways, entranceway, elevators
or rest rooms.

         10. All janitor and cleaning service in the offices and in the Building
shall be performed  only by  employees  of the  Building or persons  approved in
writing by the Building Management.

         11. Name plates of Tenants  shall be uniform and shall be  installed at
the  locations  and shall be of the size and type as  prescribed by the Building
Management.

         12. No unusual or abnormal noises, either mechanical or vocal, shall be
permitted,  and the  transmission  by Tenant of audible  sound by  electrical or
mechanical  means or by radio,  television or phonograph shall not be permitted,
except with the written approval of the Building Management.



<PAGE>



         13.  Nothing  shall be thrown or  allowed  to drop out of any window or
down the  stairways  or the  elevator  shaft,  and no device or object  shall be
placed, erected or maintained in window sills or in the window space, other than
window blinds, or drapes and devices furnished by Tenant and approved in writing
by the Building Management.

         14. No auction or public  sale shall be  conducted  in any  office.  No
Tenant  shall  invite or permit to remain in any  office,  or in any part of the
Building,  any  peddler,   beggar  or  solicitor,  or  any  person  who  may  be
objectionable  to other Tenants because of  intoxication,  belligerence or other
reasons.

         15. No mechanical conveyances,  including baby carriages, but excepting
wheelchairs, shall be allowed in the elevators, on the stairways or in the upper
hallways of the Building.

         16. No device or substance which shall emit any  discernible  obnoxious
odors or any smoke, gas or vapor shall be allowed to escape from any office into
any part of the Building.

         17. Unless approved in writing by the Building Management,  no windows,
glass doors, transoms, skylights or other opaque areas in the Building which are
designed  to admit or  transmit  natural or  artificial  light shall be covered,
obscured or  obstructed in any manner.  No awnings shall be allowed.  Any window
shade  desired by a Tenant shall be installed at his expense and must be of such
uniform  shape,  color,  material and make as may be  prescribed by the Building
Management.

         18. No name, sign, trademark,  design,  notice, legend or advertisement
shall be  painted  or  applied  on or  affixed to the doors or windows or to the
exterior of any wall of any office without the written  approval of the Building
Management, and then only in compliance with its directions and at Tenant's risk
and expense.

         19. No office shall be redecorated or restyled without the written
approval of the Building Management, and then only in compliance with its


<PAGE>


directions and at Tenant's risk and expense.

         20.  Tenants shall  purchase  supplies only from those firms which will
comply with the  regulations  controlling  deliveries that are prescribed by the
Building Management.

         21. All equipment or personal  property of a size or weight which might
interrupt  elevator  service  must be  delivered or removed from the Building in
accordance with regulations posted or retained in the office of the Building.

         22. No employee of the Building or  independent  contractor  performing
services  in or about the same will be allowed to perform  any  services  for or
fulfill any instructions of a Tenant, except on specific  authorization from the
Building  Management,  and no Tenant shall request any special  service or issue
any  instructions to employees of the Building except with the written  approval
of the Building  Management.  All special  services of employees of the Building
which  shall be approved by the  Building  Management  shall be done at Tenant's
risk and expense.


                                 DO NOT RECORD

This standard form covers most usual problems in the field indicated. Before you
sign, read it, fill in all blanks,  and make changes proper to your transaction.
Consult a lawyer if you doubt the form's fitness for your purpose.


                               RETAINER AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT, made as of August 16, 1994 by and between EIS INTERNATIONAL
GROUP, LTD., a Delaware corporation  ("EISIG"), and TRANSPAC SOFTWARE, INC., a
California corporation ("TPS"),

                                  WITNESSETH:

     THAT WHEREAS, EISIG is the owner, through assignment from Nautilus Group
Japan, Ltd., of computer source programs and related documentation (the "Source
Programs") for proprietary computerized systems relating to the management and
functioning of health clubs and similar facilities using exercise or fitness
equipment including without limitation computerized services and instructional
material for patrons of such clubs and facilities (collectively the "EIS Expert
Instructor System");

     WHEREAS, EISIG wishes to retain TPS to assist EISIG in updating and
improving the Source Programs and in designing, developing and implementing such
improved Source Programs for use in the EIS Expert Instructor System and related
uses including, without limitation, other applications of the Source Programs
including insurance, weight loss, home and commercial exercise equipment, home
entertainment and credit and debit cards;

     WHEREAS, TPS wishes to provide such assistance to EISIG upon the terms set
forth below;

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually
acknowledged, the undersigned parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:


1. Services.

     1.1. Software Specification. TPS and EISIG will jointly develop the
specification for an update to the existing Source Programs (the
"Specification"). The product described by the Specification (the "Release")
will be an advance over the existing EIS Expert Instructor System, and will
require approximately 2,200 hours of development time, with a minimum of 250
hours of development time per month. It is anticipated that the Release will
require no more than six months of development by TPS, using best commercially
reasonable efforts. When TPS and EISIG have mutually agreed upon the
Specification, the Specification will be incorporated


<PAGE>


into this Agreement as Appendix A, and development of the Release based on the
Specification will commence.

     1.2. Software Release. TPS will use its best commercially reasonable
efforts to complete the Release as promptly as practicable, and in any event
within six months from the date that the Specification is mutually Agreed upon.

     1.3. TPS's Performance. TPS will perform the services under the direction
of EISIG. TPS, however, will determine the manner and means by which the
services are accomplished, subject to the express condition that TPS will at all
times comply with applicable law. TPS is an independent contractor without
authority to bind EISIG by contract or otherwise, and neither TPS nor TPS's
employees and agents are employees or agents of EISIG. TPS will provide
semi-monthly progress reports to EISIG in a form to be agreed upon by TPS and
EISIG.

     1.4 Acceptance and Testing. Upon TPS's determination that the Release is
finished, TPS will deliver to EISIG the Release and written notice thereof.
EISIG will have fifteen (15) business days from TPS's delivery of the Release to
accept or reject the Release. EISIG will not unreasonably withhold its
acceptance.

     1.5 Rejection of Release. In the event of EISIG's rejection of the Release,
EISIG will give to TPS written notice specifying the errors causing rejection.
If an express written approval or rejection is not received by TPS within such
period of fifteen (15) business days, EISIG will be deemed to have accepted the
Release.

     1.6. Resubmission. In the event of such rejection, TPS will have a period
of ten (10) business days after receipt of notification of rejection to cure the
defects or other nonconformity set forth in such notice. Upon completion of such
cure TPS may resubmit the Release for acceptance in accordance with Section 1.4
above. The sequence of submission, rejection, and resubmission may occur
multiple times.

     1.7 Maintenance. TPS will provide error fixes to the Release on a priority
basis for a period of three (3) months immediately following acceptance of the
Release by EISIG, at no further cost to EISIG. Errors include but are not
limited to conditions which result in system crashes, the failure to provide a
specified function, the failure to provide a specified user interface, and the
failure to provide the specified performance ("TPS Errors"). TPS Errors do not
include errors which were known to exist in the existing EIS Expert Instructor
System at the time that development of the



                                       2
<PAGE>


Release began and the correction of which were not included in the Specification
(all such excluded errors being set forth in Appendix B attached hereto), or
errors which are the result of errors in code or data which was not developed by
TPS. The hours spent by TPS investigating error reports which are determined by
mutual consent of TPS and EISIG not to be TPS Errors will be compensated at the
consulting rate specified by Paragraph 2.4 of this Agreement.

     1.8 Arbitration. TPS and EISIG will use their best efforts to resolve by
mutual agreement any disputes, controversies, or differences which may arise
from, under, out of, or in connection with acceptance of the Release. If such
disputes, controversies , or differences cannot be settled between the parties,
they will be settled finally by arbitration which will be in California and will
be in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration Association. The decisions rendered by the arbitrator(s) will be
final and binding upon both parties. Each party will bear its own expenses in
any such arbitration. The costs and fees paid to the arbitrator(s) will be
split equally between TPS and EISIG.

2. Payment.

     2.1. Fees. EISIG shall pay TPS a fee of $120,000 for its development and
completion of the Release as described in Paragraphs 1.1 and l.2 above. The fee
will be paid in six monthly installments of $20,000, commencing approximately
30 days after agreement upon the Specification. There will be no reduction in
the fee if the Release is completed prior to the expiration of the six-month
period and no additional payment if the Release is not completed until after the
expiration of the six-month period. The fee referred to above is inclusive of
all services required, including testing and revisions required in the release
cycle to produce a final product for acceptance by EISIG.

     2.2. Stock Option. As an additional incentive to TPS to complete the
development of the Release as quickly as possible, EISIG shall grant to TPS an
option to acquire ten percent (10%) of the common stock of EISIG at an exercise
price per share equal to that paid by the initial purchasers of EISIG's common
stock. The option shall become exercisable upon EISIG's written acceptance of
the Release pursuant to Paragraphs 1.4 through 1.6 hereof.

     2.3. Preemptive Rights. TPS shall have a preemptive right, but no
obligation, to acquire additional shares of EISIG common stock at the same price
per share at which TPS may acquire its shares upon exercise of its option, to
the extent necessary to avoid dilution of its common stock



                                       3
<PAGE>


interest to less than 10%, provided that such preemptive right shall only apply
with respect to any purchase or purchases of EISIG common stock, up to an
aggregate of twenty percent (20%) of such stock, by Jonathan Seybold. Such
preemptive right shall terminate on the day which is six months after the
earlier of (i) the date on which EISIG shall have provided TPS with written
notice that EISIG has accepted the Release, and (ii) the date on which EISIG
shall have been deemed to accept the Release pursuant to Paragraph 1.5 above.

     2.4 Future Services. Following completion of the Release, EISIG shall not
guarantee any additional contracted work for TPS . However, TPS agrees to
provide its services upon EISIG's request in designated, scheduled projects
through December 31, 1998. The first 500 hours of services per calendar year
(ignoring for this purpose any services provided in development of the Release
pursuant to Paragraphs 1.1 through 1.3 hereof) shall be paid at a rate of $125
per hour, and the second 500 hours of services per calendar year (and any
additional time) shall be paid at a rate of $150 per hour. TPS will submit
written invoices to EISIG promptly with respect to each semi-monthly period
ending on the 15th or last day of each calendar month during which such services
are performed, detailing in summary form the services performed by TPS for EISIG
since the commencement of the designated project or the period covered by the
last invoice, as the case may be, and the number of hours devoted to such
services. EISIG will, if practicable, pay each such invoice within fifteen
days of its receipt by EISIG, but shall have a 30-day grace period in which to
complete the payment of any such invoice .

     2.5. Vesting. The stock acquired upon exercise of the option described in
Paragraph 2.2 and pursuant to the preemptive rights described in Paragraph 2.3
shall vest at a rate of 25% per calendar year, and shall occur at December 31 of
each calendar year following the exercise of the option regardless of when the
preemptive rights are exercised, but in no event earlier than December 31, 1995.
Vesting in any year shall be contingent on TPS performing up to l,OOO hours of
service during such year (but not to exceed 5O hours in any calendar week
without TPS' consent), exclusive of any services provided pursuant to Paragraphs
1.l through 1.3 hereof, upon written request from EISIG and upon the terms
described in Paragraph 2.4. If EISIG does not request that TPS perform such
services in any year, then vesting for such year shall occur as though such
services had been requested and performed. If TPS fails to perform such
requested services in any year, all of TPS's shares which have not vested prior
to such year shall be subject to an option by EISIG to redeem such shares at a
price per share equal to the lesser of book value per share or the price per
share paid by TPS to purchase such shares pursuant to its option (the
"Redemption Option").


                                       4

<PAGE>



Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 2.5 to
the contrary, any and all of TPS's shares which have neither vested nor become
subject to the Redemption option as of the date of the occurrence of the first
of the following events to occur, shall upon such occurrence immediately vest:
(i) the closing of an initial public offering of the Company's stock or a
private placement of the Company's stock for an amount in excess of $5,000,000;
(ii) the Company's adoption of any plan of liquidation providing for the
distribution of all or substantially all of its assets; and (iii) a disposition
of all or substantially all of the business of the Company by sale or pursuant
to a merger, consolidation or other transaction (unless the existing
shareholders own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting stock or
other ownership interests of the entity or entities, if any, that succeed to the
business of the Company).

3. Board Representation.

     TPS shall have one representative on EISIG's board of directors, which
board shall initially be comprised of six members, but may be expanded to
fifteen members. Each member of the board shall have one vote.

4. Term.

     The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date first set forth
above and shall terminate at December 31, 1998.

5. Exclusivity of Retainer.

     Without the prior written consent of EISIG, neither TPS nor any of its
present employees shall, prior to the termination date of this Agreement and for
two years thereafter, develop or market software which is competitive with the
Release or the EIS Expert Instructor System as enhanced by the Release (the
"Enhanced EIS Expert Instructor System") or knowingly assist others in such
development.

6. Ownership.

     6.1. Disclosure and Right to Use. With respect to all subject matter,
including ideas, processes, designs and methods, which TPS shall disclose or use
in its performance under this Agreement, TPS warrants that it has the right to
make such disclosure and it and EISIG have the right to use such subject matter
without liability to others.

     6.2. Assignment of Rights. All copyright, intellectual property rights and
analogous rights throughout

                                       5
<PAGE>


the world in the EIS Expert Instructor System, the Enhanced EIS Expert
Instructor System and the Release, to the extent now or hereafter possessed by
TPS or its employees, are hereby assigned to EISIG.

     6.3. Ownership by EISIG. The product of all work performed under this
Agreement, including without limitation reports, documentation, drawings,
computer programs, inventions, masks, mask-works, devices, models and work in
progress, shall be the sole property of EISIG, and TPS hereby assigns to EISIG
all right, title and interest thereto. TPS agrees to assist EISIG and its
nominees in every proper way, entirely at EISIG's expense, to secure, maintain,
and defend for EISIG's benefit all copyrights, intellectual property rights and
patents relating to the Enhanced EIS Expert Instructor System and the Release in
any and all countries, such material to remain the property of EISIG whether
copyrighted, patented or not. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
TPS will execute and deliver such further conveyances, transfers and other
instruments as EISIG may request further to confirm and effect EISIG's ownership
of all such material.

     6.4. Delivery of Source Files. Upon execution of this Agreement, TPS will
(i) deliver to EISIG a fully commented and properly documented copy of the
current version of the source files and object programs of the EIS Expert
Instructor System and all documentation associated with such source files and
object programs, and (ii) commence delivery to EISIG of a fully commented and
properly documented copy of the version of the source files and object programs
of the Release (in such stage of development as the Release shall be from time
to time) which copy is current at the time of delivery, and all documentation
associated with such source files and object programs, delivery being made upon
request from EISIG, but not more often than every 30 days. It is understood by
both parties that a source file is the version of the computer software program
that is intelligible to humans. Throughout the term of this Agreement, TPS will
diligently maintain the source files and object programs of the Release and all
documentation associated therewith so that at all times such source files and
associated documentation are functionally identical (using industry standard
levels of accuracy) to the object programs of the EIS Expert Instructor System
and Release which are operative from time to time. If, from time to time after
the Release, EISIG desires documentation (for example, functional
specifications) in addition to that which exists for the most current version of
the Release, TPS will develop the documentation under the post-Release
consulting terms contained in Paragraph 2.4 of this Agreement.

            

                                       6
<PAGE>


     6.5. Return of Property. TPS shall not remove any EISIG property from the
premises of EISIG without the prior written consent of EISIG. TPS shall return
to EISIG any EISIG property that has come into its possession during the term of
this Agreement when requested by EISIG, and in any event shall do so upon
termination of this Agreement unless TPS receives written authorization from
EISIG to keep such property.

     6.6. Use by TPS of Knowledge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in
this Agreement will operate to prohibit or restrict TPS or any person related to
TPS from exercising any general skill, knowledge and experience derived in the
course of carrying out its obligations under this Agreement, provided such
exercise does not breach TPS's obligations of confidentiality pursuant to
Paragraph 7 below.

7. Confidentiality.

     Neither TPS nor EISIG will, either during or subsequent to the term of this
Agreement, directly or indirectly divulge to any unauthorized person any
information designated as confidential by the other, nor will either disclose to
anyone other than their respective employees or use in any way, other than in
the course of the performance of this Agreement, any information regarding the
other including the other's know-how not known to the general public or
recognized as standard practice. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to
information which (a) is known to the receiving party at the time of disclosure
to the receiving party, (b) has become publicly known through no wrongful act of
the receiving party, (c) has been rightfully received by the receiving party
from a third party without restriction on disclosure and without breach of this
Agreement, (d) has been independently developed by the receiving party, (e) has
been approved for release by written authorization of the other party or (f) has
been disclosed pursuant to a requirement of law.

8. Indemnity.

     8.1. Mutual Indemnification. TPS will indemnify EISIG and hold it harmless
from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including without
limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of suit, to the extent arising
out of or in connection with (a) any knowing and willful infringement of the
patent, copyright, or intellectual property rights of others on the part of TPS
or TPS's employees or agents; or (b) any grossly negligent or willful act or
omission of TPS or TPS's employees or agents which proximately causes or
contributes to (i) any bodily injury, sickness, disease or death; (ii) any
injury to or destruction of tangible or intangible property (including computer


                                       7

<PAGE>


programs and data) or any loss of use resulting therefrom; or (iii) any
violation of any statute, ordinance or regulation; or (c) any claim by a party
unaffiliated with EISIG with respect to misleading statements,
misrepresentations or fraud on the part of TPS or any TPS employee, agent or
representative, provided TPS is notified promptly in writing and is given full
authority, information and assistance for the defense, and provided further that
TPS will not be responsible for any settlement made without its consent or for
any of EISIG' s attorneys' fees or costs after TPS assumes the defense.

     If TPS receives notice of an alleged infringement or if EISIG's use of any
product developed under this Agreement by TPS (a "Product") is prevented by an
injunction based on an alleged infringement, TPS will have the right, at its
option, to obtain the rights to continued use of the Product, to substitute
other suitable software, or to modify the Product so that it is suitable but no
longer infringing. TPS will have no liability to EISIG under this Paragraph 8.1
if a claim is based upon the use of Products in combination with equipment,
devices or software not delivered by TPS, or the use of any Products in a manner
for which the same were not designed or approved by TPS, or the modification of
Products by EISIG or any third party without the approval of TPS.

     EISIG will indemnify TPS and hold it harmless from and against all claims,
damages, losses and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys
fees and costs of suit, to the extent arising out of or in connection with (a)
any negligent or willful act or omission of EISIG or EISIG's employees or agents
which proximately causes or contributes to (i) any bodily injury, sickness,
disease or death; (ii) any injury to or destruction of tangible or intangible
property (including computer programs and data) or any loss of use resulting
therefrom; or (iii) any violation of any statute, ordinance or regulation; or
(b) any claim by a party unaffiliated with TPS with respect to misleading
statements, misrepresentations or fraud on the part of EISIG or any EISIG
employee, agent or representative, provided EISIG is notified promptly in
writing and is given full authority, information and assistance for the defense,
and provided further that EISIG will not be responsible for any settlement made
without its consent or for any of TPS's attorneys' fees or costs after EISIG
assumes the defense.

     8.2. Indemnity for Certain Taxes. TPS will indemnify EISIG and hold it
harmless to the extent of any obligation imposed on EISIG (a) to pay any
individual income withholding taxes, social security, unemployment or disability
insurance or similar items, including interest and penalties thereon, in
connection with any payments made to TPS by EISIG


                                       8

<PAGE>


pursuant to this Agreement or (b) resulting from TPS's being determined not to
be an independent contractor.

     8.3. Insurance. TPS agrees to carry the following minimum insurance:

          (a) Comprehensive General Liability with limits not less than $500,000
     combined single limit.

          (b) Automobile Liability with limits not less than $500,000 bodily
     injury and property damage combined.

          (c) Workers Compensation and Employers Liability in compliance with
     all statutory and regulatory requirements in California .

     Before beginning work under this Agreement, TPS will deliver to EISIG a
Certificate of Insurance which shows the coverage specified above, which names
EISIG as an additional insured, and which provides a 3O-day notice period for
cancellation or reduction in coverage or limits.

9. Effect of Termination.

     Upon the termination of this Agreement each party shall be released from
all obligations and liabilities to the other occurring or arising hereunder
thereafter, except that such termination shall not relieve (a) TPS of its
obligations under Paragraph 5, 6, 7 or 8, (b) EISIG of its obligations under
Paragraph 7 or 8, or (c) either party from liability arising from breach of this
Agreement.

10. Assignment.

     The rights and liabilities of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to
the benefit of their respective successors, executors, administrators and
assigns, as the case may be; provided that, since EISIG has specifically
contracted for TPS's services, TPS may not assign or delegate its obligations
under this Agreement either in whole or in part without the prior written
consent of EISIG. EISIG may in its discretion assign this Agreement in whole or
in part.

11. Equitable Relief and Attorneys' Fees.

     11.1. Equitable Relief. Because the services to be provided by TPS
hereunder are personal and unique, and because TPS shall have access to and
become acquainted with confidential information of EISIG, TPS expressly agrees
that breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable harm to EISIG and that
EISIG will have the right to enforce this Agreement and its provisions by
injunction, specific

                                       9

<PAGE>


performance or other equitable relief without prejudice to any other rights and
remedies that EISIG may have.

     11.2. Attorneys' Fees. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to
enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to
reasonable attorneys' fees, expert witness fees, costs of suit and expenses in
addition to any other relief to which such prevailing party may be entitled.

12. Governing Law. 

     The parties agree that this Agreement will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to transactions
taking place wholly within California between California residents. If any
provision of this Agreement is for any reason found by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be unenforceable, such unenforceability will not render this
Agreement unenforceable or invalid as a whole and, in such event, such provision
will be changed and interpreted so as to best accomplish the objectives of such
unenforceable provision within the limits of applicable law.

13. Complete Understanding, Modification.

     TPS and EISIG acknowledge that each has read this Agreement, understands
it, and agrees to be bound by its terms. TPS and EISIG further agree that this
Agreement and any written modifications made pursuant to it constitute the
complete and exclusive expression of the terms of the Agreement between TPS and
EISIG, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous proposals, oral or written,
understandings, representations, conditions, warranties, covenants and all other
communications between TPS and EISIG relating to the subject matter of this
Agreement. TPS and EISIG further agree that the headings of this Agreement are
for convenience of reference only and are not part of the substance of this
Agreement. TPS and EISIG further agree that this Agreement may not in any way be
explained or supplemented by a prior or existing course of dealings between the
parties, by any usage of trade or custom, or by any prior performance between
the parties pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. The terms of this Agreement
apply to all purchase orders or analogous documents issued by EISIG before or
after execution of this Agreement, and the additional terms and conditions
contained in any such purchase orders are of no force and effect. Any waiver,
modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be effective
only if in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement.

14. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

                                       10

<PAGE>


     14.1. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. PARAGRAPHS 6.1 AND 8 STATE TPS'S SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE OBLIGATION TO EISIG FOR ANY ALLEGED INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PROPRIETARY
RIGHT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS
AGREEMENT, TPS MAKES NO ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, AS
TO ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER. IN PARTICULAR, ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED.


     14.2. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. THE RIGHTS GRANTED TO EISIG UNDER PARAGRAPHS
6.1 AND 8 WILL BE EISIG's SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY ALLEGED INFRINGEMENT
OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT AND FOR BREACH OF
WARRANTY. TPS WILL HAVE NO LIABILITY TO EISIG OR OTHER PARTIES FOR ANY DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS, LOST SAVINGS OR OTHER INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR
SPECIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF TPS OR ANY TPS SALES REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY ANY OTHER PARTY.

15. Notices.

                  All notices and other communications required or permitted to
be given under this Agreement must be in writing and will be effective when
delivered personally or deposited in the mail, postage prepaid and addressed to
the parties at their respective addresses set forth below, or at any new address
or addresses subsequently designated in writing by either party to the other:

    EISIG                                         TPS
    17575 Pacific Coast Highway                   4300 Stevens Creek Blvd.
    Pacific Palisades, CA                         Suite 245
    90272                                         San Jose, CA 95129



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement by their agents
duly authorized in that regard on the date first written above.


 EIS INTERNATIONAL GROUP, LTD.                         TRANSPAC SOFTWARE, INC.


 /s/  Deborah E. Griffin                               /s/ Kenneth Krugler
 -----------------------                               ------------------------
 Deborah E. Griffin                                    Kenneth Krugler
 Chief Operating Officer                               President


                                       11


                         EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     AGREEMENT,  dated as of December 1, 1996,  between  Heurisitic  Development
Group, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  and Steven R. Gumins (the
"Employee").

     WHEREAS,  the Company  desires to obtain the services of the Employee,  and
the Employee  desires to provide such services to the Company,  on the terms set
forth in this Agreement;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations
hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby
agree as follows:

     1.   Employment and Duties.

          (a) The Company hereby employs the Employee,  and the Employee accepts
employment,  to serve as Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company and to perform
such duties  consistent with his position as may be assigned to him from time to
time by the Company's Board of Directors.

          (b) The Employee hereby agrees to perform such duties, to fulfill such
responsibilities  and to serve the Company faithfully,  industriously and to the
best of his ability, subject to the direction and control of the Company's Board
of  Directors,  and to devote his best  efforts  and his full  working  time and
attention to advancing the interests of the Company.

     2.   Term; Termination.

          Except in the case of earlier termination as hereinafter  specifically
provided in Paragraph 4, this Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof
and shall continue until December 31, 1999 (the "Term").

     3.   Compensation; Expenses; Benefits.

          (a) As compensation  for his services  hereunder in whatever  capacity
rendered,  the Company  shall pay the Employee a base  salary,  payable in equal
monthly or more  frequent  installments,  at a rate of $150,000 per year,  which
amount may be  increased  at the  discretion  of the Board  commencing  thirteen
months after the completion by the Company of an initial public  offering of its
securities.

         (b) The Company shall pay the Employee an annual bonus based upon the
attainment of performance objectives determined at the discretion of the Board.
The bonus amount shall be $25,000 during the first year of the Term if during
any fiscal quarter of 1997, the Company achieves break even (giving effect to
such bonus).


<PAGE>



          (c) The Company  shall  supply to the  Employee the use of a corporate
vehicle  and shall pay all costs,  including  insurance,  associated  therewith,
providing that  Employee's  personal use of such vehicle shall not exceed 20% of
the total vehicle usage.


          (d) The  Employee  shall be  entitled  to medical  benefits  generally
available to executive officers of comparable companies having approximately the
same sales and  profits as the  Company,  so long as such  benefits  comply with
applicable law and are available at commercially reasonable rates.

          (e) The Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement  for his ordinary
and  necessary  business  expenses  incurred  in the  performance  of his duties
hereunder provided that his claims therefor are supported by documentation.


     4.  Termination of Employment.  If any of the following events occur before
the  expiration of the Term, the  Employee's  employment  with the Company shall
terminate upon the occurrence of such event:

          (a)  The  Employee's  death,  or  any  illness,  disability  or  other
incapacity that renders the Employee  physically unable regularly to perform his
duties  hereunder for a period in excess of 120 consecutive days or an aggregate
of 150 days within any 12 month period. The determination  regarding whether the
Employee is physically unable regularly to perform his duties hereunder shall be
made by the Company's Board of Directors in the reasonable,  good faith exercise
of their judgment. In the event of termination pursuant to this Paragraph (a) or
in the event of  Employee's  death,  the  Company  shall  continue to pay to the
Employee the base salary set forth in Paragraph  3(a) for a period of six months
following the date of termination or death.

          (b) Thirty  (30) days after the  Company  gives the  Employee  written
notice of the  termination of Employee's  employment if said  termination is for
cause. For purposes of this Paragraph 4(d), "cause" is defined as (i) Employee's
conviction of a crime constituting a felony or involving moral turpitude or (ii)
an act by Employee of material dishonesty or fraud in connection with Employee's
performance of his duties to the Company.

          (c) Thirty  (30) days after the  Company  gives the  Employee  written
notice of the termination of Employee's  employment if said termination is other
than pursuant to (a) or (b) above. In such event,  the Company shall continue to
pay to the Employee the base salary set forth in Paragraph  3(a) for a period of
four months following the date of termination.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



     5.   Noncompetition.

          (a) At any time during the Term hereof and for an additional period of
five years  thereafter,  the Employee will not reveal,  divulge or make known to
any individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation or other business entity
(other than the Company or its affiliates) or use for the Employee's own account
any customer lists,  trade secrets or any  confidential  information of any kind
("Protected  Information") used by the Company or any of its commonly controlled
affiliates  in the  conduct  of the  Company's  business  and made  known to the
Employee by reason of the Employee's  employment  with the Company or any of its
affiliates  (whether or not with the knowledge and permission of the Company and
whether or not  developed,  devised or otherwise  created in whole or in part by
the efforts of the Employee);  provided,  that Protected  Information  shall not
include  information  that shall become known to the public or the trade without
violation of this Section 5(a); and provided,  further,  that the Employee shall
not violate  this  Section  5(a) if  Protected  Information  is disclosed by the
Employee at the direction of the Company in connection  with the  performance of
the  Employee's  duties or if the  Employee  is  required  to provide  Protected
Information in any legal proceeding or by order of any court.

          (b)  During  the  Term  hereof  and  for  an  additional   six  months
thereafter,  the  Employee  will  not,  directly  or  indirectly,  engage in the
business  of, or own or control  an  interest  in (except as a passive  investor
owning less than two percent (2%) of the equity  securities of a publicly  owned
company),  or act as  director,  officer or employee of, or  consultant  to, any
individual,  partnership,  joint venture,  corporation or other business  entity
known to the  Employee  to be  directly or  indirectly  engaged  anywhere in the
actual or intended  geographic  location in which the Company conducts business,
in any  business  competing  with any  business  then  being  carried  on by the
Company.

          (c) The  Employee  agrees  that  during  the  Term  hereof  and for an
additional  period of two years  thereafter,  the Employee  shall not  knowingly
employ or solicit, encourage or induce any person (except Employee's spouse) who
at any time within one year prior to the  Employee's  termination  of employment
shall have been an  employee of the  Company or any of its  commonly  controlled
affiliates,   to  become   employed  by  or  associated   with  any  individual,
partnership,  joint venture, corporation or other business entity other than the
Company,  and the Employee  shall not  knowingly  approach any such employee for
such purpose or authorize or knowingly approve the taking of such actions by any
other  individual,  partnership,  joint  venture,  corporation or other business
entity or knowingly  assist any such  individual,  partnership,  joint  venture,
corporation or other business entity in taking such action.

     6.   Acknowledgments.

          (a) The Employee acknowledges that the provisions of Paragraph 5 above
are  reasonable  and necessary  for the  protection of the Company and that each
provision,  and the period or periods  of time,  geographic  areas and types and
scope of restrictions on the

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



activities specified herein are, and are intended to be divisible.  In the event
that  anyprovision  of this  Agreement,  including any sentence,  clause or part
hereof,  shall be deemed  contrary  to law or  invalid or  unenforceable  in any
respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions shall not
be affected,  but shall, subject to the discretion of such court, remain in full
force and effect and any invalid and  unenforceable  provisions shall be deemed,
without further action on the part of the parties hereto, modified,  amended and
limited to the extent necessary to render the same valid and enforceable.

          (b) The Employee  acknowledges  that the Company  will be  irrevocably
damaged  if the  covenants  contained  herein  are  not  specifically  enforced.
Accordingly,  the Employee agrees that, in addition to any other relief to which
the Company may be  entitled,  the Company  shall be entitled to seek and obtain
injunctive  relief from a court of  competent  jurisdiction  for the purposes of
restraining the Employee from any actual or threatened breach of such covenants.

     7.   Representations,  Warranties  and  Covenants of Employee. The Employee
represents,  warrants  and  covenants to and with the Company that (a) he is not
and will not become a party to any agreement, contract or understanding, whether
employment  or otherwise,  and that he is not subject to any order,  judgment or
decree of any court or governmental agency, which would, in any way, restrict or
prohibit him from  undertaking or performing  his employment in accordance  with
the  terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement  and (b)s he is of  satisfactory
physical   and  mental   health  to  fulfill   his   duties,   obligations   and
responsibilities under the terms of this Agreement.

     8.   Miscellaneous.

          (a) Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of California  applicable to agreements
made and to be performed in that state.

          (b) Notices. All notices, consents and other communications under this
Agreement  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
(a) delivered by hand, (b) sent by telex or telecopier (with receipt confirmed),
provided that a copy is mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested,  or
(c) when received by the addressee,  if sent by Express Mail, Federal Express or
other  express  delivery  service  (receipt  requested),  in  each  case  to the
appropriate  addresses and telecopier  numbers set forth below (or to such other
addresses and telecopier numbers as a party may designate as to itself by notice
to the other parties):

                                  If to the Employee:
                                  2677 Ramble Pacifico
                                  Malibu, California  90265

                                      -4-

<PAGE>


                                If to the Company:
                                17575 Pacific Coast Highway
                                Pacific Palisades, California 90272

          (c) Entire  Agreement;  Amendment.  This Agreement shall supersede all
existing  agreements  between the Employee and the Company relating to the terms
of his employment. It may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by
both parties. 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have each executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                    HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

                                    By:/s/ Gregory L. Zink
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Gregory L. Zink, President

                                       /s/ Steven R. Gumins
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Steven R. Gumins, Employee


                                       -5-


                         EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     AGREEMENT,  date d as of December 1, 1996, between  Heurisitic  Development
Group,  Inc. , a Delaware  corporation (the  "Company"),  and Deborah E. Griffin
(the "Employee").

     WHEREAS,  the Company  desires to obtain the services of the Employee,  and
the Employee  desires to provide such services to the Company,  on the terms set
forth in this Agreement;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations
hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby
agree as follows:

     1.   Employment and Duties.

          (a) The Company hereby employs the Employee,  and the Employee accepts
employment,  to serve as Chief  Operating  Officer of the Company and to perform
such duties  consistent with her position as may be assigned to her from time to
time by the Company's Board of Directors.

          (b) The Employee hereby agrees to perform such duties, to fulfill such
responsibilities  and to serve the Company faithfully,  industriously and to the
best of her ability, subject to the direction and control of the Company's Board
of  Directors,  and to devote her best  efforts  and her full  working  time and
attention to advancing the interests of the Company.

     2.   Term; Termination.

     Except  in the case of  earlier  termination  as  hereinafter  specifically
provided in Paragraph 4, this Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof
and shall continue until December 31, 1999 (the "Term").

     3.   Compensation; Expenses; Benefits.

          (a) As compensation  for his services  hereunder in whatever  capacity
rendered,  the Company  shall pay the Employee a base  salary,  payable in equal
monthly or more  frequent  installments,  at a rate of $150,000 per year,  which
amount may be  increased  at the  discretion  of the Board  commencing  thirteen
months after the completion by the Company of an initial public  offering of its
securities.

         (b) The Company shall pay the Employee an annual bonus based upon the
attainment of performance objectives determined at the discretion of the Board.
The bonus amount shall be $25,000 during the first year of the Term if during
any fiscal quarter of 1997, the Company achieves break even (giving effect to
such bonus).

                                       -1-

<PAGE>


          (c) The Company  shall  supply to the  Employee the use of a corporate
vehicle  and shall pay all costs,  including  insurance,  associated  therewith,
providing that  Employee's  personal use of such vehicle shall not exceed 20% of
the total vehicle usage.


          (d) The  Employee  shall be  entitled  to medical  benefits  generally
available to executive officers of comparable companies having approximately the
same sales and  profits as the  Company,  so long as such  benefits  comply with
applicable law and are available at commercially reasonable rates.

          (e) The Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement  for her ordinary
and  necessary  business  expenses  incurred  in the  performance  of her duties
hereunder provided that her claims therefor are supported by documentation.


     4.   Termination of Employment. If any of the following events occur before
the  expiration of the Term, the  Employee's  employment  with the Company shall
terminate upon the occurrence of such event:

          (a)  The  Employee's  death,  or  any  illness,  disability  or  other
incapacity that renders the Employee  physically unable regularly to perform her
duties  hereunder for a period in excess of 120 consecutive days or an aggregate
of 150 days within any 12 month period. The determination  regarding whether the
Employee is physically unable regularly to perform her duties hereunder shall be
made by the Company's Board of Directors in the reasonable,  good faith exercise
of their judgment. In the event of termination pursuant to this Paragraph (a) or
in the event of  Employee's  death,  the  Company  shall  continue to pay to the
Employee the base salary set forth in Paragraph  3(a) for a period of six months
following the date of termination or death.

          (b) Thirty  (30) days after the  Company  gives the  Employee  written
notice of the  termination of Employee's  employment if said  termination is for
cause. For purposes of this Paragraph 4(d), "cause" is defined as (i) Employee's
conviction of a crime constituting a felony or involving moral turpitude or (ii)
an act by Employee of material dishonesty or fraud in connection with Employee's
performance of her duties to the Company.

          (c) Thirty  (30) days after the  Company  gives the  Employee  written
notice of the termination of Employee's  employment if said termination is other
than pursuant to (a) or (b) above. In such event,  the Company shall continue to
pay to the Employee the base salary set forth in Paragraph  3(a) for a period of
four months following the date of termination.


                                       -2-


<PAGE>


     5.   Noncompetition.

          (a) At any time during the Term hereof and for an additional period of
five years  thereafter,  the Employee will not reveal,  divulge or make known to
any individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation or other business entity
(other than the Company or its affiliates) or use for the Employee's own account
any customer lists,  trade secrets or any  confidential  information of any kind
("Protected  Information") used by the Company or any of its commonly controlled
affiliates  in the  conduct  of the  Company's  business  and made  known to the
Employee by reason of the Employee's  employment  with the Company or any of its
affiliates  (whether or not with the knowledge and permission of the Company and
whether or not  developed,  devised or otherwise  created in whole or in part by
the efforts of the Employee);  provided,  that Protected  Information  shall not
include  information  that shall become known to the public or the trade without
violation of this Section 5(a); and provided,  further,  that the Employee shall
not violate  this  Section  5(a) if  Protected  Information  is disclosed by the
Employee at the direction of the Company in connection  with the  performance of
the  Employee's  duties or if the  Employee  is  required  to provide  Protected
Information in any legal proceeding or by order of any court.

          (b)  During  the  Term  hereof  and  for  an  additional   six  months
thereafter,  the  Employee  will  not,  directly  or  indirectly,  engage in the
business  of, or own or control  an  interest  in (except as a passive  investor
owning less than two percent (2%) of the equity  securities of a publicly  owned
company),  or act as  director,  officer or employee of, or  consultant  to, any
individual,  partnership,  joint venture,  corporation or other business  entity
known to the  Employee  to be  directly or  indirectly  engaged  anywhere in the
actual or intended  geographic  location in which the Company conducts business,
in any  business  competing  with any  business  then  being  carried  on by the
Company.

          (c) The  Employee  agrees  that  during  the  Term  hereof  and for an
additional  period of two years  thereafter,  the Employee  shall not  knowingly
employ or solicit, encourage or induce any person (except Employee's spouse) who
at any time within one year prior to the  Employee's  termination  of employment
shall have been an  employee of the  Company or any of its  commonly  controlled
affiliates,   to  become   employed  by  or  associated   with  any  individual,
partnership,  joint venture, corporation or other business entity other than the
Company,  and the Employee  shall not  knowingly  approach any such employee for
such purpose or authorize or knowingly approve the taking of such actions by any
other  individual,  partnership,  joint  venture,  corporation or other business
entity or knowingly  assist any such  individual,  partnership,  joint  venture,
corporation or other business entity in taking such action.

     6.   Acknowledgments.

          (a) The Employee acknowledges that the provisions of Paragraph 5 above
are  reasonable  and necessary  for the  protection of the Company and that each
provision,  and the period or periods  of time,  geographic  areas and types and
scope of restrictions on the activities  specified  herein are, and are intended
to be divisible. In the event that any

                                                                               
                                       -3-

<PAGE>



provision of this  Agreement,  including  any  sentence,  clause or part hereof,
shall be deemed contrary to law or invalid or  unenforceable in any respect by a
court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions shall not be affected,
but shall,  subject to the  discretion  of such court,  remain in full force and
effect and any invalid and  unenforceable  provisions  shall be deemed,  without
further action on the part of the parties hereto, modified,  amended and limited
to the extent necessary to render the same valid and enforceable.

          (b) The Employee  acknowledges  that the Company  will be  irrevocably
damaged  if the  covenants  contained  herein  are  not  specifically  enforced.
Accordingly,  the Employee agrees that, in addition to any other relief to which
the Company may be  entitled,  the Company  shall be entitled to seek and obtain
injunctive  relief from a court of  competent  jurisdiction  for the purposes of
restraining the Employee from any actual or threatened breach of such covenants.

     7.   Reresentations, Warranties  and  Covenants of  Employee.  The Employee
represents,  warrants and  covenants to and with the Company that (a) she is not
and will not become a party to any agreement, contract or understanding, whether
employment or otherwise,  and that she is not subject to any order,  judgment or
decree of any court or governmental agency, which would, in any way, restrict or
prohibit her from  undertaking or performing  her employment in accordance  with
the  terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement  and (b)s he is of  satisfactory
physical   and  mental   health  to  fulfill   her   duties,   obligations   and
responsibilities under the terms of this Agreement.

     8.   Miscellaneous.

          (a) Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of California  applicable to agreements
made and to be performed in that state.

          (b) Notices. All notices, consents and other communications under this
Agreement  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
(a) delivered by hand, (b) sent by telex or telecopier (with receipt confirmed),
provided that a copy is mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested,  or
(c) when received by the addressee,  if sent by Express Mail, Federal Express or
other  express  delivery  service  (receipt  requested),  in  each  case  to the
appropriate  addresses and telecopier  numbers set forth below (or to such other
addresses and telecopier numbers as a party may designate as to itself by notice
to the other parties):

            If to the Employee:
            3590 Las Flores
            Canyon Road
            Malibu, California 90265


                                                                              
                                       -4-

<PAGE>

            If to the Company:
            17575 Pacific Coast Highway
            Pacific Palisades, California  90272


          (c) Entire  Agreement;  Amendment.  This Agreement shall supersede all
existing  agreements  between the Employee and the Company relating to the terms
of her employment. It may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by
both parties.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have each executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

              HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.

             By: /s/ Steven R. Gumins
              ------------------------------------------
              Steven R. Gumins, Chief Executive Officer

               /s/ Deborah E. Griffin
              ------------------------------------------
              Deborah E. Griffin, Employee



                                       -5-



                              CONVERSION AGREEMENT

THIS  AGREEMENT,  dated as of the 29th day of  August,  1996  between  Heuristic
Development  Group,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation   (hereinafter  called  the
"Company") and Jonathan W. Seybold, (hereinafter called "Seybold"),

WHEREAS,  the Company has entered into a letter of intent (the  "Letter")  for a
proposed  initial public offering of its securities (the "IPO")  through D.H.
Blair Investment Banking Corp. ("Blair"), as underwriter, and

WHEREAS, the Letter contains as a condition to the IPO that the Company effect a
recapitalization  which includes the conversion of all of its outstanding shares
of Series A Preferred Stock, $.01 par value (the "Preferred  Stock") into Common
Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"), and

WHEREAS,  the Letter contains as a further condition to the IPO that the Company
not have any outstanding indebtedness on its books other than as contemplated by
the Letter and subsequent discussions between the Company and Blair; and

WHEREAS,  at the  date  hereof,  the  Company  had a  total  of  $244,391.69  of
outstanding  indebtedness,  including  accrued  interest,  owed to Seybold ( the
"Seybold Debt"); and

WHEREAS,  the Company and Seybold  believe it is in their mutual best  interests
for the IPO contemplated by the Letter to go forward.

NOW,  THEREFOR,  in  consideration  of the foregoing and the mutual promises and
covenants herein contained, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Conversion of Debt:  Effective on the Closing Date, the Seybold Debt shall be
converted  into  59,517.65  shares of  Common  Stock  (on a  post-split  basis),
representing a conversion rate of $4.11 per share.


<PAGE>


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have  executed  this  Agreement as of the date
first above written.


                                        HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.


                                        By: /s/ Deborah E. Griffin
                                           ------------------------------
                                              Chief Operating Officer



                                        JONATHAN W. SEYBOLD

                                        By: /s/ Jonathan W. Seybold
                                           ------------------------------
                                               Jonathan W. Seybold


                              CONVERSION AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT,  dated as of the 29th day of August, 1996 between Heuristic
Development  Group,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation   (hereinafter  called  the
"Company")  and Nautilus Group Japan Ltd., a Delaware  corporation  (hereinafter
called "NGJ")

     WHEREAS, the Company has entered into a letter of intent (the "Letter") for
a proposed  initial public  offering of its securities (the "IPO") through D. H.
Blair Investment Banking Corp. ("Blair"), as underwriter; and

     WHEREAS,  the Letter  contains as a  condition  to the IPO that the Company
effect  a  recapitalization   which  includes  the  conversion  of  all  of  its
outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred Stock,  $.01 par value (the "Preferred
Stock") into Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"); and

     WHEREAS, the Letter contains as as further condition to the IPO that the
Company not have any outstanding indebtedness on its books other than as
contemplated by the Letter and subsequent discussions between the Company and
Blair; and

     WHEREAS,  NGJ holds 600 shares of Preferred Stock,  plus accrued and unpaid
dividends, representing  all of the  Company's  outstanding  shares of Preferred
Stock; and

     WHEREAS,  at the date  heeof,  the Company  had a total of  $783,143.66  of
outstanding  indebtedness , including  accrued  interest,  owed to NGJ (the "NGJ
Debt"); and

     WHEREAS, the Company and NGJ believe it is their mutual best interests
for the IPO contemplated by the Letter to go forward.

     NOW, THEREFOR, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises
and covenants herein contained, it is hereby agreed as follows:

     1.   Conversion  of Preferred  Stock.  Effective on the closing date of the
          IPO (the "Closing  Date"),  all shares of Preferred Stock held by NGJ
          shall be  converted  into  175,792.48  shares  of  Common  Stock (on a
          post-split basis.)

     2.   Conversion of Debt.  Effective on the Closing Date, the NGJ Debt shall
          be converted into  190,721.99  shares of Common Stock (on a post-split
          basis), representing a conversion rate of $4.40 per share.


                                       -1-


<PAGE>




          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
     date first above written.

                                              HEURISTIC DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC.


                                              By:/s/ Deborah E. Griffin
                                                 -------------------------
                                                   Chief Operating Officer



                                              NAUTILUS GROUP JAPAN, LTD.


                                              By: /s/ Gregory L. Zink
                                                 -------------------------
                                                    Chief Operating Officer


                                       -2-



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5

       
<S>                             <C>                               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                  12-MOS                             9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1995                 SEP-30-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1995                 JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1995                 SEP-30-1996
<CASH>                                         279,000                     18,000
<SECURITIES>                                   0                           0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  0                           0
<ALLOWANCES>                                   0                           0
<INVENTORY>                                    0                           0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               284,000                     23,000
<PP&E>                                         226,000                     253,000
<DEPRECIATION>                                  21,000                     54,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 516,000                     571,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          142,000                     436,000
<BONDS>                                        0                           0
                          0                           0
                                    0                           0
<COMMON>                                         3,000                     3,000
<OTHER-SE>                                    (139,000)                    (704,000)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   516,000                     571,000
<SALES>                                        0                           0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               0                           0
<CGS>                                          0                           0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  0                           0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               863,000                     808,000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0                           0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              18,000                     42,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (876,000)                    (850,000)
<INCOME-TAX>                                   0                           0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (876,000)                    (850,000)
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0                           0
<CHANGES>                                      0                           0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (876,000)                    (850,000)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  0                           0.00
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  0                           0.00
                                                           
                                                    

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission